From: cyoichi Date: Sun, 2 Jul 2023 02:05:09 +0000 (+0900) Subject: info: Remove the build-aux directory. X-Git-Url: http://git.osdn.net/view?p=linuxjm%2Fjm.git;a=commitdiff_plain;h=a9bcd919e6bc47c79aff832c5ac15c7215d951ee info: Remove the build-aux directory. We don't make any pdf files here, so these files became unnecessary. deleted: build-aux/po4a-texi.mk deleted: build-aux/texi2pod.pl deleted: build-aux/texinfo-ja.tex deleted: build-aux/texinfo-modified.tex deleted: build-aux/texinfo.tex deleted: build-aux/txi-ja.tex --- diff --git a/info/build-aux/po4a-texi.mk b/info/build-aux/po4a-texi.mk deleted file mode 100644 index 6c257116..00000000 --- a/info/build-aux/po4a-texi.mk +++ /dev/null @@ -1,98 +0,0 @@ -texi_sources = $(texi_source_main) $(texi_source_others) - -original_source_main = ${addprefix original/texi/,$(texi_source_main)} -original_source_others = ${addprefix original/texi/,$(texi_source_others)} -original_sources = $(original_source_main) $(original_source_others) - -ifdef PACKAGE_SUBNAME - po_source = po4a/texi/$(PACKAGE_SUBNAME).po - target_htmldir = draft/html/$(PACKAGE_SUBNAME) - target_info = draft/info/$(PACKAGE_SUBNAME).info - target_plaintext = draft/text/$(PACKAGE_SUBNAME).txt - target_pdf = draft/pdf/$(PACKAGE_SUBNAME).pdf - target_pod = draft/pod/$(PACKAGE_SUBNAME).pod -else - po_source = po4a/texi/ja.po - target_htmldir = draft/html - target_info = draft/info/$(PACKAGE_NAME).info - target_plaintext = draft/text/$(PACKAGE_NAME).txt - target_pdf = draft/pdf/$(PACKAGE_NAME).pdf - target_pod = draft/pod/$(PACKAGE_NAME).pod -endif - -target_source_main = ${addprefix draft/texi/,$(texi_source_main)} -target_source_others = ${addprefix draft/texi/,$(texi_source_others)} -target_sources = $(target_source_main) $(target_source_others) - -target_html = $(target_htmldir)/index.html -target_man = draft/man/man1/$(PACKAGE_NAME).1 - -POTFILE=po4a/texi/$(PACKAGE_NAME)-texi.pot -ifdef PACKAGE_SUBNAME - POFILE=po4a/texi/$(PACKAGE_SUBNAME).po -else - POFILE=po4a/texi/ja.po -endif - -.DEFAULT_GOAL := all -all: extra_texi info #html text pdf - -info: $(target_info) -$(target_info): $(target_sources) - makeinfo -o $@ $(target_source_main) -#$(target_source_main): $(target_source_others) - -original-info: $(original_sources) - mkdir -p tmp/info - makeinfo -o tmp/info/$(PACKAGE_NAME).info $< - -html: $(target_html) -$(target_html): $(target_sources) - makeinfo --html -o $(target_htmldir) $(target_source_main) - -text: $(target_plaintext) -$(target_plaintext): $(target_sources) - makeinfo --plaintext -o $@ $(target_source_main) - -pdf: $(target_pdf) -$(target_pdf): texi - mkdir -p draft/pdf - cd draft/pdf && \ - TEXINPUTS=../../../build-aux: PDFTEX=xetex texi2pdf ../../$(target_source_main) - -$(target_sources): $(original_sources) $(po_source) $(PO4ACFG) - po4a $(PO4AFLAGS) -v --previous $(PO4ACFG) - @sed -i -e "s|$(PWD)/||g" $(POTFILE) - @sed -i -e "s|$(PWD)/||g" $(POFILE) - @sed -i -e "s/\(\\input texinfo\) /\1\-ja /" $(target_source_main) - @touch $(target_sources) -$(po_source): - po4a $(PO4AFLAGS) -v --previous $(PO4ACFG) - @sed -i -e "s|$(PWD)/||g" $(POTFILE) - @sed -i -e "s|$(PWD)/||g" $(POFILE) - @sed -i -e "s/\(\\input texinfo\) /\1\-ja /" $(target_source_main) - @touch $(target_sources) -#M#texibuild: - -extra_texi:: - -pod: $(target_pod) -$(target_pod): $(target_source_main) - @mkdir -p $(@D) - $(eval VERSION=$(shell grep '^@set VERSION' draft/texi/version.texi | sed -e "s/\@set VERSION //")) - @../build-aux/texi2pod.pl -D VERSION="$(VERSION)" $(target_source_main) $@ - -man: $(target_man) -$(target_man): $(target_pod) - @mkdir -p $(@D) - pod2man --center="$(FULL_PACKAGE_NAME)" --release="$(FULL_PACKAGE_NAME) $(PACKAGE_VERSION)" --utf8 $? > $@ || \ - pod2man --center="$(FULL_PACKAGE_NAME)" --release="$(FULL_PACKAGE_NAME) $(PACKAGE_VERSION)" $? > $@ - -stat: - @echo -n $(po_source)": " - @msgfmt --statistics -o /dev/null $(po_source) - -clean: - rm -f draft/pdf/$(PACKAGE_MAIN).{aux,cp,cps,fn,fns,log,tmp,toc} - -.PHONY: all info html text dvi pdf texi texibuild extra_texi pod man stat clean diff --git a/info/build-aux/texi2pod.pl b/info/build-aux/texi2pod.pl deleted file mode 100755 index a5f6b2c2..00000000 --- a/info/build-aux/texi2pod.pl +++ /dev/null @@ -1,453 +0,0 @@ -#! /usr/bin/env perl - -# Copyright (C) 1999-2001, 2003, 2007, 2009-2011, 2015, 2018-2021 Free -# Software Foundation, Inc. - -# This file is part of GCC. - -# GCC is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify -# it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by -# the Free Software Foundation; either version 3, or (at your option) -# any later version. - -# GCC is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, -# but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of -# MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the -# GNU General Public License for more details. - -# You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License -# along with GCC. If not, see . - -# This does trivial (and I mean _trivial_) conversion of Texinfo -# markup to Perl POD format. It's intended to be used to extract -# something suitable for a manpage from a Texinfo document. - -use warnings; -BEGIN { eval { require warnings; } and warnings->import; } - -$output = 0; -$skipping = 0; -%sects = (); -$section = ""; -@icstack = (); -@endwstack = (); -@skstack = (); -@instack = (); -$shift = ""; -%defs = (); -$fnno = 1; -$inf = ""; -$ibase = ""; - -while ($_ = shift) { - if (/^-D(.*)$/) { - if ($1 ne "") { - $flag = $1; - } else { - $flag = shift; - } - $value = ""; - ($flag, $value) = ($flag =~ /^([^=]+)(?:=(.+))?/); - die "no flag specified for -D\n" - unless $flag ne ""; - die "flags may only contain letters, digits, hyphens, dashes and underscores\n" - unless $flag =~ /^[a-zA-Z0-9_-]+$/; - $defs{$flag} = $value; - } elsif (/^-/) { - usage(); - } else { - $in = $_, next unless defined $in; - $out = $_, next unless defined $out; - usage(); - } -} - -if (defined $in) { - $inf = gensym(); - open($inf, "<$in") or die "opening \"$in\": $!\n"; - $ibase = $1 if $in =~ m|^(.+)/[^/]+$|; -} else { - $inf = \*STDIN; -} - -if (defined $out) { - open(STDOUT, ">$out") or die "opening \"$out\": $!\n"; -} - -while(defined $inf) { -while(<$inf>) { - # Certain commands are discarded without further processing. - /^\@(?: - [a-z]+index # @*index: useful only in complete manual - |need # @need: useful only in printed manual - |(?:end\s+)?group # @group .. @end group: ditto - |page # @page: ditto - |node # @node: useful only in .info file - |(?:end\s+)?ifnottex # @ifnottex .. @end ifnottex: use contents - )\b/x and next; - - chomp; - - # Look for filename and title markers. - /^\@setfilename\s+([^.]+)/ and $fn = $1, next; - /^\@settitle\s+([^.]+)/ and $tl = postprocess($1), next; - - # Identify a man title but keep only the one we are interested in. - /^\@c\s+man\s+title\s+([A-Za-z0-9-]+)\s+(.+)/ and do { - if (exists $defs{$1}) { - $fn = $1; - $tl = postprocess($2); - } - next; - }; - - # Look for blocks surrounded by @c man begin SECTION ... @c man end. - # This really oughta be @ifman ... @end ifman and the like, but such - # would require rev'ing all other Texinfo translators. - /^\@c\s+man\s+begin\s+([A-Z]+)\s+([A-Za-z0-9-]+)/ and do { - $output = 1 if exists $defs{$2}; - $sect = $1; - next; - }; - /^\@c\s+man\s+begin\s+([A-Z]+)/ and $sect = $1, $output = 1, next; - /^\@c\s+man\s+end/ and do { - $sects{$sect} = "" unless exists $sects{$sect}; - $sects{$sect} .= postprocess($section); - $section = ""; - $output = 0; - next; - }; - - # handle variables - /^\@set\s+([a-zA-Z0-9_-]+)\s*(.*)$/ and do { - $defs{$1} = $2; - next; - }; - /^\@clear\s+([a-zA-Z0-9_-]+)/ and do { - delete $defs{$1}; - next; - }; - - next unless $output; - - # Discard comments. (Can't do it above, because then we'd never see - # @c man lines.) - /^\@c\b/ and next; - - # End-block handler goes up here because it needs to operate even - # if we are skipping. - /^\@end\s+([a-z]+)/ and do { - # Ignore @end foo, where foo is not an operation which may - # cause us to skip, if we are presently skipping. - my $ended = $1; - next if $skipping && $ended !~ /^(?:ifset|ifclear|ignore|menu|iftex|copying)$/; - - die "\@end $ended without \@$ended at line $.\n" unless defined $endw; - die "\@$endw ended by \@end $ended at line $.\n" unless $ended eq $endw; - - $endw = pop @endwstack; - - if ($ended =~ /^(?:ifset|ifclear|ignore|menu|iftex)$/) { - $skipping = pop @skstack; - next; - } elsif ($ended =~ /^(?:example|smallexample|display)$/) { - $shift = ""; - $_ = ""; # need a paragraph break - } elsif ($ended =~ /^(?:itemize|enumerate|[fv]?table)$/) { - $_ = "\n=back\n"; - $ic = pop @icstack; - } else { - die "unknown command \@end $ended at line $.\n"; - } - }; - - # We must handle commands which can cause skipping even while we - # are skipping, otherwise we will not process nested conditionals - # correctly. - /^\@ifset\s+([a-zA-Z0-9_-]+)/ and do { - push @endwstack, $endw; - push @skstack, $skipping; - $endw = "ifset"; - $skipping = 1 unless exists $defs{$1}; - next; - }; - - /^\@ifclear\s+([a-zA-Z0-9_-]+)/ and do { - push @endwstack, $endw; - push @skstack, $skipping; - $endw = "ifclear"; - $skipping = 1 if exists $defs{$1}; - next; - }; - - /^\@(ignore|menu|iftex|copying)\b/ and do { - push @endwstack, $endw; - push @skstack, $skipping; - $endw = $1; - $skipping = 1; - next; - }; - - next if $skipping; - - # Character entities. First the ones that can be replaced by raw text - # or discarded outright: - s/\@copyright\{\}/(c)/g; - s/\@dots\{\}/.../g; - s/\@enddots\{\}/..../g; - s/\@([.!? ])/$1/g; - s/\@[:-]//g; - s/\@bullet(?:\{\})?/*/g; - s/\@TeX\{\}/TeX/g; - s/\@pounds\{\}/\#/g; - s/\@minus(?:\{\})?/-/g; - s/\\,/,/g; - - # Now the ones that have to be replaced by special escapes - # (which will be turned back into text by unmunge()) - s/&/&/g; - s/\@\@/&at;/g; - s/\@\{/{/g; - s/\@\}/}/g; - - # Inside a verbatim block, handle @var specially. - if ($shift ne "") { - s/\@var\{([^\}]*)\}/<$1>/g; - } - - # POD doesn't interpret E<> inside a verbatim block. - if ($shift eq "") { - s//>/g; - } else { - s//>/g; - } - - # Single line command handlers. - - /^\@include\s+(.+)$/ and do { - push @instack, $inf; - $inf = gensym(); - $file = postprocess($1); - - # Try cwd and $ibase. - open($inf, "<" . $file) - or open($inf, "<" . $ibase . "/" . $file) - or die "cannot open $file or $ibase/$file: $!\n"; - next; - }; - - /^\@(?:section|unnumbered|unnumberedsec|center)\s+(.+)$/ - and $_ = "\n=head2 $1\n"; - /^\@subsection\s+(.+)$/ - and $_ = "\n=head3 $1\n"; - - # Block command handlers: - /^\@itemize(?:\s+(\@[a-z]+|\*|-))?/ and do { - push @endwstack, $endw; - push @icstack, $ic; - if (defined $1) { - $ic = $1; - } else { - $ic = '@bullet'; - } - $_ = "\n=over 4\n"; - $endw = "itemize"; - }; - - /^\@enumerate(?:\s+([a-zA-Z0-9]+))?/ and do { - push @endwstack, $endw; - push @icstack, $ic; - if (defined $1) { - $ic = $1 . "."; - } else { - $ic = "1."; - } - $_ = "\n=over 4\n"; - $endw = "enumerate"; - }; - - /^\@([fv]?table)\s+(\@[a-z]+)/ and do { - push @endwstack, $endw; - push @icstack, $ic; - $endw = $1; - $ic = $2; - $ic =~ s/\@(?:samp|strong|key|gcctabopt|env)/B/; - $ic =~ s/\@(?:code|kbd)/C/; - $ic =~ s/\@(?:dfn|var|emph|cite|i)/I/; - $ic =~ s/\@(?:file)/F/; - $_ = "\n=over 4\n"; - }; - - /^\@((?:small)?example|display)/ and do { - push @endwstack, $endw; - $endw = $1; - $shift = "\t"; - $_ = ""; # need a paragraph break - }; - - /^\@itemx?\s*(.+)?$/ and do { - if (defined $1) { - my $thing = $1; - if ($ic =~ /\@asis/) { - $_ = "\n=item C<$thing>\n"; - } else { - # Entity escapes prevent munging by the <> processing below. - $_ = "\n=item $ic\<$thing\>\n"; - } - } else { - $_ = "\n=item $ic\n"; - $ic =~ y/A-Ya-y/B-Zb-z/; - $ic =~ s/(\d+)/$1 + 1/eg; - } - }; - - $section .= $shift.$_."\n"; -} -# End of current file. -close($inf); -$inf = pop @instack; -} - -die "No filename or title\n" unless defined $fn && defined $tl; - -$sects{NAME} = "$fn \- $tl\n"; -$sects{FOOTNOTES} .= "=back\n" if exists $sects{FOOTNOTES}; - -print "=encoding utf-8\n\n"; - -for $sect (qw(NAME SYNOPSIS DESCRIPTION OPTIONS ENVIRONMENT EXITSTATUS - FILES BUGS NOTES FOOTNOTES SEEALSO AUTHOR COPYRIGHT)) { - if(exists $sects{$sect}) { - $head = $sect; - $head =~ s/SEEALSO/SEE ALSO/; - $head =~ s/EXITSTATUS/EXIT STATUS/; - print "=head1 $head\n\n"; - print scalar unmunge ($sects{$sect}); - print "\n"; - } -} - -sub usage -{ - die "usage: $0 [-D toggle...] [infile [outfile]]\n"; -} - -sub postprocess -{ - local $_ = $_[0]; - - # @value{foo} is replaced by whatever 'foo' is defined as. - while (m/(\@value\{([a-zA-Z0-9_-]+)\})/g) { - if (! exists $defs{$2}) { - print STDERR "Option $2 not defined\n"; - s/\Q$1\E//; - } else { - $value = $defs{$2}; - s/\Q$1\E/$value/; - } - } - - # Formatting commands. - # Temporary escape for @r. - s/\@r\{([^\}]*)\}/R<$1>/g; - s/\@(?:dfn|var|emph|cite|i)\{([^\}]*)\}/I<$1>/g; - s/\@(?:code|kbd)\{([^\}]*)\}/C<$1>/g; - s/\@(?:gccoptlist|samp|strong|key|option|env|command|b)\{([^\}]*)\}/B<$1>/g; - s/\@sc\{([^\}]*)\}/\U$1/g; - s/\@file\{([^\}]*)\}/F<$1>/g; - s/\@w\{([^\}]*)\}/S<$1>/g; - s/\@(?:dmn|math)\{([^\}]*)\}/$1/g; - - # keep references of the form @ref{...}, print them bold - s/\@(?:ref)\{([^\}]*)\}/B<$1>/g; - - # Change double single quotes to double quotes. - s/''/"/g; - s/``/"/g; - - # Cross references are thrown away, as are @noindent and @refill. - # (@noindent is impossible in .pod, and @refill is unnecessary.) - # @* is also impossible in .pod; we discard it and any newline that - # follows it. Similarly, our macro @gol must be discarded. - - s/\(?\@xref\{(?:[^\}]*)\}(?:[^.<]|(?:<[^<>]*>))*\.\)?//g; - s/\s+\(\@pxref\{(?:[^\}]*)\}\)//g; - s/;\s+\@pxref\{(?:[^\}]*)\}//g; - s/\@noindent\s*//g; - s/\@refill//g; - s/\@gol//g; - s/\@\*\s*\n?//g; - - # @uref can take one, two, or three arguments, with different - # semantics each time. @url and @email are just like @uref with - # one argument, for our purposes. - s/\@(?:uref|url|email)\{([^\},]*)\}/<B<$1>>/g; - s/\@uref\{([^\},]*),([^\},]*)\}/$2 (C<$1>)/g; - s/\@uref\{([^\},]*),([^\},]*),([^\},]*)\}/$3/g; - - # Un-escape <> at this point. - s/<//g; - - # Now un-nest all B<>, I<>, R<>. Theoretically we could have - # indefinitely deep nesting; in practice, one level suffices. - 1 while s/([BIR])<([^<>]*)([BIR])<([^<>]*)>/$1<$2>$3<$4>$1 with bare ...; eliminate empty markup, B<>; - # shift white space at the ends of [BI]<...> expressions outside - # the expression. - s/R<([^<>]*)>/$1/g; - s/[BI]<>//g; - s/([BI])<(\s+)([^>]+)>/$2$1<$3>/g; - s/([BI])<([^>]+?)(\s+)>/$1<$2>$3/g; - - # Extract footnotes. This has to be done after all other - # processing because otherwise the regexp will choke on formatting - # inside @footnote. - while (/\@footnote/g) { - s/\@footnote\{([^\}]+)\}/[$fnno]/; - add_footnote($1, $fnno); - $fnno++; - } - - return $_; -} - -sub unmunge -{ - # Replace escaped symbols with their equivalents. - local $_ = $_[0]; - - s/</E/g; - s/>/E/g; - s/{/\{/g; - s/}/\}/g; - s/&at;/\@/g; - s/&/&/g; - return $_; -} - -sub add_footnote -{ - unless (exists $sects{FOOTNOTES}) { - $sects{FOOTNOTES} = "\n=over 4\n\n"; - } - - $sects{FOOTNOTES} .= "=item $fnno.\n\n"; $fnno++; - $sects{FOOTNOTES} .= $_[0]; - $sects{FOOTNOTES} .= "\n\n"; -} - -# stolen from Symbol.pm -{ - my $genseq = 0; - sub gensym - { - my $name = "GEN" . $genseq++; - my $ref = \*{$name}; - delete $::{$name}; - return $ref; - } -} diff --git a/info/build-aux/texinfo-ja.tex b/info/build-aux/texinfo-ja.tex deleted file mode 100644 index a2261687..00000000 --- a/info/build-aux/texinfo-ja.tex +++ /dev/null @@ -1,84 +0,0 @@ -% texinfo-ja.tex -- Japanese texinfo.tex loader -% Some CJK packages are necessary to load before texinfo.tex. -% -% Copyright 2016, 2017 Free Software Foundation, Inc. -% -% This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify -% it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by -% the Free Software Foundation; either version 3 of the license, or (at -% your option) any later version. -% -% This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, -% but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of -% MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the -% GNU General Public License for more details. -% -% You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License -% along with this program. If not, see . -% -% Written by Masamichi Hosoda, 6 May 2016, - -% -% For LuaTeX -% -\ifx\luatexversion\thisisundefined -\else - % LuaTeX 0.95+ is required. - \ifnum\luatexversion<95 - \errmessage{LuaTeX 0.95+ is required} - \fi - % LuaTeX-ja: Typeset Japanese with Lua(La)TeX - % http://www.ctan.org/tex-archive/macros/luatex/generic/luatexja - \openin 1 luatexja.sty \ifeof 1 - \errmessage{LuaTeX-ja is not found. - It is required for Japanese Texinfo files with LuaTeX. - http://www.ctan.org/tex-archive/macros/luatex/generic/luatexja - It might be contained in texlive-lang-japanese package} - \else - \input luatexja.sty - \def\txijapackage{LaTeX-ja} - \fi -\fi - -% -% For XeTeX -% -\ifx\XeTeXrevision\thisisundefined -\else - % XeTeX 0.9998+ is required. - \ifnum\strcmp{\the\XeTeXversion\XeTeXrevision}{0.9998}<0 - \errmessage{XeTeX 0.9998+ is required} - \fi - % zhspacing: Spacing for mixed CJK-English documents in XeTeX - % http://www.ctan.org/tex-archive/macros/xetex/generic/zhspacing - % - % This package is originally for Chinese, - % but can also used in Japanese. - % - \openin 1 zhspacing.sty \ifeof 1 - \errmessage{zhspacing is not found. - It is required for Japanese Texinfo files with XeTeX. - http://www.ctan.org/tex-archive/macros/xetex/generic/zhspacing - It might be contained in texlive-lang-chinese. - (This package is for Chinese, but can also used in Japanese)} - \else - \def\zhfont{dummy} % Cancel the request of SimSun font - \def\zhpunctfont{dummy} % Cancel the request of SimSun font - \input zhspacing.sty - \zhspacing - \def\txijapackage{zhspacing} - \fi -\fi - -% -% For others -% -\ifx\luatexversion\thisisundefined - \ifx\XeTeXrevision\thisisundefined - \errmessage{The TeX engine is not LuaTeX / XeTeX. - LuaTeX / XeTeX is required for Japanese Texinfo files} - \fi -\fi - -% Original texinfo.tex, but the modified version! -\input texinfo-modified.tex diff --git a/info/build-aux/texinfo-modified.tex b/info/build-aux/texinfo-modified.tex deleted file mode 100644 index 70324f7d..00000000 --- a/info/build-aux/texinfo-modified.tex +++ /dev/null @@ -1,11619 +0,0 @@ -% texinfo.tex -- TeX macros to handle Texinfo files. -% -% Load plain if necessary, i.e., if running under initex. -\expandafter\ifx\csname fmtname\endcsname\relax\input plain\fi -% -\def\texinfoversion{2021-04-25.21} -% -% Copyright 1985, 1986, 1988, 1990-2021 Free Software Foundation, Inc. -% -% This texinfo.tex file is free software: you can redistribute it and/or -% modify it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as -% published by the Free Software Foundation, either version 3 of the -% License, or (at your option) any later version. -% -% This texinfo.tex file is distributed in the hope that it will be -% useful, but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty -% of MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU -% General Public License for more details. -% -% You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License -% along with this program. If not, see . -% -% As a special exception, when this file is read by TeX when processing -% a Texinfo source document, you may use the result without -% restriction. This Exception is an additional permission under section 7 -% of the GNU General Public License, version 3 ("GPLv3"). -% -% Please try the latest version of texinfo.tex before submitting bug -% reports; you can get the latest version from: -% https://ftp.gnu.org/gnu/texinfo/ (the Texinfo release area), or -% https://ftpmirror.gnu.org/texinfo/ (same, via a mirror), or -% https://www.gnu.org/software/texinfo/ (the Texinfo home page) -% The texinfo.tex in any given distribution could well be out -% of date, so if that's what you're using, please check. -% -% Send bug reports to bug-texinfo@gnu.org. Please include a -% complete document in each bug report with which we can reproduce the -% problem. Patches are, of course, greatly appreciated. -% -% To process a Texinfo manual with TeX, it's most reliable to use the -% texi2dvi shell script that comes with the distribution. For a simple -% manual foo.texi, however, you can get away with this: -% tex foo.texi -% texindex foo.?? -% tex foo.texi -% tex foo.texi -% dvips foo.dvi -o # or whatever; this makes foo.ps. -% The extra TeX runs get the cross-reference information correct. -% Sometimes one run after texindex suffices, and sometimes you need more -% than two; texi2dvi does it as many times as necessary. -% -% It is possible to adapt texinfo.tex for other languages, to some -% extent. You can get the existing language-specific files from the -% full Texinfo distribution. -% -% The GNU Texinfo home page is https://www.gnu.org/software/texinfo. - - -\message{Loading texinfo [version \texinfoversion]:} - -% If in a .fmt file, print the version number -% and turn on active characters that we couldn't do earlier because -% they might have appeared in the input file name. -\everyjob{\message{[Texinfo version \texinfoversion]}% - \catcode`+=\active \catcode`\_=\active} - -% LaTeX's \typeout. This ensures that the messages it is used for -% are identical in format to the corresponding ones from latex/pdflatex. -\def\typeout{\immediate\write17}% - -\chardef\other=12 - -% We never want plain's \outer definition of \+ in Texinfo. -% For @tex, we can use \tabalign. -\let\+ = \relax - -% Save some plain tex macros whose names we will redefine. -\let\ptexb=\b -\let\ptexbullet=\bullet -\let\ptexc=\c -\let\ptexcomma=\, -\let\ptexdot=\. -\let\ptexdots=\dots -\let\ptexend=\end -\let\ptexequiv=\equiv -\let\ptexexclam=\! -\let\ptexfootnote=\footnote -\let\ptexgtr=> -\let\ptexhat=^ -\let\ptexi=\i -\let\ptexindent=\indent -\let\ptexinsert=\insert -\let\ptexlbrace=\{ -\let\ptexless=< -\let\ptexnewwrite\newwrite -\let\ptexnoindent=\noindent -\let\ptexplus=+ -\let\ptexraggedright=\raggedright -\let\ptexrbrace=\} -\let\ptexslash=\/ -\let\ptexsp=\sp -\let\ptexstar=\* -\let\ptexsup=\sup -\let\ptext=\t -\let\ptextop=\top -{\catcode`\'=\active \global\let\ptexquoteright'}% active in plain's math mode - -% If this character appears in an error message or help string, it -% starts a new line in the output. -\newlinechar = `^^J - -% Use TeX 3.0's \inputlineno to get the line number, for better error -% messages, but if we're using an old version of TeX, don't do anything. -% -\ifx\inputlineno\thisisundefined - \let\linenumber = \empty % Pre-3.0. -\else - \def\linenumber{l.\the\inputlineno:\space} -\fi - -% Set up fixed words for English if not already set. -\ifx\putwordAppendix\undefined \gdef\putwordAppendix{Appendix}\fi -\ifx\putwordChapter\undefined \gdef\putwordChapter{Chapter}\fi -\ifx\putworderror\undefined \gdef\putworderror{error}\fi -\ifx\putwordfile\undefined \gdef\putwordfile{file}\fi -\ifx\putwordin\undefined \gdef\putwordin{in}\fi -\ifx\putwordIndexIsEmpty\undefined \gdef\putwordIndexIsEmpty{(Index is empty)}\fi -\ifx\putwordIndexNonexistent\undefined \gdef\putwordIndexNonexistent{(Index is nonexistent)}\fi -\ifx\putwordInfo\undefined \gdef\putwordInfo{Info}\fi -\ifx\putwordInstanceVariableof\undefined \gdef\putwordInstanceVariableof{Instance Variable of}\fi -\ifx\putwordMethodon\undefined \gdef\putwordMethodon{Method on}\fi -\ifx\putwordNoTitle\undefined \gdef\putwordNoTitle{No Title}\fi -\ifx\putwordof\undefined \gdef\putwordof{of}\fi -\ifx\putwordon\undefined \gdef\putwordon{on}\fi -\ifx\putwordpage\undefined \gdef\putwordpage{page}\fi -\ifx\putwordsection\undefined \gdef\putwordsection{section}\fi -\ifx\putwordSection\undefined \gdef\putwordSection{Section}\fi -\ifx\putwordsee\undefined \gdef\putwordsee{see}\fi -\ifx\putwordSee\undefined \gdef\putwordSee{See}\fi -\ifx\putwordShortTOC\undefined \gdef\putwordShortTOC{Short Contents}\fi -\ifx\putwordTOC\undefined \gdef\putwordTOC{Table of Contents}\fi -% -\ifx\putwordMJan\undefined \gdef\putwordMJan{January}\fi -\ifx\putwordMFeb\undefined \gdef\putwordMFeb{February}\fi -\ifx\putwordMMar\undefined \gdef\putwordMMar{March}\fi -\ifx\putwordMApr\undefined \gdef\putwordMApr{April}\fi -\ifx\putwordMMay\undefined \gdef\putwordMMay{May}\fi -\ifx\putwordMJun\undefined \gdef\putwordMJun{June}\fi -\ifx\putwordMJul\undefined \gdef\putwordMJul{July}\fi -\ifx\putwordMAug\undefined \gdef\putwordMAug{August}\fi -\ifx\putwordMSep\undefined \gdef\putwordMSep{September}\fi -\ifx\putwordMOct\undefined \gdef\putwordMOct{October}\fi -\ifx\putwordMNov\undefined \gdef\putwordMNov{November}\fi -\ifx\putwordMDec\undefined \gdef\putwordMDec{December}\fi -% -\ifx\putwordDefmac\undefined \gdef\putwordDefmac{Macro}\fi -\ifx\putwordDefspec\undefined \gdef\putwordDefspec{Special Form}\fi -\ifx\putwordDefvar\undefined \gdef\putwordDefvar{Variable}\fi -\ifx\putwordDefopt\undefined \gdef\putwordDefopt{User Option}\fi -\ifx\putwordDeffunc\undefined \gdef\putwordDeffunc{Function}\fi - -% Give the space character the catcode for a space. -\def\spaceisspace{\catcode`\ =10\relax} - -% Likewise for ^^M, the end of line character. -\def\endlineisspace{\catcode13=10\relax} - -\chardef\dashChar = `\- -\chardef\slashChar = `\/ -\chardef\underChar = `\_ - -% Ignore a token. -% -\def\gobble#1{} - -% The following is used inside several \edef's. -\def\makecsname#1{\expandafter\noexpand\csname#1\endcsname} - -% Hyphenation fixes. -\hyphenation{ - Flor-i-da Ghost-script Ghost-view Mac-OS Post-Script - ap-pen-dix bit-map bit-maps - data-base data-bases eshell fall-ing half-way long-est man-u-script - man-u-scripts mini-buf-fer mini-buf-fers over-view par-a-digm - par-a-digms rath-er rec-tan-gu-lar ro-bot-ics se-vere-ly set-up spa-ces - spell-ing spell-ings - stand-alone strong-est time-stamp time-stamps which-ever white-space - wide-spread wrap-around -} - -% Sometimes it is convenient to have everything in the transcript file -% and nothing on the terminal. We don't just call \tracingall here, -% since that produces some useless output on the terminal. We also make -% some effort to order the tracing commands to reduce output in the log -% file; cf. trace.sty in LaTeX. -% -\def\gloggingall{\begingroup \globaldefs = 1 \loggingall \endgroup}% -\def\loggingall{% - \tracingstats2 - \tracingpages1 - \tracinglostchars2 % 2 gives us more in etex - \tracingparagraphs1 - \tracingoutput1 - \tracingmacros2 - \tracingrestores1 - \showboxbreadth\maxdimen \showboxdepth\maxdimen - \ifx\eTeXversion\thisisundefined\else % etex gives us more logging - \tracingscantokens1 - \tracingifs1 - \tracinggroups1 - \tracingnesting2 - \tracingassigns1 - \fi - \tracingcommands3 % 3 gives us more in etex - \errorcontextlines16 -}% - -% @errormsg{MSG}. Do the index-like expansions on MSG, but if things -% aren't perfect, it's not the end of the world, being an error message, -% after all. -% -\def\errormsg{\begingroup \indexnofonts \doerrormsg} -\def\doerrormsg#1{\errmessage{#1}} - -% add check for \lastpenalty to plain's definitions. If the last thing -% we did was a \nobreak, we don't want to insert more space. -% -\def\smallbreak{\ifnum\lastpenalty<10000\par\ifdim\lastskip<\smallskipamount - \removelastskip\penalty-50\smallskip\fi\fi} -\def\medbreak{\ifnum\lastpenalty<10000\par\ifdim\lastskip<\medskipamount - \removelastskip\penalty-100\medskip\fi\fi} -\def\bigbreak{\ifnum\lastpenalty<10000\par\ifdim\lastskip<\bigskipamount - \removelastskip\penalty-200\bigskip\fi\fi} - -% Output routine -% - -% For a final copy, take out the rectangles -% that mark overfull boxes (in case you have decided -% that the text looks ok even though it passes the margin). -% -\def\finalout{\overfullrule=0pt } - -\newdimen\outerhsize \newdimen\outervsize % set by the paper size routines -\newdimen\topandbottommargin \topandbottommargin=.75in - -% Output a mark which sets \thischapter, \thissection and \thiscolor. -% We dump everything together because we only have one kind of mark. -% This works because we only use \botmark / \topmark, not \firstmark. -% -% A mark contains a subexpression of the \ifcase ... \fi construct. -% \get*marks macros below extract the needed part using \ifcase. -% -% Another complication is to let the user choose whether \thischapter -% (\thissection) refers to the chapter (section) in effect at the top -% of a page, or that at the bottom of a page. - -% \domark is called twice inside \chapmacro, to add one -% mark before the section break, and one after. -% In the second call \prevchapterdefs is the same as \currentchapterdefs, -% and \prevsectiondefs is the same as \currentsectiondefs. -% Then if the page is not broken at the mark, some of the previous -% section appears on the page, and we can get the name of this section -% from \firstmark for @everyheadingmarks top. -% @everyheadingmarks bottom uses \botmark. -% -% See page 260 of The TeXbook. -\def\domark{% - \toks0=\expandafter{\currentchapterdefs}% - \toks2=\expandafter{\currentsectiondefs}% - \toks4=\expandafter{\prevchapterdefs}% - \toks6=\expandafter{\prevsectiondefs}% - \toks8=\expandafter{\currentcolordefs}% - \mark{% - \the\toks0 \the\toks2 % 0: marks for @everyheadingmarks top - \noexpand\or \the\toks4 \the\toks6 % 1: for @everyheadingmarks bottom - \noexpand\else \the\toks8 % 2: color marks - }% -} - -% \gettopheadingmarks, \getbottomheadingmarks, -% \getcolormarks - extract needed part of mark. -% -% \topmark doesn't work for the very first chapter (after the title -% page or the contents), so we use \firstmark there -- this gets us -% the mark with the chapter defs, unless the user sneaks in, e.g., -% @setcolor (or @url, or @link, etc.) between @contents and the very -% first @chapter. -\def\gettopheadingmarks{% - \ifcase0\the\savedtopmark\fi - \ifx\thischapter\empty \ifcase0\firstmark\fi \fi -} -\def\getbottomheadingmarks{\ifcase1\botmark\fi} -\def\getcolormarks{\ifcase2\the\savedtopmark\fi} - -% Avoid "undefined control sequence" errors. -\def\currentchapterdefs{} -\def\currentsectiondefs{} -\def\currentsection{} -\def\prevchapterdefs{} -\def\prevsectiondefs{} -\def\currentcolordefs{} - -% Margin to add to right of even pages, to left of odd pages. -\newdimen\bindingoffset -\newdimen\normaloffset -\newdimen\txipagewidth \newdimen\txipageheight - -% Main output routine. -% -\chardef\PAGE = 255 -\newtoks\defaultoutput -\defaultoutput = {\savetopmark\onepageout{\pagecontents\PAGE}} -\output=\expandafter{\the\defaultoutput} - -\newbox\headlinebox -\newbox\footlinebox - -% When outputting the double column layout for indices, an output routine -% is run several times, which hides the original value of \topmark. This -% can lead to a page heading being output and duplicating the chapter heading -% of the index. Hence, save the contents of \topmark at the beginning of -% the output routine. The saved contents are valid until we actually -% \shipout a page. -% -% (We used to run a short output routine to actually set \topmark and -% \firstmark to the right values, but if this was called with an empty page -% containing whatsits for writing index entries, the whatsits would be thrown -% away and the index auxiliary file would remain empty.) -% -\newtoks\savedtopmark -\newif\iftopmarksaved -\topmarksavedtrue -\def\savetopmark{% - \iftopmarksaved\else - \global\savedtopmark=\expandafter{\topmark}% - \global\topmarksavedtrue - \fi -} - -% \onepageout takes a vbox as an argument. -% \shipout a vbox for a single page, adding an optional header, footer -% and footnote. This also causes index entries for this page to be written -% to the auxiliary files. -% -\def\onepageout#1{% - \hoffset=\normaloffset - % - \ifodd\pageno \advance\hoffset by \bindingoffset - \else \advance\hoffset by -\bindingoffset\fi - % - \checkchapterpage - % - % Retrieve the information for the headings from the marks in the page, - % and call Plain TeX's \makeheadline and \makefootline, which use the - % values in \headline and \footline. - % - % Common context changes for both heading and footing. - % Do this outside of the \shipout so @code etc. will be expanded in - % the headline as they should be, not taken literally (outputting ''code). - \def\commonheadfootline{\let\hsize=\txipagewidth \texinfochars} - % - \ifodd\pageno \getoddheadingmarks \else \getevenheadingmarks \fi - \global\setbox\headlinebox = \vbox{\commonheadfootline \makeheadline}% - \ifodd\pageno \getoddfootingmarks \else \getevenfootingmarks \fi - \global\setbox\footlinebox = \vbox{\commonheadfootline \makefootline}% - % - {% - % Set context for writing to auxiliary files like index files. - % Have to do this stuff outside the \shipout because we want it to - % take effect in \write's, yet the group defined by the \vbox ends - % before the \shipout runs. - % - \atdummies % don't expand commands in the output. - \turnoffactive - \shipout\vbox{% - % Do this early so pdf references go to the beginning of the page. - \ifpdfmakepagedest \pdfdest name{\the\pageno} xyz\fi - % - \unvbox\headlinebox - \pagebody{#1}% - \ifdim\ht\footlinebox > 0pt - % Only leave this space if the footline is nonempty. - % (We lessened \vsize for it in \oddfootingyyy.) - % The \baselineskip=24pt in plain's \makefootline has no effect. - \vskip 24pt - \unvbox\footlinebox - \fi - % - }% - }% - \global\topmarksavedfalse - \advancepageno - \ifnum\outputpenalty>-20000 \else\dosupereject\fi -} - -\newinsert\margin \dimen\margin=\maxdimen - -% Main part of page, including any footnotes -\def\pagebody#1{\vbox to\txipageheight{\boxmaxdepth=\maxdepth #1}} -{\catcode`\@ =11 -\gdef\pagecontents#1{\ifvoid\topins\else\unvbox\topins\fi -% marginal hacks, juha@viisa.uucp (Juha Takala) -\ifvoid\margin\else % marginal info is present - \rlap{\kern\hsize\vbox to\z@{\kern1pt\box\margin \vss}}\fi -\dimen@=\dp#1\relax \unvbox#1\relax -\ifvoid\footins\else\vskip\skip\footins\footnoterule \unvbox\footins\fi -\ifr@ggedbottom \kern-\dimen@ \vfil \fi} -} - -% Check if we are on the first page of a chapter. Used for printing headings. -\newif\ifchapterpage -\def\checkchapterpage{% - % Get the chapter that was current at the end of the last page - \ifcase1\the\savedtopmark\fi - \let\prevchaptername\thischaptername - % - \ifodd\pageno \getoddheadingmarks \else \getevenheadingmarks \fi - \let\curchaptername\thischaptername - % - \ifx\curchaptername\prevchaptername - \chapterpagefalse - \else - \chapterpagetrue - \fi -} - -% Argument parsing - -% Parse an argument, then pass it to #1. The argument is the rest of -% the input line (except we remove a trailing comment). #1 should be a -% macro which expects an ordinary undelimited TeX argument. -% For example, \def\foo{\parsearg\fooxxx}. -% -\def\parsearg{\parseargusing{}} -\def\parseargusing#1#2{% - \def\argtorun{#2}% - \begingroup - \obeylines - \spaceisspace - #1% - \parseargline\empty% Insert the \empty token, see \finishparsearg below. -} - -{\obeylines % - \gdef\parseargline#1^^M{% - \endgroup % End of the group started in \parsearg. - \argremovecomment #1\comment\ArgTerm% - }% -} - -% First remove any @comment, then any @c comment. Pass the result on to -% \argcheckspaces. -\def\argremovecomment#1\comment#2\ArgTerm{\argremovec #1\c\ArgTerm} -\def\argremovec#1\c#2\ArgTerm{\argcheckspaces#1\^^M\ArgTerm} - -% Each occurrence of `\^^M' or `\^^M' is replaced by a single space. -% -% \argremovec might leave us with trailing space, e.g., -% @end itemize @c foo -% This space token undergoes the same procedure and is eventually removed -% by \finishparsearg. -% -\def\argcheckspaces#1\^^M{\argcheckspacesX#1\^^M \^^M} -\def\argcheckspacesX#1 \^^M{\argcheckspacesY#1\^^M} -\def\argcheckspacesY#1\^^M#2\^^M#3\ArgTerm{% - \def\temp{#3}% - \ifx\temp\empty - % Do not use \next, perhaps the caller of \parsearg uses it; reuse \temp: - \let\temp\finishparsearg - \else - \let\temp\argcheckspaces - \fi - % Put the space token in: - \temp#1 #3\ArgTerm -} - -% If a _delimited_ argument is enclosed in braces, they get stripped; so -% to get _exactly_ the rest of the line, we had to prevent such situation. -% We prepended an \empty token at the very beginning and we expand it now, -% just before passing the control to \argtorun. -% (Similarly, we have to think about #3 of \argcheckspacesY above: it is -% either the null string, or it ends with \^^M---thus there is no danger -% that a pair of braces would be stripped. -% -% But first, we have to remove the trailing space token. -% -\def\finishparsearg#1 \ArgTerm{\expandafter\argtorun\expandafter{#1}} - - -% \parseargdef - define a command taking an argument on the line -% -% \parseargdef\foo{...} -% is roughly equivalent to -% \def\foo{\parsearg\Xfoo} -% \def\Xfoo#1{...} -\def\parseargdef#1{% - \expandafter \doparseargdef \csname\string#1\endcsname #1% -} -\def\doparseargdef#1#2{% - \def#2{\parsearg#1}% - \def#1##1% -} - -% Several utility definitions with active space: -{ - \obeyspaces - \gdef\obeyedspace{ } - - % Make each space character in the input produce a normal interword - % space in the output. Don't allow a line break at this space, as this - % is used only in environments like @example, where each line of input - % should produce a line of output anyway. - % - \gdef\sepspaces{\obeyspaces\let =\tie} - - % If an index command is used in an @example environment, any spaces - % therein should become regular spaces in the raw index file, not the - % expansion of \tie (\leavevmode \penalty \@M \ ). - \gdef\unsepspaces{\let =\space} -} - - -\def\flushcr{\ifx\par\lisppar \def\next##1{}\else \let\next=\relax \fi \next} - -% Define the framework for environments in texinfo.tex. It's used like this: -% -% \envdef\foo{...} -% \def\Efoo{...} -% -% It's the responsibility of \envdef to insert \begingroup before the -% actual body; @end closes the group after calling \Efoo. \envdef also -% defines \thisenv, so the current environment is known; @end checks -% whether the environment name matches. The \checkenv macro can also be -% used to check whether the current environment is the one expected. -% -% Non-false conditionals (@iftex, @ifset) don't fit into this, so they -% are not treated as environments; they don't open a group. (The -% implementation of @end takes care not to call \endgroup in this -% special case.) - - -% At run-time, environments start with this: -\def\startenvironment#1{\begingroup\def\thisenv{#1}} -% initialize -\let\thisenv\empty - -% ... but they get defined via ``\envdef\foo{...}'': -\long\def\envdef#1#2{\def#1{\startenvironment#1#2}} -\def\envparseargdef#1#2{\parseargdef#1{\startenvironment#1#2}} - -% Check whether we're in the right environment: -\def\checkenv#1{% - \def\temp{#1}% - \ifx\thisenv\temp - \else - \badenverr - \fi -} - -% Environment mismatch, #1 expected: -\def\badenverr{% - \errhelp = \EMsimple - \errmessage{This command can appear only \inenvironment\temp, - not \inenvironment\thisenv}% -} -\def\inenvironment#1{% - \ifx#1\empty - outside of any environment% - \else - in environment \expandafter\string#1% - \fi -} - - -% @end foo calls \checkenv and executes the definition of \Efoo. -\parseargdef\end{% - \if 1\csname iscond.#1\endcsname - \else - % The general wording of \badenverr may not be ideal. - \expandafter\checkenv\csname#1\endcsname - \csname E#1\endcsname - \endgroup - \fi -} - -\newhelp\EMsimple{Press RETURN to continue.} - - -% Be sure we're in horizontal mode when doing a tie, since we make space -% equivalent to this in @example-like environments. Otherwise, a space -% at the beginning of a line will start with \penalty -- and -% since \penalty is valid in vertical mode, we'd end up putting the -% penalty on the vertical list instead of in the new paragraph. -{\catcode`@ = 11 - % Avoid using \@M directly, because that causes trouble - % if the definition is written into an index file. - \global\let\tiepenalty = \@M - \gdef\tie{\leavevmode\penalty\tiepenalty\ } -} - -% @: forces normal size whitespace following. -\def\:{\spacefactor=1000 } - -% @* forces a line break. -\def\*{\unskip\hfil\break\hbox{}\ignorespaces} - -% @/ allows a line break. -\let\/=\allowbreak - -% @. is an end-of-sentence period. -\def\.{.\spacefactor=\endofsentencespacefactor\space} - -% @! is an end-of-sentence bang. -\def\!{!\spacefactor=\endofsentencespacefactor\space} - -% @? is an end-of-sentence query. -\def\?{?\spacefactor=\endofsentencespacefactor\space} - -% @frenchspacing on|off says whether to put extra space after punctuation. -% -\def\onword{on} -\def\offword{off} -% -\parseargdef\frenchspacing{% - \def\temp{#1}% - \ifx\temp\onword \plainfrenchspacing - \else\ifx\temp\offword \plainnonfrenchspacing - \else - \errhelp = \EMsimple - \errmessage{Unknown @frenchspacing option `\temp', must be on|off}% - \fi\fi -} - -% @w prevents a word break. Without the \leavevmode, @w at the -% beginning of a paragraph, when TeX is still in vertical mode, would -% produce a whole line of output instead of starting the paragraph. -\def\w#1{\leavevmode\hbox{#1}} - -% @group ... @end group forces ... to be all on one page, by enclosing -% it in a TeX vbox. We use \vtop instead of \vbox to construct the box -% to keep its height that of a normal line. According to the rules for -% \topskip (p.114 of the TeXbook), the glue inserted is -% max (\topskip - \ht (first item), 0). If that height is large, -% therefore, no glue is inserted, and the space between the headline and -% the text is small, which looks bad. -% -% Another complication is that the group might be very large. This can -% cause the glue on the previous page to be unduly stretched, because it -% does not have much material. In this case, it's better to add an -% explicit \vfill so that the extra space is at the bottom. The -% threshold for doing this is if the group is more than \vfilllimit -% percent of a page (\vfilllimit can be changed inside of @tex). -% -\newbox\groupbox -\def\vfilllimit{0.7} -% -\envdef\group{% - \ifnum\catcode`\^^M=\active \else - \errhelp = \groupinvalidhelp - \errmessage{@group invalid in context where filling is enabled}% - \fi - \startsavinginserts - % - \setbox\groupbox = \vtop\bgroup - % Do @comment since we are called inside an environment such as - % @example, where each end-of-line in the input causes an - % end-of-line in the output. We don't want the end-of-line after - % the `@group' to put extra space in the output. Since @group - % should appear on a line by itself (according to the Texinfo - % manual), we don't worry about eating any user text. - \comment -} -% -% The \vtop produces a box with normal height and large depth; thus, TeX puts -% \baselineskip glue before it, and (when the next line of text is done) -% \lineskip glue after it. Thus, space below is not quite equal to space -% above. But it's pretty close. -\def\Egroup{% - % To get correct interline space between the last line of the group - % and the first line afterwards, we have to propagate \prevdepth. - \endgraf % Not \par, as it may have been set to \lisppar. - \global\dimen1 = \prevdepth - \egroup % End the \vtop. - \addgroupbox - \prevdepth = \dimen1 - \checkinserts -} - -\def\addgroupbox{ - % \dimen0 is the vertical size of the group's box. - \dimen0 = \ht\groupbox \advance\dimen0 by \dp\groupbox - % \dimen2 is how much space is left on the page (more or less). - \dimen2 = \txipageheight \advance\dimen2 by -\pagetotal - % if the group doesn't fit on the current page, and it's a big big - % group, force a page break. - \ifdim \dimen0 > \dimen2 - \ifdim \pagetotal < \vfilllimit\txipageheight - \page - \fi - \fi - \box\groupbox -} - -% -% TeX puts in an \escapechar (i.e., `@') at the beginning of the help -% message, so this ends up printing `@group can only ...'. -% -\newhelp\groupinvalidhelp{% -group can only be used in environments such as @example,^^J% -where each line of input produces a line of output.} - -% @need space-in-mils -% forces a page break if there is not space-in-mils remaining. - -\newdimen\mil \mil=0.001in - -\parseargdef\need{% - % Ensure vertical mode, so we don't make a big box in the middle of a - % paragraph. - \par - % - % If the @need value is less than one line space, it's useless. - \dimen0 = #1\mil - \dimen2 = \ht\strutbox - \advance\dimen2 by \dp\strutbox - \ifdim\dimen0 > \dimen2 - % - % Do a \strut just to make the height of this box be normal, so the - % normal leading is inserted relative to the preceding line. - % And a page break here is fine. - \vtop to #1\mil{\strut\vfil}% - % - % TeX does not even consider page breaks if a penalty added to the - % main vertical list is 10000 or more. But in order to see if the - % empty box we just added fits on the page, we must make it consider - % page breaks. On the other hand, we don't want to actually break the - % page after the empty box. So we use a penalty of 9999. - % - % There is an extremely small chance that TeX will actually break the - % page at this \penalty, if there are no other feasible breakpoints in - % sight. (If the user is using lots of big @group commands, which - % almost-but-not-quite fill up a page, TeX will have a hard time doing - % good page breaking, for example.) However, I could not construct an - % example where a page broke at this \penalty; if it happens in a real - % document, then we can reconsider our strategy. - \penalty9999 - % - % Back up by the size of the box, whether we did a page break or not. - \kern -#1\mil - % - % Do not allow a page break right after this kern. - \nobreak - \fi -} - -% @br forces paragraph break (and is undocumented). - -\let\br = \par - -% @page forces the start of a new page. -% -\def\page{\par\vfill\supereject} - -% @exdent text.... -% outputs text on separate line in roman font, starting at standard page margin - -% This records the amount of indent in the innermost environment. -% That's how much \exdent should take out. -\newskip\exdentamount - -% This defn is used inside fill environments such as @defun. -\parseargdef\exdent{\hfil\break\hbox{\kern -\exdentamount{\rm#1}}\hfil\break} - -% This defn is used inside nofill environments such as @example. -\parseargdef\nofillexdent{{\advance \leftskip by -\exdentamount - \leftline{\hskip\leftskip{\rm#1}}}} - -% @inmargin{WHICH}{TEXT} puts TEXT in the WHICH margin next to the current -% paragraph. For more general purposes, use the \margin insertion -% class. WHICH is `l' or `r'. Not documented, written for gawk manual. -% -\newskip\inmarginspacing \inmarginspacing=1cm -\def\strutdepth{\dp\strutbox} -% -\def\doinmargin#1#2{\strut\vadjust{% - \nobreak - \kern-\strutdepth - \vtop to \strutdepth{% - \baselineskip=\strutdepth - \vss - % if you have multiple lines of stuff to put here, you'll need to - % make the vbox yourself of the appropriate size. - \ifx#1l% - \llap{\ignorespaces #2\hskip\inmarginspacing}% - \else - \rlap{\hskip\hsize \hskip\inmarginspacing \ignorespaces #2}% - \fi - \null - }% -}} -\def\inleftmargin{\doinmargin l} -\def\inrightmargin{\doinmargin r} -% -% @inmargin{TEXT [, RIGHT-TEXT]} -% (if RIGHT-TEXT is given, use TEXT for left page, RIGHT-TEXT for right; -% else use TEXT for both). -% -\def\inmargin#1{\parseinmargin #1,,\finish} -\def\parseinmargin#1,#2,#3\finish{% not perfect, but better than nothing. - \setbox0 = \hbox{\ignorespaces #2}% - \ifdim\wd0 > 0pt - \def\lefttext{#1}% have both texts - \def\righttext{#2}% - \else - \def\lefttext{#1}% have only one text - \def\righttext{#1}% - \fi - % - \ifodd\pageno - \def\temp{\inrightmargin\righttext}% odd page -> outside is right margin - \else - \def\temp{\inleftmargin\lefttext}% - \fi - \temp -} - -% @include FILE -- \input text of FILE. -% -\def\include{\parseargusing\filenamecatcodes\includezzz} -\def\includezzz#1{% - \pushthisfilestack - \def\thisfile{#1}% - {% - \makevalueexpandable % we want to expand any @value in FILE. - \turnoffactive % and allow special characters in the expansion - \indexnofonts % Allow `@@' and other weird things in file names. - \wlog{texinfo.tex: doing @include of #1^^J}% - \edef\temp{\noexpand\input #1 }% - % - % This trickery is to read FILE outside of a group, in case it makes - % definitions, etc. - \expandafter - }\temp - \popthisfilestack -} -\def\filenamecatcodes{% - \catcode`\\=\other - \catcode`~=\other - \catcode`^=\other - \catcode`_=\other - \catcode`|=\other - \catcode`<=\other - \catcode`>=\other - \catcode`+=\other - \catcode`-=\other - \catcode`\`=\other - \catcode`\'=\other -} - -\def\pushthisfilestack{% - \expandafter\pushthisfilestackX\popthisfilestack\StackTerm -} -\def\pushthisfilestackX{% - \expandafter\pushthisfilestackY\thisfile\StackTerm -} -\def\pushthisfilestackY #1\StackTerm #2\StackTerm {% - \gdef\popthisfilestack{\gdef\thisfile{#1}\gdef\popthisfilestack{#2}}% -} - -\def\popthisfilestack{\errthisfilestackempty} -\def\errthisfilestackempty{\errmessage{Internal error: - the stack of filenames is empty.}} -% -\def\thisfile{} - -% @center line -% outputs that line, centered. -% -\parseargdef\center{% - \ifhmode - \let\centersub\centerH - \else - \let\centersub\centerV - \fi - \centersub{\hfil \ignorespaces#1\unskip \hfil}% - \let\centersub\relax % don't let the definition persist, just in case -} -\def\centerH#1{{% - \hfil\break - \advance\hsize by -\leftskip - \advance\hsize by -\rightskip - \line{#1}% - \break -}} -% -\newcount\centerpenalty -\def\centerV#1{% - % The idea here is the same as in \startdefun, \cartouche, etc.: if - % @center is the first thing after a section heading, we need to wipe - % out the negative parskip inserted by \sectionheading, but still - % prevent a page break here. - \centerpenalty = \lastpenalty - \ifnum\centerpenalty>10000 \vskip\parskip \fi - \ifnum\centerpenalty>9999 \penalty\centerpenalty \fi - \line{\kern\leftskip #1\kern\rightskip}% -} - -% @sp n outputs n lines of vertical space -% -\parseargdef\sp{\vskip #1\baselineskip} - -% @comment ...line which is ignored... -% @c is the same as @comment -% @ignore ... @end ignore is another way to write a comment - - -\def\c{\begingroup \catcode`\^^M=\active% -\catcode`\@=\other \catcode`\{=\other \catcode`\}=\other% -\cxxx} -{\catcode`\^^M=\active \gdef\cxxx#1^^M{\endgroup}} -% -\let\comment\c - -% @paragraphindent NCHARS -% We'll use ems for NCHARS, close enough. -% NCHARS can also be the word `asis' or `none'. -% We cannot feasibly implement @paragraphindent asis, though. -% -\def\asisword{asis} % no translation, these are keywords -\def\noneword{none} -% -\parseargdef\paragraphindent{% - \def\temp{#1}% - \ifx\temp\asisword - \else - \ifx\temp\noneword - \defaultparindent = 0pt - \else - \defaultparindent = #1em - \fi - \fi - \parindent = \defaultparindent -} - -% @exampleindent NCHARS -% We'll use ems for NCHARS like @paragraphindent. -% It seems @exampleindent asis isn't necessary, but -% I preserve it to make it similar to @paragraphindent. -\parseargdef\exampleindent{% - \def\temp{#1}% - \ifx\temp\asisword - \else - \ifx\temp\noneword - \lispnarrowing = 0pt - \else - \lispnarrowing = #1em - \fi - \fi -} - -% @firstparagraphindent WORD -% If WORD is `none', then suppress indentation of the first paragraph -% after a section heading. If WORD is `insert', then do indent at such -% paragraphs. -% -% The paragraph indentation is suppressed or not by calling -% \suppressfirstparagraphindent, which the sectioning commands do. -% We switch the definition of this back and forth according to WORD. -% By default, we suppress indentation. -% -\def\suppressfirstparagraphindent{\dosuppressfirstparagraphindent} -\def\insertword{insert} -% -\parseargdef\firstparagraphindent{% - \def\temp{#1}% - \ifx\temp\noneword - \let\suppressfirstparagraphindent = \dosuppressfirstparagraphindent - \else\ifx\temp\insertword - \let\suppressfirstparagraphindent = \relax - \else - \errhelp = \EMsimple - \errmessage{Unknown @firstparagraphindent option `\temp'}% - \fi\fi -} - -% Here is how we actually suppress indentation. Redefine \everypar to -% \kern backwards by \parindent, and then reset itself to empty. -% -% We also make \indent itself not actually do anything until the next -% paragraph. -% -\gdef\dosuppressfirstparagraphindent{% - \gdef\indent {\restorefirstparagraphindent \indent}% - \gdef\noindent{\restorefirstparagraphindent \noindent}% - \global\everypar = {\kern -\parindent \restorefirstparagraphindent}% -} -% -\gdef\restorefirstparagraphindent{% - \global\let\indent = \ptexindent - \global\let\noindent = \ptexnoindent - \global\everypar = {}% -} - -% leave vertical mode without cancelling any first paragraph indent -\gdef\imageindent{% - \toks0=\everypar - \everypar={}% - \ptexnoindent - \global\everypar=\toks0 -} - - -% @refill is a no-op. -\let\refill=\relax - -% @setfilename INFO-FILENAME - ignored -\let\setfilename=\comment - -% @bye. -\outer\def\bye{\chappager\pagelabels\tracingstats=1\ptexend} - - -\message{pdf,} -% adobe `portable' document format -\newcount\tempnum -\newcount\lnkcount -\newtoks\filename -\newcount\filenamelength -\newcount\pgn -\newtoks\toksA -\newtoks\toksB -\newtoks\toksC -\newtoks\toksD -\newbox\boxA -\newbox\boxB -\newcount\countA -\newif\ifpdf -\newif\ifpdfmakepagedest - -% -% For LuaTeX -% - -\newif\iftxiuseunicodedestname -\txiuseunicodedestnamefalse % For pdfTeX etc. - -\ifx\luatexversion\thisisundefined -\else - % Use Unicode destination names - \txiuseunicodedestnametrue - % Escape PDF strings with converting UTF-16 from UTF-8 - \begingroup - \catcode`\%=12 - \directlua{ - function UTF16oct(str) - tex.sprint(string.char(0x5c) .. '376' .. string.char(0x5c) .. '377') - for c in string.utfvalues(str) do - if c < 0x10000 then - tex.sprint( - string.format(string.char(0x5c) .. string.char(0x25) .. '03o' .. - string.char(0x5c) .. string.char(0x25) .. '03o', - math.floor(c / 256), math.floor(c % 256))) - else - c = c - 0x10000 - local c_hi = c / 1024 + 0xd800 - local c_lo = c % 1024 + 0xdc00 - tex.sprint( - string.format(string.char(0x5c) .. string.char(0x25) .. '03o' .. - string.char(0x5c) .. string.char(0x25) .. '03o' .. - string.char(0x5c) .. string.char(0x25) .. '03o' .. - string.char(0x5c) .. string.char(0x25) .. '03o', - math.floor(c_hi / 256), math.floor(c_hi % 256), - math.floor(c_lo / 256), math.floor(c_lo % 256))) - end - end - end - } - \endgroup - \def\pdfescapestrutfsixteen#1{\directlua{UTF16oct('\luaescapestring{#1}')}} - % Escape PDF strings without converting - \begingroup - \directlua{ - function PDFescstr(str) - for c in string.bytes(str) do - if c <= 0x20 or c >= 0x80 or c == 0x28 or c == 0x29 or c == 0x5c then - tex.sprint(-2, - string.format(string.char(0x5c) .. string.char(0x25) .. '03o', - c)) - else - tex.sprint(-2, string.char(c)) - end - end - end - } - % The -2 in the arguments here gives all the input to TeX catcode 12 - % (other) or 10 (space), preventing undefined control sequence errors. See - % https://lists.gnu.org/archive/html/bug-texinfo/2019-08/msg00031.html - % - \endgroup - \def\pdfescapestring#1{\directlua{PDFescstr('\luaescapestring{#1}')}} - \ifnum\luatexversion>84 - % For LuaTeX >= 0.85 - \def\pdfdest{\pdfextension dest} - \let\pdfoutput\outputmode - \def\pdfliteral{\pdfextension literal} - \def\pdfcatalog{\pdfextension catalog} - \def\pdftexversion{\numexpr\pdffeedback version\relax} - \let\pdfximage\saveimageresource - \let\pdfrefximage\useimageresource - \let\pdflastximage\lastsavedimageresourceindex - \def\pdfendlink{\pdfextension endlink\relax} - \def\pdfoutline{\pdfextension outline} - \def\pdfstartlink{\pdfextension startlink} - \def\pdffontattr{\pdfextension fontattr} - \def\pdfobj{\pdfextension obj} - \def\pdflastobj{\numexpr\pdffeedback lastobj\relax} - \let\pdfpagewidth\pagewidth - \let\pdfpageheight\pageheight - \edef\pdfhorigin{\pdfvariable horigin} - \edef\pdfvorigin{\pdfvariable vorigin} - \fi -\fi - -% when pdftex is run in dvi mode, \pdfoutput is defined (so \pdfoutput=1 -% can be set). So we test for \relax and 0 as well as being undefined. -\ifx\pdfoutput\thisisundefined -\else - \ifx\pdfoutput\relax - \else - \ifcase\pdfoutput - \else - \pdftrue - \fi - \fi -\fi - -\newif\ifpdforxetex -\pdforxetexfalse -\ifpdf - \pdforxetextrue -\fi -\ifx\XeTeXrevision\thisisundefined\else - \pdforxetextrue -\fi - - -% Output page labels information. -% See PDF reference v.1.7 p.594, section 8.3.1. -\ifpdf -\def\pagelabels{% - \def\title{0 << /P (T-) /S /D >>}% - \edef\roman{\the\romancount << /S /r >>}% - \edef\arabic{\the\arabiccount << /S /D >>}% - % - % Page label ranges must be increasing. Remove any duplicates. - % (There is a slight chance of this being wrong if e.g. there is - % a @contents but no @titlepage, etc.) - % - \ifnum\romancount=0 \def\roman{}\fi - \ifnum\arabiccount=0 \def\title{}% - \else - \ifnum\romancount=\arabiccount \def\roman{}\fi - \fi - % - \ifnum\romancount<\arabiccount - \pdfcatalog{/PageLabels << /Nums [\title \roman \arabic ] >> }\relax - \else - \pdfcatalog{/PageLabels << /Nums [\title \arabic \roman ] >> }\relax - \fi -} -\else - \let\pagelabels\relax -\fi - -\newcount\pagecount \pagecount=0 -\newcount\romancount \romancount=0 -\newcount\arabiccount \arabiccount=0 -\ifpdf - \let\ptxadvancepageno\advancepageno - \def\advancepageno{% - \ptxadvancepageno\global\advance\pagecount by 1 - } -\fi - - -% PDF uses PostScript string constants for the names of xref targets, -% for display in the outlines, and in other places. Thus, we have to -% double any backslashes. Otherwise, a name like "\node" will be -% interpreted as a newline (\n), followed by o, d, e. Not good. -% -% See http://www.ntg.nl/pipermail/ntg-pdftex/2004-July/000654.html and -% related messages. The final outcome is that it is up to the TeX user -% to double the backslashes and otherwise make the string valid, so -% that's what we do. pdftex 1.30.0 (ca.2005) introduced a primitive to -% do this reliably, so we use it. - -% #1 is a control sequence in which to do the replacements, -% which we \xdef. -\def\txiescapepdf#1{% - \ifx\pdfescapestring\thisisundefined - % No primitive available; should we give a warning or log? - % Many times it won't matter. - \xdef#1{#1}% - \else - % The expandable \pdfescapestring primitive escapes parentheses, - % backslashes, and other special chars. - \xdef#1{\pdfescapestring{#1}}% - \fi -} -\def\txiescapepdfutfsixteen#1{% - \ifx\pdfescapestrutfsixteen\thisisundefined - % No UTF-16 converting macro available. - \txiescapepdf{#1}% - \else - \xdef#1{\pdfescapestrutfsixteen{#1}}% - \fi -} - -\newhelp\nopdfimagehelp{Texinfo supports .png, .jpg, .jpeg, and .pdf images -with PDF output, and none of those formats could be found. (.eps cannot -be supported due to the design of the PDF format; use regular TeX (DVI -output) for that.)} - -\ifpdf - % - % Color manipulation macros using ideas from pdfcolor.tex, - % except using rgb instead of cmyk; the latter is said to render as a - % very dark gray on-screen and a very dark halftone in print, instead - % of actual black. The dark red here is dark enough to print on paper as - % nearly black, but still distinguishable for online viewing. We use - % black by default, though. - \def\rgbDarkRed{0.50 0.09 0.12} - \def\rgbBlack{0 0 0} - % - % rg sets the color for filling (usual text, etc.); - % RG sets the color for stroking (thin rules, e.g., normal _'s). - \def\pdfsetcolor#1{\pdfliteral{#1 rg #1 RG}} - % - % Set color, and create a mark which defines \thiscolor accordingly, - % so that \makeheadline knows which color to restore. - \def\setcolor#1{% - \xdef\currentcolordefs{\gdef\noexpand\thiscolor{#1}}% - \domark - \pdfsetcolor{#1}% - } - % - \def\maincolor{\rgbBlack} - \pdfsetcolor{\maincolor} - \edef\thiscolor{\maincolor} - \def\currentcolordefs{} - % - \def\makefootline{% - \baselineskip24pt - \line{\pdfsetcolor{\maincolor}\the\footline}% - } - % - \def\makeheadline{% - \vbox to 0pt{% - \vskip-22.5pt - \line{% - \vbox to8.5pt{}% - % Extract \thiscolor definition from the marks. - \getcolormarks - % Typeset the headline with \maincolor, then restore the color. - \pdfsetcolor{\maincolor}\the\headline\pdfsetcolor{\thiscolor}% - }% - \vss - }% - \nointerlineskip - } - % - % - \pdfcatalog{/PageMode /UseOutlines} - % - % #1 is image name, #2 width (might be empty/whitespace), #3 height (ditto). - \def\dopdfimage#1#2#3{% - \def\pdfimagewidth{#2}\setbox0 = \hbox{\ignorespaces #2}% - \def\pdfimageheight{#3}\setbox2 = \hbox{\ignorespaces #3}% - % - % pdftex (and the PDF format) support .pdf, .png, .jpg (among - % others). Let's try in that order, PDF first since if - % someone has a scalable image, presumably better to use that than a - % bitmap. - \let\pdfimgext=\empty - \begingroup - \openin 1 #1.pdf \ifeof 1 - \openin 1 #1.PDF \ifeof 1 - \openin 1 #1.png \ifeof 1 - \openin 1 #1.jpg \ifeof 1 - \openin 1 #1.jpeg \ifeof 1 - \openin 1 #1.JPG \ifeof 1 - \errhelp = \nopdfimagehelp - \errmessage{Could not find image file #1 for pdf}% - \else \gdef\pdfimgext{JPG}% - \fi - \else \gdef\pdfimgext{jpeg}% - \fi - \else \gdef\pdfimgext{jpg}% - \fi - \else \gdef\pdfimgext{png}% - \fi - \else \gdef\pdfimgext{PDF}% - \fi - \else \gdef\pdfimgext{pdf}% - \fi - \closein 1 - \endgroup - % - % without \immediate, ancient pdftex seg faults when the same image is - % included twice. (Version 3.14159-pre-1.0-unofficial-20010704.) - \ifnum\pdftexversion < 14 - \immediate\pdfimage - \else - \immediate\pdfximage - \fi - \ifdim \wd0 >0pt width \pdfimagewidth \fi - \ifdim \wd2 >0pt height \pdfimageheight \fi - \ifnum\pdftexversion<13 - #1.\pdfimgext - \else - {#1.\pdfimgext}% - \fi - \ifnum\pdftexversion < 14 \else - \pdfrefximage \pdflastximage - \fi} - % - \def\setpdfdestname#1{{% - % We have to set dummies so commands such as @code, and characters - % such as \, aren't expanded when present in a section title. - \indexnofonts - \makevalueexpandable - \turnoffactive - \iftxiuseunicodedestname - \ifx \declaredencoding \latone - % Pass through Latin-1 characters. - % LuaTeX with byte wise I/O converts Latin-1 characters to Unicode. - \else - \ifx \declaredencoding \utfeight - % Pass through Unicode characters. - \else - % Use ASCII approximations in destination names. - \passthroughcharsfalse - \fi - \fi - \else - % Use ASCII approximations in destination names. - \passthroughcharsfalse - \fi - \def\pdfdestname{#1}% - \txiescapepdf\pdfdestname - }} - % - \def\setpdfoutlinetext#1{{% - \indexnofonts - \makevalueexpandable - \turnoffactive - \ifx \declaredencoding \latone - % The PDF format can use an extended form of Latin-1 in bookmark - % strings. See Appendix D of the PDF Reference, Sixth Edition, for - % the "PDFDocEncoding". - \passthroughcharstrue - % Pass through Latin-1 characters. - % LuaTeX: Convert to Unicode - % pdfTeX: Use Latin-1 as PDFDocEncoding - \def\pdfoutlinetext{#1}% - \else - \ifx \declaredencoding \utfeight - \ifx\luatexversion\thisisundefined - % For pdfTeX with UTF-8. - % TODO: the PDF format can use UTF-16 in bookmark strings, - % but the code for this isn't done yet. - % Use ASCII approximations. - \passthroughcharsfalse - \def\pdfoutlinetext{#1}% - \else - % For LuaTeX with UTF-8. - % Pass through Unicode characters for title texts. - \passthroughcharstrue - \def\pdfoutlinetext{#1}% - \fi - \else - % For non-Latin-1 or non-UTF-8 encodings. - % Use ASCII approximations. - \passthroughcharsfalse - \def\pdfoutlinetext{#1}% - \fi - \fi - % LuaTeX: Convert to UTF-16 - % pdfTeX: Use Latin-1 as PDFDocEncoding - \txiescapepdfutfsixteen\pdfoutlinetext - }} - % - \def\pdfmkdest#1{% - \setpdfdestname{#1}% - \safewhatsit{\pdfdest name{\pdfdestname} xyz}% - } - % - % used to mark target names; must be expandable. - \def\pdfmkpgn#1{#1} - % - % by default, use black for everything. - \def\urlcolor{\rgbBlack} - \def\linkcolor{\rgbBlack} - \def\endlink{\setcolor{\maincolor}\pdfendlink} - % - % Adding outlines to PDF; macros for calculating structure of outlines - % come from Petr Olsak - \def\expnumber#1{\expandafter\ifx\csname#1\endcsname\relax 0% - \else \csname#1\endcsname \fi} - \def\advancenumber#1{\tempnum=\expnumber{#1}\relax - \advance\tempnum by 1 - \expandafter\xdef\csname#1\endcsname{\the\tempnum}} - % - % #1 is the section text, which is what will be displayed in the - % outline by the pdf viewer. #2 is the pdf expression for the number - % of subentries (or empty, for subsubsections). #3 is the node text, - % which might be empty if this toc entry had no corresponding node. - % #4 is the page number - % - \def\dopdfoutline#1#2#3#4{% - % Generate a link to the node text if that exists; else, use the - % page number. We could generate a destination for the section - % text in the case where a section has no node, but it doesn't - % seem worth the trouble, since most documents are normally structured. - \setpdfoutlinetext{#1} - \setpdfdestname{#3} - \ifx\pdfdestname\empty - \def\pdfdestname{#4}% - \fi - % - \pdfoutline goto name{\pdfmkpgn{\pdfdestname}}#2{\pdfoutlinetext}% - } - % - \def\pdfmakeoutlines{% - \begingroup - % Read toc silently, to get counts of subentries for \pdfoutline. - \def\partentry##1##2##3##4{}% ignore parts in the outlines - \def\numchapentry##1##2##3##4{% - \def\thischapnum{##2}% - \def\thissecnum{0}% - \def\thissubsecnum{0}% - }% - \def\numsecentry##1##2##3##4{% - \advancenumber{chap\thischapnum}% - \def\thissecnum{##2}% - \def\thissubsecnum{0}% - }% - \def\numsubsecentry##1##2##3##4{% - \advancenumber{sec\thissecnum}% - \def\thissubsecnum{##2}% - }% - \def\numsubsubsecentry##1##2##3##4{% - \advancenumber{subsec\thissubsecnum}% - }% - \def\thischapnum{0}% - \def\thissecnum{0}% - \def\thissubsecnum{0}% - % - % use \def rather than \let here because we redefine \chapentry et - % al. a second time, below. - \def\appentry{\numchapentry}% - \def\appsecentry{\numsecentry}% - \def\appsubsecentry{\numsubsecentry}% - \def\appsubsubsecentry{\numsubsubsecentry}% - \def\unnchapentry{\numchapentry}% - \def\unnsecentry{\numsecentry}% - \def\unnsubsecentry{\numsubsecentry}% - \def\unnsubsubsecentry{\numsubsubsecentry}% - \readdatafile{toc}% - % - % Read toc second time, this time actually producing the outlines. - % The `-' means take the \expnumber as the absolute number of - % subentries, which we calculated on our first read of the .toc above. - % - % We use the node names as the destinations. - % - % Currently we prefix the section name with the section number - % for chapter and appendix headings only in order to avoid too much - % horizontal space being required in the PDF viewer. - \def\numchapentry##1##2##3##4{% - \dopdfoutline{##2 ##1}{count-\expnumber{chap##2}}{##3}{##4}}% - \def\unnchapentry##1##2##3##4{% - \dopdfoutline{##1}{count-\expnumber{chap##2}}{##3}{##4}}% - \def\numsecentry##1##2##3##4{% - \dopdfoutline{##1}{count-\expnumber{sec##2}}{##3}{##4}}% - \def\numsubsecentry##1##2##3##4{% - \dopdfoutline{##1}{count-\expnumber{subsec##2}}{##3}{##4}}% - \def\numsubsubsecentry##1##2##3##4{% count is always zero - \dopdfoutline{##1}{}{##3}{##4}}% - % - % PDF outlines are displayed using system fonts, instead of - % document fonts. Therefore we cannot use special characters, - % since the encoding is unknown. For example, the eogonek from - % Latin 2 (0xea) gets translated to a | character. Info from - % Staszek Wawrykiewicz, 19 Jan 2004 04:09:24 +0100. - % - % TODO this right, we have to translate 8-bit characters to - % their "best" equivalent, based on the @documentencoding. Too - % much work for too little return. Just use the ASCII equivalents - % we use for the index sort strings. - % - \indexnofonts - \setupdatafile - % We can have normal brace characters in the PDF outlines, unlike - % Texinfo index files. So set that up. - \def\{{\lbracecharliteral}% - \def\}{\rbracecharliteral}% - \catcode`\\=\active \otherbackslash - \input \tocreadfilename - \endgroup - } - {\catcode`[=1 \catcode`]=2 - \catcode`{=\other \catcode`}=\other - \gdef\lbracecharliteral[{]% - \gdef\rbracecharliteral[}]% - ] - % - \def\skipspaces#1{\def\PP{#1}\def\D{|}% - \ifx\PP\D\let\nextsp\relax - \else\let\nextsp\skipspaces - \addtokens{\filename}{\PP}% - \advance\filenamelength by 1 - \fi - \nextsp} - \def\getfilename#1{% - \filenamelength=0 - % If we don't expand the argument now, \skipspaces will get - % snagged on things like "@value{foo}". - \edef\temp{#1}% - \expandafter\skipspaces\temp|\relax - } - \ifnum\pdftexversion < 14 - \let \startlink \pdfannotlink - \else - \let \startlink \pdfstartlink - \fi - % make a live url in pdf output. - \def\pdfurl#1{% - \begingroup - % it seems we really need yet another set of dummies; have not - % tried to figure out what each command should do in the context - % of @url. for now, just make @/ a no-op, that's the only one - % people have actually reported a problem with. - % - \normalturnoffactive - \def\@{@}% - \let\/=\empty - \makevalueexpandable - % do we want to go so far as to use \indexnofonts instead of just - % special-casing \var here? - \def\var##1{##1}% - % - \leavevmode\setcolor{\urlcolor}% - \startlink attr{/Border [0 0 0]}% - user{/Subtype /Link /A << /S /URI /URI (#1) >>}% - \endgroup} - % \pdfgettoks - Surround page numbers in #1 with @pdflink. #1 may - % be a simple number, or a list of numbers in the case of an index - % entry. - \def\pdfgettoks#1.{\setbox\boxA=\hbox{\toksA={#1.}\toksB={}\maketoks}} - \def\addtokens#1#2{\edef\addtoks{\noexpand#1={\the#1#2}}\addtoks} - \def\adn#1{\addtokens{\toksC}{#1}\global\countA=1\let\next=\maketoks} - \def\poptoks#1#2|ENDTOKS|{\let\first=#1\toksD={#1}\toksA={#2}} - \def\maketoks{% - \expandafter\poptoks\the\toksA|ENDTOKS|\relax - \ifx\first0\adn0 - \else\ifx\first1\adn1 \else\ifx\first2\adn2 \else\ifx\first3\adn3 - \else\ifx\first4\adn4 \else\ifx\first5\adn5 \else\ifx\first6\adn6 - \else\ifx\first7\adn7 \else\ifx\first8\adn8 \else\ifx\first9\adn9 - \else - \ifnum0=\countA\else\makelink\fi - \ifx\first.\let\next=\done\else - \let\next=\maketoks - \addtokens{\toksB}{\the\toksD} - \ifx\first,\addtokens{\toksB}{\space}\fi - \fi - \fi\fi\fi\fi\fi\fi\fi\fi\fi\fi - \next} - \def\makelink{\addtokens{\toksB}% - {\noexpand\pdflink{\the\toksC}}\toksC={}\global\countA=0} - \def\pdflink#1{% - \startlink attr{/Border [0 0 0]} goto name{\pdfmkpgn{#1}} - \setcolor{\linkcolor}#1\endlink} - \def\done{\edef\st{\global\noexpand\toksA={\the\toksB}}\st} -\else - % non-pdf mode - \let\pdfmkdest = \gobble - \let\pdfurl = \gobble - \let\endlink = \relax - \let\setcolor = \gobble - \let\pdfsetcolor = \gobble - \let\pdfmakeoutlines = \relax -\fi % \ifx\pdfoutput - -% -% For XeTeX -% -\ifx\XeTeXrevision\thisisundefined -\else - % - % XeTeX version check - % - \ifnum\strcmp{\the\XeTeXversion\XeTeXrevision}{0.99996}>-1 - % TeX Live 2016 contains XeTeX 0.99996 and xdvipdfmx 20160307. - % It can use the `dvipdfmx:config' special (from TeX Live SVN r40941). - % For avoiding PDF destination name replacement, we use this special - % instead of xdvipdfmx's command line option `-C 0x0010'. - \special{dvipdfmx:config C 0x0010} - % XeTeX 0.99995+ comes with xdvipdfmx 20160307+. - % It can handle Unicode destination names for PDF. - \txiuseunicodedestnametrue - \else - % XeTeX < 0.99996 (TeX Live < 2016) cannot use the - % `dvipdfmx:config' special. - % So for avoiding PDF destination name replacement, - % xdvipdfmx's command line option `-C 0x0010' is necessary. - % - % XeTeX < 0.99995 can not handle Unicode destination names for PDF - % because xdvipdfmx 20150315 has a UTF-16 conversion issue. - % It is fixed by xdvipdfmx 20160106 (TeX Live SVN r39753). - \txiuseunicodedestnamefalse - \fi - % - % Color support - % - \def\rgbDarkRed{0.50 0.09 0.12} - \def\rgbBlack{0 0 0} - % - \def\pdfsetcolor#1{\special{pdf:scolor [#1]}} - % - % Set color, and create a mark which defines \thiscolor accordingly, - % so that \makeheadline knows which color to restore. - \def\setcolor#1{% - \xdef\currentcolordefs{\gdef\noexpand\thiscolor{#1}}% - \domark - \pdfsetcolor{#1}% - } - % - \def\maincolor{\rgbBlack} - \pdfsetcolor{\maincolor} - \edef\thiscolor{\maincolor} - \def\currentcolordefs{} - % - \def\makefootline{% - \baselineskip24pt - \line{\pdfsetcolor{\maincolor}\the\footline}% - } - % - \def\makeheadline{% - \vbox to 0pt{% - \vskip-22.5pt - \line{% - \vbox to8.5pt{}% - % Extract \thiscolor definition from the marks. - \getcolormarks - % Typeset the headline with \maincolor, then restore the color. - \pdfsetcolor{\maincolor}\the\headline\pdfsetcolor{\thiscolor}% - }% - \vss - }% - \nointerlineskip - } - % - % PDF outline support - % - % Emulate pdfTeX primitive - \def\pdfdest name#1 xyz{% - \special{pdf:dest (#1) [@thispage /XYZ @xpos @ypos null]}% - } - % - \def\setpdfdestname#1{{% - % We have to set dummies so commands such as @code, and characters - % such as \, aren't expanded when present in a section title. - \indexnofonts - \makevalueexpandable - \turnoffactive - \iftxiuseunicodedestname - % Pass through Unicode characters. - \else - % Use ASCII approximations in destination names. - \passthroughcharsfalse - \fi - \def\pdfdestname{#1}% - \txiescapepdf\pdfdestname - }} - % - \def\setpdfoutlinetext#1{{% - \turnoffactive - % Always use Unicode characters in title texts. - \def\pdfoutlinetext{#1}% - % For XeTeX, xdvipdfmx converts to UTF-16. - % So we do not convert. - \txiescapepdf\pdfoutlinetext - }} - % - \def\pdfmkdest#1{% - \setpdfdestname{#1}% - \safewhatsit{\pdfdest name{\pdfdestname} xyz}% - } - % - % by default, use black for everything. - \def\urlcolor{\rgbBlack} - \def\linkcolor{\rgbBlack} - \def\endlink{\setcolor{\maincolor}\pdfendlink} - % - \def\dopdfoutline#1#2#3#4{% - \setpdfoutlinetext{#1} - \setpdfdestname{#3} - \ifx\pdfdestname\empty - \def\pdfdestname{#4}% - \fi - % - \special{pdf:out [-] #2 << /Title (\pdfoutlinetext) /A - << /S /GoTo /D (\pdfdestname) >> >> }% - } - % - \def\pdfmakeoutlines{% - \begingroup - % - % For XeTeX, counts of subentries are not necessary. - % Therefore, we read toc only once. - % - % We use node names as destinations. - % - % Currently we prefix the section name with the section number - % for chapter and appendix headings only in order to avoid too much - % horizontal space being required in the PDF viewer. - \def\partentry##1##2##3##4{}% ignore parts in the outlines - \def\numchapentry##1##2##3##4{% - \dopdfoutline{##2 ##1}{1}{##3}{##4}}% - \def\numsecentry##1##2##3##4{% - \dopdfoutline{##1}{2}{##3}{##4}}% - \def\numsubsecentry##1##2##3##4{% - \dopdfoutline{##1}{3}{##3}{##4}}% - \def\numsubsubsecentry##1##2##3##4{% - \dopdfoutline{##1}{4}{##3}{##4}}% - % - \let\appentry\numchapentry% - \let\appsecentry\numsecentry% - \let\appsubsecentry\numsubsecentry% - \let\appsubsubsecentry\numsubsubsecentry% - \def\unnchapentry##1##2##3##4{% - \dopdfoutline{##1}{1}{##3}{##4}}% - \let\unnsecentry\numsecentry% - \let\unnsubsecentry\numsubsecentry% - \let\unnsubsubsecentry\numsubsubsecentry% - % - % For XeTeX, xdvipdfmx converts strings to UTF-16. - % Therefore, the encoding and the language may not be considered. - % - \indexnofonts - \setupdatafile - % We can have normal brace characters in the PDF outlines, unlike - % Texinfo index files. So set that up. - \def\{{\lbracecharliteral}% - \def\}{\rbracecharliteral}% - \catcode`\\=\active \otherbackslash - \input \tocreadfilename - \endgroup - } - {\catcode`[=1 \catcode`]=2 - \catcode`{=\other \catcode`}=\other - \gdef\lbracecharliteral[{]% - \gdef\rbracecharliteral[}]% - ] - - \special{pdf:docview << /PageMode /UseOutlines >> } - % ``\special{pdf:tounicode ...}'' is not necessary - % because xdvipdfmx converts strings from UTF-8 to UTF-16 without it. - % However, due to a UTF-16 conversion issue of xdvipdfmx 20150315, - % ``\special{pdf:dest ...}'' cannot handle non-ASCII strings. - % It is fixed by xdvipdfmx 20160106 (TeX Live SVN r39753). -% - \def\skipspaces#1{\def\PP{#1}\def\D{|}% - \ifx\PP\D\let\nextsp\relax - \else\let\nextsp\skipspaces - \addtokens{\filename}{\PP}% - \advance\filenamelength by 1 - \fi - \nextsp} - \def\getfilename#1{% - \filenamelength=0 - % If we don't expand the argument now, \skipspaces will get - % snagged on things like "@value{foo}". - \edef\temp{#1}% - \expandafter\skipspaces\temp|\relax - } - % make a live url in pdf output. - \def\pdfurl#1{% - \begingroup - % it seems we really need yet another set of dummies; have not - % tried to figure out what each command should do in the context - % of @url. for now, just make @/ a no-op, that's the only one - % people have actually reported a problem with. - % - \normalturnoffactive - \def\@{@}% - \let\/=\empty - \makevalueexpandable - % do we want to go so far as to use \indexnofonts instead of just - % special-casing \var here? - \def\var##1{##1}% - % - \leavevmode\setcolor{\urlcolor}% - \special{pdf:bann << /Border [0 0 0] - /Subtype /Link /A << /S /URI /URI (#1) >> >>}% - \endgroup} - \def\endlink{\setcolor{\maincolor}\special{pdf:eann}} - \def\pdfgettoks#1.{\setbox\boxA=\hbox{\toksA={#1.}\toksB={}\maketoks}} - \def\addtokens#1#2{\edef\addtoks{\noexpand#1={\the#1#2}}\addtoks} - \def\adn#1{\addtokens{\toksC}{#1}\global\countA=1\let\next=\maketoks} - \def\poptoks#1#2|ENDTOKS|{\let\first=#1\toksD={#1}\toksA={#2}} - \def\maketoks{% - \expandafter\poptoks\the\toksA|ENDTOKS|\relax - \ifx\first0\adn0 - \else\ifx\first1\adn1 \else\ifx\first2\adn2 \else\ifx\first3\adn3 - \else\ifx\first4\adn4 \else\ifx\first5\adn5 \else\ifx\first6\adn6 - \else\ifx\first7\adn7 \else\ifx\first8\adn8 \else\ifx\first9\adn9 - \else - \ifnum0=\countA\else\makelink\fi - \ifx\first.\let\next=\done\else - \let\next=\maketoks - \addtokens{\toksB}{\the\toksD} - \ifx\first,\addtokens{\toksB}{\space}\fi - \fi - \fi\fi\fi\fi\fi\fi\fi\fi\fi\fi - \next} - \def\makelink{\addtokens{\toksB}% - {\noexpand\pdflink{\the\toksC}}\toksC={}\global\countA=0} - \def\pdflink#1{% - \special{pdf:bann << /Border [0 0 0] - /Type /Annot /Subtype /Link /A << /S /GoTo /D (#1) >> >>}% - \setcolor{\linkcolor}#1\endlink} - \def\done{\edef\st{\global\noexpand\toksA={\the\toksB}}\st} -% - % - % @image support - % - % #1 is image name, #2 width (might be empty/whitespace), #3 height (ditto). - \def\doxeteximage#1#2#3{% - \def\xeteximagewidth{#2}\setbox0 = \hbox{\ignorespaces #2}% - \def\xeteximageheight{#3}\setbox2 = \hbox{\ignorespaces #3}% - % - % XeTeX (and the PDF format) supports .pdf, .png, .jpg (among - % others). Let's try in that order, PDF first since if - % someone has a scalable image, presumably better to use that than a - % bitmap. - \let\xeteximgext=\empty - \begingroup - \openin 1 #1.pdf \ifeof 1 - \openin 1 #1.PDF \ifeof 1 - \openin 1 #1.png \ifeof 1 - \openin 1 #1.jpg \ifeof 1 - \openin 1 #1.jpeg \ifeof 1 - \openin 1 #1.JPG \ifeof 1 - \errmessage{Could not find image file #1 for XeTeX}% - \else \gdef\xeteximgext{JPG}% - \fi - \else \gdef\xeteximgext{jpeg}% - \fi - \else \gdef\xeteximgext{jpg}% - \fi - \else \gdef\xeteximgext{png}% - \fi - \else \gdef\xeteximgext{PDF}% - \fi - \else \gdef\xeteximgext{pdf}% - \fi - \closein 1 - \endgroup - % - % Putting an \hbox around the image can prevent an over-long line - % after the image. - \hbox\bgroup - \def\xetexpdfext{pdf}% - \ifx\xeteximgext\xetexpdfext - \XeTeXpdffile "#1".\xeteximgext "" - \else - \def\xetexpdfext{PDF}% - \ifx\xeteximgext\xetexpdfext - \XeTeXpdffile "#1".\xeteximgext "" - \else - \XeTeXpicfile "#1".\xeteximgext "" - \fi - \fi - \ifdim \wd0 >0pt width \xeteximagewidth \fi - \ifdim \wd2 >0pt height \xeteximageheight \fi \relax - \egroup - } -\fi - - -% -\message{fonts,} - -% Set the baselineskip to #1, and the lineskip and strut size -% correspondingly. There is no deep meaning behind these magic numbers -% used as factors; they just match (closely enough) what Knuth defined. -% -\def\lineskipfactor{.08333} -\def\strutheightpercent{.70833} -\def\strutdepthpercent {.29167} -% -% can get a sort of poor man's double spacing by redefining this. -\def\baselinefactor{1} -% -\newdimen\textleading -\def\setleading#1{% - \dimen0 = #1\relax - \normalbaselineskip = \baselinefactor\dimen0 - \normallineskip = \lineskipfactor\normalbaselineskip - \normalbaselines - \setbox\strutbox =\hbox{% - \vrule width0pt height\strutheightpercent\baselineskip - depth \strutdepthpercent \baselineskip - }% -} - -% PDF CMaps. See also LaTeX's t1.cmap. -% -% do nothing with this by default. -\expandafter\let\csname cmapOT1\endcsname\gobble -\expandafter\let\csname cmapOT1IT\endcsname\gobble -\expandafter\let\csname cmapOT1TT\endcsname\gobble - -% if we are producing pdf, and we have \pdffontattr, then define cmaps. -% (\pdffontattr was introduced many years ago, but people still run -% older pdftex's; it's easy to conditionalize, so we do.) -\ifpdf \ifx\pdffontattr\thisisundefined \else - \begingroup - \catcode`\^^M=\active \def^^M{^^J}% Output line endings as the ^^J char. - \catcode`\%=12 \immediate\pdfobj stream {%!PS-Adobe-3.0 Resource-CMap -%%DocumentNeededResources: ProcSet (CIDInit) -%%IncludeResource: ProcSet (CIDInit) -%%BeginResource: CMap (TeX-OT1-0) -%%Title: (TeX-OT1-0 TeX OT1 0) -%%Version: 1.000 -%%EndComments -/CIDInit /ProcSet findresource begin -12 dict begin -begincmap -/CIDSystemInfo -<< /Registry (TeX) -/Ordering (OT1) -/Supplement 0 ->> def -/CMapName /TeX-OT1-0 def -/CMapType 2 def -1 begincodespacerange -<00> <7F> -endcodespacerange -8 beginbfrange -<00> <01> <0393> -<09> <0A> <03A8> -<23> <26> <0023> -<28> <3B> <0028> -<3F> <5B> <003F> -<5D> <5E> <005D> -<61> <7A> <0061> -<7B> <7C> <2013> -endbfrange -40 beginbfchar -<02> <0398> -<03> <039B> -<04> <039E> -<05> <03A0> -<06> <03A3> -<07> <03D2> -<08> <03A6> -<0B> <00660066> -<0C> <00660069> -<0D> <0066006C> -<0E> <006600660069> -<0F> <00660066006C> -<10> <0131> -<11> <0237> -<12> <0060> -<13> <00B4> -<14> <02C7> -<15> <02D8> -<16> <00AF> -<17> <02DA> -<18> <00B8> -<19> <00DF> -<1A> <00E6> -<1B> <0153> -<1C> <00F8> -<1D> <00C6> -<1E> <0152> -<1F> <00D8> -<21> <0021> -<22> <201D> -<27> <2019> -<3C> <00A1> -<3D> <003D> -<3E> <00BF> -<5C> <201C> -<5F> <02D9> -<60> <2018> -<7D> <02DD> -<7E> <007E> -<7F> <00A8> -endbfchar -endcmap -CMapName currentdict /CMap defineresource pop -end -end -%%EndResource -%%EOF - }\endgroup - \expandafter\edef\csname cmapOT1\endcsname#1{% - \pdffontattr#1{/ToUnicode \the\pdflastobj\space 0 R}% - }% -% -% \cmapOT1IT - \begingroup - \catcode`\^^M=\active \def^^M{^^J}% Output line endings as the ^^J char. - \catcode`\%=12 \immediate\pdfobj stream {%!PS-Adobe-3.0 Resource-CMap -%%DocumentNeededResources: ProcSet (CIDInit) -%%IncludeResource: ProcSet (CIDInit) -%%BeginResource: CMap (TeX-OT1IT-0) -%%Title: (TeX-OT1IT-0 TeX OT1IT 0) -%%Version: 1.000 -%%EndComments -/CIDInit /ProcSet findresource begin -12 dict begin -begincmap -/CIDSystemInfo -<< /Registry (TeX) -/Ordering (OT1IT) -/Supplement 0 ->> def -/CMapName /TeX-OT1IT-0 def -/CMapType 2 def -1 begincodespacerange -<00> <7F> -endcodespacerange -8 beginbfrange -<00> <01> <0393> -<09> <0A> <03A8> -<25> <26> <0025> -<28> <3B> <0028> -<3F> <5B> <003F> -<5D> <5E> <005D> -<61> <7A> <0061> -<7B> <7C> <2013> -endbfrange -42 beginbfchar -<02> <0398> -<03> <039B> -<04> <039E> -<05> <03A0> -<06> <03A3> -<07> <03D2> -<08> <03A6> -<0B> <00660066> -<0C> <00660069> -<0D> <0066006C> -<0E> <006600660069> -<0F> <00660066006C> -<10> <0131> -<11> <0237> -<12> <0060> -<13> <00B4> -<14> <02C7> -<15> <02D8> -<16> <00AF> -<17> <02DA> -<18> <00B8> -<19> <00DF> -<1A> <00E6> -<1B> <0153> -<1C> <00F8> -<1D> <00C6> -<1E> <0152> -<1F> <00D8> -<21> <0021> -<22> <201D> -<23> <0023> -<24> <00A3> -<27> <2019> -<3C> <00A1> -<3D> <003D> -<3E> <00BF> -<5C> <201C> -<5F> <02D9> -<60> <2018> -<7D> <02DD> -<7E> <007E> -<7F> <00A8> -endbfchar -endcmap -CMapName currentdict /CMap defineresource pop -end -end -%%EndResource -%%EOF - }\endgroup - \expandafter\edef\csname cmapOT1IT\endcsname#1{% - \pdffontattr#1{/ToUnicode \the\pdflastobj\space 0 R}% - }% -% -% \cmapOT1TT - \begingroup - \catcode`\^^M=\active \def^^M{^^J}% Output line endings as the ^^J char. - \catcode`\%=12 \immediate\pdfobj stream {%!PS-Adobe-3.0 Resource-CMap -%%DocumentNeededResources: ProcSet (CIDInit) -%%IncludeResource: ProcSet (CIDInit) -%%BeginResource: CMap (TeX-OT1TT-0) -%%Title: (TeX-OT1TT-0 TeX OT1TT 0) -%%Version: 1.000 -%%EndComments -/CIDInit /ProcSet findresource begin -12 dict begin -begincmap -/CIDSystemInfo -<< /Registry (TeX) -/Ordering (OT1TT) -/Supplement 0 ->> def -/CMapName /TeX-OT1TT-0 def -/CMapType 2 def -1 begincodespacerange -<00> <7F> -endcodespacerange -5 beginbfrange -<00> <01> <0393> -<09> <0A> <03A8> -<21> <26> <0021> -<28> <5F> <0028> -<61> <7E> <0061> -endbfrange -32 beginbfchar -<02> <0398> -<03> <039B> -<04> <039E> -<05> <03A0> -<06> <03A3> -<07> <03D2> -<08> <03A6> -<0B> <2191> -<0C> <2193> -<0D> <0027> -<0E> <00A1> -<0F> <00BF> -<10> <0131> -<11> <0237> -<12> <0060> -<13> <00B4> -<14> <02C7> -<15> <02D8> -<16> <00AF> -<17> <02DA> -<18> <00B8> -<19> <00DF> -<1A> <00E6> -<1B> <0153> -<1C> <00F8> -<1D> <00C6> -<1E> <0152> -<1F> <00D8> -<20> <2423> -<27> <2019> -<60> <2018> -<7F> <00A8> -endbfchar -endcmap -CMapName currentdict /CMap defineresource pop -end -end -%%EndResource -%%EOF - }\endgroup - \expandafter\edef\csname cmapOT1TT\endcsname#1{% - \pdffontattr#1{/ToUnicode \the\pdflastobj\space 0 R}% - }% -\fi\fi - - -% Set the font macro #1 to the font named \fontprefix#2. -% #3 is the font's design size, #4 is a scale factor, #5 is the CMap -% encoding (only OT1, OT1IT and OT1TT are allowed, or empty to omit). -% Example: -% #1 = \textrm -% #2 = \rmshape -% #3 = 10 -% #4 = \mainmagstep -% #5 = OT1 -% -\def\setfont#1#2#3#4#5{% - \font#1=\fontprefix#2#3 scaled #4 - \csname cmap#5\endcsname#1% -} -% This is what gets called when #5 of \setfont is empty. -\let\cmap\gobble -% -% (end of cmaps) - -% Use cm as the default font prefix. -% To specify the font prefix, you must define \fontprefix -% before you read in texinfo.tex. -\ifx\fontprefix\thisisundefined -\def\fontprefix{cm} -\fi -% Support font families that don't use the same naming scheme as CM. -\def\rmshape{r} -\def\rmbshape{bx} % where the normal face is bold -\def\bfshape{b} -\def\bxshape{bx} -\def\ttshape{tt} -\def\ttbshape{tt} -\def\ttslshape{sltt} -\def\itshape{ti} -\def\itbshape{bxti} -\def\slshape{sl} -\def\slbshape{bxsl} -\def\sfshape{ss} -\def\sfbshape{ss} -\def\scshape{csc} -\def\scbshape{csc} - -% Definitions for a main text size of 11pt. (The default in Texinfo.) -% -\def\definetextfontsizexi{% -% Text fonts (11.2pt, magstep1). -\def\textnominalsize{11pt} -\edef\mainmagstep{\magstephalf} -\setfont\textrm\rmshape{10}{\mainmagstep}{OT1} -\setfont\texttt\ttshape{10}{\mainmagstep}{OT1TT} -\setfont\textbf\bfshape{10}{\mainmagstep}{OT1} -\setfont\textit\itshape{10}{\mainmagstep}{OT1IT} -\setfont\textsl\slshape{10}{\mainmagstep}{OT1} -\setfont\textsf\sfshape{10}{\mainmagstep}{OT1} -\setfont\textsc\scshape{10}{\mainmagstep}{OT1} -\setfont\textttsl\ttslshape{10}{\mainmagstep}{OT1TT} -\font\texti=cmmi10 scaled \mainmagstep -\font\textsy=cmsy10 scaled \mainmagstep -\def\textecsize{1095} - -% A few fonts for @defun names and args. -\setfont\defbf\bfshape{10}{\magstep1}{OT1} -\setfont\deftt\ttshape{10}{\magstep1}{OT1TT} -\setfont\defsl\slshape{10}{\magstep1}{OT1} -\setfont\defttsl\ttslshape{10}{\magstep1}{OT1TT} -\def\df{\let\ttfont=\deftt \let\bffont = \defbf -\let\ttslfont=\defttsl \let\slfont=\defsl \bf} - -% Fonts for indices, footnotes, small examples (9pt). -\def\smallnominalsize{9pt} -\setfont\smallrm\rmshape{9}{1000}{OT1} -\setfont\smalltt\ttshape{9}{1000}{OT1TT} -\setfont\smallbf\bfshape{10}{900}{OT1} -\setfont\smallit\itshape{9}{1000}{OT1IT} -\setfont\smallsl\slshape{9}{1000}{OT1} -\setfont\smallsf\sfshape{9}{1000}{OT1} -\setfont\smallsc\scshape{10}{900}{OT1} -\setfont\smallttsl\ttslshape{10}{900}{OT1TT} -\font\smalli=cmmi9 -\font\smallsy=cmsy9 -\def\smallecsize{0900} - -% Fonts for small examples (8pt). -\def\smallernominalsize{8pt} -\setfont\smallerrm\rmshape{8}{1000}{OT1} -\setfont\smallertt\ttshape{8}{1000}{OT1TT} -\setfont\smallerbf\bfshape{10}{800}{OT1} -\setfont\smallerit\itshape{8}{1000}{OT1IT} -\setfont\smallersl\slshape{8}{1000}{OT1} -\setfont\smallersf\sfshape{8}{1000}{OT1} -\setfont\smallersc\scshape{10}{800}{OT1} -\setfont\smallerttsl\ttslshape{10}{800}{OT1TT} -\font\smalleri=cmmi8 -\font\smallersy=cmsy8 -\def\smallerecsize{0800} - -% Fonts for math mode superscripts (7pt). -\def\sevennominalsize{7pt} -\setfont\sevenrm\rmshape{7}{1000}{OT1} -\setfont\seventt\ttshape{10}{700}{OT1TT} -\setfont\sevenbf\bfshape{10}{700}{OT1} -\setfont\sevenit\itshape{7}{1000}{OT1IT} -\setfont\sevensl\slshape{10}{700}{OT1} -\setfont\sevensf\sfshape{10}{700}{OT1} -\setfont\sevensc\scshape{10}{700}{OT1} -\setfont\seventtsl\ttslshape{10}{700}{OT1TT} -\font\seveni=cmmi7 -\font\sevensy=cmsy7 -\def\sevenecsize{0700} - -% Fonts for title page (20.4pt): -\def\titlenominalsize{20pt} -\setfont\titlerm\rmbshape{12}{\magstep3}{OT1} -\setfont\titleit\itbshape{10}{\magstep4}{OT1IT} -\setfont\titlesl\slbshape{10}{\magstep4}{OT1} -\setfont\titlett\ttbshape{12}{\magstep3}{OT1TT} -\setfont\titlettsl\ttslshape{10}{\magstep4}{OT1TT} -\setfont\titlesf\sfbshape{17}{\magstep1}{OT1} -\let\titlebf=\titlerm -\setfont\titlesc\scbshape{10}{\magstep4}{OT1} -\font\titlei=cmmi12 scaled \magstep3 -\font\titlesy=cmsy10 scaled \magstep4 -\def\titleecsize{2074} - -% Chapter (and unnumbered) fonts (17.28pt). -\def\chapnominalsize{17pt} -\setfont\chaprm\rmbshape{12}{\magstep2}{OT1} -\setfont\chapit\itbshape{10}{\magstep3}{OT1IT} -\setfont\chapsl\slbshape{10}{\magstep3}{OT1} -\setfont\chaptt\ttbshape{12}{\magstep2}{OT1TT} -\setfont\chapttsl\ttslshape{10}{\magstep3}{OT1TT} -\setfont\chapsf\sfbshape{17}{1000}{OT1} -\let\chapbf=\chaprm -\setfont\chapsc\scbshape{10}{\magstep3}{OT1} -\font\chapi=cmmi12 scaled \magstep2 -\font\chapsy=cmsy10 scaled \magstep3 -\def\chapecsize{1728} - -% Section fonts (14.4pt). -\def\secnominalsize{14pt} -\setfont\secrm\rmbshape{12}{\magstep1}{OT1} -\setfont\secrmnotbold\rmshape{12}{\magstep1}{OT1} -\setfont\secit\itbshape{10}{\magstep2}{OT1IT} -\setfont\secsl\slbshape{10}{\magstep2}{OT1} -\setfont\sectt\ttbshape{12}{\magstep1}{OT1TT} -\setfont\secttsl\ttslshape{10}{\magstep2}{OT1TT} -\setfont\secsf\sfbshape{12}{\magstep1}{OT1} -\let\secbf\secrm -\setfont\secsc\scbshape{10}{\magstep2}{OT1} -\font\seci=cmmi12 scaled \magstep1 -\font\secsy=cmsy10 scaled \magstep2 -\def\sececsize{1440} - -% Subsection fonts (13.15pt). -\def\ssecnominalsize{13pt} -\setfont\ssecrm\rmbshape{12}{\magstephalf}{OT1} -\setfont\ssecit\itbshape{10}{1315}{OT1IT} -\setfont\ssecsl\slbshape{10}{1315}{OT1} -\setfont\ssectt\ttbshape{12}{\magstephalf}{OT1TT} -\setfont\ssecttsl\ttslshape{10}{1315}{OT1TT} -\setfont\ssecsf\sfbshape{12}{\magstephalf}{OT1} -\let\ssecbf\ssecrm -\setfont\ssecsc\scbshape{10}{1315}{OT1} -\font\sseci=cmmi12 scaled \magstephalf -\font\ssecsy=cmsy10 scaled 1315 -\def\ssececsize{1200} - -% Reduced fonts for @acronym in text (10pt). -\def\reducednominalsize{10pt} -\setfont\reducedrm\rmshape{10}{1000}{OT1} -\setfont\reducedtt\ttshape{10}{1000}{OT1TT} -\setfont\reducedbf\bfshape{10}{1000}{OT1} -\setfont\reducedit\itshape{10}{1000}{OT1IT} -\setfont\reducedsl\slshape{10}{1000}{OT1} -\setfont\reducedsf\sfshape{10}{1000}{OT1} -\setfont\reducedsc\scshape{10}{1000}{OT1} -\setfont\reducedttsl\ttslshape{10}{1000}{OT1TT} -\font\reducedi=cmmi10 -\font\reducedsy=cmsy10 -\def\reducedecsize{1000} - -\textleading = 13.2pt % line spacing for 11pt CM -\textfonts % reset the current fonts -\rm -} % end of 11pt text font size definitions, \definetextfontsizexi - - -% Definitions to make the main text be 10pt Computer Modern, with -% section, chapter, etc., sizes following suit. This is for the GNU -% Press printing of the Emacs 22 manual. Maybe other manuals in the -% future. Used with @smallbook, which sets the leading to 12pt. -% -\def\definetextfontsizex{% -% Text fonts (10pt). -\def\textnominalsize{10pt} -\edef\mainmagstep{1000} -\setfont\textrm\rmshape{10}{\mainmagstep}{OT1} -\setfont\texttt\ttshape{10}{\mainmagstep}{OT1TT} -\setfont\textbf\bfshape{10}{\mainmagstep}{OT1} -\setfont\textit\itshape{10}{\mainmagstep}{OT1IT} -\setfont\textsl\slshape{10}{\mainmagstep}{OT1} -\setfont\textsf\sfshape{10}{\mainmagstep}{OT1} -\setfont\textsc\scshape{10}{\mainmagstep}{OT1} -\setfont\textttsl\ttslshape{10}{\mainmagstep}{OT1TT} -\font\texti=cmmi10 scaled \mainmagstep -\font\textsy=cmsy10 scaled \mainmagstep -\def\textecsize{1000} - -% A few fonts for @defun names and args. -\setfont\defbf\bfshape{10}{\magstephalf}{OT1} -\setfont\deftt\ttshape{10}{\magstephalf}{OT1TT} -\setfont\defsl\slshape{10}{\magstephalf}{OT1} -\setfont\defttsl\ttslshape{10}{\magstephalf}{OT1TT} -\def\df{\let\ttfont=\deftt \let\bffont = \defbf -\let\slfont=\defsl \let\ttslfont=\defttsl \bf} - -% Fonts for indices, footnotes, small examples (9pt). -\def\smallnominalsize{9pt} -\setfont\smallrm\rmshape{9}{1000}{OT1} -\setfont\smalltt\ttshape{9}{1000}{OT1TT} -\setfont\smallbf\bfshape{10}{900}{OT1} -\setfont\smallit\itshape{9}{1000}{OT1IT} -\setfont\smallsl\slshape{9}{1000}{OT1} -\setfont\smallsf\sfshape{9}{1000}{OT1} -\setfont\smallsc\scshape{10}{900}{OT1} -\setfont\smallttsl\ttslshape{10}{900}{OT1TT} -\font\smalli=cmmi9 -\font\smallsy=cmsy9 -\def\smallecsize{0900} - -% Fonts for small examples (8pt). -\def\smallernominalsize{8pt} -\setfont\smallerrm\rmshape{8}{1000}{OT1} -\setfont\smallertt\ttshape{8}{1000}{OT1TT} -\setfont\smallerbf\bfshape{10}{800}{OT1} -\setfont\smallerit\itshape{8}{1000}{OT1IT} -\setfont\smallersl\slshape{8}{1000}{OT1} -\setfont\smallersf\sfshape{8}{1000}{OT1} -\setfont\smallersc\scshape{10}{800}{OT1} -\setfont\smallerttsl\ttslshape{10}{800}{OT1TT} -\font\smalleri=cmmi8 -\font\smallersy=cmsy8 -\def\smallerecsize{0800} - -% Fonts for math mode superscripts (7pt). -\def\sevennominalsize{7pt} -\setfont\sevenrm\rmshape{7}{1000}{OT1} -\setfont\seventt\ttshape{10}{700}{OT1TT} -\setfont\sevenbf\bfshape{10}{700}{OT1} -\setfont\sevenit\itshape{7}{1000}{OT1IT} -\setfont\sevensl\slshape{10}{700}{OT1} -\setfont\sevensf\sfshape{10}{700}{OT1} -\setfont\sevensc\scshape{10}{700}{OT1} -\setfont\seventtsl\ttslshape{10}{700}{OT1TT} -\font\seveni=cmmi7 -\font\sevensy=cmsy7 -\def\sevenecsize{0700} - -% Fonts for title page (20.4pt): -\def\titlenominalsize{20pt} -\setfont\titlerm\rmbshape{12}{\magstep3}{OT1} -\setfont\titleit\itbshape{10}{\magstep4}{OT1IT} -\setfont\titlesl\slbshape{10}{\magstep4}{OT1} -\setfont\titlett\ttbshape{12}{\magstep3}{OT1TT} -\setfont\titlettsl\ttslshape{10}{\magstep4}{OT1TT} -\setfont\titlesf\sfbshape{17}{\magstep1}{OT1} -\let\titlebf=\titlerm -\setfont\titlesc\scbshape{10}{\magstep4}{OT1} -\font\titlei=cmmi12 scaled \magstep3 -\font\titlesy=cmsy10 scaled \magstep4 -\def\titleecsize{2074} - -% Chapter fonts (14.4pt). -\def\chapnominalsize{14pt} -\setfont\chaprm\rmbshape{12}{\magstep1}{OT1} -\setfont\chapit\itbshape{10}{\magstep2}{OT1IT} -\setfont\chapsl\slbshape{10}{\magstep2}{OT1} -\setfont\chaptt\ttbshape{12}{\magstep1}{OT1TT} -\setfont\chapttsl\ttslshape{10}{\magstep2}{OT1TT} -\setfont\chapsf\sfbshape{12}{\magstep1}{OT1} -\let\chapbf\chaprm -\setfont\chapsc\scbshape{10}{\magstep2}{OT1} -\font\chapi=cmmi12 scaled \magstep1 -\font\chapsy=cmsy10 scaled \magstep2 -\def\chapecsize{1440} - -% Section fonts (12pt). -\def\secnominalsize{12pt} -\setfont\secrm\rmbshape{12}{1000}{OT1} -\setfont\secit\itbshape{10}{\magstep1}{OT1IT} -\setfont\secsl\slbshape{10}{\magstep1}{OT1} -\setfont\sectt\ttbshape{12}{1000}{OT1TT} -\setfont\secttsl\ttslshape{10}{\magstep1}{OT1TT} -\setfont\secsf\sfbshape{12}{1000}{OT1} -\let\secbf\secrm -\setfont\secsc\scbshape{10}{\magstep1}{OT1} -\font\seci=cmmi12 -\font\secsy=cmsy10 scaled \magstep1 -\def\sececsize{1200} - -% Subsection fonts (10pt). -\def\ssecnominalsize{10pt} -\setfont\ssecrm\rmbshape{10}{1000}{OT1} -\setfont\ssecit\itbshape{10}{1000}{OT1IT} -\setfont\ssecsl\slbshape{10}{1000}{OT1} -\setfont\ssectt\ttbshape{10}{1000}{OT1TT} -\setfont\ssecttsl\ttslshape{10}{1000}{OT1TT} -\setfont\ssecsf\sfbshape{10}{1000}{OT1} -\let\ssecbf\ssecrm -\setfont\ssecsc\scbshape{10}{1000}{OT1} -\font\sseci=cmmi10 -\font\ssecsy=cmsy10 -\def\ssececsize{1000} - -% Reduced fonts for @acronym in text (9pt). -\def\reducednominalsize{9pt} -\setfont\reducedrm\rmshape{9}{1000}{OT1} -\setfont\reducedtt\ttshape{9}{1000}{OT1TT} -\setfont\reducedbf\bfshape{10}{900}{OT1} -\setfont\reducedit\itshape{9}{1000}{OT1IT} -\setfont\reducedsl\slshape{9}{1000}{OT1} -\setfont\reducedsf\sfshape{9}{1000}{OT1} -\setfont\reducedsc\scshape{10}{900}{OT1} -\setfont\reducedttsl\ttslshape{10}{900}{OT1TT} -\font\reducedi=cmmi9 -\font\reducedsy=cmsy9 -\def\reducedecsize{0900} - -\divide\parskip by 2 % reduce space between paragraphs -\textleading = 12pt % line spacing for 10pt CM -\textfonts % reset the current fonts -\rm -} % end of 10pt text font size definitions, \definetextfontsizex - -% Fonts for short table of contents. -\setfont\shortcontrm\rmshape{12}{1000}{OT1} -\setfont\shortcontbf\bfshape{10}{\magstep1}{OT1} % no cmb12 -\setfont\shortcontsl\slshape{12}{1000}{OT1} -\setfont\shortconttt\ttshape{12}{1000}{OT1TT} - - -% We provide the user-level command -% @fonttextsize 10 -% (or 11) to redefine the text font size. pt is assumed. -% -\def\xiword{11} -\def\xword{10} -\def\xwordpt{10pt} -% -\parseargdef\fonttextsize{% - \def\textsizearg{#1}% - %\wlog{doing @fonttextsize \textsizearg}% - % - % Set \globaldefs so that documents can use this inside @tex, since - % makeinfo 4.8 does not support it, but we need it nonetheless. - % - \begingroup \globaldefs=1 - \ifx\textsizearg\xword \definetextfontsizex - \else \ifx\textsizearg\xiword \definetextfontsizexi - \else - \errhelp=\EMsimple - \errmessage{@fonttextsize only supports `10' or `11', not `\textsizearg'} - \fi\fi - \endgroup -} - -% -% Change the current font style to #1, remembering it in \curfontstyle. -% For now, we do not accumulate font styles: @b{@i{foo}} prints foo in -% italics, not bold italics. -% -\def\setfontstyle#1{% - \def\curfontstyle{#1}% not as a control sequence, because we are \edef'd. - \csname #1font\endcsname % change the current font -} - -\def\rm{\fam=0 \setfontstyle{rm}} -\def\it{\fam=\itfam \setfontstyle{it}} -\def\sl{\fam=\slfam \setfontstyle{sl}} -\def\bf{\fam=\bffam \setfontstyle{bf}}\def\bfstylename{bf} -\def\tt{\fam=\ttfam \setfontstyle{tt}}\def\ttstylename{tt} - -% Texinfo sort of supports the sans serif font style, which plain TeX does not. -% So we set up a \sf. -\newfam\sffam -\def\sf{\fam=\sffam \setfontstyle{sf}} - -% We don't need math for this font style. -\def\ttsl{\setfontstyle{ttsl}} - - -% In order for the font changes to affect most math symbols and letters, -% we have to define the \textfont of the standard families. -% We don't bother to reset \scriptscriptfont; awaiting user need. -% -\def\resetmathfonts{% - \textfont0=\rmfont \textfont1=\ifont \textfont2=\syfont - \textfont\itfam=\itfont \textfont\slfam=\slfont \textfont\bffam=\bffont - \textfont\ttfam=\ttfont \textfont\sffam=\sffont - % - % Fonts for superscript. Note that the 7pt fonts are used regardless - % of the current font size. - \scriptfont0=\sevenrm \scriptfont1=\seveni \scriptfont2=\sevensy - \scriptfont\itfam=\sevenit \scriptfont\slfam=\sevensl - \scriptfont\bffam=\sevenbf \scriptfont\ttfam=\seventt - \scriptfont\sffam=\sevensf -} - -% - -% The font-changing commands (all called \...fonts) redefine the meanings -% of \STYLEfont, instead of just \STYLE. We do this because \STYLE needs -% to also set the current \fam for math mode. Our \STYLE (e.g., \rm) -% commands hardwire \STYLEfont to set the current font. -% -% The fonts used for \ifont are for "math italics" (\itfont is for italics -% in regular text). \syfont is also used in math mode only. -% -% Each font-changing command also sets the names \lsize (one size lower) -% and \lllsize (three sizes lower). These relative commands are used -% in, e.g., the LaTeX logo and acronyms. -% -% This all needs generalizing, badly. -% - -\def\assignfonts#1{% - \expandafter\let\expandafter\rmfont\csname #1rm\endcsname - \expandafter\let\expandafter\itfont\csname #1it\endcsname - \expandafter\let\expandafter\slfont\csname #1sl\endcsname - \expandafter\let\expandafter\bffont\csname #1bf\endcsname - \expandafter\let\expandafter\ttfont\csname #1tt\endcsname - \expandafter\let\expandafter\smallcaps\csname #1sc\endcsname - \expandafter\let\expandafter\sffont \csname #1sf\endcsname - \expandafter\let\expandafter\ifont \csname #1i\endcsname - \expandafter\let\expandafter\syfont \csname #1sy\endcsname - \expandafter\let\expandafter\ttslfont\csname #1ttsl\endcsname -} - -\newif\ifrmisbold - -% Select smaller font size with the current style. Used to change font size -% in, e.g., the LaTeX logo and acronyms. If we are using bold fonts for -% normal roman text, also use bold fonts for roman text in the smaller size. -\def\switchtolllsize{% - \expandafter\assignfonts\expandafter{\lllsize}% - \ifrmisbold - \let\rmfont\bffont - \fi - \csname\curfontstyle\endcsname -}% - -\def\switchtolsize{% - \expandafter\assignfonts\expandafter{\lsize}% - \ifrmisbold - \let\rmfont\bffont - \fi - \csname\curfontstyle\endcsname -}% - -\def\definefontsetatsize#1#2#3#4#5{% -\expandafter\def\csname #1fonts\endcsname{% - \def\curfontsize{#1}% - \def\lsize{#2}\def\lllsize{#3}% - \csname rmisbold#5\endcsname - \assignfonts{#1}% - \resetmathfonts - \setleading{#4}% -}} - -\definefontsetatsize{text} {reduced}{smaller}{\textleading}{false} -\definefontsetatsize{title} {chap} {subsec} {27pt} {true} -\definefontsetatsize{chap} {sec} {text} {19pt} {true} -\definefontsetatsize{sec} {subsec} {reduced}{17pt} {true} -\definefontsetatsize{ssec} {text} {small} {15pt} {true} -\definefontsetatsize{reduced}{small} {smaller}{10.5pt}{false} -\definefontsetatsize{small} {smaller}{smaller}{10.5pt}{false} -\definefontsetatsize{smaller}{smaller}{smaller}{9.5pt} {false} - -\def\titlefont#1{{\titlefonts\rm #1}} -\let\subsecfonts = \ssecfonts -\let\subsubsecfonts = \ssecfonts - -% Define these just so they can be easily changed for other fonts. -\def\angleleft{$\langle$} -\def\angleright{$\rangle$} - -% Set the fonts to use with the @small... environments. -\let\smallexamplefonts = \smallfonts - -% About \smallexamplefonts. If we use \smallfonts (9pt), @smallexample -% can fit this many characters: -% 8.5x11=86 smallbook=72 a4=90 a5=69 -% If we use \scriptfonts (8pt), then we can fit this many characters: -% 8.5x11=90+ smallbook=80 a4=90+ a5=77 -% For me, subjectively, the few extra characters that fit aren't worth -% the additional smallness of 8pt. So I'm making the default 9pt. -% -% By the way, for comparison, here's what fits with @example (10pt): -% 8.5x11=71 smallbook=60 a4=75 a5=58 -% --karl, 24jan03. - -% Set up the default fonts, so we can use them for creating boxes. -% -\definetextfontsizexi - - -% Check if we are currently using a typewriter font. Since all the -% Computer Modern typewriter fonts have zero interword stretch (and -% shrink), and it is reasonable to expect all typewriter fonts to have -% this property, we can check that font parameter. -% -\def\ifmonospace{\ifdim\fontdimen3\font=0pt } - -{ -\catcode`\'=\active -\catcode`\`=\active - -\gdef\setcodequotes{\let`\codequoteleft \let'\codequoteright} -\gdef\setregularquotes{\let`\lq \let'\rq} -} - -% Allow an option to not use regular directed right quote/apostrophe -% (char 0x27), but instead the undirected quote from cmtt (char 0x0d). -% The undirected quote is ugly, so don't make it the default, but it -% works for pasting with more pdf viewers (at least evince), the -% lilypond developers report. xpdf does work with the regular 0x27. -% -\def\codequoteright{% - \ifmonospace - \expandafter\ifx\csname SETtxicodequoteundirected\endcsname\relax - \expandafter\ifx\csname SETcodequoteundirected\endcsname\relax - '% - \else \char'15 \fi - \else \char'15 \fi - \else - '% - \fi -} -% -% and a similar option for the left quote char vs. a grave accent. -% Modern fonts display ASCII 0x60 as a grave accent, so some people like -% the code environments to do likewise. -% -\def\codequoteleft{% - \ifmonospace - \expandafter\ifx\csname SETtxicodequotebacktick\endcsname\relax - \expandafter\ifx\csname SETcodequotebacktick\endcsname\relax - % [Knuth] pp. 380,381,391 - % \relax disables Spanish ligatures ?` and !` of \tt font. - \relax`% - \else \char'22 \fi - \else \char'22 \fi - \else - \relax`% - \fi -} - -% Commands to set the quote options. -% -\parseargdef\codequoteundirected{% - \def\temp{#1}% - \ifx\temp\onword - \expandafter\let\csname SETtxicodequoteundirected\endcsname - = t% - \else\ifx\temp\offword - \expandafter\let\csname SETtxicodequoteundirected\endcsname - = \relax - \else - \errhelp = \EMsimple - \errmessage{Unknown @codequoteundirected value `\temp', must be on|off}% - \fi\fi -} -% -\parseargdef\codequotebacktick{% - \def\temp{#1}% - \ifx\temp\onword - \expandafter\let\csname SETtxicodequotebacktick\endcsname - = t% - \else\ifx\temp\offword - \expandafter\let\csname SETtxicodequotebacktick\endcsname - = \relax - \else - \errhelp = \EMsimple - \errmessage{Unknown @codequotebacktick value `\temp', must be on|off}% - \fi\fi -} - -% [Knuth] pp. 380,381,391, disable Spanish ligatures ?` and !` of \tt font. -\def\noligaturesquoteleft{\relax\lq} - -% Count depth in font-changes, for error checks -\newcount\fontdepth \fontdepth=0 - -% Font commands. - -% #1 is the font command (\sl or \it), #2 is the text to slant. -% If we are in a monospaced environment, however, 1) always use \ttsl, -% and 2) do not add an italic correction. -\def\dosmartslant#1#2{% - \ifusingtt - {{\ttsl #2}\let\next=\relax}% - {\def\next{{#1#2}\futurelet\next\smartitaliccorrection}}% - \next -} -\def\smartslanted{\dosmartslant\sl} -\def\smartitalic{\dosmartslant\it} - -% Output an italic correction unless \next (presumed to be the following -% character) is such as not to need one. -\def\smartitaliccorrection{% - \ifx\next,% - \else\ifx\next-% - \else\ifx\next.% - \else\ifx\next\.% - \else\ifx\next\comma% - \else\ptexslash - \fi\fi\fi\fi\fi - \aftersmartic -} - -% Unconditional use \ttsl, and no ic. @var is set to this for defuns. -\def\ttslanted#1{{\ttsl #1}} - -% @cite is like \smartslanted except unconditionally use \sl. We never want -% ttsl for book titles, do we? -\def\cite#1{{\sl #1}\futurelet\next\smartitaliccorrection} - -\def\aftersmartic{} -\def\var#1{% - \let\saveaftersmartic = \aftersmartic - \def\aftersmartic{\null\let\aftersmartic=\saveaftersmartic}% - \smartslanted{#1}% -} - -\let\i=\smartitalic -\let\slanted=\smartslanted -\let\dfn=\smartslanted -\let\emph=\smartitalic - -% Explicit font changes: @r, @sc, undocumented @ii. -\def\r#1{{\rm #1}} % roman font -\def\sc#1{{\smallcaps#1}} % smallcaps font -\def\ii#1{{\it #1}} % italic font - -% @b, explicit bold. Also @strong. -\def\b#1{{\bf #1}} -\let\strong=\b - -% @sansserif, explicit sans. -\def\sansserif#1{{\sf #1}} - -% We can't just use \exhyphenpenalty, because that only has effect at -% the end of a paragraph. Restore normal hyphenation at the end of the -% group within which \nohyphenation is presumably called. -% -\def\nohyphenation{\hyphenchar\font = -1 \aftergroup\restorehyphenation} -\def\restorehyphenation{\hyphenchar\font = `- } - -% Set sfcode to normal for the chars that usually have another value. -% Can't use plain's \frenchspacing because it uses the `\x notation, and -% sometimes \x has an active definition that messes things up. -% -\catcode`@=11 - \def\plainfrenchspacing{% - \sfcode`\.=\@m \sfcode`\?=\@m \sfcode`\!=\@m - \sfcode`\:=\@m \sfcode`\;=\@m \sfcode`\,=\@m - \def\endofsentencespacefactor{1000}% for @. and friends - } - \def\plainnonfrenchspacing{% - \sfcode`\.3000\sfcode`\?3000\sfcode`\!3000 - \sfcode`\:2000\sfcode`\;1500\sfcode`\,1250 - \def\endofsentencespacefactor{3000}% for @. and friends - } -\catcode`@=\other -\def\endofsentencespacefactor{3000}% default - -% @t, explicit typewriter. -\def\t#1{% - {\tt \plainfrenchspacing #1}% - \null -} - -% @samp. -\def\samp#1{{\setcodequotes\lq\tclose{#1}\rq\null}} - -% @indicateurl is \samp, that is, with quotes. -\let\indicateurl=\samp - -% @code (and similar) prints in typewriter, but with spaces the same -% size as normal in the surrounding text, without hyphenation, etc. -% This is a subroutine for that. -\def\tclose#1{% - {% - % Change normal interword space to be same as for the current font. - \spaceskip = \fontdimen2\font - % - % Switch to typewriter. - \tt - % - % But `\ ' produces the large typewriter interword space. - \def\ {{\spaceskip = 0pt{} }}% - % - % Turn off hyphenation. - \nohyphenation - % - \plainfrenchspacing - #1% - }% - \null % reset spacefactor to 1000 -} - -% We *must* turn on hyphenation at `-' and `_' in @code. -% (But see \codedashfinish below.) -% Otherwise, it is too hard to avoid overfull hboxes -% in the Emacs manual, the Library manual, etc. -% -% Unfortunately, TeX uses one parameter (\hyphenchar) to control -% both hyphenation at - and hyphenation within words. -% We must therefore turn them both off (\tclose does that) -% and arrange explicitly to hyphenate at a dash. -- rms. -{ - \catcode`\-=\active \catcode`\_=\active - \catcode`\'=\active \catcode`\`=\active - \global\let'=\rq \global\let`=\lq % default definitions - % - \global\def\code{\begingroup - \setcodequotes - \catcode\dashChar=\active \catcode\underChar=\active - \ifallowcodebreaks - \let-\codedash - \let_\codeunder - \else - \let-\normaldash - \let_\realunder - \fi - % Given -foo (with a single dash), we do not want to allow a break - % after the hyphen. - \global\let\codedashprev=\codedash - % - \codex - } - % - \gdef\codedash{\futurelet\next\codedashfinish} - \gdef\codedashfinish{% - \normaldash % always output the dash character itself. - % - % Now, output a discretionary to allow a line break, unless - % (a) the next character is a -, or - % (b) the preceding character is a -. - % E.g., given --posix, we do not want to allow a break after either -. - % Given --foo-bar, we do want to allow a break between the - and the b. - \ifx\next\codedash \else - \ifx\codedashprev\codedash - \else \discretionary{}{}{}\fi - \fi - % we need the space after the = for the case when \next itself is a - % space token; it would get swallowed otherwise. As in @code{- a}. - \global\let\codedashprev= \next - } -} -\def\normaldash{-} -% -\def\codex #1{\tclose{#1}\endgroup} - -\def\codeunder{% - % this is all so @math{@code{var_name}+1} can work. In math mode, _ - % is "active" (mathcode"8000) and \normalunderscore (or \char95, etc.) - % will therefore expand the active definition of _, which is us - % (inside @code that is), therefore an endless loop. - \ifusingtt{\ifmmode - \mathchar"075F % class 0=ordinary, family 7=ttfam, pos 0x5F=_. - \else\normalunderscore \fi - \discretionary{}{}{}}% - {\_}% -} - -% An additional complication: the above will allow breaks after, e.g., -% each of the four underscores in __typeof__. This is bad. -% @allowcodebreaks provides a document-level way to turn breaking at - -% and _ on and off. -% -\newif\ifallowcodebreaks \allowcodebreakstrue - -\def\keywordtrue{true} -\def\keywordfalse{false} - -\parseargdef\allowcodebreaks{% - \def\txiarg{#1}% - \ifx\txiarg\keywordtrue - \allowcodebreakstrue - \else\ifx\txiarg\keywordfalse - \allowcodebreaksfalse - \else - \errhelp = \EMsimple - \errmessage{Unknown @allowcodebreaks option `\txiarg', must be true|false}% - \fi\fi -} - -% For @command, @env, @file, @option quotes seem unnecessary, -% so use \code rather than \samp. -\let\command=\code -\let\env=\code -\let\file=\code -\let\option=\code - -% @uref (abbreviation for `urlref') aka @url takes an optional -% (comma-separated) second argument specifying the text to display and -% an optional third arg as text to display instead of (rather than in -% addition to) the url itself. First (mandatory) arg is the url. - -% TeX-only option to allow changing PDF output to show only the second -% arg (if given), and not the url (which is then just the link target). -\newif\ifurefurlonlylink - -% The default \pretolerance setting stops the penalty inserted in -% \urefallowbreak being a discouragement to line breaking. Set it to -% a negative value for this paragraph only. Hopefully this does not -% conflict with redefinitions of \par done elsewhere. -\def\nopretolerance{% -\pretolerance=-1 -\def\par{\endgraf\pretolerance=100 \let\par\endgraf}% -} - -% The main macro is \urefbreak, which allows breaking at expected -% places within the url. -\def\urefbreak{\nopretolerance \begingroup \urefcatcodes \dourefbreak} -\let\uref=\urefbreak -% -\def\dourefbreak#1{\urefbreakfinish #1,,,\finish} -\def\urefbreakfinish#1,#2,#3,#4\finish{% doesn't work in @example - \unsepspaces - \pdfurl{#1}% - \setbox0 = \hbox{\ignorespaces #3}% - \ifdim\wd0 > 0pt - \unhbox0 % third arg given, show only that - \else - \setbox0 = \hbox{\ignorespaces #2}% look for second arg - \ifdim\wd0 > 0pt - \ifpdf - % For pdfTeX and LuaTeX - \ifurefurlonlylink - % PDF plus option to not display url, show just arg - \unhbox0 - \else - % PDF, normally display both arg and url for consistency, - % visibility, if the pdf is eventually used to print, etc. - \unhbox0\ (\urefcode{#1})% - \fi - \else - \ifx\XeTeXrevision\thisisundefined - \unhbox0\ (\urefcode{#1})% DVI, always show arg and url - \else - % For XeTeX - \ifurefurlonlylink - % PDF plus option to not display url, show just arg - \unhbox0 - \else - % PDF, normally display both arg and url for consistency, - % visibility, if the pdf is eventually used to print, etc. - \unhbox0\ (\urefcode{#1})% - \fi - \fi - \fi - \else - \urefcode{#1}% only url given, so show it - \fi - \fi - \endlink -\endgroup} - -% Allow line breaks around only a few characters (only). -\def\urefcatcodes{% - \catcode`\&=\active \catcode`\.=\active - \catcode`\#=\active \catcode`\?=\active - \catcode`\/=\active -} -{ - \urefcatcodes - % - \global\def\urefcode{\begingroup - \setcodequotes - \urefcatcodes - \let&\urefcodeamp - \let.\urefcodedot - \let#\urefcodehash - \let?\urefcodequest - \let/\urefcodeslash - \codex - } - % - % By default, they are just regular characters. - \global\def&{\normalamp} - \global\def.{\normaldot} - \global\def#{\normalhash} - \global\def?{\normalquest} - \global\def/{\normalslash} -} - -\def\urefcodeamp{\urefprebreak \&\urefpostbreak} -\def\urefcodedot{\urefprebreak .\urefpostbreak} -\def\urefcodehash{\urefprebreak \#\urefpostbreak} -\def\urefcodequest{\urefprebreak ?\urefpostbreak} -\def\urefcodeslash{\futurelet\next\urefcodeslashfinish} -{ - \catcode`\/=\active - \global\def\urefcodeslashfinish{% - \urefprebreak \slashChar - % Allow line break only after the final / in a sequence of - % slashes, to avoid line break between the slashes in http://. - \ifx\next/\else \urefpostbreak \fi - } -} - -% By default we'll break after the special characters, but some people like to -% break before the special chars, so allow that. Also allow no breaking at -% all, for manual control. -% -\parseargdef\urefbreakstyle{% - \def\txiarg{#1}% - \ifx\txiarg\wordnone - \def\urefprebreak{\nobreak}\def\urefpostbreak{\nobreak} - \else\ifx\txiarg\wordbefore - \def\urefprebreak{\urefallowbreak}\def\urefpostbreak{\nobreak} - \else\ifx\txiarg\wordafter - \def\urefprebreak{\nobreak}\def\urefpostbreak{\urefallowbreak} - \else - \errhelp = \EMsimple - \errmessage{Unknown @urefbreakstyle setting `\txiarg'}% - \fi\fi\fi -} -\def\wordafter{after} -\def\wordbefore{before} -\def\wordnone{none} - -% Allow a ragged right output to aid breaking long URL's. There can -% be a break at the \allowbreak with no extra glue (if the existing stretch in -% the line is sufficient), a break at the \penalty with extra glue added -% at the end of the line, or no break at all here. -% Changing the value of the penalty and/or the amount of stretch affects how -% preferable one choice is over the other. -\def\urefallowbreak{% - \penalty0\relax - \hskip 0pt plus 2 em\relax - \penalty1000\relax - \hskip 0pt plus -2 em\relax -} - -\urefbreakstyle after - -% @url synonym for @uref, since that's how everyone uses it. -% -\let\url=\uref - -% rms does not like angle brackets --karl, 17may97. -% So now @email is just like @uref, unless we are pdf. -% -%\def\email#1{\angleleft{\tt #1}\angleright} -\ifpdforxetex - \def\email#1{\doemail#1,,\finish} - \def\doemail#1,#2,#3\finish{\begingroup - \unsepspaces - \pdfurl{mailto:#1}% - \setbox0 = \hbox{\ignorespaces #2}% - \ifdim\wd0>0pt\unhbox0\else\code{#1}\fi - \endlink - \endgroup} -\else - \let\email=\uref -\fi - -% @kbdinputstyle -- arg is `distinct' (@kbd uses slanted tty font always), -% `example' (@kbd uses ttsl only inside of @example and friends), -% or `code' (@kbd uses normal tty font always). -\parseargdef\kbdinputstyle{% - \def\txiarg{#1}% - \ifx\txiarg\worddistinct - \gdef\kbdexamplefont{\ttsl}\gdef\kbdfont{\ttsl}% - \else\ifx\txiarg\wordexample - \gdef\kbdexamplefont{\ttsl}\gdef\kbdfont{\tt}% - \else\ifx\txiarg\wordcode - \gdef\kbdexamplefont{\tt}\gdef\kbdfont{\tt}% - \else - \errhelp = \EMsimple - \errmessage{Unknown @kbdinputstyle setting `\txiarg'}% - \fi\fi\fi -} -\def\worddistinct{distinct} -\def\wordexample{example} -\def\wordcode{code} - -% Default is `distinct'. -\kbdinputstyle distinct - -% @kbd is like @code, except that if the argument is just one @key command, -% then @kbd has no effect. -\def\kbd#1{{\def\look{#1}\expandafter\kbdsub\look??\par}} - -\def\xkey{\key} -\def\kbdsub#1#2#3\par{% - \def\one{#1}\def\three{#3}\def\threex{??}% - \ifx\one\xkey\ifx\threex\three \key{#2}% - \else{\tclose{\kbdfont\setcodequotes\look}}\fi - \else{\tclose{\kbdfont\setcodequotes\look}}\fi -} - -% definition of @key that produces a lozenge. Doesn't adjust to text size. -%\setfont\keyrm\rmshape{8}{1000}{OT1} -%\font\keysy=cmsy9 -%\def\key#1{{\keyrm\textfont2=\keysy \leavevmode\hbox{% -% \raise0.4pt\hbox{\angleleft}\kern-.08em\vtop{% -% \vbox{\hrule\kern-0.4pt -% \hbox{\raise0.4pt\hbox{\vphantom{\angleleft}}#1}}% -% \kern-0.4pt\hrule}% -% \kern-.06em\raise0.4pt\hbox{\angleright}}}} - -% definition of @key with no lozenge. If the current font is already -% monospace, don't change it; that way, we respect @kbdinputstyle. But -% if it isn't monospace, then use \tt. -% -\def\key#1{{\setregularquotes - \nohyphenation - \ifmonospace\else\tt\fi - #1}\null} - -% @clicksequence{File @click{} Open ...} -\def\clicksequence#1{\begingroup #1\endgroup} - -% @clickstyle @arrow (by default) -\parseargdef\clickstyle{\def\click{#1}} -\def\click{\arrow} - -% Typeset a dimension, e.g., `in' or `pt'. The only reason for the -% argument is to make the input look right: @dmn{pt} instead of @dmn{}pt. -% -\def\dmn#1{\thinspace #1} - -% @acronym for "FBI", "NATO", and the like. -% We print this one point size smaller, since it's intended for -% all-uppercase. -% -\def\acronym#1{\doacronym #1,,\finish} -\def\doacronym#1,#2,#3\finish{% - {\switchtolsize #1}% - \def\temp{#2}% - \ifx\temp\empty \else - \space ({\unsepspaces \ignorespaces \temp \unskip})% - \fi - \null % reset \spacefactor=1000 -} - -% @abbr for "Comput. J." and the like. -% No font change, but don't do end-of-sentence spacing. -% -\def\abbr#1{\doabbr #1,,\finish} -\def\doabbr#1,#2,#3\finish{% - {\plainfrenchspacing #1}% - \def\temp{#2}% - \ifx\temp\empty \else - \space ({\unsepspaces \ignorespaces \temp \unskip})% - \fi - \null % reset \spacefactor=1000 -} - -% @asis just yields its argument. Used with @table, for example. -% -\def\asis#1{#1} - -% @math outputs its argument in math mode. -% -% One complication: _ usually means subscripts, but it could also mean -% an actual _ character, as in @math{@var{some_variable} + 1}. So make -% _ active, and distinguish by seeing if the current family is \slfam, -% which is what @var uses. -{ - \catcode`\_ = \active - \gdef\mathunderscore{% - \catcode`\_=\active - \def_{\ifnum\fam=\slfam \_\else\sb\fi}% - } -} -% Another complication: we want \\ (and @\) to output a math (or tt) \. -% FYI, plain.tex uses \\ as a temporary control sequence (for no -% particular reason), but this is not advertised and we don't care. -% -% The \mathchar is class=0=ordinary, family=7=ttfam, position=5C=\. -\def\mathbackslash{\ifnum\fam=\ttfam \mathchar"075C \else\backslash \fi} -% -\def\math{% - \ifmmode\else % only go into math if not in math mode already - \tex - \mathunderscore - \let\\ = \mathbackslash - \mathactive - % make the texinfo accent commands work in math mode - \let\"=\ddot - \let\'=\acute - \let\==\bar - \let\^=\hat - \let\`=\grave - \let\u=\breve - \let\v=\check - \let\~=\tilde - \let\dotaccent=\dot - % have to provide another name for sup operator - \let\mathopsup=\sup - $\expandafter\finishmath\fi -} -\def\finishmath#1{#1$\endgroup} % Close the group opened by \tex. - -% Some active characters (such as <) are spaced differently in math. -% We have to reset their definitions in case the @math was an argument -% to a command which sets the catcodes (such as @item or @section). -% -{ - \catcode`^ = \active - \catcode`< = \active - \catcode`> = \active - \catcode`+ = \active - \catcode`' = \active - \gdef\mathactive{% - \let^ = \ptexhat - \let< = \ptexless - \let> = \ptexgtr - \let+ = \ptexplus - \let' = \ptexquoteright - } -} - -% for @sub and @sup, if in math mode, just do a normal sub/superscript. -% If in text, use math to place as sub/superscript, but switch -% into text mode, with smaller fonts. This is a different font than the -% one used for real math sub/superscripts (8pt vs. 7pt), but let's not -% fix it (significant additions to font machinery) until someone notices. -% -\def\sub{\ifmmode \expandafter\sb \else \expandafter\finishsub\fi} -\def\finishsub#1{$\sb{\hbox{\switchtolllsize #1}}$}% -% -\def\sup{\ifmmode \expandafter\ptexsp \else \expandafter\finishsup\fi} -\def\finishsup#1{$\ptexsp{\hbox{\switchtolllsize #1}}$}% - -% provide this command from LaTeX as it is very common -\def\frac#1#2{{{#1}\over{#2}}} - -% @displaymath. -% \globaldefs is needed to recognize the end lines in \tex and -% \end tex. Set \thisenv as @end displaymath is seen before @end tex. -{\obeylines -\globaldefs=1 -\envdef\displaymath{% -\tex% -\def\thisenv{\displaymath}% -\begingroup\let\end\displaymathend% -$$% -} - -\def\displaymathend{$$\endgroup\end}% - -\def\Edisplaymath{% -\def\thisenv{\tex}% -\end tex -}} - - -% @inlinefmt{FMTNAME,PROCESSED-TEXT} and @inlineraw{FMTNAME,RAW-TEXT}. -% Ignore unless FMTNAME == tex; then it is like @iftex and @tex, -% except specified as a normal braced arg, so no newlines to worry about. -% -\def\outfmtnametex{tex} -% -\long\def\inlinefmt#1{\doinlinefmt #1,\finish} -\long\def\doinlinefmt#1,#2,\finish{% - \def\inlinefmtname{#1}% - \ifx\inlinefmtname\outfmtnametex \ignorespaces #2\fi -} -% -% @inlinefmtifelse{FMTNAME,THEN-TEXT,ELSE-TEXT} expands THEN-TEXT if -% FMTNAME is tex, else ELSE-TEXT. -\long\def\inlinefmtifelse#1{\doinlinefmtifelse #1,,,\finish} -\long\def\doinlinefmtifelse#1,#2,#3,#4,\finish{% - \def\inlinefmtname{#1}% - \ifx\inlinefmtname\outfmtnametex \ignorespaces #2\else \ignorespaces #3\fi -} -% -% For raw, must switch into @tex before parsing the argument, to avoid -% setting catcodes prematurely. Doing it this way means that, for -% example, @inlineraw{html, foo{bar} gets a parse error instead of being -% ignored. But this isn't important because if people want a literal -% *right* brace they would have to use a command anyway, so they may as -% well use a command to get a left brace too. We could re-use the -% delimiter character idea from \verb, but it seems like overkill. -% -\long\def\inlineraw{\tex \doinlineraw} -\long\def\doinlineraw#1{\doinlinerawtwo #1,\finish} -\def\doinlinerawtwo#1,#2,\finish{% - \def\inlinerawname{#1}% - \ifx\inlinerawname\outfmtnametex \ignorespaces #2\fi - \endgroup % close group opened by \tex. -} - -% @inlineifset{VAR, TEXT} expands TEXT if VAR is @set. -% -\long\def\inlineifset#1{\doinlineifset #1,\finish} -\long\def\doinlineifset#1,#2,\finish{% - \def\inlinevarname{#1}% - \expandafter\ifx\csname SET\inlinevarname\endcsname\relax - \else\ignorespaces#2\fi -} - -% @inlineifclear{VAR, TEXT} expands TEXT if VAR is not @set. -% -\long\def\inlineifclear#1{\doinlineifclear #1,\finish} -\long\def\doinlineifclear#1,#2,\finish{% - \def\inlinevarname{#1}% - \expandafter\ifx\csname SET\inlinevarname\endcsname\relax \ignorespaces#2\fi -} - - -\message{glyphs,} -% and logos. - -% @@ prints an @, as does @atchar{}. -\def\@{\char64 } -\let\atchar=\@ - -% @{ @} @lbracechar{} @rbracechar{} all generate brace characters. -\def\lbracechar{{\ifmonospace\char123\else\ensuremath\lbrace\fi}} -\def\rbracechar{{\ifmonospace\char125\else\ensuremath\rbrace\fi}} -\let\{=\lbracechar -\let\}=\rbracechar - -% @comma{} to avoid , parsing problems. -\let\comma = , - -% Accents: @, @dotaccent @ringaccent @ubaraccent @udotaccent -% Others are defined by plain TeX: @` @' @" @^ @~ @= @u @v @H. -\let\, = \ptexc -\let\dotaccent = \ptexdot -\def\ringaccent#1{{\accent23 #1}} -\let\tieaccent = \ptext -\let\ubaraccent = \ptexb -\let\udotaccent = \d - -% Other special characters: @questiondown @exclamdown @ordf @ordm -% Plain TeX defines: @AA @AE @O @OE @L (plus lowercase versions) @ss. -\def\questiondown{?`} -\def\exclamdown{!`} -\def\ordf{\leavevmode\raise1ex\hbox{\switchtolllsize \underbar{a}}} -\def\ordm{\leavevmode\raise1ex\hbox{\switchtolllsize \underbar{o}}} - -% Dotless i and dotless j, used for accents. -\def\imacro{i} -\def\jmacro{j} -\def\dotless#1{% - \def\temp{#1}% - \ifx\temp\imacro \ifmmode\imath \else\ptexi \fi - \else\ifx\temp\jmacro \ifmmode\jmath \else\j \fi - \else \errmessage{@dotless can be used only with i or j}% - \fi\fi -} - -% The \TeX{} logo, as in plain, but resetting the spacing so that a -% period following counts as ending a sentence. (Idea found in latex.) -% -\edef\TeX{\TeX \spacefactor=1000 } - -% @LaTeX{} logo. Not quite the same results as the definition in -% latex.ltx, since we use a different font for the raised A; it's most -% convenient for us to use an explicitly smaller font, rather than using -% the \scriptstyle font (since we don't reset \scriptstyle and -% \scriptscriptstyle). -% -\def\LaTeX{% - L\kern-.36em - {\setbox0=\hbox{T}% - \vbox to \ht0{\hbox{% - \ifx\textnominalsize\xwordpt - % for 10pt running text, lllsize (8pt) is too small for the A in LaTeX. - % Revert to plain's \scriptsize, which is 7pt. - \count255=\the\fam $\fam\count255 \scriptstyle A$% - \else - % For 11pt, we can use our lllsize. - \switchtolllsize A% - \fi - }% - \vss - }}% - \kern-.15em - \TeX -} - -% Some math mode symbols. Define \ensuremath to switch into math mode -% unless we are already there. Expansion tricks may not be needed here, -% but safer, and can't hurt. -\def\ensuremath{\ifmmode \expandafter\asis \else\expandafter\ensuredmath \fi} -\def\ensuredmath#1{$\relax#1$} -% -\def\bullet{\ensuremath\ptexbullet} -\def\geq{\ensuremath\ge} -\def\leq{\ensuremath\le} -\def\minus{\ensuremath-} - -% @dots{} outputs an ellipsis using the current font. -% We do .5em per period so that it has the same spacing in the cm -% typewriter fonts as three actual period characters; on the other hand, -% in other typewriter fonts three periods are wider than 1.5em. So do -% whichever is larger. -% -\def\dots{% - \leavevmode - \setbox0=\hbox{...}% get width of three periods - \ifdim\wd0 > 1.5em - \dimen0 = \wd0 - \else - \dimen0 = 1.5em - \fi - \hbox to \dimen0{% - \hskip 0pt plus.25fil - .\hskip 0pt plus1fil - .\hskip 0pt plus1fil - .\hskip 0pt plus.5fil - }% -} - -% @enddots{} is an end-of-sentence ellipsis. -% -\def\enddots{% - \dots - \spacefactor=\endofsentencespacefactor -} - -% @point{}, @result{}, @expansion{}, @print{}, @equiv{}. -% -% Since these characters are used in examples, they should be an even number of -% \tt widths. Each \tt character is 1en, so two makes it 1em. -% -\def\point{$\star$} -\def\arrow{\leavevmode\raise.05ex\hbox to 1em{\hfil$\rightarrow$\hfil}} -\def\result{\leavevmode\raise.05ex\hbox to 1em{\hfil$\Rightarrow$\hfil}} -\def\expansion{\leavevmode\hbox to 1em{\hfil$\mapsto$\hfil}} -\def\print{\leavevmode\lower.1ex\hbox to 1em{\hfil$\dashv$\hfil}} -\def\equiv{\leavevmode\hbox to 1em{\hfil$\ptexequiv$\hfil}} - -% The @error{} command. -% Adapted from the TeXbook's \boxit. -% -\newbox\errorbox -% -{\ttfont \global\dimen0 = 3em}% Width of the box. -\dimen2 = .55pt % Thickness of rules -% The text. (`r' is open on the right, `e' somewhat less so on the left.) -\setbox0 = \hbox{\kern-.75pt \reducedsf \putworderror\kern-1.5pt} -% -\setbox\errorbox=\hbox to \dimen0{\hfil - \hsize = \dimen0 \advance\hsize by -5.8pt % Space to left+right. - \advance\hsize by -2\dimen2 % Rules. - \vbox{% - \hrule height\dimen2 - \hbox{\vrule width\dimen2 \kern3pt % Space to left of text. - \vtop{\kern2.4pt \box0 \kern2.4pt}% Space above/below. - \kern3pt\vrule width\dimen2}% Space to right. - \hrule height\dimen2} - \hfil} -% -\def\error{\leavevmode\lower.7ex\copy\errorbox} - -% @pounds{} is a sterling sign, which Knuth put in the CM italic font. -% -\def\pounds{\ifmonospace{\ecfont\char"BF}\else{\it\$}\fi} - -% @euro{} comes from a separate font, depending on the current style. -% We use the free feym* fonts from the eurosym package by Henrik -% Theiling, which support regular, slanted, bold and bold slanted (and -% "outlined" (blackboard board, sort of) versions, which we don't need). -% It is available from http://www.ctan.org/tex-archive/fonts/eurosym. -% -% Although only regular is the truly official Euro symbol, we ignore -% that. The Euro is designed to be slightly taller than the regular -% font height. -% -% feymr - regular -% feymo - slanted -% feybr - bold -% feybo - bold slanted -% -% There is no good (free) typewriter version, to my knowledge. -% A feymr10 euro is ~7.3pt wide, while a normal cmtt10 char is ~5.25pt wide. -% Hmm. -% -% Also doesn't work in math. Do we need to do math with euro symbols? -% Hope not. -% -% -\def\euro{{\eurofont e}} -\def\eurofont{% - % We set the font at each command, rather than predefining it in - % \textfonts and the other font-switching commands, so that - % installations which never need the symbol don't have to have the - % font installed. - % - % There is only one designed size (nominal 10pt), so we always scale - % that to the current nominal size. - % - % By the way, simply using "at 1em" works for cmr10 and the like, but - % does not work for cmbx10 and other extended/shrunken fonts. - % - \def\eurosize{\csname\curfontsize nominalsize\endcsname}% - % - \ifx\curfontstyle\bfstylename - % bold: - \font\thiseurofont = \ifusingit{feybo10}{feybr10} at \eurosize - \else - % regular: - \font\thiseurofont = \ifusingit{feymo10}{feymr10} at \eurosize - \fi - \thiseurofont -} - -% Glyphs from the EC fonts. We don't use \let for the aliases, because -% sometimes we redefine the original macro, and the alias should reflect -% the redefinition. -% -% Use LaTeX names for the Icelandic letters. -\def\DH{{\ecfont \char"D0}} % Eth -\def\dh{{\ecfont \char"F0}} % eth -\def\TH{{\ecfont \char"DE}} % Thorn -\def\th{{\ecfont \char"FE}} % thorn -% -\def\guillemetleft{{\ecfont \char"13}} -\def\guillemotleft{\guillemetleft} -\def\guillemetright{{\ecfont \char"14}} -\def\guillemotright{\guillemetright} -\def\guilsinglleft{{\ecfont \char"0E}} -\def\guilsinglright{{\ecfont \char"0F}} -\def\quotedblbase{{\ecfont \char"12}} -\def\quotesinglbase{{\ecfont \char"0D}} -% -% This positioning is not perfect (see the ogonek LaTeX package), but -% we have the precomposed glyphs for the most common cases. We put the -% tests to use those glyphs in the single \ogonek macro so we have fewer -% dummy definitions to worry about for index entries, etc. -% -% ogonek is also used with other letters in Lithuanian (IOU), but using -% the precomposed glyphs for those is not so easy since they aren't in -% the same EC font. -\def\ogonek#1{{% - \def\temp{#1}% - \ifx\temp\macrocharA\Aogonek - \else\ifx\temp\macrochara\aogonek - \else\ifx\temp\macrocharE\Eogonek - \else\ifx\temp\macrochare\eogonek - \else - \ecfont \setbox0=\hbox{#1}% - \ifdim\ht0=1ex\accent"0C #1% - \else\ooalign{\unhbox0\crcr\hidewidth\char"0C \hidewidth}% - \fi - \fi\fi\fi\fi - }% -} -\def\Aogonek{{\ecfont \char"81}}\def\macrocharA{A} -\def\aogonek{{\ecfont \char"A1}}\def\macrochara{a} -\def\Eogonek{{\ecfont \char"86}}\def\macrocharE{E} -\def\eogonek{{\ecfont \char"A6}}\def\macrochare{e} -% -% Use the European Computer Modern fonts (cm-super in outline format) -% for non-CM glyphs. That is ec* for regular text and tc* for the text -% companion symbols (LaTeX TS1 encoding). Both are part of the ec -% package and follow the same conventions. -% -\def\ecfont{\etcfont{e}} -\def\tcfont{\etcfont{t}} -% -\def\etcfont#1{% - % We can't distinguish serif/sans and italic/slanted, but this - % is used for crude hacks anyway (like adding French and German - % quotes to documents typeset with CM, where we lose kerning), so - % hopefully nobody will notice/care. - \edef\ecsize{\csname\curfontsize ecsize\endcsname}% - \edef\nominalsize{\csname\curfontsize nominalsize\endcsname}% - \ifmonospace - % typewriter: - \font\thisecfont = #1ctt\ecsize \space at \nominalsize - \else - \ifx\curfontstyle\bfstylename - % bold: - \font\thisecfont = #1cb\ifusingit{i}{x}\ecsize \space at \nominalsize - \else - % regular: - \font\thisecfont = #1c\ifusingit{ti}{rm}\ecsize \space at \nominalsize - \fi - \fi - \thisecfont -} - -% @registeredsymbol - R in a circle. The font for the R should really -% be smaller yet, but lllsize is the best we can do for now. -% Adapted from the plain.tex definition of \copyright. -% -\def\registeredsymbol{% - $^{{\ooalign{\hfil\raise.07ex\hbox{\switchtolllsize R}% - \hfil\crcr\Orb}}% - }$% -} - -% @textdegree - the normal degrees sign. -% -\def\textdegree{$^\circ$} - -% Laurent Siebenmann reports \Orb undefined with: -% Textures 1.7.7 (preloaded format=plain 93.10.14) (68K) 16 APR 2004 02:38 -% so we'll define it if necessary. -% -\ifx\Orb\thisisundefined -\def\Orb{\mathhexbox20D} -\fi - -% Quotes. -\chardef\quoteleft=`\` -\chardef\quoteright=`\' - -% only change font for tt for correct kerning and to avoid using -% \ecfont unless necessary. -\def\quotedblleft{% - \ifmonospace{\ecfont\char"10}\else{\char"5C}\fi -} - -\def\quotedblright{% - \ifmonospace{\ecfont\char"11}\else{\char`\"}\fi -} - - -\message{page headings,} - -\newskip\titlepagetopglue \titlepagetopglue = 1.5in -\newskip\titlepagebottomglue \titlepagebottomglue = 2pc - -% First the title page. Must do @settitle before @titlepage. -\newif\ifseenauthor -\newif\iffinishedtitlepage - -% @setcontentsaftertitlepage used to do an implicit @contents or -% @shortcontents after @end titlepage, but it is now obsolete. -\def\setcontentsaftertitlepage{% - \errmessage{@setcontentsaftertitlepage has been removed as a Texinfo - command; move your @contents command if you want the contents - after the title page.}}% -\def\setshortcontentsaftertitlepage{% - \errmessage{@setshortcontentsaftertitlepage has been removed as a Texinfo - command; move your @shortcontents and @contents commands if you - want the contents after the title page.}}% - -\parseargdef\shorttitlepage{% - \begingroup \hbox{}\vskip 1.5in \chaprm \centerline{#1}% - \endgroup\page\hbox{}\page} - -\envdef\titlepage{% - % Open one extra group, as we want to close it in the middle of \Etitlepage. - \begingroup - \parindent=0pt \textfonts - % Leave some space at the very top of the page. - \vglue\titlepagetopglue - % No rule at page bottom unless we print one at the top with @title. - \finishedtitlepagetrue - % - % Most title ``pages'' are actually two pages long, with space - % at the top of the second. We don't want the ragged left on the second. - \let\oldpage = \page - \def\page{% - \iffinishedtitlepage\else - \finishtitlepage - \fi - \let\page = \oldpage - \page - \null - }% -} - -\def\Etitlepage{% - \iffinishedtitlepage\else - \finishtitlepage - \fi - % It is important to do the page break before ending the group, - % because the headline and footline are only empty inside the group. - % If we use the new definition of \page, we always get a blank page - % after the title page, which we certainly don't want. - \oldpage - \endgroup - % - % Need this before the \...aftertitlepage checks so that if they are - % in effect the toc pages will come out with page numbers. - \HEADINGSon -} - -\def\finishtitlepage{% - \vskip4pt \hrule height 2pt width \hsize - \vskip\titlepagebottomglue - \finishedtitlepagetrue -} - -% Settings used for typesetting titles: no hyphenation, no indentation, -% don't worry much about spacing, ragged right. This should be used -% inside a \vbox, and fonts need to be set appropriately first. \par should -% be specified before the end of the \vbox, since a vbox is a group. -% -\def\raggedtitlesettings{% - \rm - \hyphenpenalty=10000 - \parindent=0pt - \tolerance=5000 - \ptexraggedright -} - -% Macros to be used within @titlepage: - -\let\subtitlerm=\rmfont -\def\subtitlefont{\subtitlerm \normalbaselineskip = 13pt \normalbaselines} - -\parseargdef\title{% - \checkenv\titlepage - \vbox{\titlefonts \raggedtitlesettings #1\par}% - % print a rule at the page bottom also. - \finishedtitlepagefalse - \vskip4pt \hrule height 4pt width \hsize \vskip4pt -} - -\parseargdef\subtitle{% - \checkenv\titlepage - {\subtitlefont \rightline{#1}}% -} - -% @author should come last, but may come many times. -% It can also be used inside @quotation. -% -\parseargdef\author{% - \def\temp{\quotation}% - \ifx\thisenv\temp - \def\quotationauthor{#1}% printed in \Equotation. - \else - \checkenv\titlepage - \ifseenauthor\else \vskip 0pt plus 1filll \seenauthortrue \fi - {\secfonts\rm \leftline{#1}}% - \fi -} - - -% Set up page headings and footings. - -\let\thispage=\folio - -\newtoks\evenheadline % headline on even pages -\newtoks\oddheadline % headline on odd pages -\newtoks\evenchapheadline% headline on even pages with a new chapter -\newtoks\oddchapheadline % headline on odd pages with a new chapter -\newtoks\evenfootline % footline on even pages -\newtoks\oddfootline % footline on odd pages - -% Now make \makeheadline and \makefootline in Plain TeX use those variables -\headline={{\textfonts\rm - \ifchapterpage - \ifodd\pageno\the\oddchapheadline\else\the\evenchapheadline\fi - \else - \ifodd\pageno\the\oddheadline\else\the\evenheadline\fi - \fi}} - -\footline={{\textfonts\rm \ifodd\pageno \the\oddfootline - \else \the\evenfootline \fi}\HEADINGShook} -\let\HEADINGShook=\relax - -% Commands to set those variables. -% For example, this is what @headings on does -% @evenheading @thistitle|@thispage|@thischapter -% @oddheading @thischapter|@thispage|@thistitle -% @evenfooting @thisfile|| -% @oddfooting ||@thisfile - - -\def\evenheading{\parsearg\evenheadingxxx} -\def\evenheadingxxx #1{\evenheadingyyy #1\|\|\|\|\finish} -\def\evenheadingyyy #1\|#2\|#3\|#4\finish{% - \global\evenheadline={\rlap{\centerline{#2}}\line{#1\hfil#3}} - \global\evenchapheadline=\evenheadline} - -\def\oddheading{\parsearg\oddheadingxxx} -\def\oddheadingxxx #1{\oddheadingyyy #1\|\|\|\|\finish} -\def\oddheadingyyy #1\|#2\|#3\|#4\finish{% - \global\oddheadline={\rlap{\centerline{#2}}\line{#1\hfil#3}}% - \global\oddchapheadline=\oddheadline} - -\parseargdef\everyheading{\oddheadingxxx{#1}\evenheadingxxx{#1}}% - -\def\evenfooting{\parsearg\evenfootingxxx} -\def\evenfootingxxx #1{\evenfootingyyy #1\|\|\|\|\finish} -\def\evenfootingyyy #1\|#2\|#3\|#4\finish{% -\global\evenfootline={\rlap{\centerline{#2}}\line{#1\hfil#3}}} - -\def\oddfooting{\parsearg\oddfootingxxx} -\def\oddfootingxxx #1{\oddfootingyyy #1\|\|\|\|\finish} -\def\oddfootingyyy #1\|#2\|#3\|#4\finish{% - \global\oddfootline = {\rlap{\centerline{#2}}\line{#1\hfil#3}}% - % - % Leave some space for the footline. Hopefully ok to assume - % @evenfooting will not be used by itself. - \global\advance\txipageheight by -12pt - \global\advance\vsize by -12pt -} - -\parseargdef\everyfooting{\oddfootingxxx{#1}\evenfootingxxx{#1}} - -% @evenheadingmarks top \thischapter <- chapter at the top of a page -% @evenheadingmarks bottom \thischapter <- chapter at the bottom of a page -% -% The same set of arguments for: -% -% @oddheadingmarks -% @evenfootingmarks -% @oddfootingmarks -% @everyheadingmarks -% @everyfootingmarks - -% These define \getoddheadingmarks, \getevenheadingmarks, -% \getoddfootingmarks, and \getevenfootingmarks, each to one of -% \gettopheadingmarks, \getbottomheadingmarks. -% -\def\evenheadingmarks{\headingmarks{even}{heading}} -\def\oddheadingmarks{\headingmarks{odd}{heading}} -\def\evenfootingmarks{\headingmarks{even}{footing}} -\def\oddfootingmarks{\headingmarks{odd}{footing}} -\parseargdef\everyheadingmarks{\headingmarks{even}{heading}{#1} - \headingmarks{odd}{heading}{#1} } -\parseargdef\everyfootingmarks{\headingmarks{even}{footing}{#1} - \headingmarks{odd}{footing}{#1} } -% #1 = even/odd, #2 = heading/footing, #3 = top/bottom. -\def\headingmarks#1#2#3 {% - \expandafter\let\expandafter\temp \csname get#3headingmarks\endcsname - \global\expandafter\let\csname get#1#2marks\endcsname \temp -} - -\everyheadingmarks bottom -\everyfootingmarks bottom - -% @headings double turns headings on for double-sided printing. -% @headings single turns headings on for single-sided printing. -% @headings off turns them off. -% @headings on same as @headings double, retained for compatibility. -% @headings after turns on double-sided headings after this page. -% @headings doubleafter turns on double-sided headings after this page. -% @headings singleafter turns on single-sided headings after this page. -% By default, they are off at the start of a document, -% and turned `on' after @end titlepage. - -\parseargdef\headings{\csname HEADINGS#1\endcsname} - -\def\headingsoff{% non-global headings elimination - \evenheadline={\hfil}\evenfootline={\hfil}\evenchapheadline={\hfil}% - \oddheadline={\hfil}\oddfootline={\hfil}\oddchapheadline={\hfil}% -} - -\def\HEADINGSoff{{\globaldefs=1 \headingsoff}} % global setting -\HEADINGSoff % it's the default - -% When we turn headings on, set the page number to 1. -\def\pageone{ - \global\pageno=1 - \global\arabiccount = \pagecount -} - -% For double-sided printing, put current file name in lower left corner, -% chapter name on inside top of right hand pages, document -% title on inside top of left hand pages, and page numbers on outside top -% edge of all pages. -\def\HEADINGSdouble{% -\pageone -\HEADINGSdoublex -} -\let\contentsalignmacro = \chappager - -% For single-sided printing, chapter title goes across top left of page, -% page number on top right. -\def\HEADINGSsingle{% -\pageone -\HEADINGSsinglex -} -\def\HEADINGSon{\HEADINGSdouble} - -\def\HEADINGSafter{\let\HEADINGShook=\HEADINGSdoublex} -\let\HEADINGSdoubleafter=\HEADINGSafter -\def\HEADINGSdoublex{% -\global\evenfootline={\hfil} -\global\oddfootline={\hfil} -\global\evenheadline={\line{\folio\hfil\thistitle}} -\global\oddheadline={\line{\thischapter\hfil\folio}} -\global\evenchapheadline={\line{\folio\hfil}} -\global\oddchapheadline={\line{\hfil\folio}} -\global\let\contentsalignmacro = \chapoddpage -} - -\def\HEADINGSsingleafter{\let\HEADINGShook=\HEADINGSsinglex} -\def\HEADINGSsinglex{% -\global\evenfootline={\hfil} -\global\oddfootline={\hfil} -\global\evenheadline={\line{\thischapter\hfil\folio}} -\global\oddheadline={\line{\thischapter\hfil\folio}} -\global\evenchapheadline={\line{\hfil\folio}} -\global\oddchapheadline={\line{\hfil\folio}} -\global\let\contentsalignmacro = \chappager -} - -% for @setchapternewpage off -\def\HEADINGSsinglechapoff{% -\pageone -\global\evenfootline={\hfil} -\global\oddfootline={\hfil} -\global\evenheadline={\line{\thischapter\hfil\folio}} -\global\oddheadline={\line{\thischapter\hfil\folio}} -\global\evenchapheadline=\evenheadline -\global\oddchapheadline=\oddheadline -\global\let\contentsalignmacro = \chappager -} - -% Subroutines used in generating headings -% This produces Day Month Year style of output. -% Only define if not already defined, in case a txi-??.tex file has set -% up a different format (e.g., txi-cs.tex does this). -\ifx\today\thisisundefined -\def\today{% - \number\day\space - \ifcase\month - \or\putwordMJan\or\putwordMFeb\or\putwordMMar\or\putwordMApr - \or\putwordMMay\or\putwordMJun\or\putwordMJul\or\putwordMAug - \or\putwordMSep\or\putwordMOct\or\putwordMNov\or\putwordMDec - \fi - \space\number\year} -\fi - -% @settitle line... specifies the title of the document, for headings. -% It generates no output of its own. -\def\thistitle{\putwordNoTitle} -\def\settitle{\parsearg{\gdef\thistitle}} - - -\message{tables,} -% Tables -- @table, @ftable, @vtable, @item(x). - -% default indentation of table text -\newdimen\tableindent \tableindent=.8in -% default indentation of @itemize and @enumerate text -\newdimen\itemindent \itemindent=.3in -% margin between end of table item and start of table text. -\newdimen\itemmargin \itemmargin=.1in - -% used internally for \itemindent minus \itemmargin -\newdimen\itemmax - -% Note @table, @ftable, and @vtable define @item, @itemx, etc., with -% these defs. -% They also define \itemindex -% to index the item name in whatever manner is desired (perhaps none). - -\newif\ifitemxneedsnegativevskip - -\def\itemxpar{\par\ifitemxneedsnegativevskip\nobreak\vskip-\parskip\nobreak\fi} - -\def\internalBitem{\smallbreak \parsearg\itemzzz} -\def\internalBitemx{\itemxpar \parsearg\itemzzz} - -\def\itemzzz #1{\begingroup % - \advance\hsize by -\rightskip - \advance\hsize by -\tableindent - \setbox0=\hbox{\itemindicate{#1}}% - \itemindex{#1}% - \nobreak % This prevents a break before @itemx. - % - % If the item text does not fit in the space we have, put it on a line - % by itself, and do not allow a page break either before or after that - % line. We do not start a paragraph here because then if the next - % command is, e.g., @kindex, the whatsit would get put into the - % horizontal list on a line by itself, resulting in extra blank space. - \ifdim \wd0>\itemmax - % - % Make this a paragraph so we get the \parskip glue and wrapping, - % but leave it ragged-right. - \begingroup - \advance\leftskip by-\tableindent - \advance\hsize by\tableindent - \advance\rightskip by0pt plus1fil\relax - \leavevmode\unhbox0\par - \endgroup - % - % We're going to be starting a paragraph, but we don't want the - % \parskip glue -- logically it's part of the @item we just started. - \nobreak \vskip-\parskip - % - % Stop a page break at the \parskip glue coming up. However, if - % what follows is an environment such as @example, there will be no - % \parskip glue; then the negative vskip we just inserted would - % cause the example and the item to crash together. So we use this - % bizarre value of 10001 as a signal to \aboveenvbreak to insert - % \parskip glue after all. Section titles are handled this way also. - % - \penalty 10001 - \endgroup - \itemxneedsnegativevskipfalse - \else - % The item text fits into the space. Start a paragraph, so that the - % following text (if any) will end up on the same line. - \noindent - % Do this with kerns and \unhbox so that if there is a footnote in - % the item text, it can migrate to the main vertical list and - % eventually be printed. - \nobreak\kern-\tableindent - \dimen0 = \itemmax \advance\dimen0 by \itemmargin \advance\dimen0 by -\wd0 - \unhbox0 - \nobreak\kern\dimen0 - \endgroup - \itemxneedsnegativevskiptrue - \fi -} - -\def\item{\errmessage{@item while not in a list environment}} -\def\itemx{\errmessage{@itemx while not in a list environment}} - -% @table, @ftable, @vtable. -\envdef\table{% - \let\itemindex\gobble - \tablecheck{table}% -} -\envdef\ftable{% - \def\itemindex ##1{\doind {fn}{\code{##1}}}% - \tablecheck{ftable}% -} -\envdef\vtable{% - \def\itemindex ##1{\doind {vr}{\code{##1}}}% - \tablecheck{vtable}% -} -\def\tablecheck#1{% - \ifnum \the\catcode`\^^M=\active - \endgroup - \errmessage{This command won't work in this context; perhaps the problem is - that we are \inenvironment\thisenv}% - \def\next{\doignore{#1}}% - \else - \let\next\tablex - \fi - \next -} -\def\tablex#1{% - \def\itemindicate{#1}% - \parsearg\tabley -} -\def\tabley#1{% - {% - \makevalueexpandable - \edef\temp{\noexpand\tablez #1\space\space\space}% - \expandafter - }\temp \endtablez -} -\def\tablez #1 #2 #3 #4\endtablez{% - \aboveenvbreak - \ifnum 0#1>0 \advance \leftskip by #1\mil \fi - \ifnum 0#2>0 \tableindent=#2\mil \fi - \ifnum 0#3>0 \advance \rightskip by #3\mil \fi - \itemmax=\tableindent - \advance \itemmax by -\itemmargin - \advance \leftskip by \tableindent - \exdentamount=\tableindent - \parindent = 0pt - \parskip = \smallskipamount - \ifdim \parskip=0pt \parskip=2pt \fi - \let\item = \internalBitem - \let\itemx = \internalBitemx -} -\def\Etable{\endgraf\afterenvbreak} -\let\Eftable\Etable -\let\Evtable\Etable -\let\Eitemize\Etable -\let\Eenumerate\Etable - -% This is the counter used by @enumerate, which is really @itemize - -\newcount \itemno - -\envdef\itemize{\parsearg\doitemize} - -\def\doitemize#1{% - \aboveenvbreak - \itemmax=\itemindent - \advance\itemmax by -\itemmargin - \advance\leftskip by \itemindent - \exdentamount=\itemindent - \parindent=0pt - \parskip=\smallskipamount - \ifdim\parskip=0pt \parskip=2pt \fi - % - % Try typesetting the item mark so that if the document erroneously says - % something like @itemize @samp (intending @table), there's an error - % right away at the @itemize. It's not the best error message in the - % world, but it's better than leaving it to the @item. This means if - % the user wants an empty mark, they have to say @w{} not just @w. - \def\itemcontents{#1}% - \setbox0 = \hbox{\itemcontents}% - % - % @itemize with no arg is equivalent to @itemize @bullet. - \ifx\itemcontents\empty\def\itemcontents{\bullet}\fi - % - \let\item=\itemizeitem -} - -% Definition of @item while inside @itemize and @enumerate. -% -\def\itemizeitem{% - \advance\itemno by 1 % for enumerations - {\let\par=\endgraf \smallbreak}% reasonable place to break - {% - % If the document has an @itemize directly after a section title, a - % \nobreak will be last on the list, and \sectionheading will have - % done a \vskip-\parskip. In that case, we don't want to zero - % parskip, or the item text will crash with the heading. On the - % other hand, when there is normal text preceding the item (as there - % usually is), we do want to zero parskip, or there would be too much - % space. In that case, we won't have a \nobreak before. At least - % that's the theory. - \ifnum\lastpenalty<10000 \parskip=0in \fi - \noindent - \hbox to 0pt{\hss \itemcontents \kern\itemmargin}% - % - \ifinner\else - \vadjust{\penalty 1200}% not good to break after first line of item. - \fi - % We can be in inner vertical mode in a footnote, although an - % @itemize looks awful there. - }% - \flushcr -} - -% \splitoff TOKENS\endmark defines \first to be the first token in -% TOKENS, and \rest to be the remainder. -% -\def\splitoff#1#2\endmark{\def\first{#1}\def\rest{#2}}% - -% Allow an optional argument of an uppercase letter, lowercase letter, -% or number, to specify the first label in the enumerated list. No -% argument is the same as `1'. -% -\envparseargdef\enumerate{\enumeratey #1 \endenumeratey} -\def\enumeratey #1 #2\endenumeratey{% - % If we were given no argument, pretend we were given `1'. - \def\thearg{#1}% - \ifx\thearg\empty \def\thearg{1}\fi - % - % Detect if the argument is a single token. If so, it might be a - % letter. Otherwise, the only valid thing it can be is a number. - % (We will always have one token, because of the test we just made. - % This is a good thing, since \splitoff doesn't work given nothing at - % all -- the first parameter is undelimited.) - \expandafter\splitoff\thearg\endmark - \ifx\rest\empty - % Only one token in the argument. It could still be anything. - % A ``lowercase letter'' is one whose \lccode is nonzero. - % An ``uppercase letter'' is one whose \lccode is both nonzero, and - % not equal to itself. - % Otherwise, we assume it's a number. - % - % We need the \relax at the end of the \ifnum lines to stop TeX from - % continuing to look for a . - % - \ifnum\lccode\expandafter`\thearg=0\relax - \numericenumerate % a number (we hope) - \else - % It's a letter. - \ifnum\lccode\expandafter`\thearg=\expandafter`\thearg\relax - \lowercaseenumerate % lowercase letter - \else - \uppercaseenumerate % uppercase letter - \fi - \fi - \else - % Multiple tokens in the argument. We hope it's a number. - \numericenumerate - \fi -} - -% An @enumerate whose labels are integers. The starting integer is -% given in \thearg. -% -\def\numericenumerate{% - \itemno = \thearg - \startenumeration{\the\itemno}% -} - -% The starting (lowercase) letter is in \thearg. -\def\lowercaseenumerate{% - \itemno = \expandafter`\thearg - \startenumeration{% - % Be sure we're not beyond the end of the alphabet. - \ifnum\itemno=0 - \errmessage{No more lowercase letters in @enumerate; get a bigger - alphabet}% - \fi - \char\lccode\itemno - }% -} - -% The starting (uppercase) letter is in \thearg. -\def\uppercaseenumerate{% - \itemno = \expandafter`\thearg - \startenumeration{% - % Be sure we're not beyond the end of the alphabet. - \ifnum\itemno=0 - \errmessage{No more uppercase letters in @enumerate; get a bigger - alphabet} - \fi - \char\uccode\itemno - }% -} - -% Call \doitemize, adding a period to the first argument and supplying the -% common last two arguments. Also subtract one from the initial value in -% \itemno, since @item increments \itemno. -% -\def\startenumeration#1{% - \advance\itemno by -1 - \doitemize{#1.}\flushcr -} - - -% @multitable macros - -% Macros used to set up halign preamble: -% -\let\endsetuptable\relax -\def\xendsetuptable{\endsetuptable} -\let\columnfractions\relax -\def\xcolumnfractions{\columnfractions} -\newif\ifsetpercent - -% #1 is the @columnfraction, usually a decimal number like .5, but might -% be just 1. We just use it, whatever it is. -% -\def\pickupwholefraction#1 {% - \global\advance\colcount by 1 - \expandafter\xdef\csname col\the\colcount\endcsname{#1\hsize}% - \setuptable -} - -\newcount\colcount -\def\setuptable#1{% - \def\firstarg{#1}% - \ifx\firstarg\xendsetuptable - \let\go = \relax - \else - \ifx\firstarg\xcolumnfractions - \global\setpercenttrue - \else - \ifsetpercent - \let\go\pickupwholefraction - \else - \global\advance\colcount by 1 - \setbox0=\hbox{#1\unskip\space}% Add a normal word space as a - % separator; typically that is always in the input, anyway. - \expandafter\xdef\csname col\the\colcount\endcsname{\the\wd0}% - \fi - \fi - \ifx\go\pickupwholefraction - % Put the argument back for the \pickupwholefraction call, so - % we'll always have a period there to be parsed. - \def\go{\pickupwholefraction#1}% - \else - \let\go = \setuptable - \fi% - \fi - \go -} - -% @headitem starts a heading row, which we typeset in bold. Assignments -% have to be global since we are inside the implicit group of an -% alignment entry. \everycr below resets \everytab so we don't have to -% undo it ourselves. -\def\headitemfont{\b}% for people to use in the template row; not changeable -\def\headitem{% - \checkenv\multitable - \crcr - \gdef\headitemcrhook{\nobreak}% attempt to avoid page break after headings - \global\everytab={\bf}% can't use \headitemfont since the parsing differs - \the\everytab % for the first item -}% -% -% default for tables with no headings. -\let\headitemcrhook=\relax -% -\def\tab{\checkenv\multitable &\the\everytab}% - -\newtoks\everytab % insert after every tab. -% -\envdef\multitable{% - \vskip\parskip - \startsavinginserts - % - % @item within a multitable starts a normal row. - % We use \def instead of \let so that if one of the multitable entries - % contains an @itemize, we don't choke on the \item (seen as \crcr aka - % \endtemplate) expanding \doitemize. - \def\item{\crcr}% - % - \tolerance=9500 - \hbadness=9500 - \parskip=0pt - \parindent=6pt - \overfullrule=0pt - \global\colcount=0 - % - \everycr = {% - \noalign{% - \global\everytab={}% Reset from possible headitem. - \global\colcount=0 % Reset the column counter. - % - % Check for saved footnotes, etc.: - \checkinserts - % - % Perhaps a \nobreak, then reset: - \headitemcrhook - \global\let\headitemcrhook=\relax - }% - }% - % - \parsearg\domultitable -} -\def\domultitable#1{% - % To parse everything between @multitable and @item: - \setuptable#1 \endsetuptable - % - % This preamble sets up a generic column definition, which will - % be used as many times as user calls for columns. - % \vtop will set a single line and will also let text wrap and - % continue for many paragraphs if desired. - \halign\bgroup &% - \global\advance\colcount by 1 - \strut - \vtop{% - \advance\hsize by -1\leftskip - % Find the correct column width - \hsize=\expandafter\csname col\the\colcount\endcsname - % - \rightskip=0pt - \ifnum\colcount=1 - \advance\hsize by\leftskip % Add indent of surrounding text - \else - % In order to keep entries from bumping into each other. - \leftskip=12pt - \ifsetpercent \else - % If a template has been used - \advance\hsize by \leftskip - \fi - \fi - \noindent\ignorespaces##\unskip\strut - }\cr -} -\def\Emultitable{% - \crcr - \egroup % end the \halign - \global\setpercentfalse -} - - -\message{conditionals,} - -% @iftex, @ifnotdocbook, @ifnothtml, @ifnotinfo, @ifnotplaintext, -% @ifnotxml always succeed. They currently do nothing; we don't -% attempt to check whether the conditionals are properly nested. But we -% have to remember that they are conditionals, so that @end doesn't -% attempt to close an environment group. -% -\def\makecond#1{% - \expandafter\let\csname #1\endcsname = \relax - \expandafter\let\csname iscond.#1\endcsname = 1 -} -\makecond{iftex} -\makecond{ifnotdocbook} -\makecond{ifnothtml} -\makecond{ifnotinfo} -\makecond{ifnotplaintext} -\makecond{ifnotxml} - -% Ignore @ignore, @ifhtml, @ifinfo, and the like. -% -\def\direntry{\doignore{direntry}} -\def\documentdescription{\doignore{documentdescription}} -\def\docbook{\doignore{docbook}} -\def\html{\doignore{html}} -\def\ifdocbook{\doignore{ifdocbook}} -\def\ifhtml{\doignore{ifhtml}} -\def\ifinfo{\doignore{ifinfo}} -\def\ifnottex{\doignore{ifnottex}} -\def\ifplaintext{\doignore{ifplaintext}} -\def\ifxml{\doignore{ifxml}} -\def\ignore{\doignore{ignore}} -\def\menu{\doignore{menu}} -\def\xml{\doignore{xml}} - -% Ignore text until a line `@end #1', keeping track of nested conditionals. -% -% A count to remember the depth of nesting. -\newcount\doignorecount - -\def\doignore#1{\begingroup - % Scan in ``verbatim'' mode: - \obeylines - \catcode`\@ = \other - \catcode`\{ = \other - \catcode`\} = \other - % - % Make sure that spaces turn into tokens that match what \doignoretext wants. - \spaceisspace - % - % Count number of #1's that we've seen. - \doignorecount = 0 - % - % Swallow text until we reach the matching `@end #1'. - \dodoignore{#1}% -} - -{ \catcode`_=11 % We want to use \_STOP_ which cannot appear in texinfo source. - \obeylines % - % - \gdef\dodoignore#1{% - % #1 contains the command name as a string, e.g., `ifinfo'. - % - % Define a command to find the next `@end #1'. - \long\def\doignoretext##1^^M@end #1{% - \doignoretextyyy##1^^M@#1\_STOP_}% - % - % And this command to find another #1 command, at the beginning of a - % line. (Otherwise, we would consider a line `@c @ifset', for - % example, to count as an @ifset for nesting.) - \long\def\doignoretextyyy##1^^M@#1##2\_STOP_{\doignoreyyy{##2}\_STOP_}% - % - % And now expand that command. - \doignoretext ^^M% - }% -} - -\def\doignoreyyy#1{% - \def\temp{#1}% - \ifx\temp\empty % Nothing found. - \let\next\doignoretextzzz - \else % Found a nested condition, ... - \advance\doignorecount by 1 - \let\next\doignoretextyyy % ..., look for another. - % If we're here, #1 ends with ^^M\ifinfo (for example). - \fi - \next #1% the token \_STOP_ is present just after this macro. -} - -% We have to swallow the remaining "\_STOP_". -% -\def\doignoretextzzz#1{% - \ifnum\doignorecount = 0 % We have just found the outermost @end. - \let\next\enddoignore - \else % Still inside a nested condition. - \advance\doignorecount by -1 - \let\next\doignoretext % Look for the next @end. - \fi - \next -} - -% Finish off ignored text. -{ \obeylines% - % Ignore anything after the last `@end #1'; this matters in verbatim - % environments, where otherwise the newline after an ignored conditional - % would result in a blank line in the output. - \gdef\enddoignore#1^^M{\endgroup\ignorespaces}% -} - - -% @set VAR sets the variable VAR to an empty value. -% @set VAR REST-OF-LINE sets VAR to the value REST-OF-LINE. -% -% Since we want to separate VAR from REST-OF-LINE (which might be -% empty), we can't just use \parsearg; we have to insert a space of our -% own to delimit the rest of the line, and then take it out again if we -% didn't need it. -% We rely on the fact that \parsearg sets \catcode`\ =10. -% -\parseargdef\set{\setyyy#1 \endsetyyy} -\def\setyyy#1 #2\endsetyyy{% - {% - \makevalueexpandable - \def\temp{#2}% - \edef\next{\gdef\makecsname{SET#1}}% - \ifx\temp\empty - \next{}% - \else - \setzzz#2\endsetzzz - \fi - }% -} -% Remove the trailing space \setxxx inserted. -\def\setzzz#1 \endsetzzz{\next{#1}} - -% @clear VAR clears (i.e., unsets) the variable VAR. -% -\parseargdef\clear{% - {% - \makevalueexpandable - \global\expandafter\let\csname SET#1\endcsname=\relax - }% -} - -% @value{foo} gets the text saved in variable foo. -\def\value{\begingroup\makevalueexpandable\valuexxx} -\def\valuexxx#1{\expandablevalue{#1}\endgroup} -{ - \catcode`\-=\active \catcode`\_=\active - % - \gdef\makevalueexpandable{% - \let\value = \expandablevalue - % We don't want these characters active, ... - \catcode`\-=\other \catcode`\_=\other - % ..., but we might end up with active ones in the argument if - % we're called from @code, as @code{@value{foo-bar_}}, though. - % So \let them to their normal equivalents. - \let-\normaldash \let_\normalunderscore - } -} - -\def\expandablevalue#1{% - \expandafter\ifx\csname SET#1\endcsname\relax - {[No value for ``#1'']}% - \message{Variable `#1', used in @value, is not set.}% - \else - \csname SET#1\endcsname - \fi -} - -% Like \expandablevalue, but completely expandable (the \message in the -% definition above operates at the execution level of TeX). Used when -% writing to auxiliary files, due to the expansion that \write does. -% If flag is undefined, pass through an unexpanded @value command: maybe it -% will be set by the time it is read back in. -% -% NB flag names containing - or _ may not work here. -\def\dummyvalue#1{% - \expandafter\ifx\csname SET#1\endcsname\relax - \string\value{#1}% - \else - \csname SET#1\endcsname - \fi -} - -% Used for @value's in index entries to form the sort key: expand the @value -% if possible, otherwise sort late. -\def\indexnofontsvalue#1{% - \expandafter\ifx\csname SET#1\endcsname\relax - ZZZZZZZ% - \else - \csname SET#1\endcsname - \fi -} - -% @ifset VAR ... @end ifset reads the `...' iff VAR has been defined -% with @set. -% -% To get the special treatment we need for `@end ifset,' we call -% \makecond and then redefine. -% -\makecond{ifset} -\def\ifset{\parsearg{\doifset{\let\next=\ifsetfail}}} -\def\doifset#1#2{% - {% - \makevalueexpandable - \let\next=\empty - \expandafter\ifx\csname SET#2\endcsname\relax - #1% If not set, redefine \next. - \fi - \expandafter - }\next -} -\def\ifsetfail{\doignore{ifset}} - -% @ifclear VAR ... @end executes the `...' iff VAR has never been -% defined with @set, or has been undefined with @clear. -% -% The `\else' inside the `\doifset' parameter is a trick to reuse the -% above code: if the variable is not set, do nothing, if it is set, -% then redefine \next to \ifclearfail. -% -\makecond{ifclear} -\def\ifclear{\parsearg{\doifset{\else \let\next=\ifclearfail}}} -\def\ifclearfail{\doignore{ifclear}} - -% @ifcommandisdefined CMD ... @end executes the `...' if CMD (written -% without the @) is in fact defined. We can only feasibly check at the -% TeX level, so something like `mathcode' is going to considered -% defined even though it is not a Texinfo command. -% -\makecond{ifcommanddefined} -\def\ifcommanddefined{\parsearg{\doifcmddefined{\let\next=\ifcmddefinedfail}}} -% -\def\doifcmddefined#1#2{{% - \makevalueexpandable - \let\next=\empty - \expandafter\ifx\csname #2\endcsname\relax - #1% If not defined, \let\next as above. - \fi - \expandafter - }\next -} -\def\ifcmddefinedfail{\doignore{ifcommanddefined}} - -% @ifcommandnotdefined CMD ... handled similar to @ifclear above. -\makecond{ifcommandnotdefined} -\def\ifcommandnotdefined{% - \parsearg{\doifcmddefined{\else \let\next=\ifcmdnotdefinedfail}}} -\def\ifcmdnotdefinedfail{\doignore{ifcommandnotdefined}} - -% Set the `txicommandconditionals' variable, so documents have a way to -% test if the @ifcommand...defined conditionals are available. -\set txicommandconditionals - -% @dircategory CATEGORY -- specify a category of the dir file -% which this file should belong to. Ignore this in TeX. -\let\dircategory=\comment - -% @defininfoenclose. -\let\definfoenclose=\comment - - -\message{indexing,} -% Index generation facilities - -% Define \newwrite to be identical to plain tex's \newwrite -% except not \outer, so it can be used within macros and \if's. -\edef\newwrite{\makecsname{ptexnewwrite}} - -% \newindex {foo} defines an index named IX. -% It automatically defines \IXindex such that -% \IXindex ...rest of line... puts an entry in the index IX. -% It also defines \IXindfile to be the number of the output channel for -% the file that accumulates this index. The file's extension is IX. -% The name of an index should be no more than 2 characters long -% for the sake of vms. -% -\def\newindex#1{% - \expandafter\chardef\csname#1indfile\endcsname=0 - \expandafter\xdef\csname#1index\endcsname{% % Define @#1index - \noexpand\doindex{#1}} -} - -% @defindex foo == \newindex{foo} -% -\def\defindex{\parsearg\newindex} - -% Define @defcodeindex, like @defindex except put all entries in @code. -% -\def\defcodeindex{\parsearg\newcodeindex} -% -\def\newcodeindex#1{% - \expandafter\chardef\csname#1indfile\endcsname=0 - \expandafter\xdef\csname#1index\endcsname{% - \noexpand\docodeindex{#1}}% -} - -% The default indices: -\newindex{cp}% concepts, -\newcodeindex{fn}% functions, -\newcodeindex{vr}% variables, -\newcodeindex{tp}% types, -\newcodeindex{ky}% keys -\newcodeindex{pg}% and programs. - - -% @synindex foo bar makes index foo feed into index bar. -% Do this instead of @defindex foo if you don't want it as a separate index. -% -% @syncodeindex foo bar similar, but put all entries made for index foo -% inside @code. -% -\def\synindex#1 #2 {\dosynindex\doindex{#1}{#2}} -\def\syncodeindex#1 #2 {\dosynindex\docodeindex{#1}{#2}} - -% #1 is \doindex or \docodeindex, #2 the index getting redefined (foo), -% #3 the target index (bar). -\def\dosynindex#1#2#3{% - \requireopenindexfile{#3}% - % redefine \fooindfile: - \expandafter\let\expandafter\temp\expandafter=\csname#3indfile\endcsname - \expandafter\let\csname#2indfile\endcsname=\temp - % redefine \fooindex: - \expandafter\xdef\csname#2index\endcsname{\noexpand#1{#3}}% -} - -% Define \doindex, the driver for all index macros. -% Argument #1 is generated by the calling \fooindex macro, -% and it is the two-letter name of the index. - -\def\doindex#1{\edef\indexname{#1}\parsearg\doindexxxx} -\def\doindexxxx #1{\doind{\indexname}{#1}} - -% like the previous two, but they put @code around the argument. -\def\docodeindex#1{\edef\indexname{#1}\parsearg\docodeindexxxx} -\def\docodeindexxxx #1{\docind{\indexname}{#1}} - - -% Used for the aux, toc and index files to prevent expansion of Texinfo -% commands. -% -\def\atdummies{% - \definedummyletter\@% - \definedummyletter\ % - \definedummyletter\{% - \definedummyletter\}% - \definedummyletter\&% - % - % Do the redefinitions. - \definedummies - \otherbackslash -} - -% \definedummyword defines \#1 as \string\#1\space, thus effectively -% preventing its expansion. This is used only for control words, -% not control letters, because the \space would be incorrect for -% control characters, but is needed to separate the control word -% from whatever follows. -% -% These can be used both for control words that take an argument and -% those that do not. If it is followed by {arg} in the input, then -% that will dutifully get written to the index (or wherever). -% -% For control letters, we have \definedummyletter, which omits the -% space. -% -\def\definedummyword #1{\def#1{\string#1\space}}% -\def\definedummyletter#1{\def#1{\string#1}}% -\let\definedummyaccent\definedummyletter - -% Called from \atdummies to prevent the expansion of commands. -% -\def\definedummies{% - % - \let\commondummyword\definedummyword - \let\commondummyletter\definedummyletter - \let\commondummyaccent\definedummyaccent - \commondummiesnofonts - % - \definedummyletter\_% - \definedummyletter\-% - % - % Non-English letters. - \definedummyword\AA - \definedummyword\AE - \definedummyword\DH - \definedummyword\L - \definedummyword\O - \definedummyword\OE - \definedummyword\TH - \definedummyword\aa - \definedummyword\ae - \definedummyword\dh - \definedummyword\exclamdown - \definedummyword\l - \definedummyword\o - \definedummyword\oe - \definedummyword\ordf - \definedummyword\ordm - \definedummyword\questiondown - \definedummyword\ss - \definedummyword\th - % - % Although these internal commands shouldn't show up, sometimes they do. - \definedummyword\bf - \definedummyword\gtr - \definedummyword\hat - \definedummyword\less - \definedummyword\sf - \definedummyword\sl - \definedummyword\tclose - \definedummyword\tt - % - \definedummyword\LaTeX - \definedummyword\TeX - % - % Assorted special characters. - \definedummyword\ampchar - \definedummyword\atchar - \definedummyword\arrow - \definedummyword\backslashchar - \definedummyword\bullet - \definedummyword\comma - \definedummyword\copyright - \definedummyword\registeredsymbol - \definedummyword\dots - \definedummyword\enddots - \definedummyword\entrybreak - \definedummyword\equiv - \definedummyword\error - \definedummyword\euro - \definedummyword\expansion - \definedummyword\geq - \definedummyword\guillemetleft - \definedummyword\guillemetright - \definedummyword\guilsinglleft - \definedummyword\guilsinglright - \definedummyword\lbracechar - \definedummyword\leq - \definedummyword\mathopsup - \definedummyword\minus - \definedummyword\ogonek - \definedummyword\pounds - \definedummyword\point - \definedummyword\print - \definedummyword\quotedblbase - \definedummyword\quotedblleft - \definedummyword\quotedblright - \definedummyword\quoteleft - \definedummyword\quoteright - \definedummyword\quotesinglbase - \definedummyword\rbracechar - \definedummyword\result - \definedummyword\sub - \definedummyword\sup - \definedummyword\textdegree - % - \definedummyword\subentry - % - % We want to disable all macros so that they are not expanded by \write. - \macrolist - \let\value\dummyvalue - % - \normalturnoffactive -} - -% \commondummiesnofonts: common to \definedummies and \indexnofonts. -% Define \commondummyletter, \commondummyaccent and \commondummyword before -% using. Used for accents, font commands, and various control letters. -% -\def\commondummiesnofonts{% - % Control letters and accents. - \commondummyletter\!% - \commondummyaccent\"% - \commondummyaccent\'% - \commondummyletter\*% - \commondummyaccent\,% - \commondummyletter\.% - \commondummyletter\/% - \commondummyletter\:% - \commondummyaccent\=% - \commondummyletter\?% - \commondummyaccent\^% - \commondummyaccent\`% - \commondummyaccent\~% - \commondummyword\u - \commondummyword\v - \commondummyword\H - \commondummyword\dotaccent - \commondummyword\ogonek - \commondummyword\ringaccent - \commondummyword\tieaccent - \commondummyword\ubaraccent - \commondummyword\udotaccent - \commondummyword\dotless - % - % Texinfo font commands. - \commondummyword\b - \commondummyword\i - \commondummyword\r - \commondummyword\sansserif - \commondummyword\sc - \commondummyword\slanted - \commondummyword\t - % - % Commands that take arguments. - \commondummyword\abbr - \commondummyword\acronym - \commondummyword\anchor - \commondummyword\cite - \commondummyword\code - \commondummyword\command - \commondummyword\dfn - \commondummyword\dmn - \commondummyword\email - \commondummyword\emph - \commondummyword\env - \commondummyword\file - \commondummyword\image - \commondummyword\indicateurl - \commondummyword\inforef - \commondummyword\kbd - \commondummyword\key - \commondummyword\math - \commondummyword\option - \commondummyword\pxref - \commondummyword\ref - \commondummyword\samp - \commondummyword\strong - \commondummyword\tie - \commondummyword\U - \commondummyword\uref - \commondummyword\url - \commondummyword\var - \commondummyword\verb - \commondummyword\w - \commondummyword\xref -} - -\let\indexlbrace\relax -\let\indexrbrace\relax -\let\indexatchar\relax -\let\indexbackslash\relax - -{\catcode`\@=0 -\catcode`\\=13 - @gdef@backslashdisappear{@def\{}} -} - -{ -\catcode`\<=13 -\catcode`\-=13 -\catcode`\`=13 - \gdef\indexnonalnumdisappear{% - \expandafter\ifx\csname SETtxiindexlquoteignore\endcsname\relax\else - % @set txiindexlquoteignore makes us ignore left quotes in the sort term. - % (Introduced for FSFS 2nd ed.) - \let`=\empty - \fi - % - \expandafter\ifx\csname SETtxiindexbackslashignore\endcsname\relax\else - \backslashdisappear - \fi - % - \expandafter\ifx\csname SETtxiindexhyphenignore\endcsname\relax\else - \def-{}% - \fi - \expandafter\ifx\csname SETtxiindexlessthanignore\endcsname\relax\else - \def<{}% - \fi - \expandafter\ifx\csname SETtxiindexatsignignore\endcsname\relax\else - \def\@{}% - \fi - } - - \gdef\indexnonalnumreappear{% - \let-\normaldash - \let<\normalless - } -} - - -% \indexnofonts is used when outputting the strings to sort the index -% by, and when constructing control sequence names. It eliminates all -% control sequences and just writes whatever the best ASCII sort string -% would be for a given command (usually its argument). -% -\def\indexnofonts{% - % Accent commands should become @asis. - \def\commondummyaccent##1{\let##1\asis}% - % We can just ignore other control letters. - \def\commondummyletter##1{\let##1\empty}% - % All control words become @asis by default; overrides below. - \let\commondummyword\commondummyaccent - \commondummiesnofonts - % - % Don't no-op \tt, since it isn't a user-level command - % and is used in the definitions of the active chars like <, >, |, etc. - % Likewise with the other plain tex font commands. - %\let\tt=\asis - % - \def\ { }% - \def\@{@}% - \def\_{\normalunderscore}% - \def\-{}% @- shouldn't affect sorting - % - \uccode`\1=`\{ \uppercase{\def\{{1}}% - \uccode`\1=`\} \uppercase{\def\}{1}}% - \let\lbracechar\{% - \let\rbracechar\}% - % - % Non-English letters. - \def\AA{AA}% - \def\AE{AE}% - \def\DH{DZZ}% - \def\L{L}% - \def\OE{OE}% - \def\O{O}% - \def\TH{TH}% - \def\aa{aa}% - \def\ae{ae}% - \def\dh{dzz}% - \def\exclamdown{!}% - \def\l{l}% - \def\oe{oe}% - \def\ordf{a}% - \def\ordm{o}% - \def\o{o}% - \def\questiondown{?}% - \def\ss{ss}% - \def\th{th}% - % - \let\do\indexnofontsdef - % - \do\LaTeX{LaTeX}% - \do\TeX{TeX}% - % - % Assorted special characters. - \do\atchar{@}% - \do\arrow{->}% - \do\bullet{bullet}% - \do\comma{,}% - \do\copyright{copyright}% - \do\dots{...}% - \do\enddots{...}% - \do\equiv{==}% - \do\error{error}% - \do\euro{euro}% - \do\expansion{==>}% - \do\geq{>=}% - \do\guillemetleft{<<}% - \do\guillemetright{>>}% - \do\guilsinglleft{<}% - \do\guilsinglright{>}% - \do\leq{<=}% - \do\lbracechar{\{}% - \do\minus{-}% - \do\point{.}% - \do\pounds{pounds}% - \do\print{-|}% - \do\quotedblbase{"}% - \do\quotedblleft{"}% - \do\quotedblright{"}% - \do\quoteleft{`}% - \do\quoteright{'}% - \do\quotesinglbase{,}% - \do\rbracechar{\}}% - \do\registeredsymbol{R}% - \do\result{=>}% - \do\textdegree{o}% - % - % We need to get rid of all macros, leaving only the arguments (if present). - % Of course this is not nearly correct, but it is the best we can do for now. - % makeinfo does not expand macros in the argument to @deffn, which ends up - % writing an index entry, and texindex isn't prepared for an index sort entry - % that starts with \. - % - % Since macro invocations are followed by braces, we can just redefine them - % to take a single TeX argument. The case of a macro invocation that - % goes to end-of-line is not handled. - % - \macrolist - \let\value\indexnofontsvalue -} - -% Give the control sequence a definition that removes the {} that follows -% its use, e.g. @AA{} -> AA -\def\indexnofontsdef#1#2{\def#1##1{#2}}% - - - - -% #1 is the index name, #2 is the entry text. -\def\doind#1#2{% - \iflinks - {% - % - \requireopenindexfile{#1}% - \edef\writeto{\csname#1indfile\endcsname}% - % - \def\indextext{#2}% - \safewhatsit\doindwrite - }% - \fi -} - -% Same as \doind, but for code indices -\def\docind#1#2{% - \iflinks - {% - % - \requireopenindexfile{#1}% - \edef\writeto{\csname#1indfile\endcsname}% - % - \def\indextext{#2}% - \safewhatsit\docindwrite - }% - \fi -} - -% Check if an index file has been opened, and if not, open it. -\def\requireopenindexfile#1{% -\ifnum\csname #1indfile\endcsname=0 - \expandafter\newwrite \csname#1indfile\endcsname - \edef\suffix{#1}% - % A .fls suffix would conflict with the file extension for the output - % of -recorder, so use .f1s instead. - \ifx\suffix\indexisfl\def\suffix{f1}\fi - % Open the file - \immediate\openout\csname#1indfile\endcsname \jobname.\suffix - % Using \immediate above here prevents an object entering into the current - % box, which could confound checks such as those in \safewhatsit for - % preceding skips. - \typeout{Writing index file \jobname.\suffix}% -\fi} -\def\indexisfl{fl} - -% Definition for writing index entry sort key. -{ -\catcode`\-=13 -\gdef\indexwritesortas{% - \begingroup - \indexnonalnumreappear - \indexwritesortasxxx} -\gdef\indexwritesortasxxx#1{% - \xdef\indexsortkey{#1}\endgroup} -} - -\def\indexwriteseealso#1{ - \gdef\pagenumbertext{\string\seealso{#1}}% -} -\def\indexwriteseeentry#1{ - \gdef\pagenumbertext{\string\seeentry{#1}}% -} - -% The default definitions -\def\sortas#1{}% -\def\seealso#1{\i{\putwordSeeAlso}\ #1}% for sorted index file only -\def\putwordSeeAlso{See also} -\def\seeentry#1{\i{\putwordSee}\ #1}% for sorted index file only - - -% Given index entry text like "aaa @subentry bbb @sortas{ZZZ}": -% * Set \bracedtext to "{aaa}{bbb}" -% * Set \fullindexsortkey to "aaa @subentry ZZZ" -% * If @seealso occurs, set \pagenumbertext -% -\def\splitindexentry#1{% - \gdef\fullindexsortkey{}% - \xdef\bracedtext{}% - \def\sep{}% - \def\seealso##1{}% - \def\seeentry##1{}% - \expandafter\doindexsegment#1\subentry\finish\subentry -} - -% append the results from the next segment -\def\doindexsegment#1\subentry{% - \def\segment{#1}% - \ifx\segment\isfinish - \else - % - % Fully expand the segment, throwing away any @sortas directives, and - % trim spaces. - \edef\trimmed{\segment}% - \edef\trimmed{\expandafter\eatspaces\expandafter{\trimmed}}% - \ifincodeindex - \edef\trimmed{\noexpand\code{\trimmed}}% - \fi - % - \xdef\bracedtext{\bracedtext{\trimmed}}% - % - % Get the string to sort by. Process the segment with all - % font commands turned off. - \bgroup - \let\sortas\indexwritesortas - \let\seealso\indexwriteseealso - \let\seeentry\indexwriteseeentry - \indexnofonts - % The braces around the commands are recognized by texindex. - \def\lbracechar{{\string\indexlbrace}}% - \def\rbracechar{{\string\indexrbrace}}% - \let\{=\lbracechar - \let\}=\rbracechar - \def\@{{\string\indexatchar}}% - \def\atchar##1{\@}% - \def\backslashchar{{\string\indexbackslash}}% - \uccode`\~=`\\ \uppercase{\let~\backslashchar}% - % - \let\indexsortkey\empty - \global\let\pagenumbertext\empty - % Execute the segment and throw away the typeset output. This executes - % any @sortas or @seealso commands in this segment. - \setbox\dummybox = \hbox{\segment}% - \ifx\indexsortkey\empty{% - \indexnonalnumdisappear - \xdef\trimmed{\segment}% - \xdef\trimmed{\expandafter\eatspaces\expandafter{\trimmed}}% - \xdef\indexsortkey{\trimmed}% - \ifx\indexsortkey\empty\xdef\indexsortkey{ }\fi - }\fi - % - % Append to \fullindexsortkey. - \edef\tmp{\gdef\noexpand\fullindexsortkey{% - \fullindexsortkey\sep\indexsortkey}}% - \tmp - \egroup - \def\sep{\subentry}% - % - \expandafter\doindexsegment - \fi -} -\def\isfinish{\finish}% -\newbox\dummybox % used above - -\let\subentry\relax - -% Use \ instead of @ in index files. To support old texi2dvi and texindex. -% This works without changing the escape character used in the toc or aux -% files because the index entries are fully expanded here, and \string uses -% the current value of \escapechar. -\def\escapeisbackslash{\escapechar=`\\} - -% Use \ in index files by default. texi2dvi didn't support @ as the escape -% character (as it checked for "\entry" in the files, and not "@entry"). When -% the new version of texi2dvi has had a chance to become more prevalent, then -% the escape character can change back to @ again. This should be an easy -% change to make now because both @ and \ are only used as escape characters in -% index files, never standing for themselves. -% -\set txiindexescapeisbackslash - -% Write the entry in \indextext to the index file. -% - -\newif\ifincodeindex -\def\doindwrite{\incodeindexfalse\doindwritex} -\def\docindwrite{\incodeindextrue\doindwritex} - -\def\doindwritex{% - \maybemarginindex - % - \atdummies - % - \expandafter\ifx\csname SETtxiindexescapeisbackslash\endcsname\relax\else - \escapeisbackslash - \fi - % - % For texindex which always views { and } as separators. - \def\{{\lbracechar{}}% - \def\}{\rbracechar{}}% - \uccode`\~=`\\ \uppercase{\def~{\backslashchar{}}}% - % - % Split the entry into primary entry and any subentries, and get the index - % sort key. - \splitindexentry\indextext - % - % Set up the complete index entry, with both the sort key and - % the original text, including any font commands. We write - % three arguments to \entry to the .?? file (four in the - % subentry case), texindex reduces to two when writing the .??s - % sorted result. - % - \edef\temp{% - \write\writeto{% - \string\entry{\fullindexsortkey}% - {\ifx\pagenumbertext\empty\noexpand\folio\else\pagenumbertext\fi}% - \bracedtext}% - }% - \temp -} - -% Put the index entry in the margin if desired (undocumented). -\def\maybemarginindex{% - \ifx\SETmarginindex\relax\else - \insert\margin{\hbox{\vrule height8pt depth3pt width0pt \relax\indextext}}% - \fi -} -\let\SETmarginindex=\relax - - -% Take care of unwanted page breaks/skips around a whatsit: -% -% If a skip is the last thing on the list now, preserve it -% by backing up by \lastskip, doing the \write, then inserting -% the skip again. Otherwise, the whatsit generated by the -% \write or \pdfdest will make \lastskip zero. The result is that -% sequences like this: -% @end defun -% @tindex whatever -% @defun ... -% will have extra space inserted, because the \medbreak in the -% start of the @defun won't see the skip inserted by the @end of -% the previous defun. -% -% But don't do any of this if we're not in vertical mode. We -% don't want to do a \vskip and prematurely end a paragraph. -% -% Avoid page breaks due to these extra skips, too. -% -% But wait, there is a catch there: -% We'll have to check whether \lastskip is zero skip. \ifdim is not -% sufficient for this purpose, as it ignores stretch and shrink parts -% of the skip. The only way seems to be to check the textual -% representation of the skip. -% -% The following is almost like \def\zeroskipmacro{0.0pt} except that -% the ``p'' and ``t'' characters have catcode \other, not 11 (letter). -% -\edef\zeroskipmacro{\expandafter\the\csname z@skip\endcsname} -% -\newskip\whatsitskip -\newcount\whatsitpenalty -% -% ..., ready, GO: -% -\def\safewhatsit#1{\ifhmode - #1% - \else - % \lastskip and \lastpenalty cannot both be nonzero simultaneously. - \whatsitskip = \lastskip - \edef\lastskipmacro{\the\lastskip}% - \whatsitpenalty = \lastpenalty - % - % If \lastskip is nonzero, that means the last item was a - % skip. And since a skip is discardable, that means this - % -\whatsitskip glue we're inserting is preceded by a - % non-discardable item, therefore it is not a potential - % breakpoint, therefore no \nobreak needed. - \ifx\lastskipmacro\zeroskipmacro - \else - \vskip-\whatsitskip - \fi - % - #1% - % - \ifx\lastskipmacro\zeroskipmacro - % If \lastskip was zero, perhaps the last item was a penalty, and - % perhaps it was >=10000, e.g., a \nobreak. In that case, we want - % to re-insert the same penalty (values >10000 are used for various - % signals); since we just inserted a non-discardable item, any - % following glue (such as a \parskip) would be a breakpoint. For example: - % @deffn deffn-whatever - % @vindex index-whatever - % Description. - % would allow a break between the index-whatever whatsit - % and the "Description." paragraph. - \ifnum\whatsitpenalty>9999 \penalty\whatsitpenalty \fi - \else - % On the other hand, if we had a nonzero \lastskip, - % this make-up glue would be preceded by a non-discardable item - % (the whatsit from the \write), so we must insert a \nobreak. - \nobreak\vskip\whatsitskip - \fi -\fi} - -% The index entry written in the file actually looks like -% \entry {sortstring}{page}{topic} -% or -% \entry {sortstring}{page}{topic}{subtopic} -% The texindex program reads in these files and writes files -% containing these kinds of lines: -% \initial {c} -% before the first topic whose initial is c -% \entry {topic}{pagelist} -% for a topic that is used without subtopics -% \primary {topic} -% \entry {topic}{} -% for the beginning of a topic that is used with subtopics -% \secondary {subtopic}{pagelist} -% for each subtopic. -% \secondary {subtopic}{} -% for a subtopic with sub-subtopics -% \tertiary {subtopic}{subsubtopic}{pagelist} -% for each sub-subtopic. - -% Define the user-accessible indexing commands -% @findex, @vindex, @kindex, @cindex. - -\def\findex {\fnindex} -\def\kindex {\kyindex} -\def\cindex {\cpindex} -\def\vindex {\vrindex} -\def\tindex {\tpindex} -\def\pindex {\pgindex} - -% Define the macros used in formatting output of the sorted index material. - -% @printindex causes a particular index (the ??s file) to get printed. -% It does not print any chapter heading (usually an @unnumbered). -% -\parseargdef\printindex{\begingroup - \dobreak \chapheadingskip{10000}% - % - \smallfonts \rm - \tolerance = 9500 - \plainfrenchspacing - \everypar = {}% don't want the \kern\-parindent from indentation suppression. - % - % See comment in \requireopenindexfile. - \def\indexname{#1}\ifx\indexname\indexisfl\def\indexname{f1}\fi - % - % See if the index file exists and is nonempty. - \openin 1 \jobname.\indexname s - \ifeof 1 - % \enddoublecolumns gets confused if there is no text in the index, - % and it loses the chapter title and the aux file entries for the - % index. The easiest way to prevent this problem is to make sure - % there is some text. - \putwordIndexNonexistent - \typeout{No file \jobname.\indexname s.}% - \else - % If the index file exists but is empty, then \openin leaves \ifeof - % false. We have to make TeX try to read something from the file, so - % it can discover if there is anything in it. - \read 1 to \thisline - \ifeof 1 - \putwordIndexIsEmpty - \else - \expandafter\printindexzz\thisline\relax\relax\finish% - \fi - \fi - \closein 1 -\endgroup} - -% If the index file starts with a backslash, forgo reading the index -% file altogether. If somebody upgrades texinfo.tex they may still have -% old index files using \ as the escape character. Reading this would -% at best lead to typesetting garbage, at worst a TeX syntax error. -\def\printindexzz#1#2\finish{% - \expandafter\ifx\csname SETtxiindexescapeisbackslash\endcsname\relax - \uccode`\~=`\\ \uppercase{\if\noexpand~}\noexpand#1 - \expandafter\ifx\csname SETtxiskipindexfileswithbackslash\endcsname\relax -\errmessage{% -ERROR: A sorted index file in an obsolete format was skipped. -To fix this problem, please upgrade your version of 'texi2dvi' -or 'texi2pdf' to that at . -If you are using an old version of 'texindex' (part of the Texinfo -distribution), you may also need to upgrade to a newer version (at least 6.0). -You may be able to typeset the index if you run -'texindex \jobname.\indexname' yourself. -You could also try setting the 'txiindexescapeisbackslash' flag by -running a command like -'texi2dvi -t "@set txiindexescapeisbackslash" \jobname.texi'. If you do -this, Texinfo will try to use index files in the old format. -If you continue to have problems, deleting the index files and starting again -might help (with 'rm \jobname.?? \jobname.??s')% -}% - \else - (Skipped sorted index file in obsolete format) - \fi - \else - \begindoublecolumns - \input \jobname.\indexname s - \enddoublecolumns - \fi - \else - \begindoublecolumns - \catcode`\\=0\relax - % - % Make @ an escape character to give macros a chance to work. This - % should work because we (hopefully) don't otherwise use @ in index files. - %\catcode`\@=12\relax - \catcode`\@=0\relax - \input \jobname.\indexname s - \enddoublecolumns - \fi -} - -% These macros are used by the sorted index file itself. -% Change them to control the appearance of the index. - -{\catcode`\/=13 \catcode`\-=13 \catcode`\^=13 \catcode`\~=13 \catcode`\_=13 -\catcode`\|=13 \catcode`\<=13 \catcode`\>=13 \catcode`\+=13 \catcode`\"=13 -\catcode`\$=3 -\gdef\initialglyphs{% - % special control sequences used in the index sort key - \let\indexlbrace\{% - \let\indexrbrace\}% - \let\indexatchar\@% - \def\indexbackslash{\math{\backslash}}% - % - % Some changes for non-alphabetic characters. Using the glyphs from the - % math fonts looks more consistent than the typewriter font used elsewhere - % for these characters. - \uccode`\~=`\\ \uppercase{\def~{\math{\backslash}}} - % - % In case @\ is used for backslash - \uppercase{\let\\=~} - % Can't get bold backslash so don't use bold forward slash - \catcode`\/=13 - \def/{{\secrmnotbold \normalslash}}% - \def-{{\normaldash\normaldash}}% en dash `--' - \def^{{\chapbf \normalcaret}}% - \def~{{\chapbf \normaltilde}}% - \def\_{% - \leavevmode \kern.07em \vbox{\hrule width.3em height.1ex}\kern .07em }% - \def|{$\vert$}% - \def<{$\less$}% - \def>{$\gtr$}% - \def+{$\normalplus$}% -}} - -\def\initial{% - \bgroup - \initialglyphs - \initialx -} - -\def\initialx#1{% - % Remove any glue we may have, we'll be inserting our own. - \removelastskip - % - % We like breaks before the index initials, so insert a bonus. - % The glue before the bonus allows a little bit of space at the - % bottom of a column to reduce an increase in inter-line spacing. - \nobreak - \vskip 0pt plus 5\baselineskip - \penalty -300 - \vskip 0pt plus -5\baselineskip - % - % Typeset the initial. Making this add up to a whole number of - % baselineskips increases the chance of the dots lining up from column - % to column. It still won't often be perfect, because of the stretch - % we need before each entry, but it's better. - % - % No shrink because it confuses \balancecolumns. - \vskip 1.67\baselineskip plus 1\baselineskip - \leftline{\secfonts \kern-0.05em \secbf #1}% - % \secfonts is inside the argument of \leftline so that the change of - % \baselineskip will not affect any glue inserted before the vbox that - % \leftline creates. - % Do our best not to break after the initial. - \nobreak - \vskip .33\baselineskip plus .1\baselineskip - \egroup % \initialglyphs -} - -\newdimen\entryrightmargin -\entryrightmargin=0pt - -% \entry typesets a paragraph consisting of the text (#1), dot leaders, and -% then page number (#2) flushed to the right margin. It is used for index -% and table of contents entries. The paragraph is indented by \leftskip. -% -\def\entry{% - \begingroup - % - % Start a new paragraph if necessary, so our assignments below can't - % affect previous text. - \par - % - % No extra space above this paragraph. - \parskip = 0in - % - % When reading the text of entry, convert explicit line breaks - % from @* into spaces. The user might give these in long section - % titles, for instance. - \def\*{\unskip\space\ignorespaces}% - \def\entrybreak{\hfil\break}% An undocumented command - % - % Swallow the left brace of the text (first parameter): - \afterassignment\doentry - \let\temp = -} -\def\entrybreak{\unskip\space\ignorespaces}% -\def\doentry{% - % Save the text of the entry - \global\setbox\boxA=\hbox\bgroup - \bgroup % Instead of the swallowed brace. - \noindent - \aftergroup\finishentry - % And now comes the text of the entry. - % Not absorbing as a macro argument reduces the chance of problems - % with catcodes occurring. -} -{\catcode`\@=11 -\gdef\finishentry#1{% - \egroup % end box A - \dimen@ = \wd\boxA % Length of text of entry - \global\setbox\boxA=\hbox\bgroup - \unhbox\boxA - % #1 is the page number. - % - % Get the width of the page numbers, and only use - % leaders if they are present. - \global\setbox\boxB = \hbox{#1}% - \ifdim\wd\boxB = 0pt - \null\nobreak\hfill\ % - \else - % - \null\nobreak\indexdotfill % Have leaders before the page number. - % - \ifpdforxetex - \pdfgettoks#1.% - \hskip\skip\thinshrinkable\the\toksA - \else - \hskip\skip\thinshrinkable #1% - \fi - \fi - \egroup % end \boxA - \ifdim\wd\boxB = 0pt - \noindent\unhbox\boxA\par - \nobreak - \else\bgroup - % We want the text of the entries to be aligned to the left, and the - % page numbers to be aligned to the right. - % - \parindent = 0pt - \advance\leftskip by 0pt plus 1fil - \advance\leftskip by 0pt plus -1fill - \rightskip = 0pt plus -1fil - \advance\rightskip by 0pt plus 1fill - % Cause last line, which could consist of page numbers on their own - % if the list of page numbers is long, to be aligned to the right. - \parfillskip=0pt plus -1fill - % - \advance\rightskip by \entryrightmargin - % Determine how far we can stretch into the margin. - % This allows, e.g., "Appendix H GNU Free Documentation License" to - % fit on one line in @letterpaper format. - \ifdim\entryrightmargin>2.1em - \dimen@i=2.1em - \else - \dimen@i=0em - \fi - \advance \parfillskip by 0pt minus 1\dimen@i - % - \dimen@ii = \hsize - \advance\dimen@ii by -1\leftskip - \advance\dimen@ii by -1\entryrightmargin - \advance\dimen@ii by 1\dimen@i - \ifdim\wd\boxA > \dimen@ii % If the entry doesn't fit in one line - \ifdim\dimen@ > 0.8\dimen@ii % due to long index text - % Try to split the text roughly evenly. \dimen@ will be the length of - % the first line. - \dimen@ = 0.7\dimen@ - \dimen@ii = \hsize - \ifnum\dimen@>\dimen@ii - % If the entry is too long (for example, if it needs more than - % two lines), use all the space in the first line. - \dimen@ = \dimen@ii - \fi - \advance\leftskip by 0pt plus 1fill % ragged right - \advance \dimen@ by 1\rightskip - \parshape = 2 0pt \dimen@ 0em \dimen@ii - % Ideally we'd add a finite glue at the end of the first line only, - % instead of using \parshape with explicit line lengths, but TeX - % doesn't seem to provide a way to do such a thing. - % - % Indent all lines but the first one. - \advance\leftskip by 1em - \advance\parindent by -1em - \fi\fi - \indent % start paragraph - \unhbox\boxA - % - % Do not prefer a separate line ending with a hyphen to fewer lines. - \finalhyphendemerits = 0 - % - % Word spacing - no stretch - \spaceskip=\fontdimen2\font minus \fontdimen4\font - % - \linepenalty=1000 % Discourage line breaks. - \hyphenpenalty=5000 % Discourage hyphenation. - % - \par % format the paragraph - \egroup % The \vbox - \fi - \endgroup -}} - -\newskip\thinshrinkable -\skip\thinshrinkable=.15em minus .15em - -% Like plain.tex's \dotfill, except uses up at least 1 em. -% The filll stretch here overpowers both the fil and fill stretch to push -% the page number to the right. -\def\indexdotfill{\cleaders - \hbox{$\mathsurround=0pt \mkern1.5mu.\mkern1.5mu$}\hskip 1em plus 1filll} - - -\def\primary #1{\line{#1\hfil}} - -\def\secondary{\indententry{0.5cm}} -\def\tertiary{\indententry{1cm}} - -\def\indententry#1#2#3{% - \bgroup - \leftskip=#1 - \entry{#2}{#3}% - \egroup -} - -% Define two-column mode, which we use to typeset indexes. -% Adapted from the TeXbook, page 416, which is to say, -% the manmac.tex format used to print the TeXbook itself. -\catcode`\@=11 % private names - -\newbox\partialpage -\newdimen\doublecolumnhsize - -\def\begindoublecolumns{\begingroup % ended by \enddoublecolumns - % If not much space left on page, start a new page. - \ifdim\pagetotal>0.8\vsize\vfill\eject\fi - % - % Grab any single-column material above us. - \output = {% - \savetopmark - % - \global\setbox\partialpage = \vbox{% - % Unvbox the main output page. - \unvbox\PAGE - \kern-\topskip \kern\baselineskip - }% - }% - \eject % run that output routine to set \partialpage - % - % Use the double-column output routine for subsequent pages. - \output = {\doublecolumnout}% - % - % Change the page size parameters. We could do this once outside this - % routine, in each of @smallbook, @afourpaper, and the default 8.5x11 - % format, but then we repeat the same computation. Repeating a couple - % of assignments once per index is clearly meaningless for the - % execution time, so we may as well do it in one place. - % - % First we halve the line length, less a little for the gutter between - % the columns. We compute the gutter based on the line length, so it - % changes automatically with the paper format. The magic constant - % below is chosen so that the gutter has the same value (well, +-<1pt) - % as it did when we hard-coded it. - % - % We put the result in a separate register, \doublecolumhsize, so we - % can restore it in \pagesofar, after \hsize itself has (potentially) - % been clobbered. - % - \doublecolumnhsize = \hsize - \advance\doublecolumnhsize by -.04154\hsize - \divide\doublecolumnhsize by 2 - \hsize = \doublecolumnhsize - % - % Get the available space for the double columns -- the normal - % (undoubled) page height minus any material left over from the - % previous page. - \advance\vsize by -\ht\partialpage - \vsize = 2\vsize - % - % For the benefit of balancing columns - \advance\baselineskip by 0pt plus 0.5pt -} - -% The double-column output routine for all double-column pages except -% the last, which is done by \balancecolumns. -% -\def\doublecolumnout{% - % - \savetopmark - \splittopskip=\topskip \splitmaxdepth=\maxdepth - \dimen@ = \vsize - \divide\dimen@ by 2 - % - % box0 will be the left-hand column, box2 the right. - \setbox0=\vsplit\PAGE to\dimen@ \setbox2=\vsplit\PAGE to\dimen@ - \global\advance\vsize by 2\ht\partialpage - \onepageout\pagesofar % empty except for the first time we are called - \unvbox\PAGE - \penalty\outputpenalty -} -% -% Re-output the contents of the output page -- any previous material, -% followed by the two boxes we just split, in box0 and box2. -\def\pagesofar{% - \unvbox\partialpage - % - \hsize = \doublecolumnhsize - \wd0=\hsize \wd2=\hsize - \hbox to\txipagewidth{\box0\hfil\box2}% -} - - -% Finished with double columns. -\def\enddoublecolumns{% - % The following penalty ensures that the page builder is exercised - % _before_ we change the output routine. This is necessary in the - % following situation: - % - % The last section of the index consists only of a single entry. - % Before this section, \pagetotal is less than \pagegoal, so no - % break occurs before the last section starts. However, the last - % section, consisting of \initial and the single \entry, does not - % fit on the page and has to be broken off. Without the following - % penalty the page builder will not be exercised until \eject - % below, and by that time we'll already have changed the output - % routine to the \balancecolumns version, so the next-to-last - % double-column page will be processed with \balancecolumns, which - % is wrong: The two columns will go to the main vertical list, with - % the broken-off section in the recent contributions. As soon as - % the output routine finishes, TeX starts reconsidering the page - % break. The two columns and the broken-off section both fit on the - % page, because the two columns now take up only half of the page - % goal. When TeX sees \eject from below which follows the final - % section, it invokes the new output routine that we've set after - % \balancecolumns below; \onepageout will try to fit the two columns - % and the final section into the vbox of \txipageheight (see - % \pagebody), causing an overfull box. - % - % Note that glue won't work here, because glue does not exercise the - % page builder, unlike penalties (see The TeXbook, pp. 280-281). - \penalty0 - % - \output = {% - % Split the last of the double-column material. - \savetopmark - \balancecolumns - }% - \eject % call the \output just set - \ifdim\pagetotal=0pt - % Having called \balancecolumns once, we do not - % want to call it again. Therefore, reset \output to its normal - % definition right away. - \global\output=\expandafter{\the\defaultoutput} - % - \endgroup % started in \begindoublecolumns - % Leave the double-column material on the current page, no automatic - % page break. - \box\balancedcolumns - % - % \pagegoal was set to the doubled \vsize above, since we restarted - % the current page. We're now back to normal single-column - % typesetting, so reset \pagegoal to the normal \vsize. - \global\vsize = \txipageheight % - \pagegoal = \txipageheight % - \else - % We had some left-over material. This might happen when \doublecolumnout - % is called in \balancecolumns. Try again. - \expandafter\enddoublecolumns - \fi -} -\newbox\balancedcolumns -\setbox\balancedcolumns=\vbox{shouldnt see this}% -% -% Only called for the last of the double column material. \doublecolumnout -% does the others. -\def\balancecolumns{% - \setbox0 = \vbox{\unvbox\PAGE}% like \box255 but more efficient, see p.120. - \dimen@ = \ht0 - \ifdim\dimen@<7\baselineskip - % Don't split a short final column in two. - \setbox2=\vbox{}% - \global\setbox\balancedcolumns=\vbox{\pagesofar}% - \else - % double the leading vertical space - \advance\dimen@ by \topskip - \advance\dimen@ by-\baselineskip - \divide\dimen@ by 2 % target to split to - \dimen@ii = \dimen@ - \splittopskip = \topskip - % Loop until left column is at least as high as the right column. - {% - \vbadness = 10000 - \loop - \global\setbox3 = \copy0 - \global\setbox1 = \vsplit3 to \dimen@ - \ifdim\ht1<\ht3 - \global\advance\dimen@ by 1pt - \repeat - }% - % Now the left column is in box 1, and the right column in box 3. - % - % Check whether the left column has come out higher than the page itself. - % (Note that we have doubled \vsize for the double columns, so - % the actual height of the page is 0.5\vsize). - \ifdim2\ht1>\vsize - % It appears that we have been called upon to balance too much material. - % Output some of it with \doublecolumnout, leaving the rest on the page. - \setbox\PAGE=\box0 - \doublecolumnout - \else - % Compare the heights of the two columns. - \ifdim4\ht1>5\ht3 - % Column heights are too different, so don't make their bottoms - % flush with each other. - \setbox2=\vbox to \ht1 {\unvbox3\vfill}% - \setbox0=\vbox to \ht1 {\unvbox1\vfill}% - \else - % Make column bottoms flush with each other. - \setbox2=\vbox to\ht1{\unvbox3\unskip}% - \setbox0=\vbox to\ht1{\unvbox1\unskip}% - \fi - \global\setbox\balancedcolumns=\vbox{\pagesofar}% - \fi - \fi - % -} -\catcode`\@ = \other - - -\message{sectioning,} -% Chapters, sections, etc. - -% Let's start with @part. -\outer\parseargdef\part{\partzzz{#1}} -\def\partzzz#1{% - \chapoddpage - \null - \vskip.3\vsize % move it down on the page a bit - \begingroup - \noindent \titlefonts\rm #1\par % the text - \let\lastnode=\empty % no node to associate with - \writetocentry{part}{#1}{}% but put it in the toc - \headingsoff % no headline or footline on the part page - % This outputs a mark at the end of the page that clears \thischapter - % and \thissection, as is done in \startcontents. - \let\pchapsepmacro\relax - \chapmacro{}{Yomitfromtoc}{}% - \chapoddpage - \endgroup -} - -% \unnumberedno is an oxymoron. But we count the unnumbered -% sections so that we can refer to them unambiguously in the pdf -% outlines by their "section number". We avoid collisions with chapter -% numbers by starting them at 10000. (If a document ever has 10000 -% chapters, we're in trouble anyway, I'm sure.) -\newcount\unnumberedno \unnumberedno = 10000 -\newcount\chapno -\newcount\secno \secno=0 -\newcount\subsecno \subsecno=0 -\newcount\subsubsecno \subsubsecno=0 - -% This counter is funny since it counts through charcodes of letters A, B, ... -\newcount\appendixno \appendixno = `\@ -% -% \def\appendixletter{\char\the\appendixno} -% We do the following ugly conditional instead of the above simple -% construct for the sake of pdftex, which needs the actual -% letter in the expansion, not just typeset. -% -\def\appendixletter{% - \ifnum\appendixno=`A A% - \else\ifnum\appendixno=`B B% - \else\ifnum\appendixno=`C C% - \else\ifnum\appendixno=`D D% - \else\ifnum\appendixno=`E E% - \else\ifnum\appendixno=`F F% - \else\ifnum\appendixno=`G G% - \else\ifnum\appendixno=`H H% - \else\ifnum\appendixno=`I I% - \else\ifnum\appendixno=`J J% - \else\ifnum\appendixno=`K K% - \else\ifnum\appendixno=`L L% - \else\ifnum\appendixno=`M M% - \else\ifnum\appendixno=`N N% - \else\ifnum\appendixno=`O O% - \else\ifnum\appendixno=`P P% - \else\ifnum\appendixno=`Q Q% - \else\ifnum\appendixno=`R R% - \else\ifnum\appendixno=`S S% - \else\ifnum\appendixno=`T T% - \else\ifnum\appendixno=`U U% - \else\ifnum\appendixno=`V V% - \else\ifnum\appendixno=`W W% - \else\ifnum\appendixno=`X X% - \else\ifnum\appendixno=`Y Y% - \else\ifnum\appendixno=`Z Z% - % The \the is necessary, despite appearances, because \appendixletter is - % expanded while writing the .toc file. \char\appendixno is not - % expandable, thus it is written literally, thus all appendixes come out - % with the same letter (or @) in the toc without it. - \else\char\the\appendixno - \fi\fi\fi\fi\fi\fi\fi\fi\fi\fi\fi\fi\fi - \fi\fi\fi\fi\fi\fi\fi\fi\fi\fi\fi\fi\fi} - -% Each @chapter defines these (using marks) as the number+name, number -% and name of the chapter. Page headings and footings can use -% these. @section does likewise. -\def\thischapter{} -\def\thischapternum{} -\def\thischaptername{} -\def\thissection{} -\def\thissectionnum{} -\def\thissectionname{} - -\newcount\absseclevel % used to calculate proper heading level -\newcount\secbase\secbase=0 % @raisesections/@lowersections modify this count - -% @raisesections: treat @section as chapter, @subsection as section, etc. -\def\raisesections{\global\advance\secbase by -1} - -% @lowersections: treat @chapter as section, @section as subsection, etc. -\def\lowersections{\global\advance\secbase by 1} - -% we only have subsub. -\chardef\maxseclevel = 3 -% -% A numbered section within an unnumbered changes to unnumbered too. -% To achieve this, remember the "biggest" unnum. sec. we are currently in: -\chardef\unnlevel = \maxseclevel -% -% Trace whether the current chapter is an appendix or not: -% \chapheadtype is "N" or "A", unnumbered chapters are ignored. -\def\chapheadtype{N} - -% Choose a heading macro -% #1 is heading type -% #2 is heading level -% #3 is text for heading -\def\genhead#1#2#3{% - % Compute the abs. sec. level: - \absseclevel=#2 - \advance\absseclevel by \secbase - % Make sure \absseclevel doesn't fall outside the range: - \ifnum \absseclevel < 0 - \absseclevel = 0 - \else - \ifnum \absseclevel > 3 - \absseclevel = 3 - \fi - \fi - % The heading type: - \def\headtype{#1}% - \if \headtype U% - \ifnum \absseclevel < \unnlevel - \chardef\unnlevel = \absseclevel - \fi - \else - % Check for appendix sections: - \ifnum \absseclevel = 0 - \edef\chapheadtype{\headtype}% - \else - \if \headtype A\if \chapheadtype N% - \errmessage{@appendix... within a non-appendix chapter}% - \fi\fi - \fi - % Check for numbered within unnumbered: - \ifnum \absseclevel > \unnlevel - \def\headtype{U}% - \else - \chardef\unnlevel = 3 - \fi - \fi - % Now print the heading: - \if \headtype U% - \ifcase\absseclevel - \unnumberedzzz{#3}% - \or \unnumberedseczzz{#3}% - \or \unnumberedsubseczzz{#3}% - \or \unnumberedsubsubseczzz{#3}% - \fi - \else - \if \headtype A% - \ifcase\absseclevel - \appendixzzz{#3}% - \or \appendixsectionzzz{#3}% - \or \appendixsubseczzz{#3}% - \or \appendixsubsubseczzz{#3}% - \fi - \else - \ifcase\absseclevel - \chapterzzz{#3}% - \or \seczzz{#3}% - \or \numberedsubseczzz{#3}% - \or \numberedsubsubseczzz{#3}% - \fi - \fi - \fi - \suppressfirstparagraphindent -} - -% an interface: -\def\numhead{\genhead N} -\def\apphead{\genhead A} -\def\unnmhead{\genhead U} - -% @chapter, @appendix, @unnumbered. Increment top-level counter, reset -% all lower-level sectioning counters to zero. -% -% Also set \chaplevelprefix, which we prepend to @float sequence numbers -% (e.g., figures), q.v. By default (before any chapter), that is empty. -\let\chaplevelprefix = \empty -% -\outer\parseargdef\chapter{\numhead0{#1}} % normally numhead0 calls chapterzzz -\def\chapterzzz#1{% - % section resetting is \global in case the chapter is in a group, such - % as an @include file. - \global\secno=0 \global\subsecno=0 \global\subsubsecno=0 - \global\advance\chapno by 1 - % - % Used for \float. - \gdef\chaplevelprefix{\the\chapno.}% - \resetallfloatnos - % - % \putwordChapter can contain complex things in translations. - \toks0=\expandafter{\putwordChapter}% - \message{\the\toks0 \space \the\chapno}% - % - % Write the actual heading. - \chapmacro{#1}{Ynumbered}{\the\chapno}% - % - % So @section and the like are numbered underneath this chapter. - \global\let\section = \numberedsec - \global\let\subsection = \numberedsubsec - \global\let\subsubsection = \numberedsubsubsec -} - -\outer\parseargdef\appendix{\apphead0{#1}} % normally calls appendixzzz -% -\def\appendixzzz#1{% - \global\secno=0 \global\subsecno=0 \global\subsubsecno=0 - \global\advance\appendixno by 1 - \gdef\chaplevelprefix{\appendixletter.}% - \resetallfloatnos - % - % \putwordAppendix can contain complex things in translations. - \toks0=\expandafter{\putwordAppendix}% - \message{\the\toks0 \space \appendixletter}% - % - \chapmacro{#1}{Yappendix}{\appendixletter}% - % - \global\let\section = \appendixsec - \global\let\subsection = \appendixsubsec - \global\let\subsubsection = \appendixsubsubsec -} - -% normally unnmhead0 calls unnumberedzzz: -\outer\parseargdef\unnumbered{\unnmhead0{#1}} -\def\unnumberedzzz#1{% - \global\secno=0 \global\subsecno=0 \global\subsubsecno=0 - \global\advance\unnumberedno by 1 - % - % Since an unnumbered has no number, no prefix for figures. - \global\let\chaplevelprefix = \empty - \resetallfloatnos - % - % This used to be simply \message{#1}, but TeX fully expands the - % argument to \message. Therefore, if #1 contained @-commands, TeX - % expanded them. For example, in `@unnumbered The @cite{Book}', TeX - % expanded @cite (which turns out to cause errors because \cite is meant - % to be executed, not expanded). - % - % Anyway, we don't want the fully-expanded definition of @cite to appear - % as a result of the \message, we just want `@cite' itself. We use - % \the to achieve this: TeX expands \the only once, - % simply yielding the contents of . (We also do this for - % the toc entries.) - \toks0 = {#1}% - \message{(\the\toks0)}% - % - \chapmacro{#1}{Ynothing}{\the\unnumberedno}% - % - \global\let\section = \unnumberedsec - \global\let\subsection = \unnumberedsubsec - \global\let\subsubsection = \unnumberedsubsubsec -} - -% @centerchap is like @unnumbered, but the heading is centered. -\outer\parseargdef\centerchap{% - \let\centerparametersmaybe = \centerparameters - \unnmhead0{#1}% - \let\centerparametersmaybe = \relax -} - -% @top is like @unnumbered. -\let\top\unnumbered - -% Sections. -% -\outer\parseargdef\numberedsec{\numhead1{#1}} % normally calls seczzz -\def\seczzz#1{% - \global\subsecno=0 \global\subsubsecno=0 \global\advance\secno by 1 - \sectionheading{#1}{sec}{Ynumbered}{\the\chapno.\the\secno}% -} - -% normally calls appendixsectionzzz: -\outer\parseargdef\appendixsection{\apphead1{#1}} -\def\appendixsectionzzz#1{% - \global\subsecno=0 \global\subsubsecno=0 \global\advance\secno by 1 - \sectionheading{#1}{sec}{Yappendix}{\appendixletter.\the\secno}% -} -\let\appendixsec\appendixsection - -% normally calls unnumberedseczzz: -\outer\parseargdef\unnumberedsec{\unnmhead1{#1}} -\def\unnumberedseczzz#1{% - \global\subsecno=0 \global\subsubsecno=0 \global\advance\secno by 1 - \sectionheading{#1}{sec}{Ynothing}{\the\unnumberedno.\the\secno}% -} - -% Subsections. -% -% normally calls numberedsubseczzz: -\outer\parseargdef\numberedsubsec{\numhead2{#1}} -\def\numberedsubseczzz#1{% - \global\subsubsecno=0 \global\advance\subsecno by 1 - \sectionheading{#1}{subsec}{Ynumbered}{\the\chapno.\the\secno.\the\subsecno}% -} - -% normally calls appendixsubseczzz: -\outer\parseargdef\appendixsubsec{\apphead2{#1}} -\def\appendixsubseczzz#1{% - \global\subsubsecno=0 \global\advance\subsecno by 1 - \sectionheading{#1}{subsec}{Yappendix}% - {\appendixletter.\the\secno.\the\subsecno}% -} - -% normally calls unnumberedsubseczzz: -\outer\parseargdef\unnumberedsubsec{\unnmhead2{#1}} -\def\unnumberedsubseczzz#1{% - \global\subsubsecno=0 \global\advance\subsecno by 1 - \sectionheading{#1}{subsec}{Ynothing}% - {\the\unnumberedno.\the\secno.\the\subsecno}% -} - -% Subsubsections. -% -% normally numberedsubsubseczzz: -\outer\parseargdef\numberedsubsubsec{\numhead3{#1}} -\def\numberedsubsubseczzz#1{% - \global\advance\subsubsecno by 1 - \sectionheading{#1}{subsubsec}{Ynumbered}% - {\the\chapno.\the\secno.\the\subsecno.\the\subsubsecno}% -} - -% normally appendixsubsubseczzz: -\outer\parseargdef\appendixsubsubsec{\apphead3{#1}} -\def\appendixsubsubseczzz#1{% - \global\advance\subsubsecno by 1 - \sectionheading{#1}{subsubsec}{Yappendix}% - {\appendixletter.\the\secno.\the\subsecno.\the\subsubsecno}% -} - -% normally unnumberedsubsubseczzz: -\outer\parseargdef\unnumberedsubsubsec{\unnmhead3{#1}} -\def\unnumberedsubsubseczzz#1{% - \global\advance\subsubsecno by 1 - \sectionheading{#1}{subsubsec}{Ynothing}% - {\the\unnumberedno.\the\secno.\the\subsecno.\the\subsubsecno}% -} - -% These macros control what the section commands do, according -% to what kind of chapter we are in (ordinary, appendix, or unnumbered). -% Define them by default for a numbered chapter. -\let\section = \numberedsec -\let\subsection = \numberedsubsec -\let\subsubsection = \numberedsubsubsec - -% Define @majorheading, @heading and @subheading - -\def\majorheading{% - {\advance\chapheadingskip by 10pt \chapbreak }% - \parsearg\chapheadingzzz -} - -\def\chapheading{\chapbreak \parsearg\chapheadingzzz} -\def\chapheadingzzz#1{% - \vbox{\chapfonts \raggedtitlesettings #1\par}% - \nobreak\bigskip \nobreak - \suppressfirstparagraphindent -} - -% @heading, @subheading, @subsubheading. -\parseargdef\heading{\sectionheading{#1}{sec}{Yomitfromtoc}{} - \suppressfirstparagraphindent} -\parseargdef\subheading{\sectionheading{#1}{subsec}{Yomitfromtoc}{} - \suppressfirstparagraphindent} -\parseargdef\subsubheading{\sectionheading{#1}{subsubsec}{Yomitfromtoc}{} - \suppressfirstparagraphindent} - -% These macros generate a chapter, section, etc. heading only -% (including whitespace, linebreaking, etc. around it), -% given all the information in convenient, parsed form. - -% Args are the skip and penalty (usually negative) -\def\dobreak#1#2{\par\ifdim\lastskip<#1\removelastskip\penalty#2\vskip#1\fi} - -% Parameter controlling skip before chapter headings (if needed) -\newskip\chapheadingskip - -% Define plain chapter starts, and page on/off switching for it. -\def\chapbreak{\dobreak \chapheadingskip {-4000}} - -% Start a new page -\def\chappager{\par\vfill\supereject} - -% \chapoddpage - start on an odd page for a new chapter -% Because \domark is called before \chapoddpage, the filler page will -% get the headings for the next chapter, which is wrong. But we don't -% care -- we just disable all headings on the filler page. -\def\chapoddpage{% - \chappager - \ifodd\pageno \else - \begingroup - \headingsoff - \null - \chappager - \endgroup - \fi -} - -\parseargdef\setchapternewpage{\csname CHAPPAG#1\endcsname} - -\def\CHAPPAGoff{% -\global\let\contentsalignmacro = \chappager -\global\let\pchapsepmacro=\chapbreak -\global\def\HEADINGSon{\HEADINGSsinglechapoff}} - -\def\CHAPPAGon{% -\global\let\contentsalignmacro = \chappager -\global\let\pchapsepmacro=\chappager -\global\def\HEADINGSon{\HEADINGSsingle}} - -\def\CHAPPAGodd{% -\global\let\contentsalignmacro = \chapoddpage -\global\let\pchapsepmacro=\chapoddpage -\global\def\HEADINGSon{\HEADINGSdouble}} - -\CHAPPAGon - -% \chapmacro - Chapter opening. -% -% #1 is the text, #2 is the section type (Ynumbered, Ynothing, -% Yappendix, Yomitfromtoc), #3 the chapter number. -% Not used for @heading series. -% -% To test against our argument. -\def\Ynothingkeyword{Ynothing} -\def\Yappendixkeyword{Yappendix} -\def\Yomitfromtockeyword{Yomitfromtoc} -% -\def\chapmacro#1#2#3{% - \expandafter\ifx\thisenv\titlepage\else - \checkenv{}% chapters, etc., should not start inside an environment. - \fi - % Insert the first mark before the heading break (see notes for \domark). - \let\prevchapterdefs=\currentchapterdefs - \let\prevsectiondefs=\currentsectiondefs - \gdef\currentsectiondefs{\gdef\thissectionname{}\gdef\thissectionnum{}% - \gdef\thissection{}}% - % - \def\temptype{#2}% - \ifx\temptype\Ynothingkeyword - \gdef\currentchapterdefs{\gdef\thischaptername{#1}\gdef\thischapternum{}% - \gdef\thischapter{\thischaptername}}% - \else\ifx\temptype\Yomitfromtockeyword - \gdef\currentchapterdefs{\gdef\thischaptername{#1}\gdef\thischapternum{}% - \gdef\thischapter{}}% - \else\ifx\temptype\Yappendixkeyword - \toks0={#1}% - \xdef\currentchapterdefs{% - \gdef\noexpand\thischaptername{\the\toks0}% - \gdef\noexpand\thischapternum{\appendixletter}% - % \noexpand\putwordAppendix avoids expanding indigestible - % commands in some of the translations. - \gdef\noexpand\thischapter{\noexpand\putwordAppendix{} - \noexpand\thischapternum: - \noexpand\thischaptername}% - }% - \else - \toks0={#1}% - \xdef\currentchapterdefs{% - \gdef\noexpand\thischaptername{\the\toks0}% - \gdef\noexpand\thischapternum{\the\chapno}% - % \noexpand\putwordChapter avoids expanding indigestible - % commands in some of the translations. - \gdef\noexpand\thischapter{\noexpand\putwordChapterPre{} - \noexpand\thischapternum - \noexpand\putwordChapterSuf{}: - \noexpand\thischaptername}% - }% - \fi\fi\fi - % - % Output the mark. Pass it through \safewhatsit, to take care of - % the preceding space. - \safewhatsit\domark - % - % Insert the chapter heading break. - \pchapsepmacro - % - % Now the second mark, after the heading break. No break points - % between here and the heading. - \let\prevchapterdefs=\currentchapterdefs - \let\prevsectiondefs=\currentsectiondefs - \domark - % - {% - \chapfonts \rm - \let\footnote=\errfootnoteheading % give better error message - % - % Have to define \currentsection before calling \donoderef, because the - % xref code eventually uses it. On the other hand, it has to be called - % after \pchapsepmacro, or the headline will change too soon. - \gdef\currentsection{#1}% - % - % Only insert the separating space if we have a chapter/appendix - % number, and don't print the unnumbered ``number''. - \ifx\temptype\Ynothingkeyword - \setbox0 = \hbox{}% - \def\toctype{unnchap}% - \else\ifx\temptype\Yomitfromtockeyword - \setbox0 = \hbox{}% contents like unnumbered, but no toc entry - \def\toctype{omit}% - \else\ifx\temptype\Yappendixkeyword - \setbox0 = \hbox{\putwordAppendix{} #3\enspace}% - \def\toctype{app}% - \else - \setbox0 = \hbox{#3\enspace}% - \def\toctype{numchap}% - \fi\fi\fi - % - % Write the toc entry for this chapter. Must come before the - % \donoderef, because we include the current node name in the toc - % entry, and \donoderef resets it to empty. - \writetocentry{\toctype}{#1}{#3}% - % - % For pdftex, we have to write out the node definition (aka, make - % the pdfdest) after any page break, but before the actual text has - % been typeset. If the destination for the pdf outline is after the - % text, then jumping from the outline may wind up with the text not - % being visible, for instance under high magnification. - \donoderef{#2}% - % - % Typeset the actual heading. - \nobreak % Avoid page breaks at the interline glue. - \vbox{\raggedtitlesettings \hangindent=\wd0 \centerparametersmaybe - \unhbox0 #1\par}% - }% - \nobreak\bigskip % no page break after a chapter title - \nobreak -} - -% @centerchap -- centered and unnumbered. -\let\centerparametersmaybe = \relax -\def\centerparameters{% - \advance\rightskip by 3\rightskip - \leftskip = \rightskip - \parfillskip = 0pt -} - - -% Section titles. These macros combine the section number parts and -% call the generic \sectionheading to do the printing. -% -\newskip\secheadingskip -\def\secheadingbreak{\dobreak \secheadingskip{-1000}} - -% Subsection titles. -\newskip\subsecheadingskip -\def\subsecheadingbreak{\dobreak \subsecheadingskip{-500}} - -% Subsubsection titles. -\def\subsubsecheadingskip{\subsecheadingskip} -\def\subsubsecheadingbreak{\subsecheadingbreak} - - -% Print any size, any type, section title. -% -% #1 is the text of the title, -% #2 is the section level (sec/subsec/subsubsec), -% #3 is the section type (Ynumbered, Ynothing, Yappendix, Yomitfromtoc), -% #4 is the section number. -% -\def\seckeyword{sec} -% -\def\sectionheading#1#2#3#4{% - {% - \def\sectionlevel{#2}% - \def\temptype{#3}% - % - % It is ok for the @heading series commands to appear inside an - % environment (it's been historically allowed, though the logic is - % dubious), but not the others. - \ifx\temptype\Yomitfromtockeyword\else - \checkenv{}% non-@*heading should not be in an environment. - \fi - \let\footnote=\errfootnoteheading - % - % Switch to the right set of fonts. - \csname #2fonts\endcsname \rm - % - % Insert first mark before the heading break (see notes for \domark). - \let\prevsectiondefs=\currentsectiondefs - \ifx\temptype\Ynothingkeyword - \ifx\sectionlevel\seckeyword - \gdef\currentsectiondefs{\gdef\thissectionname{#1}\gdef\thissectionnum{}% - \gdef\thissection{\thissectionname}}% - \fi - \else\ifx\temptype\Yomitfromtockeyword - % Don't redefine \thissection. - \else\ifx\temptype\Yappendixkeyword - \ifx\sectionlevel\seckeyword - \toks0={#1}% - \xdef\currentsectiondefs{% - \gdef\noexpand\thissectionname{\the\toks0}% - \gdef\noexpand\thissectionnum{#4}% - % \noexpand\putwordSection avoids expanding indigestible - % commands in some of the translations. - \gdef\noexpand\thissection{\noexpand\putwordSection{} - \noexpand\thissectionnum: - \noexpand\thissectionname}% - }% - \fi - \else - \ifx\sectionlevel\seckeyword - \toks0={#1}% - \xdef\currentsectiondefs{% - \gdef\noexpand\thissectionname{\the\toks0}% - \gdef\noexpand\thissectionnum{#4}% - % \noexpand\putwordSection avoids expanding indigestible - % commands in some of the translations. - \gdef\noexpand\thissection{\noexpand\putwordSection{} - \noexpand\thissectionnum: - \noexpand\thissectionname}% - }% - \fi - \fi\fi\fi - % - % Go into vertical mode. Usually we'll already be there, but we - % don't want the following whatsit to end up in a preceding paragraph - % if the document didn't happen to have a blank line. - \par - % - % Output the mark. Pass it through \safewhatsit, to take care of - % the preceding space. - \safewhatsit\domark - % - % Insert space above the heading. - \csname #2headingbreak\endcsname - % - % Now the second mark, after the heading break. No break points - % between here and the heading. - \global\let\prevsectiondefs=\currentsectiondefs - \domark - % - % Only insert the space after the number if we have a section number. - \ifx\temptype\Ynothingkeyword - \setbox0 = \hbox{}% - \def\toctype{unn}% - \gdef\currentsection{#1}% - \else\ifx\temptype\Yomitfromtockeyword - % for @headings -- no section number, don't include in toc, - % and don't redefine \currentsection. - \setbox0 = \hbox{}% - \def\toctype{omit}% - \let\sectionlevel=\empty - \else\ifx\temptype\Yappendixkeyword - \setbox0 = \hbox{#4\enspace}% - \def\toctype{app}% - \gdef\currentsection{#1}% - \else - \setbox0 = \hbox{#4\enspace}% - \def\toctype{num}% - \gdef\currentsection{#1}% - \fi\fi\fi - % - % Write the toc entry (before \donoderef). See comments in \chapmacro. - \writetocentry{\toctype\sectionlevel}{#1}{#4}% - % - % Write the node reference (= pdf destination for pdftex). - % Again, see comments in \chapmacro. - \donoderef{#3}% - % - % Interline glue will be inserted when the vbox is completed. - % That glue will be a valid breakpoint for the page, since it'll be - % preceded by a whatsit (usually from the \donoderef, or from the - % \writetocentry if there was no node). We don't want to allow that - % break, since then the whatsits could end up on page n while the - % section is on page n+1, thus toc/etc. are wrong. Debian bug 276000. - \nobreak - % - % Output the actual section heading. - \vbox{\hyphenpenalty=10000 \tolerance=5000 \parindent=0pt \ptexraggedright - \hangindent=\wd0 % zero if no section number - \unhbox0 #1}% - }% - % Add extra space after the heading -- half of whatever came above it. - % Don't allow stretch, though. - \kern .5 \csname #2headingskip\endcsname - % - % Do not let the kern be a potential breakpoint, as it would be if it - % was followed by glue. - \nobreak - % - % We'll almost certainly start a paragraph next, so don't let that - % glue accumulate. (Not a breakpoint because it's preceded by a - % discardable item.) However, when a paragraph is not started next - % (\startdefun, \cartouche, \center, etc.), this needs to be wiped out - % or the negative glue will cause weirdly wrong output, typically - % obscuring the section heading with something else. - \vskip-\parskip - % - % This is so the last item on the main vertical list is a known - % \penalty > 10000, so \startdefun, etc., can recognize the situation - % and do the needful. - \penalty 10001 -} - - -\message{toc,} -% Table of contents. -\newwrite\tocfile - -% Write an entry to the toc file, opening it if necessary. -% Called from @chapter, etc. -% -% Example usage: \writetocentry{sec}{Section Name}{\the\chapno.\the\secno} -% We append the current node name (if any) and page number as additional -% arguments for the \{chap,sec,...}entry macros which will eventually -% read this. The node name is used in the pdf outlines as the -% destination to jump to. -% -% We open the .toc file for writing here instead of at @setfilename (or -% any other fixed time) so that @contents can be anywhere in the document. -% But if #1 is `omit', then we don't do anything. This is used for the -% table of contents chapter openings themselves. -% -\newif\iftocfileopened -\def\omitkeyword{omit}% -% -\def\writetocentry#1#2#3{% - \edef\writetoctype{#1}% - \ifx\writetoctype\omitkeyword \else - \iftocfileopened\else - \immediate\openout\tocfile = \jobname.toc - \global\tocfileopenedtrue - \fi - % - \iflinks - {\atdummies - \edef\temp{% - \write\tocfile{@#1entry{#2}{#3}{\lastnode}{\noexpand\folio}}}% - \temp - }% - \fi - \fi - % - % Tell \shipout to create a pdf destination on each page, if we're - % writing pdf. These are used in the table of contents. We can't - % just write one on every page because the title pages are numbered - % 1 and 2 (the page numbers aren't printed), and so are the first - % two pages of the document. Thus, we'd have two destinations named - % `1', and two named `2'. - \ifpdforxetex - \global\pdfmakepagedesttrue - \fi -} - - -% These characters do not print properly in the Computer Modern roman -% fonts, so we must take special care. This is more or less redundant -% with the Texinfo input format setup at the end of this file. -% -\def\activecatcodes{% - \catcode`\"=\active - \catcode`\$=\active - \catcode`\<=\active - \catcode`\>=\active - \catcode`\\=\active - \catcode`\^=\active - \catcode`\_=\active - \catcode`\|=\active - \catcode`\~=\active -} - - -% Read the toc file, which is essentially Texinfo input. -\def\readtocfile{% - \setupdatafile - \activecatcodes - \input \tocreadfilename -} - -\newskip\contentsrightmargin \contentsrightmargin=1in -\newcount\savepageno -\newcount\lastnegativepageno \lastnegativepageno = -1 - -% Prepare to read what we've written to \tocfile. -% -\def\startcontents#1{% - % If @setchapternewpage on, and @headings double, the contents should - % start on an odd page, unlike chapters. - \contentsalignmacro - \immediate\closeout\tocfile - % - % Don't need to put `Contents' or `Short Contents' in the headline. - % It is abundantly clear what they are. - \chapmacro{#1}{Yomitfromtoc}{}% - % - \savepageno = \pageno - \begingroup % Set up to handle contents files properly. - \raggedbottom % Worry more about breakpoints than the bottom. - \entryrightmargin=\contentsrightmargin % Don't use the full line length. - % - % Roman numerals for page numbers. - \ifnum \pageno>0 \global\pageno = \lastnegativepageno \fi - \def\thistitle{}% no title in double-sided headings - % Record where the Roman numerals started. - \ifnum\romancount=0 \global\romancount=\pagecount \fi -} - -% redefined for the two-volume lispref. We always output on -% \jobname.toc even if this is redefined. -% -\def\tocreadfilename{\jobname.toc} - -% Normal (long) toc. -% -\def\contents{% - \startcontents{\putwordTOC}% - \openin 1 \tocreadfilename\space - \ifeof 1 \else - \readtocfile - \fi - \vfill \eject - \contentsalignmacro % in case @setchapternewpage odd is in effect - \ifeof 1 \else - \pdfmakeoutlines - \fi - \closein 1 - \endgroup - \contentsendroman -} - -% And just the chapters. -\def\summarycontents{% - \startcontents{\putwordShortTOC}% - % - \let\partentry = \shortpartentry - \let\numchapentry = \shortchapentry - \let\appentry = \shortchapentry - \let\unnchapentry = \shortunnchapentry - % We want a true roman here for the page numbers. - \secfonts - \let\rm=\shortcontrm \let\bf=\shortcontbf - \let\sl=\shortcontsl \let\tt=\shortconttt - \rm - \hyphenpenalty = 10000 - \advance\baselineskip by 1pt % Open it up a little. - \def\numsecentry##1##2##3##4{} - \let\appsecentry = \numsecentry - \let\unnsecentry = \numsecentry - \let\numsubsecentry = \numsecentry - \let\appsubsecentry = \numsecentry - \let\unnsubsecentry = \numsecentry - \let\numsubsubsecentry = \numsecentry - \let\appsubsubsecentry = \numsecentry - \let\unnsubsubsecentry = \numsecentry - \openin 1 \tocreadfilename\space - \ifeof 1 \else - \readtocfile - \fi - \closein 1 - \vfill \eject - \contentsalignmacro % in case @setchapternewpage odd is in effect - \endgroup - \contentsendroman -} -\let\shortcontents = \summarycontents - -% Get ready to use Arabic numerals again -\def\contentsendroman{% - \lastnegativepageno = \pageno - \global\pageno = \savepageno - % - % If \romancount > \arabiccount, the contents are at the end of the - % document. Otherwise, advance where the Arabic numerals start for - % the page numbers. - \ifnum\romancount>\arabiccount\else\global\arabiccount=\pagecount\fi -} - -% Typeset the label for a chapter or appendix for the short contents. -% The arg is, e.g., `A' for an appendix, or `3' for a chapter. -% -\def\shortchaplabel#1{% - % This space should be enough, since a single number is .5em, and the - % widest letter (M) is 1em, at least in the Computer Modern fonts. - % But use \hss just in case. - % (This space doesn't include the extra space that gets added after - % the label; that gets put in by \shortchapentry above.) - % - % We'd like to right-justify chapter numbers, but that looks strange - % with appendix letters. And right-justifying numbers and - % left-justifying letters looks strange when there is less than 10 - % chapters. Have to read the whole toc once to know how many chapters - % there are before deciding ... - \hbox to 1em{#1\hss}% -} - -% These macros generate individual entries in the table of contents. -% The first argument is the chapter or section name. -% The last argument is the page number. -% The arguments in between are the chapter number, section number, ... - -% Parts, in the main contents. Replace the part number, which doesn't -% exist, with an empty box. Let's hope all the numbers have the same width. -% Also ignore the page number, which is conventionally not printed. -\def\numeralbox{\setbox0=\hbox{8}\hbox to \wd0{\hfil}} -\def\partentry#1#2#3#4{% - % Add stretch and a bonus for breaking the page before the part heading. - % This reduces the chance of the page being broken immediately after the - % part heading, before a following chapter heading. - \vskip 0pt plus 5\baselineskip - \penalty-300 - \vskip 0pt plus -5\baselineskip - \dochapentry{\numeralbox\labelspace#1}{}% -} -% -% Parts, in the short toc. -\def\shortpartentry#1#2#3#4{% - \penalty-300 - \vskip.5\baselineskip plus.15\baselineskip minus.1\baselineskip - \shortchapentry{{\bf #1}}{\numeralbox}{}{}% -} - -% Chapters, in the main contents. -\def\numchapentry#1#2#3#4{\dochapentry{#2\labelspace#1}{#4}} - -% Chapters, in the short toc. -% See comments in \dochapentry re vbox and related settings. -\def\shortchapentry#1#2#3#4{% - \tocentry{\shortchaplabel{#2}\labelspace #1}{\doshortpageno\bgroup#4\egroup}% -} - -% Appendices, in the main contents. -% Need the word Appendix, and a fixed-size box. -% -\def\appendixbox#1{% - % We use M since it's probably the widest letter. - \setbox0 = \hbox{\putwordAppendix{} M}% - \hbox to \wd0{\putwordAppendix{} #1\hss}} -% -\def\appentry#1#2#3#4{\dochapentry{\appendixbox{#2}\hskip.7em#1}{#4}} - -% Unnumbered chapters. -\def\unnchapentry#1#2#3#4{\dochapentry{#1}{#4}} -\def\shortunnchapentry#1#2#3#4{\tocentry{#1}{\doshortpageno\bgroup#4\egroup}} - -% Sections. -\def\numsecentry#1#2#3#4{\dosecentry{#2\labelspace#1}{#4}} -\let\appsecentry=\numsecentry -\def\unnsecentry#1#2#3#4{\dosecentry{#1}{#4}} - -% Subsections. -\def\numsubsecentry#1#2#3#4{\dosubsecentry{#2\labelspace#1}{#4}} -\let\appsubsecentry=\numsubsecentry -\def\unnsubsecentry#1#2#3#4{\dosubsecentry{#1}{#4}} - -% And subsubsections. -\def\numsubsubsecentry#1#2#3#4{\dosubsubsecentry{#2\labelspace#1}{#4}} -\let\appsubsubsecentry=\numsubsubsecentry -\def\unnsubsubsecentry#1#2#3#4{\dosubsubsecentry{#1}{#4}} - -% This parameter controls the indentation of the various levels. -% Same as \defaultparindent. -\newdimen\tocindent \tocindent = 15pt - -% Now for the actual typesetting. In all these, #1 is the text and #2 is the -% page number. -% -% If the toc has to be broken over pages, we want it to be at chapters -% if at all possible; hence the \penalty. -\def\dochapentry#1#2{% - \penalty-300 \vskip1\baselineskip plus.33\baselineskip minus.25\baselineskip - \begingroup - % Move the page numbers slightly to the right - \advance\entryrightmargin by -0.05em - \chapentryfonts - \tocentry{#1}{\dopageno\bgroup#2\egroup}% - \endgroup - \nobreak\vskip .25\baselineskip plus.1\baselineskip -} - -\def\dosecentry#1#2{\begingroup - \secentryfonts \leftskip=\tocindent - \tocentry{#1}{\dopageno\bgroup#2\egroup}% -\endgroup} - -\def\dosubsecentry#1#2{\begingroup - \subsecentryfonts \leftskip=2\tocindent - \tocentry{#1}{\dopageno\bgroup#2\egroup}% -\endgroup} - -\def\dosubsubsecentry#1#2{\begingroup - \subsubsecentryfonts \leftskip=3\tocindent - \tocentry{#1}{\dopageno\bgroup#2\egroup}% -\endgroup} - -% We use the same \entry macro as for the index entries. -\let\tocentry = \entry - -% Space between chapter (or whatever) number and the title. -\def\labelspace{\hskip1em \relax} - -\def\dopageno#1{{\rm #1}} -\def\doshortpageno#1{{\rm #1}} - -\def\chapentryfonts{\secfonts \rm} -\def\secentryfonts{\textfonts} -\def\subsecentryfonts{\textfonts} -\def\subsubsecentryfonts{\textfonts} - - -\message{environments,} -% @foo ... @end foo. - -% @tex ... @end tex escapes into raw TeX temporarily. -% One exception: @ is still an escape character, so that @end tex works. -% But \@ or @@ will get a plain @ character. - -\envdef\tex{% - \setregularquotes - \catcode `\\=0 \catcode `\{=1 \catcode `\}=2 - \catcode `\$=3 \catcode `\&=4 \catcode `\#=6 - \catcode `\^=7 \catcode `\_=8 \catcode `\~=\active \let~=\tie - \catcode `\%=14 - \catcode `\+=\other - \catcode `\"=\other - \catcode `\|=\other - \catcode `\<=\other - \catcode `\>=\other - \catcode `\`=\other - \catcode `\'=\other - % - % ' is active in math mode (mathcode"8000). So reset it, and all our - % other math active characters (just in case), to plain's definitions. - \mathactive - % - % Inverse of the list at the beginning of the file. - \let\b=\ptexb - \let\bullet=\ptexbullet - \let\c=\ptexc - \let\,=\ptexcomma - \let\.=\ptexdot - \let\dots=\ptexdots - \let\equiv=\ptexequiv - \let\!=\ptexexclam - \let\i=\ptexi - \let\indent=\ptexindent - \let\noindent=\ptexnoindent - \let\{=\ptexlbrace - \let\+=\tabalign - \let\}=\ptexrbrace - \let\/=\ptexslash - \let\sp=\ptexsp - \let\*=\ptexstar - %\let\sup=\ptexsup % do not redefine, we want @sup to work in math mode - \let\t=\ptext - \expandafter \let\csname top\endcsname=\ptextop % we've made it outer - \let\frenchspacing=\plainfrenchspacing - % - \def\endldots{\mathinner{\ldots\ldots\ldots\ldots}}% - \def\enddots{\relax\ifmmode\endldots\else$\mathsurround=0pt \endldots\,$\fi}% - \def\@{@}% -} -% There is no need to define \Etex. - -% Define @lisp ... @end lisp. -% @lisp environment forms a group so it can rebind things, -% including the definition of @end lisp (which normally is erroneous). - -% Amount to narrow the margins by for @lisp. -\newskip\lispnarrowing \lispnarrowing=0.4in - -% This is the definition that ^^M gets inside @lisp, @example, and other -% such environments. \null is better than a space, since it doesn't -% have any width. -\def\lisppar{\null\endgraf} - -% This space is always present above and below environments. -\newskip\envskipamount \envskipamount = 0pt - -% Make spacing and below environment symmetrical. We use \parskip here -% to help in doing that, since in @example-like environments \parskip -% is reset to zero; thus the \afterenvbreak inserts no space -- but the -% start of the next paragraph will insert \parskip. -% -\def\aboveenvbreak{{% - % =10000 instead of <10000 because of a special case in \itemzzz and - % \sectionheading, q.v. - \ifnum \lastpenalty=10000 \else - \advance\envskipamount by \parskip - \endgraf - \ifdim\lastskip<\envskipamount - \removelastskip - \ifnum\lastpenalty<10000 - % Penalize breaking before the environment, because preceding text - % often leads into it. - \penalty100 - \fi - \vskip\envskipamount - \fi - \fi -}} - -\def\afterenvbreak{{% - % =10000 instead of <10000 because of a special case in \itemzzz and - % \sectionheading, q.v. - \ifnum \lastpenalty=10000 \else - \advance\envskipamount by \parskip - \endgraf - \ifdim\lastskip<\envskipamount - \removelastskip - % it's not a good place to break if the last penalty was \nobreak - % or better ... - \ifnum\lastpenalty<10000 \penalty-50 \fi - \vskip\envskipamount - \fi - \fi -}} - -% \nonarrowing is a flag. If "set", @lisp etc don't narrow margins; it will -% also clear it, so that its embedded environments do the narrowing again. -\let\nonarrowing=\relax - -% @cartouche ... @end cartouche: draw rectangle w/rounded corners around -% environment contents. - -% -\def\ctl{{\circle\char'013\hskip -6pt}}% 6pt from pl file: 1/2charwidth -\def\ctr{{\hskip 6pt\circle\char'010}} -\def\cbl{{\circle\char'012\hskip -6pt}} -\def\cbr{{\hskip 6pt\circle\char'011}} -\def\carttop{\hbox to \cartouter{\hskip\lskip - \ctl\leaders\hrule height\circthick\hfil\ctr - \hskip\rskip}} -\def\cartbot{\hbox to \cartouter{\hskip\lskip - \cbl\leaders\hrule height\circthick\hfil\cbr - \hskip\rskip}} -% -\newskip\lskip\newskip\rskip - -% only require the font if @cartouche is actually used -\def\cartouchefontdefs{% - \font\circle=lcircle10\relax - \circthick=\fontdimen8\circle -} -\newdimen\circthick -\newdimen\cartouter\newdimen\cartinner -\newskip\normbskip\newskip\normpskip\newskip\normlskip - - -\envdef\cartouche{% - \cartouchefontdefs - \ifhmode\par\fi % can't be in the midst of a paragraph. - \startsavinginserts - \lskip=\leftskip \rskip=\rightskip - \leftskip=0pt\rightskip=0pt % we want these *outside*. - \cartinner=\hsize \advance\cartinner by-\lskip - \advance\cartinner by-\rskip - \cartouter=\hsize - \advance\cartouter by 18.4pt % allow for 3pt kerns on either - % side, and for 6pt waste from - % each corner char, and rule thickness - \normbskip=\baselineskip \normpskip=\parskip \normlskip=\lineskip - % - % If this cartouche directly follows a sectioning command, we need the - % \parskip glue (backspaced over by default) or the cartouche can - % collide with the section heading. - \ifnum\lastpenalty>10000 \vskip\parskip \penalty\lastpenalty \fi - % - \setbox\groupbox=\vbox\bgroup - \baselineskip=0pt\parskip=0pt\lineskip=0pt - \carttop - \hbox\bgroup - \hskip\lskip - \vrule\kern3pt - \vbox\bgroup - \kern3pt - \hsize=\cartinner - \baselineskip=\normbskip - \lineskip=\normlskip - \parskip=\normpskip - \vskip -\parskip - \comment % For explanation, see the end of def\group. -} -\def\Ecartouche{% - \ifhmode\par\fi - \kern3pt - \egroup - \kern3pt\vrule - \hskip\rskip - \egroup - \cartbot - \egroup - \addgroupbox - \checkinserts -} - - -% This macro is called at the beginning of all the @example variants, -% inside a group. -\newdimen\nonfillparindent -\def\nonfillstart{% - \aboveenvbreak - \ifdim\hfuzz < 12pt \hfuzz = 12pt \fi % Don't be fussy - \sepspaces % Make spaces be word-separators rather than space tokens. - \let\par = \lisppar % don't ignore blank lines - \obeylines % each line of input is a line of output - \parskip = 0pt - % Turn off paragraph indentation but redefine \indent to emulate - % the normal \indent. - \nonfillparindent=\parindent - \parindent = 0pt - \let\indent\nonfillindent - % - \emergencystretch = 0pt % don't try to avoid overfull boxes - \ifx\nonarrowing\relax - \advance \leftskip by \lispnarrowing - \exdentamount=\lispnarrowing - \else - \let\nonarrowing = \relax - \fi - \let\exdent=\nofillexdent -} - -\begingroup -\obeyspaces -% We want to swallow spaces (but not other tokens) after the fake -% @indent in our nonfill-environments, where spaces are normally -% active and set to @tie, resulting in them not being ignored after -% @indent. -\gdef\nonfillindent{\futurelet\temp\nonfillindentcheck}% -\gdef\nonfillindentcheck{% -\ifx\temp % -\expandafter\nonfillindentgobble% -\else% -\leavevmode\nonfillindentbox% -\fi% -}% -\endgroup -\def\nonfillindentgobble#1{\nonfillindent} -\def\nonfillindentbox{\hbox to \nonfillparindent{\hss}} - -% If you want all examples etc. small: @set dispenvsize small. -% If you want even small examples the full size: @set dispenvsize nosmall. -% This affects the following displayed environments: -% @example, @display, @format, @lisp, @verbatim -% -\def\smallword{small} -\def\nosmallword{nosmall} -\let\SETdispenvsize\relax -\def\setnormaldispenv{% - \ifx\SETdispenvsize\smallword - % end paragraph for sake of leading, in case document has no blank - % line. This is redundant with what happens in \aboveenvbreak, but - % we need to do it before changing the fonts, and it's inconvenient - % to change the fonts afterward. - \ifnum \lastpenalty=10000 \else \endgraf \fi - \smallexamplefonts \rm - \fi -} -\def\setsmalldispenv{% - \ifx\SETdispenvsize\nosmallword - \else - \ifnum \lastpenalty=10000 \else \endgraf \fi - \smallexamplefonts \rm - \fi -} - -% We often define two environments, @foo and @smallfoo. -% Let's do it in one command. #1 is the env name, #2 the definition. -\def\makedispenvdef#1#2{% - \expandafter\envdef\csname#1\endcsname {\setnormaldispenv #2}% - \expandafter\envdef\csname small#1\endcsname {\setsmalldispenv #2}% - \expandafter\let\csname E#1\endcsname \afterenvbreak - \expandafter\let\csname Esmall#1\endcsname \afterenvbreak -} - -% Define two environment synonyms (#1 and #2) for an environment. -\def\maketwodispenvdef#1#2#3{% - \makedispenvdef{#1}{#3}% - \makedispenvdef{#2}{#3}% -} -% -% @lisp: indented, narrowed, typewriter font; -% @example: same as @lisp. -% -% @smallexample and @smalllisp: use smaller fonts. -% Originally contributed by Pavel@xerox. -% -\maketwodispenvdef{lisp}{example}{% - \nonfillstart - \tt\setcodequotes - \let\kbdfont = \kbdexamplefont % Allow @kbd to do something special. - \parsearg\gobble -} -% @display/@smalldisplay: same as @lisp except keep current font. -% -\makedispenvdef{display}{% - \nonfillstart - \gobble -} - -% @format/@smallformat: same as @display except don't narrow margins. -% -\makedispenvdef{format}{% - \let\nonarrowing = t% - \nonfillstart - \gobble -} - -% @flushleft: same as @format, but doesn't obey \SETdispenvsize. -\envdef\flushleft{% - \let\nonarrowing = t% - \nonfillstart - \gobble -} -\let\Eflushleft = \afterenvbreak - -% @flushright. -% -\envdef\flushright{% - \let\nonarrowing = t% - \nonfillstart - \advance\leftskip by 0pt plus 1fill\relax - \gobble -} -\let\Eflushright = \afterenvbreak - - -% @raggedright does more-or-less normal line breaking but no right -% justification. From plain.tex. -\envdef\raggedright{% - \rightskip0pt plus2.4em \spaceskip.3333em \xspaceskip.5em\relax -} -\let\Eraggedright\par - -\envdef\raggedleft{% - \parindent=0pt \leftskip0pt plus2em - \spaceskip.3333em \xspaceskip.5em \parfillskip=0pt - \hbadness=10000 % Last line will usually be underfull, so turn off - % badness reporting. -} -\let\Eraggedleft\par - -\envdef\raggedcenter{% - \parindent=0pt \rightskip0pt plus1em \leftskip0pt plus1em - \spaceskip.3333em \xspaceskip.5em \parfillskip=0pt - \hbadness=10000 % Last line will usually be underfull, so turn off - % badness reporting. -} -\let\Eraggedcenter\par - - -% @quotation does normal linebreaking (hence we can't use \nonfillstart) -% and narrows the margins. We keep \parskip nonzero in general, since -% we're doing normal filling. So, when using \aboveenvbreak and -% \afterenvbreak, temporarily make \parskip 0. -% -\makedispenvdef{quotation}{\quotationstart} -% -\def\quotationstart{% - \indentedblockstart % same as \indentedblock, but increase right margin too. - \ifx\nonarrowing\relax - \advance\rightskip by \lispnarrowing - \fi - \parsearg\quotationlabel -} - -% We have retained a nonzero parskip for the environment, since we're -% doing normal filling. -% -\def\Equotation{% - \par - \ifx\quotationauthor\thisisundefined\else - % indent a bit. - \leftline{\kern 2\leftskip \sl ---\quotationauthor}% - \fi - {\parskip=0pt \afterenvbreak}% -} -\def\Esmallquotation{\Equotation} - -% If we're given an argument, typeset it in bold with a colon after. -\def\quotationlabel#1{% - \def\temp{#1}% - \ifx\temp\empty \else - {\bf #1: }% - \fi -} - -% @indentedblock is like @quotation, but indents only on the left and -% has no optional argument. -% -\makedispenvdef{indentedblock}{\indentedblockstart} -% -\def\indentedblockstart{% - {\parskip=0pt \aboveenvbreak}% because \aboveenvbreak inserts \parskip - \parindent=0pt - % - % @cartouche defines \nonarrowing to inhibit narrowing at next level down. - \ifx\nonarrowing\relax - \advance\leftskip by \lispnarrowing - \exdentamount = \lispnarrowing - \else - \let\nonarrowing = \relax - \fi -} - -% Keep a nonzero parskip for the environment, since we're doing normal filling. -% -\def\Eindentedblock{% - \par - {\parskip=0pt \afterenvbreak}% -} -\def\Esmallindentedblock{\Eindentedblock} - - -% LaTeX-like @verbatim...@end verbatim and @verb{...} -% If we want to allow any as delimiter, -% we need the curly braces so that makeinfo sees the @verb command, eg: -% `@verbx...x' would look like the '@verbx' command. --janneke@gnu.org -% -% [Knuth]: Donald Ervin Knuth, 1996. The TeXbook. -% -% [Knuth] p.344; only we need to do the other characters Texinfo sets -% active too. Otherwise, they get lost as the first character on a -% verbatim line. -\def\dospecials{% - \do\ \do\\\do\{\do\}\do\$\do\&% - \do\#\do\^\do\^^K\do\_\do\^^A\do\%\do\~% - \do\<\do\>\do\|\do\@\do+\do\"% - % Don't do the quotes -- if we do, @set txicodequoteundirected and - % @set txicodequotebacktick will not have effect on @verb and - % @verbatim, and ?` and !` ligatures won't get disabled. - %\do\`\do\'% -} -% -% [Knuth] p. 380 -\def\uncatcodespecials{% - \def\do##1{\catcode`##1=\other}\dospecials} -% -% Setup for the @verb command. -% -% Eight spaces for a tab -\begingroup - \catcode`\^^I=\active - \gdef\tabeightspaces{\catcode`\^^I=\active\def^^I{\ \ \ \ \ \ \ \ }} -\endgroup -% -\def\setupverb{% - \tt % easiest (and conventionally used) font for verbatim - \def\par{\leavevmode\endgraf}% - \setcodequotes - \tabeightspaces - % Respect line breaks, - % print special symbols as themselves, and - % make each space count - % must do in this order: - \obeylines \uncatcodespecials \sepspaces -} - -% Setup for the @verbatim environment -% -% Real tab expansion. -\newdimen\tabw \setbox0=\hbox{\tt\space} \tabw=8\wd0 % tab amount -% -% We typeset each line of the verbatim in an \hbox, so we can handle -% tabs. -\newbox\verbbox -\def\starttabbox{\setbox\verbbox=\hbox\bgroup} -% -\begingroup - \catcode`\^^I=\active - \gdef\tabexpand{% - \catcode`\^^I=\active - \def^^I{\leavevmode\egroup - \dimen\verbbox=\wd\verbbox % the width so far, or since the previous tab - \divide\dimen\verbbox by\tabw - \multiply\dimen\verbbox by\tabw % compute previous multiple of \tabw - \advance\dimen\verbbox by\tabw % advance to next multiple of \tabw - \wd\verbbox=\dimen\verbbox - \leavevmode\box\verbbox \starttabbox - }% - } -\endgroup - -% start the verbatim environment. -\def\setupverbatim{% - \let\nonarrowing = t% - \nonfillstart - \tt % easiest (and conventionally used) font for verbatim - \def\par{\egroup\leavevmode\box\verbbox\endgraf\starttabbox}% - \tabexpand - \setcodequotes - % Respect line breaks, - % print special symbols as themselves, and - % make each space count. - % Must do in this order: - \obeylines \uncatcodespecials \sepspaces -} - -% Do the @verb magic: verbatim text is quoted by unique -% delimiter characters. Before first delimiter expect a -% right brace, after last delimiter expect closing brace: -% -% \def\doverb'{'#1'}'{#1} -% -% [Knuth] p. 382; only eat outer {} -\begingroup - \catcode`[=1\catcode`]=2\catcode`\{=\other\catcode`\}=\other - \gdef\doverb{#1[\def\next##1#1}[##1\endgroup]\next] -\endgroup -% -\def\verb{\begingroup\setupverb\doverb} -% -% -% Do the @verbatim magic: define the macro \doverbatim so that -% the (first) argument ends when '@end verbatim' is reached, ie: -% -% \def\doverbatim#1@end verbatim{#1} -% -% For Texinfo it's a lot easier than for LaTeX, -% because texinfo's \verbatim doesn't stop at '\end{verbatim}': -% we need not redefine '\', '{' and '}'. -% -% Inspired by LaTeX's verbatim command set [latex.ltx] -% -\begingroup - \catcode`\ =\active - \obeylines % - % ignore everything up to the first ^^M, that's the newline at the end - % of the @verbatim input line itself. Otherwise we get an extra blank - % line in the output. - \xdef\doverbatim#1^^M#2@end verbatim{% - \starttabbox#2\egroup\noexpand\end\gobble verbatim}% - % We really want {...\end verbatim} in the body of the macro, but - % without the active space; thus we have to use \xdef and \gobble. - % The \egroup ends the \verbbox started at the end of the last line in - % the block. -\endgroup -% -\envdef\verbatim{% - \setnormaldispenv\setupverbatim\doverbatim -} -\let\Everbatim = \afterenvbreak - - -% @verbatiminclude FILE - insert text of file in verbatim environment. -% -\def\verbatiminclude{\parseargusing\filenamecatcodes\doverbatiminclude} -% -\def\doverbatiminclude#1{% - {% - \makevalueexpandable - \setupverbatim - {% - \indexnofonts % Allow `@@' and other weird things in file names. - \wlog{texinfo.tex: doing @verbatiminclude of #1^^J}% - \edef\tmp{\noexpand\input #1 } - \expandafter - }\expandafter\starttabbox\tmp\egroup - \afterenvbreak - }% -} - -% @copying ... @end copying. -% Save the text away for @insertcopying later. -% -% We save the uninterpreted tokens, rather than creating a box. -% Saving the text in a box would be much easier, but then all the -% typesetting commands (@smallbook, font changes, etc.) have to be done -% beforehand -- and a) we want @copying to be done first in the source -% file; b) letting users define the frontmatter in as flexible order as -% possible is desirable. -% -\def\copying{\checkenv{}\begingroup\scanargctxt\docopying} -\def\docopying#1@end copying{\endgroup\def\copyingtext{#1}} -% -\def\insertcopying{% - \begingroup - \parindent = 0pt % paragraph indentation looks wrong on title page - \scanexp\copyingtext - \endgroup -} - - -\message{defuns,} -% @defun etc. - -\newskip\defbodyindent \defbodyindent=.4in -\newskip\defargsindent \defargsindent=50pt -\newskip\deflastargmargin \deflastargmargin=18pt -\newcount\defunpenalty - -% Start the processing of @deffn: -\def\startdefun{% - \ifnum\lastpenalty<10000 - \medbreak - \defunpenalty=10003 % Will keep this @deffn together with the - % following @def command, see below. - \else - % If there are two @def commands in a row, we'll have a \nobreak, - % which is there to keep the function description together with its - % header. But if there's nothing but headers, we need to allow a - % break somewhere. Check specifically for penalty 10002, inserted - % by \printdefunline, instead of 10000, since the sectioning - % commands also insert a nobreak penalty, and we don't want to allow - % a break between a section heading and a defun. - % - % As a further refinement, we avoid "club" headers by signalling - % with penalty of 10003 after the very first @deffn in the - % sequence (see above), and penalty of 10002 after any following - % @def command. - \ifnum\lastpenalty=10002 \penalty2000 \else \defunpenalty=10002 \fi - % - % Similarly, after a section heading, do not allow a break. - % But do insert the glue. - \medskip % preceded by discardable penalty, so not a breakpoint - \fi - % - \parindent=0in - \advance\leftskip by \defbodyindent - \exdentamount=\defbodyindent -} - -\def\dodefunx#1{% - % First, check whether we are in the right environment: - \checkenv#1% - % - % As above, allow line break if we have multiple x headers in a row. - % It's not a great place, though. - \ifnum\lastpenalty=10002 \penalty3000 \else \defunpenalty=10002 \fi - % - % And now, it's time to reuse the body of the original defun: - \expandafter\gobbledefun#1% -} -\def\gobbledefun#1\startdefun{} - -% \printdefunline \deffnheader{text} -% -\def\printdefunline#1#2{% - \begingroup - % call \deffnheader: - #1#2 \endheader - % common ending: - \interlinepenalty = 10000 - \advance\rightskip by 0pt plus 1fil\relax - \endgraf - \nobreak\vskip -\parskip - \penalty\defunpenalty % signal to \startdefun and \dodefunx - % Some of the @defun-type tags do not enable magic parentheses, - % rendering the following check redundant. But we don't optimize. - \checkparencounts - \endgroup -} - -\def\Edefun{\endgraf\medbreak} - -% \makedefun{deffn} creates \deffn, \deffnx and \Edeffn; -% the only thing remaining is to define \deffnheader. -% -\def\makedefun#1{% - \expandafter\let\csname E#1\endcsname = \Edefun - \edef\temp{\noexpand\domakedefun - \makecsname{#1}\makecsname{#1x}\makecsname{#1header}}% - \temp -} - -% \domakedefun \deffn \deffnx \deffnheader { (defn. of \deffnheader) } -% -% Define \deffn and \deffnx, without parameters. -% \deffnheader has to be defined explicitly. -% -\def\domakedefun#1#2#3{% - \envdef#1{% - \startdefun - \doingtypefnfalse % distinguish typed functions from all else - \parseargusing\activeparens{\printdefunline#3}% - }% - \def#2{\dodefunx#1}% - \def#3% -} - -\newif\ifdoingtypefn % doing typed function? -\newif\ifrettypeownline % typeset return type on its own line? - -% @deftypefnnewline on|off says whether the return type of typed functions -% are printed on their own line. This affects @deftypefn, @deftypefun, -% @deftypeop, and @deftypemethod. -% -\parseargdef\deftypefnnewline{% - \def\temp{#1}% - \ifx\temp\onword - \expandafter\let\csname SETtxideftypefnnl\endcsname - = \empty - \else\ifx\temp\offword - \expandafter\let\csname SETtxideftypefnnl\endcsname - = \relax - \else - \errhelp = \EMsimple - \errmessage{Unknown @txideftypefnnl value `\temp', - must be on|off}% - \fi\fi -} - -% \dosubind {index}{topic}{subtopic} -% -% If SUBTOPIC is present, precede it with a space, and call \doind. -% (At some time during the 20th century, this made a two-level entry in an -% index such as the operation index. Nobody seemed to notice the change in -% behaviour though.) -\def\dosubind#1#2#3{% - \def\thirdarg{#3}% - \ifx\thirdarg\empty - \doind{#1}{#2}% - \else - \doind{#1}{#2\space#3}% - \fi -} - -% Untyped functions: - -% @deffn category name args -\makedefun{deffn}{\deffngeneral{}} - -% @deffn category class name args -\makedefun{defop}#1 {\defopon{#1\ \putwordon}} - -% \defopon {category on}class name args -\def\defopon#1#2 {\deffngeneral{\putwordon\ \code{#2}}{#1\ \code{#2}} } - -% \deffngeneral {subind}category name args -% -\def\deffngeneral#1#2 #3 #4\endheader{% - \dosubind{fn}{\code{#3}}{#1}% - \defname{#2}{}{#3}\magicamp\defunargs{#4\unskip}% -} - -% Typed functions: - -% @deftypefn category type name args -\makedefun{deftypefn}{\deftypefngeneral{}} - -% @deftypeop category class type name args -\makedefun{deftypeop}#1 {\deftypeopon{#1\ \putwordon}} - -% \deftypeopon {category on}class type name args -\def\deftypeopon#1#2 {\deftypefngeneral{\putwordon\ \code{#2}}{#1\ \code{#2}} } - -% \deftypefngeneral {subind}category type name args -% -\def\deftypefngeneral#1#2 #3 #4 #5\endheader{% - \dosubind{fn}{\code{#4}}{#1}% - \doingtypefntrue - \defname{#2}{#3}{#4}\defunargs{#5\unskip}% -} - -% Typed variables: - -% @deftypevr category type var args -\makedefun{deftypevr}{\deftypecvgeneral{}} - -% @deftypecv category class type var args -\makedefun{deftypecv}#1 {\deftypecvof{#1\ \putwordof}} - -% \deftypecvof {category of}class type var args -\def\deftypecvof#1#2 {\deftypecvgeneral{\putwordof\ \code{#2}}{#1\ \code{#2}} } - -% \deftypecvgeneral {subind}category type var args -% -\def\deftypecvgeneral#1#2 #3 #4 #5\endheader{% - \dosubind{vr}{\code{#4}}{#1}% - \defname{#2}{#3}{#4}\defunargs{#5\unskip}% -} - -% Untyped variables: - -% @defvr category var args -\makedefun{defvr}#1 {\deftypevrheader{#1} {} } - -% @defcv category class var args -\makedefun{defcv}#1 {\defcvof{#1\ \putwordof}} - -% \defcvof {category of}class var args -\def\defcvof#1#2 {\deftypecvof{#1}#2 {} } - -% Types: - -% @deftp category name args -\makedefun{deftp}#1 #2 #3\endheader{% - \doind{tp}{\code{#2}}% - \defname{#1}{}{#2}\defunargs{#3\unskip}% -} - -% Remaining @defun-like shortcuts: -\makedefun{defun}{\deffnheader{\putwordDeffunc} } -\makedefun{defmac}{\deffnheader{\putwordDefmac} } -\makedefun{defspec}{\deffnheader{\putwordDefspec} } -\makedefun{deftypefun}{\deftypefnheader{\putwordDeffunc} } -\makedefun{defvar}{\defvrheader{\putwordDefvar} } -\makedefun{defopt}{\defvrheader{\putwordDefopt} } -\makedefun{deftypevar}{\deftypevrheader{\putwordDefvar} } -\makedefun{defmethod}{\defopon\putwordMethodon} -\makedefun{deftypemethod}{\deftypeopon\putwordMethodon} -\makedefun{defivar}{\defcvof\putwordInstanceVariableof} -\makedefun{deftypeivar}{\deftypecvof\putwordInstanceVariableof} - -% \defname, which formats the name of the @def (not the args). -% #1 is the category, such as "Function". -% #2 is the return type, if any. -% #3 is the function name. -% -% We are followed by (but not passed) the arguments, if any. -% -\def\defname#1#2#3{% - \par - % Get the values of \leftskip and \rightskip as they were outside the @def... - \advance\leftskip by -\defbodyindent - % - % Determine if we are typesetting the return type of a typed function - % on a line by itself. - \rettypeownlinefalse - \ifdoingtypefn % doing a typed function specifically? - % then check user option for putting return type on its own line: - \expandafter\ifx\csname SETtxideftypefnnl\endcsname\relax \else - \rettypeownlinetrue - \fi - \fi - % - % How we'll format the category name. Putting it in brackets helps - % distinguish it from the body text that may end up on the next line - % just below it. - \def\temp{#1}% - \setbox0=\hbox{\kern\deflastargmargin \ifx\temp\empty\else [\rm\temp]\fi} - % - % Figure out line sizes for the paragraph shape. We'll always have at - % least two. - \tempnum = 2 - % - % The first line needs space for \box0; but if \rightskip is nonzero, - % we need only space for the part of \box0 which exceeds it: - \dimen0=\hsize \advance\dimen0 by -\wd0 \advance\dimen0 by \rightskip - % - % If doing a return type on its own line, we'll have another line. - \ifrettypeownline - \advance\tempnum by 1 - \def\maybeshapeline{0in \hsize}% - \else - \def\maybeshapeline{}% - \fi - % - % The continuations: - \dimen2=\hsize \advance\dimen2 by -\defargsindent - % - % The final paragraph shape: - \parshape \tempnum 0in \dimen0 \maybeshapeline \defargsindent \dimen2 - % - % Put the category name at the right margin. - \noindent - \hbox to 0pt{% - \hfil\box0 \kern-\hsize - % \hsize has to be shortened this way: - \kern\leftskip - % Intentionally do not respect \rightskip, since we need the space. - }% - % - % Allow all lines to be underfull without complaint: - \tolerance=10000 \hbadness=10000 - \exdentamount=\defbodyindent - {% - % defun fonts. We use typewriter by default (used to be bold) because: - % . we're printing identifiers, they should be in tt in principle. - % . in languages with many accents, such as Czech or French, it's - % common to leave accents off identifiers. The result looks ok in - % tt, but exceedingly strange in rm. - % . we don't want -- and --- to be treated as ligatures. - % . this still does not fix the ?` and !` ligatures, but so far no - % one has made identifiers using them :). - \df \tt - \def\temp{#2}% text of the return type - \ifx\temp\empty\else - \tclose{\temp}% typeset the return type - \ifrettypeownline - % put return type on its own line; prohibit line break following: - \hfil\vadjust{\nobreak}\break - \else - \space % type on same line, so just followed by a space - \fi - \fi % no return type - #3% output function name - }% - {\rm\enskip}% hskip 0.5 em of \rmfont - % - \boldbrax - % arguments will be output next, if any. -} - -% Print arguments in slanted roman (not ttsl), inconsistently with using -% tt for the name. This is because literal text is sometimes needed in -% the argument list (groff manual), and ttsl and tt are not very -% distinguishable. Prevent hyphenation at `-' chars. -% -\def\defunargs#1{% - % use sl by default (not ttsl), - % tt for the names. - \df \sl \hyphenchar\font=0 - % - % On the other hand, if an argument has two dashes (for instance), we - % want a way to get ttsl. We used to recommend @var for that, so - % leave the code in, but it's strange for @var to lead to typewriter. - % Nowadays we recommend @code, since the difference between a ttsl hyphen - % and a tt hyphen is pretty tiny. @code also disables ?` !`. - \def\var##1{{\setregularquotes\ttslanted{##1}}}% - #1% - \sl\hyphenchar\font=45 -} - -% We want ()&[] to print specially on the defun line. -% -\def\activeparens{% - \catcode`\(=\active \catcode`\)=\active - \catcode`\[=\active \catcode`\]=\active - \catcode`\&=\active -} - -% Make control sequences which act like normal parenthesis chars. -\let\lparen = ( \let\rparen = ) - -% Be sure that we always have a definition for `(', etc. For example, -% if the fn name has parens in it, \boldbrax will not be in effect yet, -% so TeX would otherwise complain about undefined control sequence. -{ - \activeparens - \global\let(=\lparen \global\let)=\rparen - \global\let[=\lbrack \global\let]=\rbrack - \global\let& = \& - - \gdef\boldbrax{\let(=\opnr\let)=\clnr\let[=\lbrb\let]=\rbrb} - \gdef\magicamp{\let&=\amprm} -} -\let\ampchar\& - -\newcount\parencount - -% If we encounter &foo, then turn on ()-hacking afterwards -\newif\ifampseen -\def\amprm#1 {\ampseentrue{\bf\ }} - -\def\parenfont{% - \ifampseen - % At the first level, print parens in roman, - % otherwise use the default font. - \ifnum \parencount=1 \rm \fi - \else - % The \sf parens (in \boldbrax) actually are a little bolder than - % the contained text. This is especially needed for [ and ] . - \sf - \fi -} -\def\infirstlevel#1{% - \ifampseen - \ifnum\parencount=1 - #1% - \fi - \fi -} -\def\bfafterword#1 {#1 \bf} - -\def\opnr{% - \global\advance\parencount by 1 - {\parenfont(}% - \infirstlevel \bfafterword -} -\def\clnr{% - {\parenfont)}% - \infirstlevel \sl - \global\advance\parencount by -1 -} - -\newcount\brackcount -\def\lbrb{% - \global\advance\brackcount by 1 - {\bf[}% -} -\def\rbrb{% - {\bf]}% - \global\advance\brackcount by -1 -} - -\def\checkparencounts{% - \ifnum\parencount=0 \else \badparencount \fi - \ifnum\brackcount=0 \else \badbrackcount \fi -} -% these should not use \errmessage; the glibc manual, at least, actually -% has such constructs (when documenting function pointers). -\def\badparencount{% - \message{Warning: unbalanced parentheses in @def...}% - \global\parencount=0 -} -\def\badbrackcount{% - \message{Warning: unbalanced square brackets in @def...}% - \global\brackcount=0 -} - - -\message{macros,} -% @macro. - -% To do this right we need a feature of e-TeX, \scantokens, -% which we arrange to emulate with a temporary file in ordinary TeX. -\ifx\eTeXversion\thisisundefined - \newwrite\macscribble - \def\scantokens#1{% - \toks0={#1}% - \immediate\openout\macscribble=\jobname.tmp - \immediate\write\macscribble{\the\toks0}% - \immediate\closeout\macscribble - \input \jobname.tmp - } -\fi - -\let\E=\expandafter - -% Used at the time of macro expansion. -% Argument is macro body with arguments substituted -\def\scanmacro#1{% - \newlinechar`\^^M - % expand the expansion of \eatleadingcr twice to maybe remove a leading - % newline (and \else and \fi tokens), then call \eatspaces on the result. - \def\xeatspaces##1{% - \E\E\E\E\E\E\E\eatspaces\E\E\E\E\E\E\E{\eatleadingcr##1% - }}% - \def\xempty##1{}% - % - % Process the macro body under the current catcode regime. - \scantokens{#1@comment}% - % - % The \comment is to remove the \newlinechar added by \scantokens, and - % can be noticed by \parsearg. Note \c isn't used because this means cedilla - % in math mode. -} - -% Used for copying and captions -\def\scanexp#1{% - \expandafter\scanmacro\expandafter{#1}% -} - -\newcount\paramno % Count of parameters -\newtoks\macname % Macro name -\newif\ifrecursive % Is it recursive? - -% List of all defined macros in the form -% \commondummyword\macro1\commondummyword\macro2... -% Currently is also contains all @aliases; the list can be split -% if there is a need. -\def\macrolist{} - -% Add the macro to \macrolist -\def\addtomacrolist#1{\expandafter \addtomacrolistxxx \csname#1\endcsname} -\def\addtomacrolistxxx#1{% - \toks0 = \expandafter{\macrolist\commondummyword#1}% - \xdef\macrolist{\the\toks0}% -} - -% Utility routines. -% This does \let #1 = #2, with \csnames; that is, -% \let \csname#1\endcsname = \csname#2\endcsname -% (except of course we have to play expansion games). -% -\def\cslet#1#2{% - \expandafter\let - \csname#1\expandafter\endcsname - \csname#2\endcsname -} - -% Trim leading and trailing spaces off a string. -% Concepts from aro-bend problem 15 (see CTAN). -{\catcode`\@=11 -\gdef\eatspaces #1{\expandafter\trim@\expandafter{#1 }} -\gdef\trim@ #1{\trim@@ @#1 @ #1 @ @@} -\gdef\trim@@ #1@ #2@ #3@@{\trim@@@\empty #2 @} -\def\unbrace#1{#1} -\unbrace{\gdef\trim@@@ #1 } #2@{#1} -} - -{\catcode`\^^M=\other% -\gdef\eatleadingcr#1{\if\noexpand#1\noexpand^^M\else\E#1\fi}}% -% Warning: this won't work for a delimited argument -% or for an empty argument - -% Trim a single trailing ^^M off a string. -{\catcode`\^^M=\other \catcode`\Q=3% -\gdef\eatcr #1{\eatcra #1Q^^MQ}% -\gdef\eatcra#1^^MQ{\eatcrb#1Q}% -\gdef\eatcrb#1Q#2Q{#1}% -} - -% Macro bodies are absorbed as an argument in a context where -% all characters are catcode 10, 11 or 12, except \ which is active -% (as in normal texinfo). It is necessary to change the definition of \ -% to recognize macro arguments; this is the job of \mbodybackslash. -% -% Non-ASCII encodings make 8-bit characters active, so un-activate -% them to avoid their expansion. Must do this non-globally, to -% confine the change to the current group. -% -% It's necessary to have hard CRs when the macro is executed. This is -% done by making ^^M (\endlinechar) catcode 12 when reading the macro -% body, and then making it the \newlinechar in \scanmacro. -% -\def\scanctxt{% used as subroutine - \catcode`\"=\other - \catcode`\+=\other - \catcode`\<=\other - \catcode`\>=\other - \catcode`\^=\other - \catcode`\_=\other - \catcode`\|=\other - \catcode`\~=\other - \passthroughcharstrue -} - -\def\scanargctxt{% used for copying and captions, not macros. - \scanctxt - \catcode`\@=\other - \catcode`\\=\other - \catcode`\^^M=\other -} - -\def\macrobodyctxt{% used for @macro definitions - \scanctxt - \catcode`\ =\other - \catcode`\@=\other - \catcode`\{=\other - \catcode`\}=\other - \catcode`\^^M=\other - \usembodybackslash -} - -% Used when scanning braced macro arguments. Note, however, that catcode -% changes here are ineffectual if the macro invocation was nested inside -% an argument to another Texinfo command. -\def\macroargctxt{% - \scanctxt - \catcode`\ =\active - \catcode`\@=\other - \catcode`\^^M=\other - \catcode`\\=\active -} - -\def\macrolineargctxt{% used for whole-line arguments without braces - \scanctxt - \catcode`\@=\other - \catcode`\{=\other - \catcode`\}=\other -} - -% \mbodybackslash is the definition of \ in @macro bodies. -% It maps \foo\ => \csname macarg.foo\endcsname => #N -% where N is the macro parameter number. -% We define \csname macarg.\endcsname to be \realbackslash, so -% \\ in macro replacement text gets you a backslash. -% -{\catcode`@=0 @catcode`@\=@active - @gdef@usembodybackslash{@let\=@mbodybackslash} - @gdef@mbodybackslash#1\{@csname macarg.#1@endcsname} -} -\expandafter\def\csname macarg.\endcsname{\realbackslash} - -\def\margbackslash#1{\char`\#1 } - -\def\macro{\recursivefalse\parsearg\macroxxx} -\def\rmacro{\recursivetrue\parsearg\macroxxx} - -\def\macroxxx#1{% - \getargs{#1}% now \macname is the macname and \argl the arglist - \ifx\argl\empty % no arguments - \paramno=0\relax - \else - \expandafter\parsemargdef \argl;% - \if\paramno>256\relax - \ifx\eTeXversion\thisisundefined - \errhelp = \EMsimple - \errmessage{You need eTeX to compile a file with macros with more than 256 arguments} - \fi - \fi - \fi - \if1\csname ismacro.\the\macname\endcsname - \message{Warning: redefining \the\macname}% - \else - \expandafter\ifx\csname \the\macname\endcsname \relax - \else \errmessage{Macro name \the\macname\space already defined}\fi - \global\cslet{macsave.\the\macname}{\the\macname}% - \global\expandafter\let\csname ismacro.\the\macname\endcsname=1% - \addtomacrolist{\the\macname}% - \fi - \begingroup \macrobodyctxt - \ifrecursive \expandafter\parsermacbody - \else \expandafter\parsemacbody - \fi} - -\parseargdef\unmacro{% - \if1\csname ismacro.#1\endcsname - \global\cslet{#1}{macsave.#1}% - \global\expandafter\let \csname ismacro.#1\endcsname=0% - % Remove the macro name from \macrolist: - \begingroup - \expandafter\let\csname#1\endcsname \relax - \let\commondummyword\unmacrodo - \xdef\macrolist{\macrolist}% - \endgroup - \else - \errmessage{Macro #1 not defined}% - \fi -} - -% Called by \do from \dounmacro on each macro. The idea is to omit any -% macro definitions that have been changed to \relax. -% -\def\unmacrodo#1{% - \ifx #1\relax - % remove this - \else - \noexpand\commondummyword \noexpand#1% - \fi -} - -% \getargs -- Parse the arguments to a @macro line. Set \macname to -% the name of the macro, and \argl to the braced argument list. -\def\getargs#1{\getargsxxx#1{}} -\def\getargsxxx#1#{\getmacname #1 \relax\getmacargs} -\def\getmacname#1 #2\relax{\macname={#1}} -\def\getmacargs#1{\def\argl{#1}} -% This made use of the feature that if the last token of a -% is #, then the preceding argument is delimited by -% an opening brace, and that opening brace is not consumed. - -% Parse the optional {params} list to @macro or @rmacro. -% Set \paramno to the number of arguments, -% and \paramlist to a parameter text for the macro (e.g. #1,#2,#3 for a -% three-param macro.) Define \macarg.BLAH for each BLAH in the params -% list to some hook where the argument is to be expanded. If there are -% less than 10 arguments that hook is to be replaced by ##N where N -% is the position in that list, that is to say the macro arguments are to be -% defined `a la TeX in the macro body. -% -% That gets used by \mbodybackslash (above). -% -% If there are 10 or more arguments, a different technique is used: see -% \parsemmanyargdef. -% -\def\parsemargdef#1;{% - \paramno=0\def\paramlist{}% - \let\hash\relax - % \hash is redefined to `#' later to get it into definitions - \let\xeatspaces\relax - \let\xempty\relax - \parsemargdefxxx#1,;,% - \ifnum\paramno<10\relax\else - \paramno0\relax - \parsemmanyargdef@@#1,;,% 10 or more arguments - \fi -} -\def\parsemargdefxxx#1,{% - \if#1;\let\next=\relax - \else \let\next=\parsemargdefxxx - \advance\paramno by 1 - \expandafter\edef\csname macarg.\eatspaces{#1}\endcsname - {\xeatspaces{\hash\the\paramno\noexpand\xempty{}}}% - \edef\paramlist{\paramlist\hash\the\paramno,}% - \fi\next} -% the \xempty{} is to give \eatleadingcr an argument in the case of an -% empty macro argument. - -% \parsemacbody, \parsermacbody -% -% Read recursive and nonrecursive macro bodies. (They're different since -% rec and nonrec macros end differently.) -% -% We are in \macrobodyctxt, and the \xdef causes backslashshes in the macro -% body to be transformed. -% Set \macrobody to the body of the macro, and call \defmacro. -% -{\catcode`\ =\other\long\gdef\parsemacbody#1@end macro{% -\xdef\macrobody{\eatcr{#1}}\endgroup\defmacro}}% -{\catcode`\ =\other\long\gdef\parsermacbody#1@end rmacro{% -\xdef\macrobody{\eatcr{#1}}\endgroup\defmacro}}% - -% Make @ a letter, so that we can make private-to-Texinfo macro names. -\edef\texiatcatcode{\the\catcode`\@} -\catcode `@=11\relax - -%%%%%%%%%%%%%% Code for > 10 arguments only %%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%% - -% If there are 10 or more arguments, a different technique is used, where the -% hook remains in the body, and when macro is to be expanded the body is -% processed again to replace the arguments. -% -% In that case, the hook is \the\toks N-1, and we simply set \toks N-1 to the -% argument N value and then \edef the body (nothing else will expand because of -% the catcode regime under which the body was input). -% -% If you compile with TeX (not eTeX), and you have macros with 10 or more -% arguments, no macro can have more than 256 arguments (else error). -% -% In case that there are 10 or more arguments we parse again the arguments -% list to set new definitions for the \macarg.BLAH macros corresponding to -% each BLAH argument. It was anyhow needed to parse already once this list -% in order to count the arguments, and as macros with at most 9 arguments -% are by far more frequent than macro with 10 or more arguments, defining -% twice the \macarg.BLAH macros does not cost too much processing power. -\def\parsemmanyargdef@@#1,{% - \if#1;\let\next=\relax - \else - \let\next=\parsemmanyargdef@@ - \edef\tempb{\eatspaces{#1}}% - \expandafter\def\expandafter\tempa - \expandafter{\csname macarg.\tempb\endcsname}% - % Note that we need some extra \noexpand\noexpand, this is because we - % don't want \the to be expanded in the \parsermacbody as it uses an - % \xdef . - \expandafter\edef\tempa - {\noexpand\noexpand\noexpand\the\toks\the\paramno}% - \advance\paramno by 1\relax - \fi\next} - - -\let\endargs@\relax -\let\nil@\relax -\def\nilm@{\nil@}% -\long\def\nillm@{\nil@}% - -% This macro is expanded during the Texinfo macro expansion, not during its -% definition. It gets all the arguments' values and assigns them to macros -% macarg.ARGNAME -% -% #1 is the macro name -% #2 is the list of argument names -% #3 is the list of argument values -\def\getargvals@#1#2#3{% - \def\macargdeflist@{}% - \def\saveparamlist@{#2}% Need to keep a copy for parameter expansion. - \def\paramlist{#2,\nil@}% - \def\macroname{#1}% - \begingroup - \macroargctxt - \def\argvaluelist{#3,\nil@}% - \def\@tempa{#3}% - \ifx\@tempa\empty - \setemptyargvalues@ - \else - \getargvals@@ - \fi -} -\def\getargvals@@{% - \ifx\paramlist\nilm@ - % Some sanity check needed here that \argvaluelist is also empty. - \ifx\argvaluelist\nillm@ - \else - \errhelp = \EMsimple - \errmessage{Too many arguments in macro `\macroname'!}% - \fi - \let\next\macargexpandinbody@ - \else - \ifx\argvaluelist\nillm@ - % No more arguments values passed to macro. Set remaining named-arg - % macros to empty. - \let\next\setemptyargvalues@ - \else - % pop current arg name into \@tempb - \def\@tempa##1{\pop@{\@tempb}{\paramlist}##1\endargs@}% - \expandafter\@tempa\expandafter{\paramlist}% - % pop current argument value into \@tempc - \def\@tempa##1{\longpop@{\@tempc}{\argvaluelist}##1\endargs@}% - \expandafter\@tempa\expandafter{\argvaluelist}% - % Here \@tempb is the current arg name and \@tempc is the current arg value. - % First place the new argument macro definition into \@tempd - \expandafter\macname\expandafter{\@tempc}% - \expandafter\let\csname macarg.\@tempb\endcsname\relax - \expandafter\def\expandafter\@tempe\expandafter{% - \csname macarg.\@tempb\endcsname}% - \edef\@tempd{\long\def\@tempe{\the\macname}}% - \push@\@tempd\macargdeflist@ - \let\next\getargvals@@ - \fi - \fi - \next -} - -\def\push@#1#2{% - \expandafter\expandafter\expandafter\def - \expandafter\expandafter\expandafter#2% - \expandafter\expandafter\expandafter{% - \expandafter#1#2}% -} - -% Replace arguments by their values in the macro body, and place the result -% in macro \@tempa. -% -\def\macvalstoargs@{% - % To do this we use the property that token registers that are \the'ed - % within an \edef expand only once. So we are going to place all argument - % values into respective token registers. - % - % First we save the token context, and initialize argument numbering. - \begingroup - \paramno0\relax - % Then, for each argument number #N, we place the corresponding argument - % value into a new token list register \toks#N - \expandafter\putargsintokens@\saveparamlist@,;,% - % Then, we expand the body so that argument are replaced by their - % values. The trick for values not to be expanded themselves is that they - % are within tokens and that tokens expand only once in an \edef . - \edef\@tempc{\csname mac.\macroname .body\endcsname}% - % Now we restore the token stack pointer to free the token list registers - % which we have used, but we make sure that expanded body is saved after - % group. - \expandafter - \endgroup - \expandafter\def\expandafter\@tempa\expandafter{\@tempc}% - } - -% Define the named-macro outside of this group and then close this group. -% -\def\macargexpandinbody@{% - \expandafter - \endgroup - \macargdeflist@ - % First the replace in body the macro arguments by their values, the result - % is in \@tempa . - \macvalstoargs@ - % Then we point at the \norecurse or \gobble (for recursive) macro value - % with \@tempb . - \expandafter\let\expandafter\@tempb\csname mac.\macroname .recurse\endcsname - % Depending on whether it is recursive or not, we need some tailing - % \egroup . - \ifx\@tempb\gobble - \let\@tempc\relax - \else - \let\@tempc\egroup - \fi - % And now we do the real job: - \edef\@tempd{\noexpand\@tempb{\macroname}\noexpand\scanmacro{\@tempa}\@tempc}% - \@tempd -} - -\def\putargsintokens@#1,{% - \if#1;\let\next\relax - \else - \let\next\putargsintokens@ - % First we allocate the new token list register, and give it a temporary - % alias \@tempb . - \toksdef\@tempb\the\paramno - % Then we place the argument value into that token list register. - \expandafter\let\expandafter\@tempa\csname macarg.#1\endcsname - \expandafter\@tempb\expandafter{\@tempa}% - \advance\paramno by 1\relax - \fi - \next -} - -% Trailing missing arguments are set to empty. -% -\def\setemptyargvalues@{% - \ifx\paramlist\nilm@ - \let\next\macargexpandinbody@ - \else - \expandafter\setemptyargvaluesparser@\paramlist\endargs@ - \let\next\setemptyargvalues@ - \fi - \next -} - -\def\setemptyargvaluesparser@#1,#2\endargs@{% - \expandafter\def\expandafter\@tempa\expandafter{% - \expandafter\def\csname macarg.#1\endcsname{}}% - \push@\@tempa\macargdeflist@ - \def\paramlist{#2}% -} - -% #1 is the element target macro -% #2 is the list macro -% #3,#4\endargs@ is the list value -\def\pop@#1#2#3,#4\endargs@{% - \def#1{#3}% - \def#2{#4}% -} -\long\def\longpop@#1#2#3,#4\endargs@{% - \long\def#1{#3}% - \long\def#2{#4}% -} - - -%%%%%%%%%%%%%% End of code for > 10 arguments %%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%% - - -% This defines a Texinfo @macro or @rmacro, called by \parsemacbody. -% \macrobody has the body of the macro in it, with placeholders for -% its parameters, looking like "\xeatspaces{\hash 1}". -% \paramno is the number of parameters -% \paramlist is a TeX parameter text, e.g. "#1,#2,#3," -% There are four cases: macros of zero, one, up to nine, and many arguments. -% \xdef is used so that macro definitions will survive the file -% they're defined in: @include reads the file inside a group. -% -\def\defmacro{% - \let\hash=##% convert placeholders to macro parameter chars - \ifnum\paramno=1 - \def\xeatspaces##1{##1}% - % This removes the pair of braces around the argument. We don't - % use \eatspaces, because this can cause ends of lines to be lost - % when the argument to \eatspaces is read, leading to line-based - % commands like "@itemize" not being read correctly. - \else - \let\xeatspaces\relax % suppress expansion - \fi - \ifcase\paramno - % 0 - \expandafter\xdef\csname\the\macname\endcsname{% - \bgroup - \noexpand\spaceisspace - \noexpand\endlineisspace - \noexpand\expandafter % skip any whitespace after the macro name. - \expandafter\noexpand\csname\the\macname @@@\endcsname}% - \expandafter\xdef\csname\the\macname @@@\endcsname{% - \egroup - \noexpand\scanmacro{\macrobody}}% - \or % 1 - \expandafter\xdef\csname\the\macname\endcsname{% - \bgroup - \noexpand\braceorline - \expandafter\noexpand\csname\the\macname @@@\endcsname}% - \expandafter\xdef\csname\the\macname @@@\endcsname##1{% - \egroup - \noexpand\scanmacro{\macrobody}% - }% - \else % at most 9 - \ifnum\paramno<10\relax - % @MACNAME sets the context for reading the macro argument - % @MACNAME@@ gets the argument, processes backslashes and appends a - % comma. - % @MACNAME@@@ removes braces surrounding the argument list. - % @MACNAME@@@@ scans the macro body with arguments substituted. - \expandafter\xdef\csname\the\macname\endcsname{% - \bgroup - \noexpand\expandafter % This \expandafter skip any spaces after the - \noexpand\macroargctxt % macro before we change the catcode of space. - \noexpand\expandafter - \expandafter\noexpand\csname\the\macname @@\endcsname}% - \expandafter\xdef\csname\the\macname @@\endcsname##1{% - \noexpand\passargtomacro - \expandafter\noexpand\csname\the\macname @@@\endcsname{##1,}}% - \expandafter\xdef\csname\the\macname @@@\endcsname##1{% - \expandafter\noexpand\csname\the\macname @@@@\endcsname ##1}% - \expandafter\expandafter - \expandafter\xdef - \expandafter\expandafter - \csname\the\macname @@@@\endcsname\paramlist{% - \egroup\noexpand\scanmacro{\macrobody}}% - \else % 10 or more: - \expandafter\xdef\csname\the\macname\endcsname{% - \noexpand\getargvals@{\the\macname}{\argl}% - }% - \global\expandafter\let\csname mac.\the\macname .body\endcsname\macrobody - \global\expandafter\let\csname mac.\the\macname .recurse\endcsname\gobble - \fi - \fi} - -\catcode `\@\texiatcatcode\relax % end private-to-Texinfo catcodes - -\def\norecurse#1{\bgroup\cslet{#1}{macsave.#1}} - - -%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%% -% -{\catcode`\@=0 \catcode`\\=13 % We need to manipulate \ so use @ as escape -@catcode`@_=11 % private names -@catcode`@!=11 % used as argument separator - -% \passargtomacro#1#2 - -% Call #1 with a list of tokens #2, with any doubled backslashes in #2 -% compressed to one. -% -% This implementation works by expansion, and not execution (so we cannot use -% \def or similar). This reduces the risk of this failing in contexts where -% complete expansion is done with no execution (for example, in writing out to -% an auxiliary file for an index entry). -% -% State is kept in the input stream: the argument passed to -% @look_ahead, @gobble_and_check_finish and @add_segment is -% -% THE_MACRO ARG_RESULT ! {PENDING_BS} NEXT_TOKEN (... rest of input) -% -% where: -% THE_MACRO - name of the macro we want to call -% ARG_RESULT - argument list we build to pass to that macro -% PENDING_BS - either a backslash or nothing -% NEXT_TOKEN - used to look ahead in the input stream to see what's coming next - -@gdef@passargtomacro#1#2{% - @add_segment #1!{}@relax#2\@_finish\% -} -@gdef@_finish{@_finishx} @global@let@_finishx@relax - -% #1 - THE_MACRO ARG_RESULT -% #2 - PENDING_BS -% #3 - NEXT_TOKEN -% #4 used to look ahead -% -% If the next token is not a backslash, process the rest of the argument; -% otherwise, remove the next token. -@gdef@look_ahead#1!#2#3#4{% - @ifx#4\% - @expandafter@gobble_and_check_finish - @else - @expandafter@add_segment - @fi#1!{#2}#4#4% -} - -% #1 - THE_MACRO ARG_RESULT -% #2 - PENDING_BS -% #3 - NEXT_TOKEN -% #4 should be a backslash, which is gobbled. -% #5 looks ahead -% -% Double backslash found. Add a single backslash, and look ahead. -@gdef@gobble_and_check_finish#1!#2#3#4#5{% - @add_segment#1\!{}#5#5% -} - -@gdef@is_fi{@fi} - -% #1 - THE_MACRO ARG_RESULT -% #2 - PENDING_BS -% #3 - NEXT_TOKEN -% #4 is input stream until next backslash -% -% Input stream is either at the start of the argument, or just after a -% backslash sequence, either a lone backslash, or a doubled backslash. -% NEXT_TOKEN contains the first token in the input stream: if it is \finish, -% finish; otherwise, append to ARG_RESULT the segment of the argument up until -% the next backslash. PENDING_BACKSLASH contains a backslash to represent -% a backslash just before the start of the input stream that has not been -% added to ARG_RESULT. -@gdef@add_segment#1!#2#3#4\{% -@ifx#3@_finish - @call_the_macro#1!% -@else - % append the pending backslash to the result, followed by the next segment - @expandafter@is_fi@look_ahead#1#2#4!{\}@fi - % this @fi is discarded by @look_ahead. - % we can't get rid of it with \expandafter because we don't know how - % long #4 is. -} - -% #1 - THE_MACRO -% #2 - ARG_RESULT -% #3 discards the res of the conditional in @add_segment, and @is_fi ends the -% conditional. -@gdef@call_the_macro#1#2!#3@fi{@is_fi #1{#2}} - -} -%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%% - -% \braceorline MAC is used for a one-argument macro MAC. It checks -% whether the next non-whitespace character is a {. It sets the context -% for reading the argument (slightly different in the two cases). Then, -% to read the argument, in the whole-line case, it then calls the regular -% \parsearg MAC; in the lbrace case, it calls \passargtomacro MAC. -% -\def\braceorline#1{\let\macnamexxx=#1\futurelet\nchar\braceorlinexxx} -\def\braceorlinexxx{% - \ifx\nchar\bgroup - \macroargctxt - \expandafter\passargtomacro - \else - \macrolineargctxt\expandafter\parsearg - \fi \macnamexxx} - - -% @alias. -% We need some trickery to remove the optional spaces around the equal -% sign. Make them active and then expand them all to nothing. -% -\def\alias{\parseargusing\obeyspaces\aliasxxx} -\def\aliasxxx #1{\aliasyyy#1\relax} -\def\aliasyyy #1=#2\relax{% - {% - \expandafter\let\obeyedspace=\empty - \addtomacrolist{#1}% - \xdef\next{\global\let\makecsname{#1}=\makecsname{#2}}% - }% - \next -} - - -\message{cross references,} - -\newwrite\auxfile -\newif\ifhavexrefs % True if xref values are known. -\newif\ifwarnedxrefs % True if we warned once that they aren't known. - -% @inforef is relatively simple. -\def\inforef #1{\inforefzzz #1,,,,**} -\def\inforefzzz #1,#2,#3,#4**{% - \putwordSee{} \putwordInfo{} \putwordfile{} \file{\ignorespaces #3{}}, - node \samp{\ignorespaces#1{}}} - -% @node's only job in TeX is to define \lastnode, which is used in -% cross-references. The @node line might or might not have commas, and -% might or might not have spaces before the first comma, like: -% @node foo , bar , ... -% We don't want such trailing spaces in the node name. -% -\parseargdef\node{\checkenv{}\donode #1 ,\finishnodeparse} -% -% also remove a trailing comma, in case of something like this: -% @node Help-Cross, , , Cross-refs -\def\donode#1 ,#2\finishnodeparse{\dodonode #1,\finishnodeparse} -\def\dodonode#1,#2\finishnodeparse{\gdef\lastnode{#1}\omittopnode} - -% Used so that the @top node doesn't have to be wrapped in an @ifnottex -% conditional. -% \doignore goes to more effort to skip nested conditionals but we don't need -% that here. -\def\omittopnode{% - \ifx\lastnode\wordTop - \expandafter\ignorenode\fi -} -\def\wordTop{Top} - -% Until the next @node or @bye command, divert output to a box that is not -% output. -\def\ignorenode{\setbox\dummybox\vbox\bgroup\def\node{\egroup\node}% -\ignorenodebye -} - -{\let\bye\relax -\gdef\ignorenodebye{\let\bye\ignorenodebyedef} -\gdef\ignorenodebyedef{\egroup(`Top' node ignored)\bye}} -% The redefinition of \bye here is because it is declared \outer - -\let\lastnode=\empty - -% Write a cross-reference definition for the current node. #1 is the -% type (Ynumbered, Yappendix, Ynothing). -% -\def\donoderef#1{% - \ifx\lastnode\empty\else - \setref{\lastnode}{#1}% - \global\let\lastnode=\empty - \fi -} - -% @anchor{NAME} -- define xref target at arbitrary point. -% -\newcount\savesfregister -% -\def\savesf{\relax \ifhmode \savesfregister=\spacefactor \fi} -\def\restoresf{\relax \ifhmode \spacefactor=\savesfregister \fi} -\def\anchor#1{\savesf \setref{#1}{Ynothing}\restoresf \ignorespaces} - -% \setref{NAME}{SNT} defines a cross-reference point NAME (a node or an -% anchor), which consists of three parts: -% 1) NAME-title - the current sectioning name taken from \currentsection, -% or the anchor name. -% 2) NAME-snt - section number and type, passed as the SNT arg, or -% empty for anchors. -% 3) NAME-pg - the page number. -% -% This is called from \donoderef, \anchor, and \dofloat. In the case of -% floats, there is an additional part, which is not written here: -% 4) NAME-lof - the text as it should appear in a @listoffloats. -% -\def\setref#1#2{% - \pdfmkdest{#1}% - \iflinks - {% - \requireauxfile - \atdummies % preserve commands, but don't expand them - % match definition in \xrdef, \refx, \xrefX. - \def\value##1{##1}% - \edef\writexrdef##1##2{% - \write\auxfile{@xrdef{#1-% #1 of \setref, expanded by the \edef - ##1}{##2}}% these are parameters of \writexrdef - }% - \toks0 = \expandafter{\currentsection}% - \immediate \writexrdef{title}{\the\toks0 }% - \immediate \writexrdef{snt}{\csname #2\endcsname}% \Ynumbered etc. - \safewhatsit{\writexrdef{pg}{\folio}}% will be written later, at \shipout - }% - \fi -} - -% @xrefautosectiontitle on|off says whether @section(ing) names are used -% automatically in xrefs, if the third arg is not explicitly specified. -% This was provided as a "secret" @set xref-automatic-section-title -% variable, now it's official. -% -\parseargdef\xrefautomaticsectiontitle{% - \def\temp{#1}% - \ifx\temp\onword - \expandafter\let\csname SETxref-automatic-section-title\endcsname - = \empty - \else\ifx\temp\offword - \expandafter\let\csname SETxref-automatic-section-title\endcsname - = \relax - \else - \errhelp = \EMsimple - \errmessage{Unknown @xrefautomaticsectiontitle value `\temp', - must be on|off}% - \fi\fi -} - -% -% @xref, @pxref, and @ref generate cross-references. For \xrefX, #1 is -% the node name, #2 the name of the Info cross-reference, #3 the printed -% node name, #4 the name of the Info file, #5 the name of the printed -% manual. All but the node name can be omitted. -% -%MODIFIED -\def\pxref{\xrefXX} %\def\pxref{\putwordsee{} \xrefXX} -\def\xref{\xrefXX} %\def\xref{\putwordSee{} \xrefXX} -\def\ref{\xrefXX} - -\def\xrefXX#1{\def\xrefXXarg{#1}\futurelet\tokenafterxref\xrefXXX} -\def\xrefXXX{\expandafter\xrefX\expandafter[\xrefXXarg,,,,,,,]} -% -\newbox\toprefbox -\newbox\printedrefnamebox -\newbox\infofilenamebox -\newbox\printedmanualbox -% -\def\xrefX[#1,#2,#3,#4,#5,#6]{\begingroup - \unsepspaces - % - % Get args without leading/trailing spaces. - \def\printedrefname{\ignorespaces #3}% - \setbox\printedrefnamebox = \hbox{\printedrefname\unskip}% - % - \def\infofilename{\ignorespaces #4}% - \setbox\infofilenamebox = \hbox{\infofilename\unskip}% - % - \def\printedmanual{\ignorespaces #5}% - \setbox\printedmanualbox = \hbox{\printedmanual\unskip}% - % - % If the printed reference name (arg #3) was not explicitly given in - % the @xref, figure out what we want to use. - \ifdim \wd\printedrefnamebox = 0pt - % No printed node name was explicitly given. - \expandafter\ifx\csname SETxref-automatic-section-title\endcsname \relax - % Not auto section-title: use node name inside the square brackets. - \def\printedrefname{\ignorespaces #1}% - \else - % Auto section-title: use chapter/section title inside - % the square brackets if we have it. - \ifdim \wd\printedmanualbox > 0pt - % It is in another manual, so we don't have it; use node name. - \def\printedrefname{\ignorespaces #1}% - \else - \ifhavexrefs - % We (should) know the real title if we have the xref values. - \def\printedrefname{\refx{#1-title}}% - \else - % Otherwise just copy the Info node name. - \def\printedrefname{\ignorespaces #1}% - \fi% - \fi - \fi - \fi - % - % Make link in pdf output. - \ifpdf - % For pdfTeX and LuaTeX - {\indexnofonts - \makevalueexpandable - \turnoffactive - % This expands tokens, so do it after making catcode changes, so _ - % etc. don't get their TeX definitions. This ignores all spaces in - % #4, including (wrongly) those in the middle of the filename. - \getfilename{#4}% - % - % This (wrongly) does not take account of leading or trailing - % spaces in #1, which should be ignored. - \setpdfdestname{#1}% - % - \ifx\pdfdestname\empty - \def\pdfdestname{Top}% no empty targets - \fi - % - \leavevmode - \startlink attr{/Border [0 0 0]}% - \ifnum\filenamelength>0 - goto file{\the\filename.pdf} name{\pdfdestname}% - \else - goto name{\pdfmkpgn{\pdfdestname}}% - \fi - }% - \setcolor{\linkcolor}% - \else - \ifx\XeTeXrevision\thisisundefined - \else - % For XeTeX - {\indexnofonts - \makevalueexpandable - \turnoffactive - % This expands tokens, so do it after making catcode changes, so _ - % etc. don't get their TeX definitions. This ignores all spaces in - % #4, including (wrongly) those in the middle of the filename. - \getfilename{#4}% - % - % This (wrongly) does not take account of leading or trailing - % spaces in #1, which should be ignored. - \setpdfdestname{#1}% - % - \ifx\pdfdestname\empty - \def\pdfdestname{Top}% no empty targets - \fi - % - \leavevmode - \ifnum\filenamelength>0 - % With default settings, - % XeTeX (xdvipdfmx) replaces link destination names with integers. - % In this case, the replaced destination names of - % remote PDFs are no longer known. In order to avoid a replacement, - % you can use xdvipdfmx's command line option `-C 0x0010'. - % If you use XeTeX 0.99996+ (TeX Live 2016+), - % this command line option is no longer necessary - % because we can use the `dvipdfmx:config' special. - \special{pdf:bann << /Border [0 0 0] /Type /Annot /Subtype /Link /A - << /S /GoToR /F (\the\filename.pdf) /D (\pdfdestname) >> >>}% - \else - \special{pdf:bann << /Border [0 0 0] /Type /Annot /Subtype /Link /A - << /S /GoTo /D (\pdfdestname) >> >>}% - \fi - }% - \setcolor{\linkcolor}% - \fi - \fi - {% - % Have to otherify everything special to allow the \csname to - % include an _ in the xref name, etc. - \indexnofonts - \turnoffactive - \def\value##1{##1}% - \expandafter\global\expandafter\let\expandafter\Xthisreftitle - \csname XR#1-title\endcsname - }% - % - % Float references are printed completely differently: "Figure 1.2" - % instead of "[somenode], p.3". \iffloat distinguishes them by - % \Xthisreftitle being set to a magic string. - \iffloat\Xthisreftitle - % If the user specified the print name (third arg) to the ref, - % print it instead of our usual "Figure 1.2". - \ifdim\wd\printedrefnamebox = 0pt - \refx{#1-snt}% - \else - \printedrefname - \fi - % - % If the user also gave the printed manual name (fifth arg), append - % "in MANUALNAME". - \ifdim \wd\printedmanualbox > 0pt - \space \putwordin{} \cite{\printedmanual}% - \fi - \else - % node/anchor (non-float) references. - % - % If we use \unhbox to print the node names, TeX does not insert - % empty discretionaries after hyphens, which means that it will not - % find a line break at a hyphen in a node names. Since some manuals - % are best written with fairly long node names, containing hyphens, - % this is a loss. Therefore, we give the text of the node name - % again, so it is as if TeX is seeing it for the first time. - % - \ifdim \wd\printedmanualbox > 0pt - % Cross-manual reference with a printed manual name. - % - \crossmanualxref{\cite{\printedmanual\unskip}}% - % - \else\ifdim \wd\infofilenamebox > 0pt - % Cross-manual reference with only an info filename (arg 4), no - % printed manual name (arg 5). This is essentially the same as - % the case above; we output the filename, since we have nothing else. - % - \crossmanualxref{\code{\infofilename\unskip}}% - % - \else - % Reference within this manual. - % - % Only output a following space if the -snt ref is nonempty, as the ref - % will be empty for @unnumbered and @anchor. - \setbox2 = \hbox{\ignorespaces \refx{#1-snt}}% - \ifdim \wd2 > 0pt \refx{#1-snt}\space\fi - % - % output the `[mynode]' via the macro below so it can be overridden. - \xrefprintnodename\printedrefname - % - \expandafter\ifx\csname SETtxiomitxrefpg\endcsname\relax - % But we always want a comma and a space: - ,\space - % - % output the `page 3'. - \turnoffactive \putwordpage\tie\refx{#1-pg}% - % Add a , if xref followed by a space - \if\space\noexpand\tokenafterxref ,% - \else\ifx\ \tokenafterxref ,% @TAB - \else\ifx\*\tokenafterxref ,% @* - \else\ifx\ \tokenafterxref ,% @SPACE - \else\ifx\ - \tokenafterxref ,% @NL - \else\ifx\tie\tokenafterxref ,% @tie - \fi\fi\fi\fi\fi\fi - %MODIFIED - \putwordSeeSuf{}。 - \fi - \fi\fi - \fi - \endlink -\endgroup} - -% Output a cross-manual xref to #1. Used just above (twice). -% -% Only include the text "Section ``foo'' in" if the foo is neither -% missing or Top. Thus, @xref{,,,foo,The Foo Manual} outputs simply -% "see The Foo Manual", the idea being to refer to the whole manual. -% -% But, this being TeX, we can't easily compare our node name against the -% string "Top" while ignoring the possible spaces before and after in -% the input. By adding the arbitrary 7sp below, we make it much less -% likely that a real node name would have the same width as "Top" (e.g., -% in a monospaced font). Hopefully it will never happen in practice. -% -% For the same basic reason, we retypeset the "Top" at every -% reference, since the current font is indeterminate. -% -\def\crossmanualxref#1{% - \setbox\toprefbox = \hbox{Top\kern7sp}% - \setbox2 = \hbox{\ignorespaces \printedrefname \unskip \kern7sp}% - \ifdim \wd2 > 7sp % nonempty? - \ifdim \wd2 = \wd\toprefbox \else % same as Top? - \putwordSection{} ``\printedrefname'' \putwordin{}\space - \fi - \fi - #1% -} - -% This macro is called from \xrefX for the `[nodename]' part of xref -% output. It's a separate macro only so it can be changed more easily, -% since square brackets don't work well in some documents. Particularly -% one that Bob is working on :). -% -%MODIFIED -\def\xrefprintnodename#1{「#1」} - -% Things referred to by \setref. -% -\def\Ynothing{} -\def\Yomitfromtoc{} -%MODIFIED -\def\Ynumbered{% - \ifnum\secno=0 - \putwordChapterPre\the\chapno \putwordChapterSuf{}% - \else \ifnum\subsecno=0 - \putwordSectionPre\the\chapno.\the\secno \putwordSectionSuf{}% - \else \ifnum\subsubsecno=0 - \putwordSectionPre\the\chapno.\the\secno.\the\subsecno \putwordSectionSuf{}% - \else - \putwordSectionPre\the\chapno.\the\secno.\the\subsecno.\the\subsubsecno \putwordSectionSuf{}% - \fi\fi\fi -} -%MODIFIED -\def\Yappendix{% - \ifnum\secno=0 - \putwordAppendixPre@char\the\appendixno{} \putwordAppendixChapterSuf{}% - \else \ifnum\subsecno=0 - \putwordSectionPre@char\the\appendixno.\the\secno \putwordSectionSuf{}% - \else \ifnum\subsubsecno=0 - \putwordSectionPre@char\the\appendixno.\the\secno.\the\subsecno \putwordSectionSuf{}% - \else - \putwordSectionPre% - @char\the\appendixno.\the\secno.\the\subsecno.\the\subsubsecno \putwordSectionSuf{}% - \fi\fi\fi -} - -% \refx{NAME} - reference a cross-reference string named NAME. -\def\refx#1{% - \requireauxfile - {% - \indexnofonts - \turnoffactive - \def\value##1{##1}% - \expandafter\global\expandafter\let\expandafter\thisrefX - \csname XR#1\endcsname - }% - \ifx\thisrefX\relax - % If not defined, say something at least. - \angleleft un\-de\-fined\angleright - \iflinks - \ifhavexrefs - {\toks0 = {#1}% avoid expansion of possibly-complex value - \message{\linenumber Undefined cross reference `\the\toks0'.}}% - \else - \ifwarnedxrefs\else - \global\warnedxrefstrue - \message{Cross reference values unknown; you must run TeX again.}% - \fi - \fi - \fi - \else - % It's defined, so just use it. - \thisrefX - \fi -} - -% This is the macro invoked by entries in the aux file. Define a control -% sequence for a cross-reference target (we prepend XR to the control sequence -% name to avoid collisions). The value is the page number. If this is a float -% type, we have more work to do. -% -\def\xrdef#1#2{% - {% Expand the node or anchor name to remove control sequences. - % \turnoffactive stops 8-bit characters being changed to commands - % like @'e. \refx does the same to retrieve the value in the definition. - \indexnofonts - \turnoffactive - \def\value##1{##1}% - \xdef\safexrefname{#1}% - }% - % - \bgroup - \expandafter\gdef\csname XR\safexrefname\endcsname{#2}% - \egroup - % We put the \gdef inside a group to avoid the definitions building up on - % TeX's save stack, which can cause it to run out of space for aux files with - % thousands of lines. \gdef doesn't use the save stack, but \csname does - % when it defines an unknown control sequence as \relax. - % - % Was that xref control sequence that we just defined for a float? - \expandafter\iffloat\csname XR\safexrefname\endcsname - % it was a float, and we have the (safe) float type in \iffloattype. - \expandafter\let\expandafter\floatlist - \csname floatlist\iffloattype\endcsname - % - % Is this the first time we've seen this float type? - \expandafter\ifx\floatlist\relax - \toks0 = {\do}% yes, so just \do - \else - % had it before, so preserve previous elements in list. - \toks0 = \expandafter{\floatlist\do}% - \fi - % - % Remember this xref in the control sequence \floatlistFLOATTYPE, - % for later use in \listoffloats. - \expandafter\xdef\csname floatlist\iffloattype\endcsname{\the\toks0 - {\safexrefname}}% - \fi -} - -% If working on a large document in chapters, it is convenient to -% be able to disable indexing, cross-referencing, and contents, for test runs. -% This is done with @novalidate at the beginning of the file. -% -\newif\iflinks \linkstrue % by default we want the aux files. -\let\novalidate = \linksfalse - -% Used when writing to the aux file, or when using data from it. -\def\requireauxfile{% - \iflinks - \tryauxfile - % Open the new aux file. TeX will close it automatically at exit. - \immediate\openout\auxfile=\jobname.aux - \fi - \global\let\requireauxfile=\relax % Only do this once. -} - -% Read the last existing aux file, if any. No error if none exists. -% -\def\tryauxfile{% - \openin 1 \jobname.aux - \ifeof 1 \else - \readdatafile{aux}% - \global\havexrefstrue - \fi - \closein 1 -} - -\def\setupdatafile{% - \catcode`\^^@=\other - \catcode`\^^A=\other - \catcode`\^^B=\other - \catcode`\^^C=\other - \catcode`\^^D=\other - \catcode`\^^E=\other - \catcode`\^^F=\other - \catcode`\^^G=\other - \catcode`\^^H=\other - \catcode`\^^K=\other - \catcode`\^^L=\other - \catcode`\^^N=\other - \catcode`\^^P=\other - \catcode`\^^Q=\other - \catcode`\^^R=\other - \catcode`\^^S=\other - \catcode`\^^T=\other - \catcode`\^^U=\other - \catcode`\^^V=\other - \catcode`\^^W=\other - \catcode`\^^X=\other - \catcode`\^^Z=\other - \catcode`\^^[=\other - \catcode`\^^\=\other - \catcode`\^^]=\other - \catcode`\^^^=\other - \catcode`\^^_=\other - \catcode`\^=\other - % - % Special characters. Should be turned off anyway, but... - \catcode`\~=\other - \catcode`\[=\other - \catcode`\]=\other - \catcode`\"=\other - \catcode`\_=\active - \catcode`\|=\active - \catcode`\<=\active - \catcode`\>=\active - \catcode`\$=\other - \catcode`\#=\other - \catcode`\&=\other - \catcode`\%=\other - \catcode`+=\other % avoid \+ for paranoia even though we've turned it off - % - \catcode`\\=\active - % - % @ is our escape character in .aux files, and we need braces. - \catcode`\{=1 - \catcode`\}=2 - \catcode`\@=0 -} - -\def\readdatafile#1{% -\begingroup - \setupdatafile - \input\jobname.#1 -\endgroup} - - -\message{insertions,} -% including footnotes. - -\newcount \footnoteno - -% The trailing space in the following definition for supereject is -% vital for proper filling; pages come out unaligned when you do a -% pagealignmacro call if that space before the closing brace is -% removed. (Generally, numeric constants should always be followed by a -% space to prevent strange expansion errors.) -\def\supereject{\par\penalty -20000\footnoteno =0 } - -% @footnotestyle is meaningful for Info output only. -\let\footnotestyle=\comment - -{\catcode `\@=11 -% -% Auto-number footnotes. Otherwise like plain. -\gdef\footnote{% - \global\advance\footnoteno by \@ne - \edef\thisfootno{$^{\the\footnoteno}$}% - % - % In case the footnote comes at the end of a sentence, preserve the - % extra spacing after we do the footnote number. - \let\@sf\empty - \ifhmode\edef\@sf{\spacefactor\the\spacefactor}\ptexslash\fi - % - % Remove inadvertent blank space before typesetting the footnote number. - \unskip - \thisfootno\@sf - \dofootnote -}% - -% Don't bother with the trickery in plain.tex to not require the -% footnote text as a parameter. Our footnotes don't need to be so general. -% -% Oh yes, they do; otherwise, @ifset (and anything else that uses -% \parseargline) fails inside footnotes because the tokens are fixed when -% the footnote is read. --karl, 16nov96. -% -\gdef\dofootnote{% - \insert\footins\bgroup - % - % Nested footnotes are not supported in TeX, that would take a lot - % more work. (\startsavinginserts does not suffice.) - \let\footnote=\errfootnotenest - % - % We want to typeset this text as a normal paragraph, even if the - % footnote reference occurs in (for example) a display environment. - % So reset some parameters. - \hsize=\txipagewidth - \interlinepenalty\interfootnotelinepenalty - \splittopskip\ht\strutbox % top baseline for broken footnotes - \splitmaxdepth\dp\strutbox - \floatingpenalty\@MM - \leftskip\z@skip - \rightskip\z@skip - \spaceskip\z@skip - \xspaceskip\z@skip - \parindent\defaultparindent - % - \smallfonts \rm - % - % Because we use hanging indentation in footnotes, a @noindent appears - % to exdent this text, so make it be a no-op. makeinfo does not use - % hanging indentation so @noindent can still be needed within footnote - % text after an @example or the like (not that this is good style). - \let\noindent = \relax - % - % Hang the footnote text off the number. Use \everypar in case the - % footnote extends for more than one paragraph. - \everypar = {\hang}% - \textindent{\thisfootno}% - % - % Don't crash into the line above the footnote text. Since this - % expands into a box, it must come within the paragraph, lest it - % provide a place where TeX can split the footnote. - \footstrut - % - % Invoke rest of plain TeX footnote routine. - \futurelet\next\fo@t -} -}%end \catcode `\@=11 - -\def\errfootnotenest{% - \errhelp=\EMsimple - \errmessage{Nested footnotes not supported in texinfo.tex, - even though they work in makeinfo; sorry} -} - -\def\errfootnoteheading{% - \errhelp=\EMsimple - \errmessage{Footnotes in chapters, sections, etc., are not supported} -} - -% In case a @footnote appears in a vbox, save the footnote text and create -% the real \insert just after the vbox finished. Otherwise, the insertion -% would be lost. -% Similarly, if a @footnote appears inside an alignment, save the footnote -% text to a box and make the \insert when a row of the table is finished. -% And the same can be done for other insert classes. --kasal, 16nov03. -% -% Replace the \insert primitive by a cheating macro. -% Deeper inside, just make sure that the saved insertions are not spilled -% out prematurely. -% -\def\startsavinginserts{% - \ifx \insert\ptexinsert - \let\insert\saveinsert - \else - \let\checkinserts\relax - \fi -} - -% This \insert replacement works for both \insert\footins{foo} and -% \insert\footins\bgroup foo\egroup, but it doesn't work for \insert27{foo}. -% -\def\saveinsert#1{% - \edef\next{\noexpand\savetobox \makeSAVEname#1}% - \afterassignment\next - % swallow the left brace - \let\temp = -} -\def\makeSAVEname#1{\makecsname{SAVE\expandafter\gobble\string#1}} -\def\savetobox#1{\global\setbox#1 = \vbox\bgroup \unvbox#1} - -\def\checksaveins#1{\ifvoid#1\else \placesaveins#1\fi} - -\def\placesaveins#1{% - \ptexinsert \csname\expandafter\gobblesave\string#1\endcsname - {\box#1}% -} - -% eat @SAVE -- beware, all of them have catcode \other: -{ - \def\dospecials{\do S\do A\do V\do E} \uncatcodespecials % ;-) - \gdef\gobblesave @SAVE{} -} - -% initialization: -\def\newsaveins #1{% - \edef\next{\noexpand\newsaveinsX \makeSAVEname#1}% - \next -} -\def\newsaveinsX #1{% - \csname newbox\endcsname #1% - \expandafter\def\expandafter\checkinserts\expandafter{\checkinserts - \checksaveins #1}% -} - -% initialize: -\let\checkinserts\empty -\newsaveins\footins -\newsaveins\margin - - -% @image. We use the macros from epsf.tex to support this. -% If epsf.tex is not installed and @image is used, we complain. -% -% Check for and read epsf.tex up front. If we read it only at @image -% time, we might be inside a group, and then its definitions would get -% undone and the next image would fail. -\openin 1 = epsf.tex -\ifeof 1 \else - % Do not bother showing banner with epsf.tex v2.7k (available in - % doc/epsf.tex and on ctan). - \def\epsfannounce{\toks0 = }% - \input epsf.tex -\fi -\closein 1 -% -% We will only complain once about lack of epsf.tex. -\newif\ifwarnednoepsf -\newhelp\noepsfhelp{epsf.tex must be installed for images to - work. It is also included in the Texinfo distribution, or you can get - it from https://ctan.org/texarchive/macros/texinfo/texinfo/doc/epsf.tex.} -% -\def\image#1{% - \ifx\epsfbox\thisisundefined - \ifwarnednoepsf \else - \errhelp = \noepsfhelp - \errmessage{epsf.tex not found, images will be ignored}% - \global\warnednoepsftrue - \fi - \else - \imagexxx #1,,,,,\finish - \fi -} -% -% Arguments to @image: -% #1 is (mandatory) image filename; we tack on .eps extension. -% #2 is (optional) width, #3 is (optional) height. -% #4 is (ignored optional) html alt text. -% #5 is (ignored optional) extension. -% #6 is just the usual extra ignored arg for parsing stuff. -\newif\ifimagevmode -\def\imagexxx#1,#2,#3,#4,#5,#6\finish{\begingroup - \catcode`\^^M = 5 % in case we're inside an example - \normalturnoffactive % allow _ et al. in names - \makevalueexpandable - % If the image is by itself, center it. - \ifvmode - \imagevmodetrue - \else \ifx\centersub\centerV - % for @center @image, we need a vbox so we can have our vertical space - \imagevmodetrue - \vbox\bgroup % vbox has better behavior than vtop herev - \fi\fi - % - \ifimagevmode - \nobreak\medskip - % Usually we'll have text after the image which will insert - % \parskip glue, so insert it here too to equalize the space - % above and below. - \nobreak\vskip\parskip - \nobreak - \fi - % - % Leave vertical mode so that indentation from an enclosing - % environment such as @quotation is respected. - % However, if we're at the top level, we don't want the - % normal paragraph indentation. - % On the other hand, if we are in the case of @center @image, we don't - % want to start a paragraph, which will create a hsize-width box and - % eradicate the centering. - \ifx\centersub\centerV \else \imageindent \fi - % - % Output the image. - \ifpdf - % For pdfTeX and LuaTeX <= 0.80 - \dopdfimage{#1}{#2}{#3}% - \else - \ifx\XeTeXrevision\thisisundefined - % For epsf.tex - % \epsfbox itself resets \epsf?size at each figure. - \setbox0 = \hbox{\ignorespaces #2}% - \ifdim\wd0 > 0pt \epsfxsize=#2\relax \fi - \setbox0 = \hbox{\ignorespaces #3}% - \ifdim\wd0 > 0pt \epsfysize=#3\relax \fi - \epsfbox{#1.eps}% - \else - % For XeTeX - \doxeteximage{#1}{#2}{#3}% - \fi - \fi - % - \ifimagevmode - \medskip % space after a standalone image - \fi - \ifx\centersub\centerV \egroup \fi -\endgroup} - - -% @float FLOATTYPE,LABEL,LOC ... @end float for displayed figures, tables, -% etc. We don't actually implement floating yet, we always include the -% float "here". But it seemed the best name for the future. -% -\envparseargdef\float{\eatcommaspace\eatcommaspace\dofloat#1, , ,\finish} - -% There may be a space before second and/or third parameter; delete it. -\def\eatcommaspace#1, {#1,} - -% #1 is the optional FLOATTYPE, the text label for this float, typically -% "Figure", "Table", "Example", etc. Can't contain commas. If omitted, -% this float will not be numbered and cannot be referred to. -% -% #2 is the optional xref label. Also must be present for the float to -% be referable. -% -% #3 is the optional positioning argument; for now, it is ignored. It -% will somehow specify the positions allowed to float to (here, top, bottom). -% -% We keep a separate counter for each FLOATTYPE, which we reset at each -% chapter-level command. -\let\resetallfloatnos=\empty -% -\def\dofloat#1,#2,#3,#4\finish{% - \let\thiscaption=\empty - \let\thisshortcaption=\empty - % - % don't lose footnotes inside @float. - % - % BEWARE: when the floats start float, we have to issue warning whenever an - % insert appears inside a float which could possibly float. --kasal, 26may04 - % - \startsavinginserts - % - % We can't be used inside a paragraph. - \par - % - \vtop\bgroup - \def\floattype{#1}% - \def\floatlabel{#2}% - \def\floatloc{#3}% we do nothing with this yet. - % - \ifx\floattype\empty - \let\safefloattype=\empty - \else - {% - % the floattype might have accents or other special characters, - % but we need to use it in a control sequence name. - \indexnofonts - \turnoffactive - \xdef\safefloattype{\floattype}% - }% - \fi - % - % If label is given but no type, we handle that as the empty type. - \ifx\floatlabel\empty \else - % We want each FLOATTYPE to be numbered separately (Figure 1, - % Table 1, Figure 2, ...). (And if no label, no number.) - % - \expandafter\getfloatno\csname\safefloattype floatno\endcsname - \global\advance\floatno by 1 - % - {% - % This magic value for \currentsection is output by \setref as the - % XREFLABEL-title value. \xrefX uses it to distinguish float - % labels (which have a completely different output format) from - % node and anchor labels. And \xrdef uses it to construct the - % lists of floats. - % - \edef\currentsection{\floatmagic=\safefloattype}% - \setref{\floatlabel}{Yfloat}% - }% - \fi - % - % start with \parskip glue, I guess. - \vskip\parskip - % - % Don't suppress indentation if a float happens to start a section. - \restorefirstparagraphindent -} - -% we have these possibilities: -% @float Foo,lbl & @caption{Cap}: Foo 1.1: Cap -% @float Foo,lbl & no caption: Foo 1.1 -% @float Foo & @caption{Cap}: Foo: Cap -% @float Foo & no caption: Foo -% @float ,lbl & Caption{Cap}: 1.1: Cap -% @float ,lbl & no caption: 1.1 -% @float & @caption{Cap}: Cap -% @float & no caption: -% -\def\Efloat{% - \let\floatident = \empty - % - % In all cases, if we have a float type, it comes first. - \ifx\floattype\empty \else \def\floatident{\floattype}\fi - % - % If we have an xref label, the number comes next. - \ifx\floatlabel\empty \else - \ifx\floattype\empty \else % if also had float type, need tie first. - \appendtomacro\floatident{\tie}% - \fi - % the number. - \appendtomacro\floatident{\chaplevelprefix\the\floatno}% - \fi - % - % Start the printed caption with what we've constructed in - % \floatident, but keep it separate; we need \floatident again. - \let\captionline = \floatident - % - \ifx\thiscaption\empty \else - \ifx\floatident\empty \else - \appendtomacro\captionline{: }% had ident, so need a colon between - \fi - % - % caption text. - \appendtomacro\captionline{\scanexp\thiscaption}% - \fi - % - % If we have anything to print, print it, with space before. - % Eventually this needs to become an \insert. - \ifx\captionline\empty \else - \vskip.5\parskip - \captionline - % - % Space below caption. - \vskip\parskip - \fi - % - % If have an xref label, write the list of floats info. Do this - % after the caption, to avoid chance of it being a breakpoint. - \ifx\floatlabel\empty \else - % Write the text that goes in the lof to the aux file as - % \floatlabel-lof. Besides \floatident, we include the short - % caption if specified, else the full caption if specified, else nothing. - {% - \requireauxfile - \atdummies - % - \ifx\thisshortcaption\empty - \def\gtemp{\thiscaption}% - \else - \def\gtemp{\thisshortcaption}% - \fi - \immediate\write\auxfile{@xrdef{\floatlabel-lof}{\floatident - \ifx\gtemp\empty \else : \gtemp \fi}}% - }% - \fi - \egroup % end of \vtop - % - \checkinserts -} - -% Append the tokens #2 to the definition of macro #1, not expanding either. -% -\def\appendtomacro#1#2{% - \expandafter\def\expandafter#1\expandafter{#1#2}% -} - -% @caption, @shortcaption -% -\def\caption{\docaption\thiscaption} -\def\shortcaption{\docaption\thisshortcaption} -\def\docaption{\checkenv\float \bgroup\scanargctxt\defcaption} -\def\defcaption#1#2{\egroup \def#1{#2}} - -% The parameter is the control sequence identifying the counter we are -% going to use. Create it if it doesn't exist and assign it to \floatno. -\def\getfloatno#1{% - \ifx#1\relax - % Haven't seen this figure type before. - \csname newcount\endcsname #1% - % - % Remember to reset this floatno at the next chap. - \expandafter\gdef\expandafter\resetallfloatnos - \expandafter{\resetallfloatnos #1=0 }% - \fi - \let\floatno#1% -} - -% \setref calls this to get the XREFLABEL-snt value. We want an @xref -% to the FLOATLABEL to expand to "Figure 3.1". We call \setref when we -% first read the @float command. -% -\def\Yfloat{\floattype@tie \chaplevelprefix\the\floatno}% - -% Magic string used for the XREFLABEL-title value, so \xrefX can -% distinguish floats from other xref types. -\def\floatmagic{!!float!!} - -% #1 is the control sequence we are passed; we expand into a conditional -% which is true if #1 represents a float ref. That is, the magic -% \currentsection value which we \setref above. -% -\def\iffloat#1{\expandafter\doiffloat#1==\finish} -% -% #1 is (maybe) the \floatmagic string. If so, #2 will be the -% (safe) float type for this float. We set \iffloattype to #2. -% -\def\doiffloat#1=#2=#3\finish{% - \def\temp{#1}% - \def\iffloattype{#2}% - \ifx\temp\floatmagic -} - -% @listoffloats FLOATTYPE - print a list of floats like a table of contents. -% -\parseargdef\listoffloats{% - \def\floattype{#1}% floattype - {% - % the floattype might have accents or other special characters, - % but we need to use it in a control sequence name. - \indexnofonts - \turnoffactive - \xdef\safefloattype{\floattype}% - }% - % - % \xrdef saves the floats as a \do-list in \floatlistSAFEFLOATTYPE. - \expandafter\ifx\csname floatlist\safefloattype\endcsname \relax - \ifhavexrefs - % if the user said @listoffloats foo but never @float foo. - \message{\linenumber No `\safefloattype' floats to list.}% - \fi - \else - \begingroup - \leftskip=\tocindent % indent these entries like a toc - \let\do=\listoffloatsdo - \csname floatlist\safefloattype\endcsname - \endgroup - \fi -} - -% This is called on each entry in a list of floats. We're passed the -% xref label, in the form LABEL-title, which is how we save it in the -% aux file. We strip off the -title and look up \XRLABEL-lof, which -% has the text we're supposed to typeset here. -% -% Figures without xref labels will not be included in the list (since -% they won't appear in the aux file). -% -\def\listoffloatsdo#1{\listoffloatsdoentry#1\finish} -\def\listoffloatsdoentry#1-title\finish{{% - % Can't fully expand XR#1-lof because it can contain anything. Just - % pass the control sequence. On the other hand, XR#1-pg is just the - % page number, and we want to fully expand that so we can get a link - % in pdf output. - \toksA = \expandafter{\csname XR#1-lof\endcsname}% - % - % use the same \entry macro we use to generate the TOC and index. - \edef\writeentry{\noexpand\entry{\the\toksA}{\csname XR#1-pg\endcsname}}% - \writeentry -}} - - -\message{localization,} - -% For single-language documents, @documentlanguage is usually given very -% early, just after @documentencoding. Single argument is the language -% (de) or locale (de_DE) abbreviation. -% -{ - \catcode`\_ = \active - \globaldefs=1 -\parseargdef\documentlanguage{% - \tex % read txi-??.tex file in plain TeX. - % Read the file by the name they passed if it exists. - \let_ = \normalunderscore % normal _ character for filename test - \openin 1 txi-#1.tex - \ifeof 1 - \documentlanguagetrywithoutunderscore #1_\finish - \else - \globaldefs = 1 % everything in the txi-LL files needs to persist - \input txi-#1.tex - \fi - \closein 1 - \endgroup % end raw TeX -} -% -% If they passed de_DE, and txi-de_DE.tex doesn't exist, -% try txi-de.tex. -% -\gdef\documentlanguagetrywithoutunderscore#1_#2\finish{% - \openin 1 txi-#1.tex - \ifeof 1 - \errhelp = \nolanghelp - \errmessage{Cannot read language file txi-#1.tex}% - \else - \globaldefs = 1 % everything in the txi-LL files needs to persist - \input txi-#1.tex - \fi - \closein 1 -} -}% end of special _ catcode -% -\newhelp\nolanghelp{The given language definition file cannot be found or -is empty. Maybe you need to install it? Putting it in the current -directory should work if nowhere else does.} - -% This macro is called from txi-??.tex files; the first argument is the -% \language name to set (without the "\lang@" prefix), the second and -% third args are \{left,right}hyphenmin. -% -% The language names to pass are determined when the format is built. -% See the etex.log file created at that time, e.g., -% /usr/local/texlive/2008/texmf-var/web2c/pdftex/etex.log. -% -% With TeX Live 2008, etex now includes hyphenation patterns for all -% available languages. This means we can support hyphenation in -% Texinfo, at least to some extent. (This still doesn't solve the -% accented characters problem.) -% -\catcode`@=11 -\def\txisetlanguage#1#2#3{% - % do not set the language if the name is undefined in the current TeX. - \expandafter\ifx\csname lang@#1\endcsname \relax - \message{no patterns for #1}% - \else - \global\language = \csname lang@#1\endcsname - \fi - % but there is no harm in adjusting the hyphenmin values regardless. - \global\lefthyphenmin = #2\relax - \global\righthyphenmin = #3\relax -} - -% XeTeX and LuaTeX can handle Unicode natively. -% Their default I/O uses UTF-8 sequences instead of a byte-wise operation. -% Other TeX engines' I/O (pdfTeX, etc.) is byte-wise. -% -\newif\iftxinativeunicodecapable -\newif\iftxiusebytewiseio - -\ifx\XeTeXrevision\thisisundefined - \ifx\luatexversion\thisisundefined - \txinativeunicodecapablefalse - \txiusebytewiseiotrue - \else - \txinativeunicodecapabletrue - \txiusebytewiseiofalse - \fi -\else - \txinativeunicodecapabletrue - \txiusebytewiseiofalse -\fi - -% Set I/O by bytes instead of UTF-8 sequence for XeTeX and LuaTex -% for non-UTF-8 (byte-wise) encodings. -% -\def\setbytewiseio{% - \ifx\XeTeXrevision\thisisundefined - \else - \XeTeXdefaultencoding "bytes" % For subsequent files to be read - \XeTeXinputencoding "bytes" % For document root file - % Unfortunately, there seems to be no corresponding XeTeX command for - % output encoding. This is a problem for auxiliary index and TOC files. - % The only solution would be perhaps to write out @U{...} sequences in - % place of non-ASCII characters. - \fi - - \ifx\luatexversion\thisisundefined - \else - \directlua{ - local utf8_char, byte, gsub = unicode.utf8.char, string.byte, string.gsub - local function convert_char (char) - return utf8_char(byte(char)) - end - - local function convert_line (line) - return gsub(line, ".", convert_char) - end - - callback.register("process_input_buffer", convert_line) - - local function convert_line_out (line) - local line_out = "" - for c in string.utfvalues(line) do - line_out = line_out .. string.char(c) - end - return line_out - end - - callback.register("process_output_buffer", convert_line_out) - } - \fi - - \txiusebytewiseiotrue -} - - -% Helpers for encodings. -% Set the catcode of characters 128 through 255 to the specified number. -% -\def\setnonasciicharscatcode#1{% - \count255=128 - \loop\ifnum\count255<256 - \global\catcode\count255=#1\relax - \advance\count255 by 1 - \repeat -} - -\def\setnonasciicharscatcodenonglobal#1{% - \count255=128 - \loop\ifnum\count255<256 - \catcode\count255=#1\relax - \advance\count255 by 1 - \repeat -} - -% @documentencoding sets the definition of non-ASCII characters -% according to the specified encoding. -% -\def\documentencoding{\parseargusing\filenamecatcodes\documentencodingzzz} -\def\documentencodingzzz#1{% - % - % Encoding being declared for the document. - \def\declaredencoding{\csname #1.enc\endcsname}% - % - % Supported encodings: names converted to tokens in order to be able - % to compare them with \ifx. - \def\ascii{\csname US-ASCII.enc\endcsname}% - \def\latnine{\csname ISO-8859-15.enc\endcsname}% - \def\latone{\csname ISO-8859-1.enc\endcsname}% - \def\lattwo{\csname ISO-8859-2.enc\endcsname}% - \def\utfeight{\csname UTF-8.enc\endcsname}% - % - \ifx \declaredencoding \ascii - \asciichardefs - % - \else \ifx \declaredencoding \lattwo - \iftxinativeunicodecapable - \setbytewiseio - \fi - \setnonasciicharscatcode\active - \lattwochardefs - % - \else \ifx \declaredencoding \latone - \iftxinativeunicodecapable - \setbytewiseio - \fi - \setnonasciicharscatcode\active - \latonechardefs - % - \else \ifx \declaredencoding \latnine - \iftxinativeunicodecapable - \setbytewiseio - \fi - \setnonasciicharscatcode\active - \latninechardefs - % - \else \ifx \declaredencoding \utfeight - \iftxinativeunicodecapable - % For native Unicode handling (XeTeX and LuaTeX) - \nativeunicodechardefs - \else - % For treating UTF-8 as byte sequences (TeX, eTeX and pdfTeX) - \setnonasciicharscatcode\active - % since we already invoked \utfeightchardefs at the top level - % (below), do not re-invoke it, otherwise our check for duplicated - % definitions gets triggered. Making non-ascii chars active is - % sufficient. - \fi - % - \else - \message{Ignoring unknown document encoding: #1.}% - % - \fi % utfeight - \fi % latnine - \fi % latone - \fi % lattwo - \fi % ascii - % - \ifx\XeTeXrevision\thisisundefined - \else - \ifx \declaredencoding \utfeight - \else - \ifx \declaredencoding \ascii - \else - \message{Warning: XeTeX with non-UTF-8 encodings cannot handle % - non-ASCII characters in auxiliary files.}% - \fi - \fi - \fi -} - -% emacs-page -% A message to be logged when using a character that isn't available -% the default font encoding (OT1). -% -\def\missingcharmsg#1{\message{Character missing, sorry: #1.}} - -% Take account of \c (plain) vs. \, (Texinfo) difference. -\def\cedilla#1{\ifx\c\ptexc\c{#1}\else\,{#1}\fi} - -% First, make active non-ASCII characters in order for them to be -% correctly categorized when TeX reads the replacement text of -% macros containing the character definitions. -\setnonasciicharscatcode\active -% - -\def\gdefchar#1#2{% -\gdef#1{% - \ifpassthroughchars - \string#1% - \else - #2% - \fi -}} - -% Latin1 (ISO-8859-1) character definitions. -\def\latonechardefs{% - \gdefchar^^a0{\tie} - \gdefchar^^a1{\exclamdown} - \gdefchar^^a2{{\tcfont \char162}} % cent - \gdefchar^^a3{\pounds{}} - \gdefchar^^a4{{\tcfont \char164}} % currency - \gdefchar^^a5{{\tcfont \char165}} % yen - \gdefchar^^a6{{\tcfont \char166}} % broken bar - \gdefchar^^a7{\S} - \gdefchar^^a8{\"{}} - \gdefchar^^a9{\copyright{}} - \gdefchar^^aa{\ordf} - \gdefchar^^ab{\guillemetleft{}} - \gdefchar^^ac{\ensuremath\lnot} - \gdefchar^^ad{\-} - \gdefchar^^ae{\registeredsymbol{}} - \gdefchar^^af{\={}} - % - \gdefchar^^b0{\textdegree} - \gdefchar^^b1{$\pm$} - \gdefchar^^b2{$^2$} - \gdefchar^^b3{$^3$} - \gdefchar^^b4{\'{}} - \gdefchar^^b5{$\mu$} - \gdefchar^^b6{\P} - \gdefchar^^b7{\ensuremath\cdot} - \gdefchar^^b8{\cedilla\ } - \gdefchar^^b9{$^1$} - \gdefchar^^ba{\ordm} - \gdefchar^^bb{\guillemetright{}} - \gdefchar^^bc{$1\over4$} - \gdefchar^^bd{$1\over2$} - \gdefchar^^be{$3\over4$} - \gdefchar^^bf{\questiondown} - % - \gdefchar^^c0{\`A} - \gdefchar^^c1{\'A} - \gdefchar^^c2{\^A} - \gdefchar^^c3{\~A} - \gdefchar^^c4{\"A} - \gdefchar^^c5{\ringaccent A} - \gdefchar^^c6{\AE} - \gdefchar^^c7{\cedilla C} - \gdefchar^^c8{\`E} - \gdefchar^^c9{\'E} - \gdefchar^^ca{\^E} - \gdefchar^^cb{\"E} - \gdefchar^^cc{\`I} - \gdefchar^^cd{\'I} - \gdefchar^^ce{\^I} - \gdefchar^^cf{\"I} - % - \gdefchar^^d0{\DH} - \gdefchar^^d1{\~N} - \gdefchar^^d2{\`O} - \gdefchar^^d3{\'O} - \gdefchar^^d4{\^O} - \gdefchar^^d5{\~O} - \gdefchar^^d6{\"O} - \gdefchar^^d7{$\times$} - \gdefchar^^d8{\O} - \gdefchar^^d9{\`U} - \gdefchar^^da{\'U} - \gdefchar^^db{\^U} - \gdefchar^^dc{\"U} - \gdefchar^^dd{\'Y} - \gdefchar^^de{\TH} - \gdefchar^^df{\ss} - % - \gdefchar^^e0{\`a} - \gdefchar^^e1{\'a} - \gdefchar^^e2{\^a} - \gdefchar^^e3{\~a} - \gdefchar^^e4{\"a} - \gdefchar^^e5{\ringaccent a} - \gdefchar^^e6{\ae} - \gdefchar^^e7{\cedilla c} - \gdefchar^^e8{\`e} - \gdefchar^^e9{\'e} - \gdefchar^^ea{\^e} - \gdefchar^^eb{\"e} - \gdefchar^^ec{\`{\dotless i}} - \gdefchar^^ed{\'{\dotless i}} - \gdefchar^^ee{\^{\dotless i}} - \gdefchar^^ef{\"{\dotless i}} - % - \gdefchar^^f0{\dh} - \gdefchar^^f1{\~n} - \gdefchar^^f2{\`o} - \gdefchar^^f3{\'o} - \gdefchar^^f4{\^o} - \gdefchar^^f5{\~o} - \gdefchar^^f6{\"o} - \gdefchar^^f7{$\div$} - \gdefchar^^f8{\o} - \gdefchar^^f9{\`u} - \gdefchar^^fa{\'u} - \gdefchar^^fb{\^u} - \gdefchar^^fc{\"u} - \gdefchar^^fd{\'y} - \gdefchar^^fe{\th} - \gdefchar^^ff{\"y} -} - -% Latin9 (ISO-8859-15) encoding character definitions. -\def\latninechardefs{% - % Encoding is almost identical to Latin1. - \latonechardefs - % - \gdefchar^^a4{\euro{}} - \gdefchar^^a6{\v S} - \gdefchar^^a8{\v s} - \gdefchar^^b4{\v Z} - \gdefchar^^b8{\v z} - \gdefchar^^bc{\OE} - \gdefchar^^bd{\oe} - \gdefchar^^be{\"Y} -} - -% Latin2 (ISO-8859-2) character definitions. -\def\lattwochardefs{% - \gdefchar^^a0{\tie} - \gdefchar^^a1{\ogonek{A}} - \gdefchar^^a2{\u{}} - \gdefchar^^a3{\L} - \gdefchar^^a4{\missingcharmsg{CURRENCY SIGN}} - \gdefchar^^a5{\v L} - \gdefchar^^a6{\'S} - \gdefchar^^a7{\S} - \gdefchar^^a8{\"{}} - \gdefchar^^a9{\v S} - \gdefchar^^aa{\cedilla S} - \gdefchar^^ab{\v T} - \gdefchar^^ac{\'Z} - \gdefchar^^ad{\-} - \gdefchar^^ae{\v Z} - \gdefchar^^af{\dotaccent Z} - % - \gdefchar^^b0{\textdegree{}} - \gdefchar^^b1{\ogonek{a}} - \gdefchar^^b2{\ogonek{ }} - \gdefchar^^b3{\l} - \gdefchar^^b4{\'{}} - \gdefchar^^b5{\v l} - \gdefchar^^b6{\'s} - \gdefchar^^b7{\v{}} - \gdefchar^^b8{\cedilla\ } - \gdefchar^^b9{\v s} - \gdefchar^^ba{\cedilla s} - \gdefchar^^bb{\v t} - \gdefchar^^bc{\'z} - \gdefchar^^bd{\H{}} - \gdefchar^^be{\v z} - \gdefchar^^bf{\dotaccent z} - % - \gdefchar^^c0{\'R} - \gdefchar^^c1{\'A} - \gdefchar^^c2{\^A} - \gdefchar^^c3{\u A} - \gdefchar^^c4{\"A} - \gdefchar^^c5{\'L} - \gdefchar^^c6{\'C} - \gdefchar^^c7{\cedilla C} - \gdefchar^^c8{\v C} - \gdefchar^^c9{\'E} - \gdefchar^^ca{\ogonek{E}} - \gdefchar^^cb{\"E} - \gdefchar^^cc{\v E} - \gdefchar^^cd{\'I} - \gdefchar^^ce{\^I} - \gdefchar^^cf{\v D} - % - \gdefchar^^d0{\DH} - \gdefchar^^d1{\'N} - \gdefchar^^d2{\v N} - \gdefchar^^d3{\'O} - \gdefchar^^d4{\^O} - \gdefchar^^d5{\H O} - \gdefchar^^d6{\"O} - \gdefchar^^d7{$\times$} - \gdefchar^^d8{\v R} - \gdefchar^^d9{\ringaccent U} - \gdefchar^^da{\'U} - \gdefchar^^db{\H U} - \gdefchar^^dc{\"U} - \gdefchar^^dd{\'Y} - \gdefchar^^de{\cedilla T} - \gdefchar^^df{\ss} - % - \gdefchar^^e0{\'r} - \gdefchar^^e1{\'a} - \gdefchar^^e2{\^a} - \gdefchar^^e3{\u a} - \gdefchar^^e4{\"a} - \gdefchar^^e5{\'l} - \gdefchar^^e6{\'c} - \gdefchar^^e7{\cedilla c} - \gdefchar^^e8{\v c} - \gdefchar^^e9{\'e} - \gdefchar^^ea{\ogonek{e}} - \gdefchar^^eb{\"e} - \gdefchar^^ec{\v e} - \gdefchar^^ed{\'{\dotless{i}}} - \gdefchar^^ee{\^{\dotless{i}}} - \gdefchar^^ef{\v d} - % - \gdefchar^^f0{\dh} - \gdefchar^^f1{\'n} - \gdefchar^^f2{\v n} - \gdefchar^^f3{\'o} - \gdefchar^^f4{\^o} - \gdefchar^^f5{\H o} - \gdefchar^^f6{\"o} - \gdefchar^^f7{$\div$} - \gdefchar^^f8{\v r} - \gdefchar^^f9{\ringaccent u} - \gdefchar^^fa{\'u} - \gdefchar^^fb{\H u} - \gdefchar^^fc{\"u} - \gdefchar^^fd{\'y} - \gdefchar^^fe{\cedilla t} - \gdefchar^^ff{\dotaccent{}} -} - -% UTF-8 character definitions. -% -% This code to support UTF-8 is based on LaTeX's utf8.def, with some -% changes for Texinfo conventions. It is included here under the GPL by -% permission from Frank Mittelbach and the LaTeX team. -% -\newcount\countUTFx -\newcount\countUTFy -\newcount\countUTFz - -\gdef\UTFviiiTwoOctets#1#2{\expandafter - \UTFviiiDefined\csname u8:#1\string #2\endcsname} -% -\gdef\UTFviiiThreeOctets#1#2#3{\expandafter - \UTFviiiDefined\csname u8:#1\string #2\string #3\endcsname} -% -\gdef\UTFviiiFourOctets#1#2#3#4{\expandafter - \UTFviiiDefined\csname u8:#1\string #2\string #3\string #4\endcsname} - -\gdef\UTFviiiDefined#1{% - \ifx #1\relax - \message{\linenumber Unicode char \string #1 not defined for Texinfo}% - \else - \expandafter #1% - \fi -} - -% Give non-ASCII bytes the active definitions for processing UTF-8 sequences -\begingroup - \catcode`\~13 - \catcode`\$12 - \catcode`\"12 - - % Loop from \countUTFx to \countUTFy, performing \UTFviiiTmp - % substituting ~ and $ with a character token of that value. - \def\UTFviiiLoop{% - \global\catcode\countUTFx\active - \uccode`\~\countUTFx - \uccode`\$\countUTFx - \uppercase\expandafter{\UTFviiiTmp}% - \advance\countUTFx by 1 - \ifnum\countUTFx < \countUTFy - \expandafter\UTFviiiLoop - \fi} - - % For bytes other than the first in a UTF-8 sequence. Not expected to - % be expanded except when writing to auxiliary files. - \countUTFx = "80 - \countUTFy = "C2 - \def\UTFviiiTmp{% - \gdef~{% - \ifpassthroughchars $\fi}}% - \UTFviiiLoop - - \countUTFx = "C2 - \countUTFy = "E0 - \def\UTFviiiTmp{% - \gdef~{% - \ifpassthroughchars $% - \else\expandafter\UTFviiiTwoOctets\expandafter$\fi}}% - \UTFviiiLoop - - \countUTFx = "E0 - \countUTFy = "F0 - \def\UTFviiiTmp{% - \gdef~{% - \ifpassthroughchars $% - \else\expandafter\UTFviiiThreeOctets\expandafter$\fi}}% - \UTFviiiLoop - - \countUTFx = "F0 - \countUTFy = "F4 - \def\UTFviiiTmp{% - \gdef~{% - \ifpassthroughchars $% - \else\expandafter\UTFviiiFourOctets\expandafter$\fi - }}% - \UTFviiiLoop -\endgroup - -\def\globallet{\global\let} % save some \expandafter's below - -% @U{xxxx} to produce U+xxxx, if we support it. -\def\U#1{% - \expandafter\ifx\csname uni:#1\endcsname \relax - \iftxinativeunicodecapable - % All Unicode characters can be used if native Unicode handling is - % active. However, if the font does not have the glyph, - % letters are missing. - \begingroup - \uccode`\.="#1\relax - \uppercase{.} - \endgroup - \else - \errhelp = \EMsimple - \errmessage{Unicode character U+#1 not supported, sorry}% - \fi - \else - \csname uni:#1\endcsname - \fi -} - -% These macros are used here to construct the name of a control -% sequence to be defined. -\def\UTFviiiTwoOctetsName#1#2{% - \csname u8:#1\string #2\endcsname}% -\def\UTFviiiThreeOctetsName#1#2#3{% - \csname u8:#1\string #2\string #3\endcsname}% -\def\UTFviiiFourOctetsName#1#2#3#4{% - \csname u8:#1\string #2\string #3\string #4\endcsname}% - -% For UTF-8 byte sequences (TeX, e-TeX and pdfTeX), -% provide a definition macro to replace a Unicode character; -% this gets used by the @U command -% -\begingroup - \catcode`\"=12 - \catcode`\<=12 - \catcode`\.=12 - \catcode`\,=12 - \catcode`\;=12 - \catcode`\!=12 - \catcode`\~=13 - \gdef\DeclareUnicodeCharacterUTFviii#1#2{% - \countUTFz = "#1\relax - \begingroup - \parseXMLCharref - - % Give \u8:... its definition. The sequence of seven \expandafter's - % expands after the \gdef three times, e.g. - % - % 1. \UTFviiTwoOctetsName B1 B2 - % 2. \csname u8:B1 \string B2 \endcsname - % 3. \u8: B1 B2 (a single control sequence token) - % - \expandafter\expandafter - \expandafter\expandafter - \expandafter\expandafter - \expandafter\gdef \UTFviiiTmp{#2}% - % - \expandafter\ifx\csname uni:#1\endcsname \relax \else - \message{Internal error, already defined: #1}% - \fi - % - % define an additional control sequence for this code point. - \expandafter\globallet\csname uni:#1\endcsname \UTFviiiTmp - \endgroup} - % - % Given the value in \countUTFz as a Unicode code point, set \UTFviiiTmp - % to the corresponding UTF-8 sequence. - \gdef\parseXMLCharref{% - \ifnum\countUTFz < "A0\relax - \errhelp = \EMsimple - \errmessage{Cannot define Unicode char value < 00A0}% - \else\ifnum\countUTFz < "800\relax - \parseUTFviiiA,% - \parseUTFviiiB C\UTFviiiTwoOctetsName.,% - \else\ifnum\countUTFz < "10000\relax - \parseUTFviiiA;% - \parseUTFviiiA,% - \parseUTFviiiB E\UTFviiiThreeOctetsName.{,;}% - \else - \parseUTFviiiA;% - \parseUTFviiiA,% - \parseUTFviiiA!% - \parseUTFviiiB F\UTFviiiFourOctetsName.{!,;}% - \fi\fi\fi - } - - % Extract a byte from the end of the UTF-8 representation of \countUTFx. - % It must be a non-initial byte in the sequence. - % Change \uccode of #1 for it to be used in \parseUTFviiiB as one - % of the bytes. - \gdef\parseUTFviiiA#1{% - \countUTFx = \countUTFz - \divide\countUTFz by 64 - \countUTFy = \countUTFz % Save to be the future value of \countUTFz. - \multiply\countUTFz by 64 - - % \countUTFz is now \countUTFx with the last 5 bits cleared. Subtract - % in order to get the last five bits. - \advance\countUTFx by -\countUTFz - - % Convert this to the byte in the UTF-8 sequence. - \advance\countUTFx by 128 - \uccode `#1\countUTFx - \countUTFz = \countUTFy} - - % Used to put a UTF-8 byte sequence into \UTFviiiTmp - % #1 is the increment for \countUTFz to yield a the first byte of the UTF-8 - % sequence. - % #2 is one of the \UTFviii*OctetsName macros. - % #3 is always a full stop (.) - % #4 is a template for the other bytes in the sequence. The values for these - % bytes is substituted in here with \uppercase using the \uccode's. - \gdef\parseUTFviiiB#1#2#3#4{% - \advance\countUTFz by "#10\relax - \uccode `#3\countUTFz - \uppercase{\gdef\UTFviiiTmp{#2#3#4}}} -\endgroup - -% For native Unicode handling (XeTeX and LuaTeX), -% provide a definition macro that sets a catcode to `other' non-globally -% -\def\DeclareUnicodeCharacterNativeOther#1#2{% - \catcode"#1=\other -} - -% https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Plane_(Unicode)#Basic_M -% U+0000..U+007F = https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Basic_Latin_(Unicode_block) -% U+0080..U+00FF = https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Latin-1_Supplement_(Unicode_block) -% U+0100..U+017F = https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Latin_Extended-A -% U+0180..U+024F = https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Latin_Extended-B -% -% Many of our renditions are less than wonderful, and all the missing -% characters are available somewhere. Loading the necessary fonts -% awaits user request. We can't truly support Unicode without -% reimplementing everything that's been done in LaTeX for many years, -% plus probably using luatex or xetex, and who knows what else. -% We won't be doing that here in this simple file. But we can try to at -% least make most of the characters not bomb out. -% -\def\unicodechardefs{% - \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{00A0}{\tie}% - \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{00A1}{\exclamdown}% - \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{00A2}{{\tcfont \char162}}% 0242=cent - \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{00A3}{\pounds{}}% - \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{00A4}{{\tcfont \char164}}% 0244=currency - \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{00A5}{{\tcfont \char165}}% 0245=yen - \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{00A6}{{\tcfont \char166}}% 0246=brokenbar - \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{00A7}{\S}% - \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{00A8}{\"{ }}% - \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{00A9}{\copyright{}}% - \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{00AA}{\ordf}% - \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{00AB}{\guillemetleft{}}% - \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{00AC}{\ensuremath\lnot}% - \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{00AD}{\-}% - \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{00AE}{\registeredsymbol{}}% - \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{00AF}{\={ }}% - % - \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{00B0}{\ringaccent{ }}% - \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{00B1}{\ensuremath\pm}% - \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{00B2}{$^2$}% - \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{00B3}{$^3$}% - \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{00B4}{\'{ }}% - \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{00B5}{$\mu$}% - \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{00B6}{\P}% - \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{00B7}{\ensuremath\cdot}% - \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{00B8}{\cedilla{ }}% - \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{00B9}{$^1$}% - \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{00BA}{\ordm}% - \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{00BB}{\guillemetright{}}% - \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{00BC}{$1\over4$}% - \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{00BD}{$1\over2$}% - \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{00BE}{$3\over4$}% - \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{00BF}{\questiondown}% - % - \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{00C0}{\`A}% - \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{00C1}{\'A}% - \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{00C2}{\^A}% - \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{00C3}{\~A}% - \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{00C4}{\"A}% - \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{00C5}{\AA}% - \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{00C6}{\AE}% - \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{00C7}{\cedilla{C}}% - \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{00C8}{\`E}% - \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{00C9}{\'E}% - \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{00CA}{\^E}% - \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{00CB}{\"E}% - \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{00CC}{\`I}% - \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{00CD}{\'I}% - \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{00CE}{\^I}% - \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{00CF}{\"I}% - % - \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{00D0}{\DH}% - \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{00D1}{\~N}% - \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{00D2}{\`O}% - \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{00D3}{\'O}% - \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{00D4}{\^O}% - \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{00D5}{\~O}% - \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{00D6}{\"O}% - \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{00D7}{\ensuremath\times}% - \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{00D8}{\O}% - \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{00D9}{\`U}% - \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{00DA}{\'U}% - \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{00DB}{\^U}% - \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{00DC}{\"U}% - \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{00DD}{\'Y}% - \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{00DE}{\TH}% - \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{00DF}{\ss}% - % - \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{00E0}{\`a}% - \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{00E1}{\'a}% - \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{00E2}{\^a}% - \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{00E3}{\~a}% - \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{00E4}{\"a}% - \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{00E5}{\aa}% - \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{00E6}{\ae}% - \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{00E7}{\cedilla{c}}% - \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{00E8}{\`e}% - \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{00E9}{\'e}% - \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{00EA}{\^e}% - \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{00EB}{\"e}% - \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{00EC}{\`{\dotless{i}}}% - \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{00ED}{\'{\dotless{i}}}% - \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{00EE}{\^{\dotless{i}}}% - \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{00EF}{\"{\dotless{i}}}% - % - \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{00F0}{\dh}% - \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{00F1}{\~n}% - \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{00F2}{\`o}% - \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{00F3}{\'o}% - \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{00F4}{\^o}% - \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{00F5}{\~o}% - \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{00F6}{\"o}% - \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{00F7}{\ensuremath\div}% - \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{00F8}{\o}% - \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{00F9}{\`u}% - \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{00FA}{\'u}% - \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{00FB}{\^u}% - \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{00FC}{\"u}% - \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{00FD}{\'y}% - \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{00FE}{\th}% - \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{00FF}{\"y}% - % - \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{0100}{\=A}% - \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{0101}{\=a}% - \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{0102}{\u{A}}% - \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{0103}{\u{a}}% - \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{0104}{\ogonek{A}}% - \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{0105}{\ogonek{a}}% - \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{0106}{\'C}% - \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{0107}{\'c}% - \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{0108}{\^C}% - \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{0109}{\^c}% - \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{010A}{\dotaccent{C}}% - \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{010B}{\dotaccent{c}}% - \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{010C}{\v{C}}% - \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{010D}{\v{c}}% - \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{010E}{\v{D}}% - \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{010F}{d'}% - % - \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{0110}{\DH}% - \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{0111}{\dh}% - \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{0112}{\=E}% - \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{0113}{\=e}% - \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{0114}{\u{E}}% - \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{0115}{\u{e}}% - \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{0116}{\dotaccent{E}}% - \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{0117}{\dotaccent{e}}% - \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{0118}{\ogonek{E}}% - \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{0119}{\ogonek{e}}% - \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{011A}{\v{E}}% - \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{011B}{\v{e}}% - \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{011C}{\^G}% - \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{011D}{\^g}% - \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{011E}{\u{G}}% - \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{011F}{\u{g}}% - % - \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{0120}{\dotaccent{G}}% - \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{0121}{\dotaccent{g}}% - \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{0122}{\cedilla{G}}% - \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{0123}{\cedilla{g}}% - \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{0124}{\^H}% - \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{0125}{\^h}% - \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{0126}{\missingcharmsg{H WITH STROKE}}% - \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{0127}{\missingcharmsg{h WITH STROKE}}% - \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{0128}{\~I}% - \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{0129}{\~{\dotless{i}}}% - \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{012A}{\=I}% - \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{012B}{\={\dotless{i}}}% - \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{012C}{\u{I}}% - \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{012D}{\u{\dotless{i}}}% - \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{012E}{\ogonek{I}}% - \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{012F}{\ogonek{i}}% - % - \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{0130}{\dotaccent{I}}% - \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{0131}{\dotless{i}}% - \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{0132}{IJ}% - \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{0133}{ij}% - \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{0134}{\^J}% - \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{0135}{\^{\dotless{j}}}% - \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{0136}{\cedilla{K}}% - \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{0137}{\cedilla{k}}% - \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{0138}{\ensuremath\kappa}% - \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{0139}{\'L}% - \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{013A}{\'l}% - \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{013B}{\cedilla{L}}% - \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{013C}{\cedilla{l}}% - \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{013D}{L'}% should kern - \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{013E}{l'}% should kern - \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{013F}{L\U{00B7}}% - % - \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{0140}{l\U{00B7}}% - \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{0141}{\L}% - \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{0142}{\l}% - \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{0143}{\'N}% - \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{0144}{\'n}% - \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{0145}{\cedilla{N}}% - \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{0146}{\cedilla{n}}% - \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{0147}{\v{N}}% - \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{0148}{\v{n}}% - \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{0149}{'n}% - \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{014A}{\missingcharmsg{ENG}}% - \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{014B}{\missingcharmsg{eng}}% - \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{014C}{\=O}% - \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{014D}{\=o}% - \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{014E}{\u{O}}% - \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{014F}{\u{o}}% - % - \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{0150}{\H{O}}% - \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{0151}{\H{o}}% - \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{0152}{\OE}% - \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{0153}{\oe}% - \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{0154}{\'R}% - \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{0155}{\'r}% - \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{0156}{\cedilla{R}}% - \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{0157}{\cedilla{r}}% - \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{0158}{\v{R}}% - \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{0159}{\v{r}}% - \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{015A}{\'S}% - \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{015B}{\'s}% - \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{015C}{\^S}% - \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{015D}{\^s}% - \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{015E}{\cedilla{S}}% - \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{015F}{\cedilla{s}}% - % - \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{0160}{\v{S}}% - \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{0161}{\v{s}}% - \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{0162}{\cedilla{T}}% - \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{0163}{\cedilla{t}}% - \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{0164}{\v{T}}% - \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{0165}{\v{t}}% - \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{0166}{\missingcharmsg{H WITH STROKE}}% - \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{0167}{\missingcharmsg{h WITH STROKE}}% - \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{0168}{\~U}% - \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{0169}{\~u}% - \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{016A}{\=U}% - \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{016B}{\=u}% - \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{016C}{\u{U}}% - \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{016D}{\u{u}}% - \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{016E}{\ringaccent{U}}% - \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{016F}{\ringaccent{u}}% - % - \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{0170}{\H{U}}% - \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{0171}{\H{u}}% - \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{0172}{\ogonek{U}}% - \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{0173}{\ogonek{u}}% - \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{0174}{\^W}% - \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{0175}{\^w}% - \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{0176}{\^Y}% - \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{0177}{\^y}% - \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{0178}{\"Y}% - \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{0179}{\'Z}% - \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{017A}{\'z}% - \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{017B}{\dotaccent{Z}}% - \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{017C}{\dotaccent{z}}% - \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{017D}{\v{Z}}% - \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{017E}{\v{z}}% - \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{017F}{\missingcharmsg{LONG S}}% - % - \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{01C4}{D\v{Z}}% - \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{01C5}{D\v{z}}% - \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{01C6}{d\v{z}}% - \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{01C7}{LJ}% - \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{01C8}{Lj}% - \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{01C9}{lj}% - \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{01CA}{NJ}% - \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{01CB}{Nj}% - \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{01CC}{nj}% - \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{01CD}{\v{A}}% - \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{01CE}{\v{a}}% - \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{01CF}{\v{I}}% - % - \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{01D0}{\v{\dotless{i}}}% - \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{01D1}{\v{O}}% - \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{01D2}{\v{o}}% - \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{01D3}{\v{U}}% - \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{01D4}{\v{u}}% - % - \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{01E2}{\={\AE}}% - \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{01E3}{\={\ae}}% - \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{01E6}{\v{G}}% - \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{01E7}{\v{g}}% - \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{01E8}{\v{K}}% - \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{01E9}{\v{k}}% - % - \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{01F0}{\v{\dotless{j}}}% - \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{01F1}{DZ}% - \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{01F2}{Dz}% - \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{01F3}{dz}% - \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{01F4}{\'G}% - \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{01F5}{\'g}% - \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{01F8}{\`N}% - \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{01F9}{\`n}% - \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{01FC}{\'{\AE}}% - \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{01FD}{\'{\ae}}% - \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{01FE}{\'{\O}}% - \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{01FF}{\'{\o}}% - % - \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{021E}{\v{H}}% - \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{021F}{\v{h}}% - % - \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{0226}{\dotaccent{A}}% - \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{0227}{\dotaccent{a}}% - \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{0228}{\cedilla{E}}% - \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{0229}{\cedilla{e}}% - \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{022E}{\dotaccent{O}}% - \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{022F}{\dotaccent{o}}% - % - \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{0232}{\=Y}% - \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{0233}{\=y}% - \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{0237}{\dotless{j}}% - % - \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{02BC}{'}% - % - \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{02DB}{\ogonek{ }}% - % - % Greek letters upper case - \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{0391}{{\it A}}% - \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{0392}{{\it B}}% - \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{0393}{\ensuremath{\mit\Gamma}}% - \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{0394}{\ensuremath{\mit\Delta}}% - \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{0395}{{\it E}}% - \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{0396}{{\it Z}}% - \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{0397}{{\it H}}% - \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{0398}{\ensuremath{\mit\Theta}}% - \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{0399}{{\it I}}% - \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{039A}{{\it K}}% - \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{039B}{\ensuremath{\mit\Lambda}}% - \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{039C}{{\it M}}% - \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{039D}{{\it N}}% - \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{039E}{\ensuremath{\mit\Xi}}% - \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{039F}{{\it O}}% - \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{03A0}{\ensuremath{\mit\Pi}}% - \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{03A1}{{\it P}}% - %\DeclareUnicodeCharacter{03A2}{} % none - corresponds to final sigma - \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{03A3}{\ensuremath{\mit\Sigma}}% - \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{03A4}{{\it T}}% - \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{03A5}{\ensuremath{\mit\Upsilon}}% - \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{03A6}{\ensuremath{\mit\Phi}}% - \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{03A7}{{\it X}}% - \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{03A8}{\ensuremath{\mit\Psi}}% - \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{03A9}{\ensuremath{\mit\Omega}}% - % - % Vowels with accents - \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{0390}{\ensuremath{\ddot{\acute\iota}}}% - \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{03AC}{\ensuremath{\acute\alpha}}% - \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{03AD}{\ensuremath{\acute\epsilon}}% - \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{03AE}{\ensuremath{\acute\eta}}% - \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{03AF}{\ensuremath{\acute\iota}}% - \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{03B0}{\ensuremath{\acute{\ddot\upsilon}}}% - % - % Standalone accent - \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{0384}{\ensuremath{\acute{\ }}}% - % - % Greek letters lower case - \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{03B1}{\ensuremath\alpha}% - \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{03B2}{\ensuremath\beta}% - \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{03B3}{\ensuremath\gamma}% - \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{03B4}{\ensuremath\delta}% - \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{03B5}{\ensuremath\epsilon}% - \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{03B6}{\ensuremath\zeta}% - \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{03B7}{\ensuremath\eta}% - \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{03B8}{\ensuremath\theta}% - \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{03B9}{\ensuremath\iota}% - \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{03BA}{\ensuremath\kappa}% - \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{03BB}{\ensuremath\lambda}% - \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{03BC}{\ensuremath\mu}% - \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{03BD}{\ensuremath\nu}% - \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{03BE}{\ensuremath\xi}% - \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{03BF}{{\it o}}% omicron - \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{03C0}{\ensuremath\pi}% - \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{03C1}{\ensuremath\rho}% - \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{03C2}{\ensuremath\varsigma}% - \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{03C3}{\ensuremath\sigma}% - \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{03C4}{\ensuremath\tau}% - \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{03C5}{\ensuremath\upsilon}% - \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{03C6}{\ensuremath\phi}% - \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{03C7}{\ensuremath\chi}% - \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{03C8}{\ensuremath\psi}% - \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{03C9}{\ensuremath\omega}% - % - % More Greek vowels with accents - \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{03CA}{\ensuremath{\ddot\iota}}% - \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{03CB}{\ensuremath{\ddot\upsilon}}% - \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{03CC}{\ensuremath{\acute o}}% - \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{03CD}{\ensuremath{\acute\upsilon}}% - \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{03CE}{\ensuremath{\acute\omega}}% - % - % Variant Greek letters - \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{03D1}{\ensuremath\vartheta}% - \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{03D6}{\ensuremath\varpi}% - \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{03F1}{\ensuremath\varrho}% - % - \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{1E02}{\dotaccent{B}}% - \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{1E03}{\dotaccent{b}}% - \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{1E04}{\udotaccent{B}}% - \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{1E05}{\udotaccent{b}}% - \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{1E06}{\ubaraccent{B}}% - \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{1E07}{\ubaraccent{b}}% - \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{1E0A}{\dotaccent{D}}% - \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{1E0B}{\dotaccent{d}}% - \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{1E0C}{\udotaccent{D}}% - \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{1E0D}{\udotaccent{d}}% - \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{1E0E}{\ubaraccent{D}}% - \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{1E0F}{\ubaraccent{d}}% - % - \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{1E1E}{\dotaccent{F}}% - \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{1E1F}{\dotaccent{f}}% - % - \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{1E20}{\=G}% - \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{1E21}{\=g}% - \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{1E22}{\dotaccent{H}}% - \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{1E23}{\dotaccent{h}}% - \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{1E24}{\udotaccent{H}}% - \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{1E25}{\udotaccent{h}}% - \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{1E26}{\"H}% - \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{1E27}{\"h}% - % - \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{1E30}{\'K}% - \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{1E31}{\'k}% - \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{1E32}{\udotaccent{K}}% - \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{1E33}{\udotaccent{k}}% - \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{1E34}{\ubaraccent{K}}% - \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{1E35}{\ubaraccent{k}}% - \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{1E36}{\udotaccent{L}}% - \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{1E37}{\udotaccent{l}}% - \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{1E3A}{\ubaraccent{L}}% - \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{1E3B}{\ubaraccent{l}}% - \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{1E3E}{\'M}% - \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{1E3F}{\'m}% - % - \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{1E40}{\dotaccent{M}}% - \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{1E41}{\dotaccent{m}}% - \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{1E42}{\udotaccent{M}}% - \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{1E43}{\udotaccent{m}}% - \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{1E44}{\dotaccent{N}}% - \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{1E45}{\dotaccent{n}}% - \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{1E46}{\udotaccent{N}}% - \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{1E47}{\udotaccent{n}}% - \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{1E48}{\ubaraccent{N}}% - \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{1E49}{\ubaraccent{n}}% - % - \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{1E54}{\'P}% - \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{1E55}{\'p}% - \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{1E56}{\dotaccent{P}}% - \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{1E57}{\dotaccent{p}}% - \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{1E58}{\dotaccent{R}}% - \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{1E59}{\dotaccent{r}}% - \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{1E5A}{\udotaccent{R}}% - \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{1E5B}{\udotaccent{r}}% - \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{1E5E}{\ubaraccent{R}}% - \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{1E5F}{\ubaraccent{r}}% - % - \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{1E60}{\dotaccent{S}}% - \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{1E61}{\dotaccent{s}}% - \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{1E62}{\udotaccent{S}}% - \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{1E63}{\udotaccent{s}}% - \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{1E6A}{\dotaccent{T}}% - \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{1E6B}{\dotaccent{t}}% - \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{1E6C}{\udotaccent{T}}% - \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{1E6D}{\udotaccent{t}}% - \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{1E6E}{\ubaraccent{T}}% - \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{1E6F}{\ubaraccent{t}}% - % - \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{1E7C}{\~V}% - \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{1E7D}{\~v}% - \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{1E7E}{\udotaccent{V}}% - \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{1E7F}{\udotaccent{v}}% - % - \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{1E80}{\`W}% - \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{1E81}{\`w}% - \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{1E82}{\'W}% - \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{1E83}{\'w}% - \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{1E84}{\"W}% - \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{1E85}{\"w}% - \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{1E86}{\dotaccent{W}}% - \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{1E87}{\dotaccent{w}}% - \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{1E88}{\udotaccent{W}}% - \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{1E89}{\udotaccent{w}}% - \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{1E8A}{\dotaccent{X}}% - \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{1E8B}{\dotaccent{x}}% - \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{1E8C}{\"X}% - \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{1E8D}{\"x}% - \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{1E8E}{\dotaccent{Y}}% - \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{1E8F}{\dotaccent{y}}% - % - \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{1E90}{\^Z}% - \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{1E91}{\^z}% - \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{1E92}{\udotaccent{Z}}% - \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{1E93}{\udotaccent{z}}% - \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{1E94}{\ubaraccent{Z}}% - \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{1E95}{\ubaraccent{z}}% - \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{1E96}{\ubaraccent{h}}% - \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{1E97}{\"t}% - \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{1E98}{\ringaccent{w}}% - \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{1E99}{\ringaccent{y}}% - % - \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{1EA0}{\udotaccent{A}}% - \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{1EA1}{\udotaccent{a}}% - % - \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{1EB8}{\udotaccent{E}}% - \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{1EB9}{\udotaccent{e}}% - \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{1EBC}{\~E}% - \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{1EBD}{\~e}% - % - \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{1ECA}{\udotaccent{I}}% - \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{1ECB}{\udotaccent{i}}% - \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{1ECC}{\udotaccent{O}}% - \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{1ECD}{\udotaccent{o}}% - % - \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{1EE4}{\udotaccent{U}}% - \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{1EE5}{\udotaccent{u}}% - % - \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{1EF2}{\`Y}% - \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{1EF3}{\`y}% - \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{1EF4}{\udotaccent{Y}}% - % - \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{1EF8}{\~Y}% - \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{1EF9}{\~y}% - % - % Punctuation - \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{2013}{--}% - \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{2014}{---}% - \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{2018}{\quoteleft{}}% - \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{2019}{\quoteright{}}% - \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{201A}{\quotesinglbase{}}% - \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{201C}{\quotedblleft{}}% - \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{201D}{\quotedblright{}}% - \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{201E}{\quotedblbase{}}% - \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{2020}{\ensuremath\dagger}% - \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{2021}{\ensuremath\ddagger}% - \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{2022}{\bullet{}}% - \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{202F}{\thinspace}% - \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{2026}{\dots{}}% - \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{2039}{\guilsinglleft{}}% - \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{203A}{\guilsinglright{}}% - % - \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{20AC}{\euro{}}% - % - \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{2192}{\expansion{}}% - \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{21D2}{\result{}}% - % - % Mathematical symbols - \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{2200}{\ensuremath\forall}% - \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{2203}{\ensuremath\exists}% - \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{2208}{\ensuremath\in}% - \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{2212}{\minus{}}% - \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{2217}{\ast}% - \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{221E}{\ensuremath\infty}% - \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{2225}{\ensuremath\parallel}% - \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{2227}{\ensuremath\wedge}% - \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{2229}{\ensuremath\cap}% - \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{2261}{\equiv{}}% - \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{2264}{\ensuremath\leq}% - \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{2265}{\ensuremath\geq}% - \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{2282}{\ensuremath\subset}% - \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{2287}{\ensuremath\supseteq}% - % - \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{2016}{\ensuremath\Vert}% - \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{2032}{\ensuremath\prime}% - \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{210F}{\ensuremath\hbar}% - \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{2111}{\ensuremath\Im}% - \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{2113}{\ensuremath\ell}% - \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{2118}{\ensuremath\wp}% - \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{211C}{\ensuremath\Re}% - \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{2135}{\ensuremath\aleph}% - \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{2190}{\ensuremath\leftarrow}% - \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{2191}{\ensuremath\uparrow}% - \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{2193}{\ensuremath\downarrow}% - \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{2194}{\ensuremath\leftrightarrow}% - \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{2195}{\ensuremath\updownarrow}% - \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{2196}{\ensuremath\nwarrow}% - \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{2197}{\ensuremath\nearrow}% - \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{2198}{\ensuremath\searrow}% - \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{2199}{\ensuremath\swarrow}% - \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{21A6}{\ensuremath\mapsto}% - \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{21A9}{\ensuremath\hookleftarrow}% - \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{21AA}{\ensuremath\hookrightarrow}% - \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{21BC}{\ensuremath\leftharpoonup}% - \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{21BD}{\ensuremath\leftharpoondown}% - \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{21C0}{\ensuremath\rightharpoonup}% - \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{21C1}{\ensuremath\rightharpoondown}% - \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{21CC}{\ensuremath\rightleftharpoons}% - \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{21D0}{\ensuremath\Leftarrow}% - \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{21D1}{\ensuremath\Uparrow}% - \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{21D3}{\ensuremath\Downarrow}% - \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{21D4}{\ensuremath\Leftrightarrow}% - \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{21D5}{\ensuremath\Updownarrow}% - \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{2202}{\ensuremath\partial}% - \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{2205}{\ensuremath\emptyset}% - \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{2207}{\ensuremath\nabla}% - \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{2209}{\ensuremath\notin}% - \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{220B}{\ensuremath\owns}% - \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{220F}{\ensuremath\prod}% - \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{2210}{\ensuremath\coprod}% - \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{2211}{\ensuremath\sum}% - \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{2213}{\ensuremath\mp}% - \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{2218}{\ensuremath\circ}% - \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{221A}{\ensuremath\surd}% - \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{221D}{\ensuremath\propto}% - \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{2220}{\ensuremath\angle}% - \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{2223}{\ensuremath\mid}% - \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{2228}{\ensuremath\vee}% - \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{222A}{\ensuremath\cup}% - \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{222B}{\ensuremath\smallint}% - \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{222E}{\ensuremath\oint}% - \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{223C}{\ensuremath\sim}% - \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{2240}{\ensuremath\wr}% - \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{2243}{\ensuremath\simeq}% - \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{2245}{\ensuremath\cong}% - \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{2248}{\ensuremath\approx}% - \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{224D}{\ensuremath\asymp}% - \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{2250}{\ensuremath\doteq}% - \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{2260}{\ensuremath\neq}% - \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{226A}{\ensuremath\ll}% - \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{226B}{\ensuremath\gg}% - \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{227A}{\ensuremath\prec}% - \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{227B}{\ensuremath\succ}% - \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{2283}{\ensuremath\supset}% - \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{2286}{\ensuremath\subseteq}% - \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{228E}{\ensuremath\uplus}% - \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{2291}{\ensuremath\sqsubseteq}% - \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{2292}{\ensuremath\sqsupseteq}% - \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{2293}{\ensuremath\sqcap}% - \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{2294}{\ensuremath\sqcup}% - \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{2295}{\ensuremath\oplus}% - \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{2296}{\ensuremath\ominus}% - \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{2297}{\ensuremath\otimes}% - \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{2298}{\ensuremath\oslash}% - \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{2299}{\ensuremath\odot}% - \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{22A2}{\ensuremath\vdash}% - \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{22A3}{\ensuremath\dashv}% - \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{22A4}{\ensuremath\ptextop}% - \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{22A5}{\ensuremath\bot}% - \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{22A8}{\ensuremath\models}% - \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{22C0}{\ensuremath\bigwedge}% - \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{22C1}{\ensuremath\bigvee}% - \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{22C2}{\ensuremath\bigcap}% - \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{22C3}{\ensuremath\bigcup}% - \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{22C4}{\ensuremath\diamond}% - \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{22C5}{\ensuremath\cdot}% - \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{22C6}{\ensuremath\star}% - \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{22C8}{\ensuremath\bowtie}% - \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{2308}{\ensuremath\lceil}% - \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{2309}{\ensuremath\rceil}% - \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{230A}{\ensuremath\lfloor}% - \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{230B}{\ensuremath\rfloor}% - \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{2322}{\ensuremath\frown}% - \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{2323}{\ensuremath\smile}% - % - \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{25B3}{\ensuremath\triangle}% - \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{25B7}{\ensuremath\triangleright}% - \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{25BD}{\ensuremath\bigtriangledown}% - \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{25C1}{\ensuremath\triangleleft}% - \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{25C7}{\ensuremath\diamond}% - \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{2660}{\ensuremath\spadesuit}% - \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{2661}{\ensuremath\heartsuit}% - \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{2662}{\ensuremath\diamondsuit}% - \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{2663}{\ensuremath\clubsuit}% - \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{266D}{\ensuremath\flat}% - \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{266E}{\ensuremath\natural}% - \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{266F}{\ensuremath\sharp}% - \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{26AA}{\ensuremath\bigcirc}% - \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{27B9}{\ensuremath\rangle}% - \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{27C2}{\ensuremath\perp}% - \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{27E8}{\ensuremath\langle}% - \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{27F5}{\ensuremath\longleftarrow}% - \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{27F6}{\ensuremath\longrightarrow}% - \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{27F7}{\ensuremath\longleftrightarrow}% - \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{27FC}{\ensuremath\longmapsto}% - \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{29F5}{\ensuremath\setminus}% - \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{2A00}{\ensuremath\bigodot}% - \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{2A01}{\ensuremath\bigoplus}% - \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{2A02}{\ensuremath\bigotimes}% - \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{2A04}{\ensuremath\biguplus}% - \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{2A06}{\ensuremath\bigsqcup}% - \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{2A3F}{\ensuremath\amalg}% - \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{2AAF}{\ensuremath\preceq}% - \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{2AB0}{\ensuremath\succeq}% - % - \global\mathchardef\checkmark="1370% actually the square root sign - \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{2713}{\ensuremath\checkmark}% -}% end of \unicodechardefs - -% UTF-8 byte sequence (pdfTeX) definitions (replacing and @U command) -% It makes the setting that replace UTF-8 byte sequence. -\def\utfeightchardefs{% - \let\DeclareUnicodeCharacter\DeclareUnicodeCharacterUTFviii - \unicodechardefs -} - -% Whether the active definitions of non-ASCII characters expand to -% non-active tokens with the same character code. This is used to -% write characters literally, instead of using active definitions for -% printing the correct glyphs. -\newif\ifpassthroughchars -\passthroughcharsfalse - -% For native Unicode handling (XeTeX and LuaTeX), -% provide a definition macro to replace/pass-through a Unicode character -% -\def\DeclareUnicodeCharacterNative#1#2{% - \catcode"#1=\active - \def\dodeclareunicodecharacternative##1##2##3{% - \begingroup - \uccode`\~="##2\relax - \uppercase{\gdef~}{% - \ifpassthroughchars - ##1% - \else - ##3% - \fi - } - \endgroup - } - \begingroup - \uccode`\.="#1\relax - \uppercase{\def\UTFNativeTmp{.}}% - \expandafter\dodeclareunicodecharacternative\UTFNativeTmp{#1}{#2}% - \endgroup -} - -% Native Unicode handling (XeTeX and LuaTeX) character replacing definition. -% It activates the setting that replaces Unicode characters. -\def\nativeunicodechardefs{% - \let\DeclareUnicodeCharacter\DeclareUnicodeCharacterNative - \unicodechardefs -} - -% For native Unicode handling (XeTeX and LuaTeX), -% make the character token expand -% to the sequences given in \unicodechardefs for printing. -\def\DeclareUnicodeCharacterNativeAtU#1#2{% - \def\UTFAtUTmp{#2} - \expandafter\globallet\csname uni:#1\endcsname \UTFAtUTmp -} - -% @U command definitions for native Unicode handling (XeTeX and LuaTeX). -\def\nativeunicodechardefsatu{% - \let\DeclareUnicodeCharacter\DeclareUnicodeCharacterNativeAtU - \unicodechardefs -} - -% US-ASCII character definitions. -\def\asciichardefs{% nothing need be done - \relax -} - -% Define all Unicode characters we know about. This makes UTF-8 the default -% input encoding and allows @U to work. -\iftxinativeunicodecapable - \nativeunicodechardefsatu -\else - \utfeightchardefs -\fi - -\message{formatting,} - -\newdimen\defaultparindent \defaultparindent = 15pt - -\chapheadingskip = 15pt plus 4pt minus 2pt -\secheadingskip = 12pt plus 3pt minus 2pt -\subsecheadingskip = 9pt plus 2pt minus 2pt - -% Prevent underfull vbox error messages. -\vbadness = 10000 - -% Don't be very finicky about underfull hboxes, either. -\hbadness = 6666 - -% Following George Bush, get rid of widows and orphans. -\widowpenalty=10000 -\clubpenalty=10000 - -% Use TeX 3.0's \emergencystretch to help line breaking, but if we're -% using an old version of TeX, don't do anything. We want the amount of -% stretch added to depend on the line length, hence the dependence on -% \hsize. We call this whenever the paper size is set. -% -\def\setemergencystretch{% - \ifx\emergencystretch\thisisundefined - % Allow us to assign to \emergencystretch anyway. - \def\emergencystretch{\dimen0}% - \else - \emergencystretch = .15\hsize - \fi -} - -% Parameters in order: 1) textheight; 2) textwidth; -% 3) voffset; 4) hoffset; 5) binding offset; 6) topskip; -% 7) physical page height; 8) physical page width. -% -% We also call \setleading{\textleading}, so the caller should define -% \textleading. The caller should also set \parskip. -% -\def\internalpagesizes#1#2#3#4#5#6#7#8{% - \voffset = #3\relax - \topskip = #6\relax - \splittopskip = \topskip - % - \vsize = #1\relax - \advance\vsize by \topskip - \outervsize = \vsize - \advance\outervsize by 2\topandbottommargin - \txipageheight = \vsize - % - \hsize = #2\relax - \outerhsize = \hsize - \advance\outerhsize by 0.5in - \txipagewidth = \hsize - % - \normaloffset = #4\relax - \bindingoffset = #5\relax - % - \ifpdf - \pdfpageheight #7\relax - \pdfpagewidth #8\relax - % if we don't reset these, they will remain at "1 true in" of - % whatever layout pdftex was dumped with. - \pdfhorigin = 1 true in - \pdfvorigin = 1 true in - \else - \ifx\XeTeXrevision\thisisundefined - \special{papersize=#8,#7}% - \else - \pdfpageheight #7\relax - \pdfpagewidth #8\relax - % XeTeX does not have \pdfhorigin and \pdfvorigin. - \fi - \fi - % - \setleading{\textleading} - % - \parindent = \defaultparindent - \setemergencystretch -} - -% @letterpaper (the default). -\def\letterpaper{{\globaldefs = 1 - \parskip = 3pt plus 2pt minus 1pt - \textleading = 13.2pt - % - % If page is nothing but text, make it come out even. - \internalpagesizes{607.2pt}{6in}% that's 46 lines - {\voffset}{.25in}% - {\bindingoffset}{36pt}% - {11in}{8.5in}% -}} - -% Use @smallbook to reset parameters for 7x9.25 trim size. -\def\smallbook{{\globaldefs = 1 - \parskip = 2pt plus 1pt - \textleading = 12pt - % - \internalpagesizes{7.5in}{5in}% - {-.2in}{0in}% - {\bindingoffset}{16pt}% - {9.25in}{7in}% - % - \lispnarrowing = 0.3in - \tolerance = 700 - \contentsrightmargin = 0pt - \defbodyindent = .5cm -}} - -% Use @smallerbook to reset parameters for 6x9 trim size. -% (Just testing, parameters still in flux.) -\def\smallerbook{{\globaldefs = 1 - \parskip = 1.5pt plus 1pt - \textleading = 12pt - % - \internalpagesizes{7.4in}{4.8in}% - {-.2in}{-.4in}% - {0pt}{14pt}% - {9in}{6in}% - % - \lispnarrowing = 0.25in - \tolerance = 700 - \contentsrightmargin = 0pt - \defbodyindent = .4cm -}} - -% Use @afourpaper to print on European A4 paper. -\def\afourpaper{{\globaldefs = 1 - \parskip = 3pt plus 2pt minus 1pt - \textleading = 13.2pt - % - % Double-side printing via postscript on Laserjet 4050 - % prints double-sided nicely when \bindingoffset=10mm and \hoffset=-6mm. - % To change the settings for a different printer or situation, adjust - % \normaloffset until the front-side and back-side texts align. Then - % do the same for \bindingoffset. You can set these for testing in - % your texinfo source file like this: - % @tex - % \global\normaloffset = -6mm - % \global\bindingoffset = 10mm - % @end tex - \internalpagesizes{673.2pt}{160mm}% that's 51 lines - {\voffset}{\hoffset}% - {\bindingoffset}{44pt}% - {297mm}{210mm}% - % - \tolerance = 700 - \contentsrightmargin = 0pt - \defbodyindent = 5mm -}} - -% Use @afivepaper to print on European A5 paper. -% From romildo@urano.iceb.ufop.br, 2 July 2000. -% He also recommends making @example and @lisp be small. -\def\afivepaper{{\globaldefs = 1 - \parskip = 2pt plus 1pt minus 0.1pt - \textleading = 12.5pt - % - \internalpagesizes{160mm}{120mm}% - {\voffset}{\hoffset}% - {\bindingoffset}{8pt}% - {210mm}{148mm}% - % - \lispnarrowing = 0.2in - \tolerance = 800 - \contentsrightmargin = 0pt - \defbodyindent = 2mm - \tableindent = 12mm -}} - -% A specific text layout, 24x15cm overall, intended for A4 paper. -\def\afourlatex{{\globaldefs = 1 - \afourpaper - \internalpagesizes{237mm}{150mm}% - {\voffset}{4.6mm}% - {\bindingoffset}{7mm}% - {297mm}{210mm}% - % - % Must explicitly reset to 0 because we call \afourpaper. - \globaldefs = 0 -}} - -% Use @afourwide to print on A4 paper in landscape format. -\def\afourwide{{\globaldefs = 1 - \afourpaper - \internalpagesizes{241mm}{165mm}% - {\voffset}{-2.95mm}% - {\bindingoffset}{7mm}% - {297mm}{210mm}% - \globaldefs = 0 -}} - -\def\bsixpaper{{\globaldefs = 1 - \afourpaper - \internalpagesizes{140mm}{100mm}% - {-6.35mm}{-12.7mm}% - {\bindingoffset}{14pt}% - {176mm}{125mm}% - \let\SETdispenvsize=\smallword - \lispnarrowing = 0.2in - \globaldefs = 0 -}} - - -% @pagesizes TEXTHEIGHT[,TEXTWIDTH] -% Perhaps we should allow setting the margins, \topskip, \parskip, -% and/or leading, also. Or perhaps we should compute them somehow. -% -\parseargdef\pagesizes{\pagesizesyyy #1,,\finish} -\def\pagesizesyyy#1,#2,#3\finish{{% - \setbox0 = \hbox{\ignorespaces #2}\ifdim\wd0 > 0pt \hsize=#2\relax \fi - \globaldefs = 1 - % - \parskip = 3pt plus 2pt minus 1pt - \setleading{\textleading}% - % - \dimen0 = #1\relax - \advance\dimen0 by 2.5in % default 1in margin above heading line - % and 1.5in to include heading, footing and - % bottom margin - % - \dimen2 = \hsize - \advance\dimen2 by 2in % default to 1 inch margin on each side - % - \internalpagesizes{#1}{\hsize}% - {\voffset}{\normaloffset}% - {\bindingoffset}{44pt}% - {\dimen0}{\dimen2}% -}} - -% Set default to letter. -% -\letterpaper - -% Default value of \hfuzz, for suppressing warnings about overfull hboxes. -\hfuzz = 1pt - - -\message{and turning on texinfo input format.} - -\def^^L{\par} % remove \outer, so ^L can appear in an @comment - -% DEL is a comment character, in case @c does not suffice. -\catcode`\^^? = 14 - -% Define macros to output various characters with catcode for normal text. -\catcode`\"=\other \def\normaldoublequote{"} -\catcode`\$=\other \def\normaldollar{$}%$ font-lock fix -\catcode`\+=\other \def\normalplus{+} -\catcode`\<=\other \def\normalless{<} -\catcode`\>=\other \def\normalgreater{>} -\catcode`\^=\other \def\normalcaret{^} -\catcode`\_=\other \def\normalunderscore{_} -\catcode`\|=\other \def\normalverticalbar{|} -\catcode`\~=\other \def\normaltilde{~} - -% This macro is used to make a character print one way in \tt -% (where it can probably be output as-is), and another way in other fonts, -% where something hairier probably needs to be done. -% -% #1 is what to print if we are indeed using \tt; #2 is what to print -% otherwise. Since all the Computer Modern typewriter fonts have zero -% interword stretch (and shrink), and it is reasonable to expect all -% typewriter fonts to have this, we can check that font parameter. -% -\def\ifusingtt#1#2{\ifdim \fontdimen3\font=0pt #1\else #2\fi} - -% Same as above, but check for italic font. Actually this also catches -% non-italic slanted fonts since it is impossible to distinguish them from -% italic fonts. But since this is only used by $ and it uses \sl anyway -% this is not a problem. -\def\ifusingit#1#2{\ifdim \fontdimen1\font>0pt #1\else #2\fi} - -% Set catcodes for Texinfo file - -% Active characters for printing the wanted glyph. -% Most of these we simply print from the \tt font, but for some, we can -% use math or other variants that look better in normal text. -% -\catcode`\"=\active -\def\activedoublequote{{\tt\char34}} -\let"=\activedoublequote -\catcode`\~=\active \def\activetilde{{\tt\char126}} \let~ = \activetilde -\chardef\hatchar=`\^ -\catcode`\^=\active \def\activehat{{\tt \hatchar}} \let^ = \activehat - -\catcode`\_=\active -\def_{\ifusingtt\normalunderscore\_} -\def\_{\leavevmode \kern.07em \vbox{\hrule width.3em height.1ex}\kern .07em } -\let\realunder=_ - -\catcode`\|=\active \def|{{\tt\char124}} - -\chardef \less=`\< -\catcode`\<=\active \def\activeless{{\tt \less}}\let< = \activeless -\chardef \gtr=`\> -\catcode`\>=\active \def\activegtr{{\tt \gtr}}\let> = \activegtr -\catcode`\+=\active \def+{{\tt \char 43}} -\catcode`\$=\active \def${\ifusingit{{\sl\$}}\normaldollar}%$ font-lock fix -\catcode`\-=\active \let-=\normaldash - - -% used for headline/footline in the output routine, in case the page -% breaks in the middle of an @tex block. -\def\texinfochars{% - \let< = \activeless - \let> = \activegtr - \let~ = \activetilde - \let^ = \activehat - \setregularquotes - \let\b = \strong - \let\i = \smartitalic - % in principle, all other definitions in \tex have to be undone too. -} - -% Used sometimes to turn off (effectively) the active characters even after -% parsing them. -\def\turnoffactive{% - \normalturnoffactive - \otherbackslash -} - -\catcode`\@=0 - -% \backslashcurfont outputs one backslash character in current font, -% as in \char`\\. -\global\chardef\backslashcurfont=`\\ - -% \realbackslash is an actual character `\' with catcode other. -{\catcode`\\=\other @gdef@realbackslash{\}} - -% In Texinfo, backslash is an active character; it prints the backslash -% in fixed width font. -\catcode`\\=\active % @ for escape char from now on. - -% Print a typewriter backslash. For math mode, we can't simply use -% \backslashcurfont: the story here is that in math mode, the \char -% of \backslashcurfont ends up printing the roman \ from the math symbol -% font (because \char in math mode uses the \mathcode, and plain.tex -% sets \mathcode`\\="026E). Hence we use an explicit \mathchar, -% which is the decimal equivalent of "715c (class 7, e.g., use \fam; -% ignored family value; char position "5C). We can't use " for the -% usual hex value because it has already been made active. - -@def@ttbackslash{{@tt @ifmmode @mathchar29020 @else @backslashcurfont @fi}} -@let@backslashchar = @ttbackslash % @backslashchar{} is for user documents. - -% \otherbackslash defines an active \ to be a literal `\' character with -% catcode other. -@gdef@otherbackslash{@let\=@realbackslash} - -% Same as @turnoffactive except outputs \ as {\tt\char`\\} instead of -% the literal character `\'. -% -{@catcode`- = @active - @gdef@normalturnoffactive{% - @passthroughcharstrue - @let-=@normaldash - @let"=@normaldoublequote - @let$=@normaldollar %$ font-lock fix - @let+=@normalplus - @let<=@normalless - @let>=@normalgreater - @let^=@normalcaret - @let_=@normalunderscore - @let|=@normalverticalbar - @let~=@normaltilde - @let\=@ttbackslash - @setregularquotes - @unsepspaces - } -} - -% If a .fmt file is being used, characters that might appear in a file -% name cannot be active until we have parsed the command line. -% So turn them off again, and have @fixbackslash turn them back on. -@catcode`+=@other @catcode`@_=@other - -% \enablebackslashhack - allow file to begin `\input texinfo' -% -% If a .fmt file is being used, we don't want the `\input texinfo' to show up. -% That is what \eatinput is for; after that, the `\' should revert to printing -% a backslash. -% If the file did not have a `\input texinfo', then it is turned off after -% the first line; otherwise the first `\' in the file would cause an error. -% This is used on the very last line of this file, texinfo.tex. -% We also use @c to call @fixbackslash, in case ends of lines are hidden. -{ -@catcode`@^=7 -@catcode`@^^M=13@gdef@enablebackslashhack{% - @global@let\ = @eatinput% - @catcode`@^^M=13% - @def@c{@fixbackslash@c}% - % Definition for the newline at the end of this file. - @def ^^M{@let^^M@secondlinenl}% - % Definition for a newline in the main Texinfo file. - @gdef @secondlinenl{@fixbackslash}% - % In case the first line has a whole-line command on it - @let@originalparsearg@parsearg - @def@parsearg{@fixbackslash@originalparsearg} -}} - -{@catcode`@^=7 @catcode`@^^M=13% -@gdef@eatinput input texinfo#1^^M{@fixbackslash}} - -% Emergency active definition of newline, in case an active newline token -% appears by mistake. -{@catcode`@^=7 @catcode13=13% -@gdef@enableemergencynewline{% - @gdef^^M{% - @par% - %@par% -}}} - - -@gdef@fixbackslash{% - @ifx\@eatinput @let\ = @ttbackslash @fi - @catcode13=5 % regular end of line - @enableemergencynewline - @let@c=@comment - @let@parsearg@originalparsearg - % Also turn back on active characters that might appear in the input - % file name, in case not using a pre-dumped format. - @catcode`+=@active - @catcode`@_=@active - % - % If texinfo.cnf is present on the system, read it. - % Useful for site-wide @afourpaper, etc. This macro, @fixbackslash, gets - % called at the beginning of every Texinfo file. Not opening texinfo.cnf - % directly in this file, texinfo.tex, makes it possible to make a format - % file for Texinfo. - % - @openin 1 texinfo.cnf - @ifeof 1 @else @input texinfo.cnf @fi - @closein 1 -} - - -% Say @foo, not \foo, in error messages. -@escapechar = `@@ - -% These (along with & and #) are made active for url-breaking, so need -% active definitions as the normal characters. -@def@normaldot{.} -@def@normalquest{?} -@def@normalslash{/} - -% These look ok in all fonts, so just make them not special. -% @hashchar{} gets its own user-level command, because of #line. -@catcode`@& = @other @def@normalamp{&} -@catcode`@# = @other @def@normalhash{#} -@catcode`@% = @other @def@normalpercent{%} - -@let @hashchar = @normalhash - -@c Finally, make ` and ' active, so that txicodequoteundirected and -@c txicodequotebacktick work right in, e.g., @w{@code{`foo'}}. If we -@c don't make ` and ' active, @code will not get them as active chars. -@c Do this last of all since we use ` in the previous @catcode assignments. -@catcode`@'=@active -@catcode`@`=@active -@setregularquotes - -@c Local variables: -@c eval: (add-hook 'before-save-hook 'time-stamp) -@c page-delimiter: "^\\\\message\\|emacs-page" -@c time-stamp-start: "def\\\\texinfoversion{" -@c time-stamp-format: "%:y-%02m-%02d.%02H" -@c time-stamp-end: "}" -@c End: - -@c vim:sw=2: - -@enablebackslashhack - diff --git a/info/build-aux/texinfo.tex b/info/build-aux/texinfo.tex deleted file mode 100644 index 89bd6025..00000000 --- a/info/build-aux/texinfo.tex +++ /dev/null @@ -1,11612 +0,0 @@ -% texinfo.tex -- TeX macros to handle Texinfo files. -% -% Load plain if necessary, i.e., if running under initex. -\expandafter\ifx\csname fmtname\endcsname\relax\input plain\fi -% -\def\texinfoversion{2021-04-25.21} -% -% Copyright 1985, 1986, 1988, 1990-2021 Free Software Foundation, Inc. -% -% This texinfo.tex file is free software: you can redistribute it and/or -% modify it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as -% published by the Free Software Foundation, either version 3 of the -% License, or (at your option) any later version. -% -% This texinfo.tex file is distributed in the hope that it will be -% useful, but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty -% of MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU -% General Public License for more details. -% -% You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License -% along with this program. If not, see . -% -% As a special exception, when this file is read by TeX when processing -% a Texinfo source document, you may use the result without -% restriction. This Exception is an additional permission under section 7 -% of the GNU General Public License, version 3 ("GPLv3"). -% -% Please try the latest version of texinfo.tex before submitting bug -% reports; you can get the latest version from: -% https://ftp.gnu.org/gnu/texinfo/ (the Texinfo release area), or -% https://ftpmirror.gnu.org/texinfo/ (same, via a mirror), or -% https://www.gnu.org/software/texinfo/ (the Texinfo home page) -% The texinfo.tex in any given distribution could well be out -% of date, so if that's what you're using, please check. -% -% Send bug reports to bug-texinfo@gnu.org. Please include a -% complete document in each bug report with which we can reproduce the -% problem. Patches are, of course, greatly appreciated. -% -% To process a Texinfo manual with TeX, it's most reliable to use the -% texi2dvi shell script that comes with the distribution. For a simple -% manual foo.texi, however, you can get away with this: -% tex foo.texi -% texindex foo.?? -% tex foo.texi -% tex foo.texi -% dvips foo.dvi -o # or whatever; this makes foo.ps. -% The extra TeX runs get the cross-reference information correct. -% Sometimes one run after texindex suffices, and sometimes you need more -% than two; texi2dvi does it as many times as necessary. -% -% It is possible to adapt texinfo.tex for other languages, to some -% extent. You can get the existing language-specific files from the -% full Texinfo distribution. -% -% The GNU Texinfo home page is https://www.gnu.org/software/texinfo. - - -\message{Loading texinfo [version \texinfoversion]:} - -% If in a .fmt file, print the version number -% and turn on active characters that we couldn't do earlier because -% they might have appeared in the input file name. -\everyjob{\message{[Texinfo version \texinfoversion]}% - \catcode`+=\active \catcode`\_=\active} - -% LaTeX's \typeout. This ensures that the messages it is used for -% are identical in format to the corresponding ones from latex/pdflatex. -\def\typeout{\immediate\write17}% - -\chardef\other=12 - -% We never want plain's \outer definition of \+ in Texinfo. -% For @tex, we can use \tabalign. -\let\+ = \relax - -% Save some plain tex macros whose names we will redefine. -\let\ptexb=\b -\let\ptexbullet=\bullet -\let\ptexc=\c -\let\ptexcomma=\, -\let\ptexdot=\. -\let\ptexdots=\dots -\let\ptexend=\end -\let\ptexequiv=\equiv -\let\ptexexclam=\! -\let\ptexfootnote=\footnote -\let\ptexgtr=> -\let\ptexhat=^ -\let\ptexi=\i -\let\ptexindent=\indent -\let\ptexinsert=\insert -\let\ptexlbrace=\{ -\let\ptexless=< -\let\ptexnewwrite\newwrite -\let\ptexnoindent=\noindent -\let\ptexplus=+ -\let\ptexraggedright=\raggedright -\let\ptexrbrace=\} -\let\ptexslash=\/ -\let\ptexsp=\sp -\let\ptexstar=\* -\let\ptexsup=\sup -\let\ptext=\t -\let\ptextop=\top -{\catcode`\'=\active \global\let\ptexquoteright'}% active in plain's math mode - -% If this character appears in an error message or help string, it -% starts a new line in the output. -\newlinechar = `^^J - -% Use TeX 3.0's \inputlineno to get the line number, for better error -% messages, but if we're using an old version of TeX, don't do anything. -% -\ifx\inputlineno\thisisundefined - \let\linenumber = \empty % Pre-3.0. -\else - \def\linenumber{l.\the\inputlineno:\space} -\fi - -% Set up fixed words for English if not already set. -\ifx\putwordAppendix\undefined \gdef\putwordAppendix{Appendix}\fi -\ifx\putwordChapter\undefined \gdef\putwordChapter{Chapter}\fi -\ifx\putworderror\undefined \gdef\putworderror{error}\fi -\ifx\putwordfile\undefined \gdef\putwordfile{file}\fi -\ifx\putwordin\undefined \gdef\putwordin{in}\fi -\ifx\putwordIndexIsEmpty\undefined \gdef\putwordIndexIsEmpty{(Index is empty)}\fi -\ifx\putwordIndexNonexistent\undefined \gdef\putwordIndexNonexistent{(Index is nonexistent)}\fi -\ifx\putwordInfo\undefined \gdef\putwordInfo{Info}\fi -\ifx\putwordInstanceVariableof\undefined \gdef\putwordInstanceVariableof{Instance Variable of}\fi -\ifx\putwordMethodon\undefined \gdef\putwordMethodon{Method on}\fi -\ifx\putwordNoTitle\undefined \gdef\putwordNoTitle{No Title}\fi -\ifx\putwordof\undefined \gdef\putwordof{of}\fi -\ifx\putwordon\undefined \gdef\putwordon{on}\fi -\ifx\putwordpage\undefined \gdef\putwordpage{page}\fi -\ifx\putwordsection\undefined \gdef\putwordsection{section}\fi -\ifx\putwordSection\undefined \gdef\putwordSection{Section}\fi -\ifx\putwordsee\undefined \gdef\putwordsee{see}\fi -\ifx\putwordSee\undefined \gdef\putwordSee{See}\fi -\ifx\putwordShortTOC\undefined \gdef\putwordShortTOC{Short Contents}\fi -\ifx\putwordTOC\undefined \gdef\putwordTOC{Table of Contents}\fi -% -\ifx\putwordMJan\undefined \gdef\putwordMJan{January}\fi -\ifx\putwordMFeb\undefined \gdef\putwordMFeb{February}\fi -\ifx\putwordMMar\undefined \gdef\putwordMMar{March}\fi -\ifx\putwordMApr\undefined \gdef\putwordMApr{April}\fi -\ifx\putwordMMay\undefined \gdef\putwordMMay{May}\fi -\ifx\putwordMJun\undefined \gdef\putwordMJun{June}\fi -\ifx\putwordMJul\undefined \gdef\putwordMJul{July}\fi -\ifx\putwordMAug\undefined \gdef\putwordMAug{August}\fi -\ifx\putwordMSep\undefined \gdef\putwordMSep{September}\fi -\ifx\putwordMOct\undefined \gdef\putwordMOct{October}\fi -\ifx\putwordMNov\undefined \gdef\putwordMNov{November}\fi -\ifx\putwordMDec\undefined \gdef\putwordMDec{December}\fi -% -\ifx\putwordDefmac\undefined \gdef\putwordDefmac{Macro}\fi -\ifx\putwordDefspec\undefined \gdef\putwordDefspec{Special Form}\fi -\ifx\putwordDefvar\undefined \gdef\putwordDefvar{Variable}\fi -\ifx\putwordDefopt\undefined \gdef\putwordDefopt{User Option}\fi -\ifx\putwordDeffunc\undefined \gdef\putwordDeffunc{Function}\fi - -% Give the space character the catcode for a space. -\def\spaceisspace{\catcode`\ =10\relax} - -% Likewise for ^^M, the end of line character. -\def\endlineisspace{\catcode13=10\relax} - -\chardef\dashChar = `\- -\chardef\slashChar = `\/ -\chardef\underChar = `\_ - -% Ignore a token. -% -\def\gobble#1{} - -% The following is used inside several \edef's. -\def\makecsname#1{\expandafter\noexpand\csname#1\endcsname} - -% Hyphenation fixes. -\hyphenation{ - Flor-i-da Ghost-script Ghost-view Mac-OS Post-Script - ap-pen-dix bit-map bit-maps - data-base data-bases eshell fall-ing half-way long-est man-u-script - man-u-scripts mini-buf-fer mini-buf-fers over-view par-a-digm - par-a-digms rath-er rec-tan-gu-lar ro-bot-ics se-vere-ly set-up spa-ces - spell-ing spell-ings - stand-alone strong-est time-stamp time-stamps which-ever white-space - wide-spread wrap-around -} - -% Sometimes it is convenient to have everything in the transcript file -% and nothing on the terminal. We don't just call \tracingall here, -% since that produces some useless output on the terminal. We also make -% some effort to order the tracing commands to reduce output in the log -% file; cf. trace.sty in LaTeX. -% -\def\gloggingall{\begingroup \globaldefs = 1 \loggingall \endgroup}% -\def\loggingall{% - \tracingstats2 - \tracingpages1 - \tracinglostchars2 % 2 gives us more in etex - \tracingparagraphs1 - \tracingoutput1 - \tracingmacros2 - \tracingrestores1 - \showboxbreadth\maxdimen \showboxdepth\maxdimen - \ifx\eTeXversion\thisisundefined\else % etex gives us more logging - \tracingscantokens1 - \tracingifs1 - \tracinggroups1 - \tracingnesting2 - \tracingassigns1 - \fi - \tracingcommands3 % 3 gives us more in etex - \errorcontextlines16 -}% - -% @errormsg{MSG}. Do the index-like expansions on MSG, but if things -% aren't perfect, it's not the end of the world, being an error message, -% after all. -% -\def\errormsg{\begingroup \indexnofonts \doerrormsg} -\def\doerrormsg#1{\errmessage{#1}} - -% add check for \lastpenalty to plain's definitions. If the last thing -% we did was a \nobreak, we don't want to insert more space. -% -\def\smallbreak{\ifnum\lastpenalty<10000\par\ifdim\lastskip<\smallskipamount - \removelastskip\penalty-50\smallskip\fi\fi} -\def\medbreak{\ifnum\lastpenalty<10000\par\ifdim\lastskip<\medskipamount - \removelastskip\penalty-100\medskip\fi\fi} -\def\bigbreak{\ifnum\lastpenalty<10000\par\ifdim\lastskip<\bigskipamount - \removelastskip\penalty-200\bigskip\fi\fi} - -% Output routine -% - -% For a final copy, take out the rectangles -% that mark overfull boxes (in case you have decided -% that the text looks ok even though it passes the margin). -% -\def\finalout{\overfullrule=0pt } - -\newdimen\outerhsize \newdimen\outervsize % set by the paper size routines -\newdimen\topandbottommargin \topandbottommargin=.75in - -% Output a mark which sets \thischapter, \thissection and \thiscolor. -% We dump everything together because we only have one kind of mark. -% This works because we only use \botmark / \topmark, not \firstmark. -% -% A mark contains a subexpression of the \ifcase ... \fi construct. -% \get*marks macros below extract the needed part using \ifcase. -% -% Another complication is to let the user choose whether \thischapter -% (\thissection) refers to the chapter (section) in effect at the top -% of a page, or that at the bottom of a page. - -% \domark is called twice inside \chapmacro, to add one -% mark before the section break, and one after. -% In the second call \prevchapterdefs is the same as \currentchapterdefs, -% and \prevsectiondefs is the same as \currentsectiondefs. -% Then if the page is not broken at the mark, some of the previous -% section appears on the page, and we can get the name of this section -% from \firstmark for @everyheadingmarks top. -% @everyheadingmarks bottom uses \botmark. -% -% See page 260 of The TeXbook. -\def\domark{% - \toks0=\expandafter{\currentchapterdefs}% - \toks2=\expandafter{\currentsectiondefs}% - \toks4=\expandafter{\prevchapterdefs}% - \toks6=\expandafter{\prevsectiondefs}% - \toks8=\expandafter{\currentcolordefs}% - \mark{% - \the\toks0 \the\toks2 % 0: marks for @everyheadingmarks top - \noexpand\or \the\toks4 \the\toks6 % 1: for @everyheadingmarks bottom - \noexpand\else \the\toks8 % 2: color marks - }% -} - -% \gettopheadingmarks, \getbottomheadingmarks, -% \getcolormarks - extract needed part of mark. -% -% \topmark doesn't work for the very first chapter (after the title -% page or the contents), so we use \firstmark there -- this gets us -% the mark with the chapter defs, unless the user sneaks in, e.g., -% @setcolor (or @url, or @link, etc.) between @contents and the very -% first @chapter. -\def\gettopheadingmarks{% - \ifcase0\the\savedtopmark\fi - \ifx\thischapter\empty \ifcase0\firstmark\fi \fi -} -\def\getbottomheadingmarks{\ifcase1\botmark\fi} -\def\getcolormarks{\ifcase2\the\savedtopmark\fi} - -% Avoid "undefined control sequence" errors. -\def\currentchapterdefs{} -\def\currentsectiondefs{} -\def\currentsection{} -\def\prevchapterdefs{} -\def\prevsectiondefs{} -\def\currentcolordefs{} - -% Margin to add to right of even pages, to left of odd pages. -\newdimen\bindingoffset -\newdimen\normaloffset -\newdimen\txipagewidth \newdimen\txipageheight - -% Main output routine. -% -\chardef\PAGE = 255 -\newtoks\defaultoutput -\defaultoutput = {\savetopmark\onepageout{\pagecontents\PAGE}} -\output=\expandafter{\the\defaultoutput} - -\newbox\headlinebox -\newbox\footlinebox - -% When outputting the double column layout for indices, an output routine -% is run several times, which hides the original value of \topmark. This -% can lead to a page heading being output and duplicating the chapter heading -% of the index. Hence, save the contents of \topmark at the beginning of -% the output routine. The saved contents are valid until we actually -% \shipout a page. -% -% (We used to run a short output routine to actually set \topmark and -% \firstmark to the right values, but if this was called with an empty page -% containing whatsits for writing index entries, the whatsits would be thrown -% away and the index auxiliary file would remain empty.) -% -\newtoks\savedtopmark -\newif\iftopmarksaved -\topmarksavedtrue -\def\savetopmark{% - \iftopmarksaved\else - \global\savedtopmark=\expandafter{\topmark}% - \global\topmarksavedtrue - \fi -} - -% \onepageout takes a vbox as an argument. -% \shipout a vbox for a single page, adding an optional header, footer -% and footnote. This also causes index entries for this page to be written -% to the auxiliary files. -% -\def\onepageout#1{% - \hoffset=\normaloffset - % - \ifodd\pageno \advance\hoffset by \bindingoffset - \else \advance\hoffset by -\bindingoffset\fi - % - \checkchapterpage - % - % Retrieve the information for the headings from the marks in the page, - % and call Plain TeX's \makeheadline and \makefootline, which use the - % values in \headline and \footline. - % - % Common context changes for both heading and footing. - % Do this outside of the \shipout so @code etc. will be expanded in - % the headline as they should be, not taken literally (outputting ''code). - \def\commonheadfootline{\let\hsize=\txipagewidth \texinfochars} - % - \ifodd\pageno \getoddheadingmarks \else \getevenheadingmarks \fi - \global\setbox\headlinebox = \vbox{\commonheadfootline \makeheadline}% - \ifodd\pageno \getoddfootingmarks \else \getevenfootingmarks \fi - \global\setbox\footlinebox = \vbox{\commonheadfootline \makefootline}% - % - {% - % Set context for writing to auxiliary files like index files. - % Have to do this stuff outside the \shipout because we want it to - % take effect in \write's, yet the group defined by the \vbox ends - % before the \shipout runs. - % - \atdummies % don't expand commands in the output. - \turnoffactive - \shipout\vbox{% - % Do this early so pdf references go to the beginning of the page. - \ifpdfmakepagedest \pdfdest name{\the\pageno} xyz\fi - % - \unvbox\headlinebox - \pagebody{#1}% - \ifdim\ht\footlinebox > 0pt - % Only leave this space if the footline is nonempty. - % (We lessened \vsize for it in \oddfootingyyy.) - % The \baselineskip=24pt in plain's \makefootline has no effect. - \vskip 24pt - \unvbox\footlinebox - \fi - % - }% - }% - \global\topmarksavedfalse - \advancepageno - \ifnum\outputpenalty>-20000 \else\dosupereject\fi -} - -\newinsert\margin \dimen\margin=\maxdimen - -% Main part of page, including any footnotes -\def\pagebody#1{\vbox to\txipageheight{\boxmaxdepth=\maxdepth #1}} -{\catcode`\@ =11 -\gdef\pagecontents#1{\ifvoid\topins\else\unvbox\topins\fi -% marginal hacks, juha@viisa.uucp (Juha Takala) -\ifvoid\margin\else % marginal info is present - \rlap{\kern\hsize\vbox to\z@{\kern1pt\box\margin \vss}}\fi -\dimen@=\dp#1\relax \unvbox#1\relax -\ifvoid\footins\else\vskip\skip\footins\footnoterule \unvbox\footins\fi -\ifr@ggedbottom \kern-\dimen@ \vfil \fi} -} - -% Check if we are on the first page of a chapter. Used for printing headings. -\newif\ifchapterpage -\def\checkchapterpage{% - % Get the chapter that was current at the end of the last page - \ifcase1\the\savedtopmark\fi - \let\prevchaptername\thischaptername - % - \ifodd\pageno \getoddheadingmarks \else \getevenheadingmarks \fi - \let\curchaptername\thischaptername - % - \ifx\curchaptername\prevchaptername - \chapterpagefalse - \else - \chapterpagetrue - \fi -} - -% Argument parsing - -% Parse an argument, then pass it to #1. The argument is the rest of -% the input line (except we remove a trailing comment). #1 should be a -% macro which expects an ordinary undelimited TeX argument. -% For example, \def\foo{\parsearg\fooxxx}. -% -\def\parsearg{\parseargusing{}} -\def\parseargusing#1#2{% - \def\argtorun{#2}% - \begingroup - \obeylines - \spaceisspace - #1% - \parseargline\empty% Insert the \empty token, see \finishparsearg below. -} - -{\obeylines % - \gdef\parseargline#1^^M{% - \endgroup % End of the group started in \parsearg. - \argremovecomment #1\comment\ArgTerm% - }% -} - -% First remove any @comment, then any @c comment. Pass the result on to -% \argcheckspaces. -\def\argremovecomment#1\comment#2\ArgTerm{\argremovec #1\c\ArgTerm} -\def\argremovec#1\c#2\ArgTerm{\argcheckspaces#1\^^M\ArgTerm} - -% Each occurrence of `\^^M' or `\^^M' is replaced by a single space. -% -% \argremovec might leave us with trailing space, e.g., -% @end itemize @c foo -% This space token undergoes the same procedure and is eventually removed -% by \finishparsearg. -% -\def\argcheckspaces#1\^^M{\argcheckspacesX#1\^^M \^^M} -\def\argcheckspacesX#1 \^^M{\argcheckspacesY#1\^^M} -\def\argcheckspacesY#1\^^M#2\^^M#3\ArgTerm{% - \def\temp{#3}% - \ifx\temp\empty - % Do not use \next, perhaps the caller of \parsearg uses it; reuse \temp: - \let\temp\finishparsearg - \else - \let\temp\argcheckspaces - \fi - % Put the space token in: - \temp#1 #3\ArgTerm -} - -% If a _delimited_ argument is enclosed in braces, they get stripped; so -% to get _exactly_ the rest of the line, we had to prevent such situation. -% We prepended an \empty token at the very beginning and we expand it now, -% just before passing the control to \argtorun. -% (Similarly, we have to think about #3 of \argcheckspacesY above: it is -% either the null string, or it ends with \^^M---thus there is no danger -% that a pair of braces would be stripped. -% -% But first, we have to remove the trailing space token. -% -\def\finishparsearg#1 \ArgTerm{\expandafter\argtorun\expandafter{#1}} - - -% \parseargdef - define a command taking an argument on the line -% -% \parseargdef\foo{...} -% is roughly equivalent to -% \def\foo{\parsearg\Xfoo} -% \def\Xfoo#1{...} -\def\parseargdef#1{% - \expandafter \doparseargdef \csname\string#1\endcsname #1% -} -\def\doparseargdef#1#2{% - \def#2{\parsearg#1}% - \def#1##1% -} - -% Several utility definitions with active space: -{ - \obeyspaces - \gdef\obeyedspace{ } - - % Make each space character in the input produce a normal interword - % space in the output. Don't allow a line break at this space, as this - % is used only in environments like @example, where each line of input - % should produce a line of output anyway. - % - \gdef\sepspaces{\obeyspaces\let =\tie} - - % If an index command is used in an @example environment, any spaces - % therein should become regular spaces in the raw index file, not the - % expansion of \tie (\leavevmode \penalty \@M \ ). - \gdef\unsepspaces{\let =\space} -} - - -\def\flushcr{\ifx\par\lisppar \def\next##1{}\else \let\next=\relax \fi \next} - -% Define the framework for environments in texinfo.tex. It's used like this: -% -% \envdef\foo{...} -% \def\Efoo{...} -% -% It's the responsibility of \envdef to insert \begingroup before the -% actual body; @end closes the group after calling \Efoo. \envdef also -% defines \thisenv, so the current environment is known; @end checks -% whether the environment name matches. The \checkenv macro can also be -% used to check whether the current environment is the one expected. -% -% Non-false conditionals (@iftex, @ifset) don't fit into this, so they -% are not treated as environments; they don't open a group. (The -% implementation of @end takes care not to call \endgroup in this -% special case.) - - -% At run-time, environments start with this: -\def\startenvironment#1{\begingroup\def\thisenv{#1}} -% initialize -\let\thisenv\empty - -% ... but they get defined via ``\envdef\foo{...}'': -\long\def\envdef#1#2{\def#1{\startenvironment#1#2}} -\def\envparseargdef#1#2{\parseargdef#1{\startenvironment#1#2}} - -% Check whether we're in the right environment: -\def\checkenv#1{% - \def\temp{#1}% - \ifx\thisenv\temp - \else - \badenverr - \fi -} - -% Environment mismatch, #1 expected: -\def\badenverr{% - \errhelp = \EMsimple - \errmessage{This command can appear only \inenvironment\temp, - not \inenvironment\thisenv}% -} -\def\inenvironment#1{% - \ifx#1\empty - outside of any environment% - \else - in environment \expandafter\string#1% - \fi -} - - -% @end foo calls \checkenv and executes the definition of \Efoo. -\parseargdef\end{% - \if 1\csname iscond.#1\endcsname - \else - % The general wording of \badenverr may not be ideal. - \expandafter\checkenv\csname#1\endcsname - \csname E#1\endcsname - \endgroup - \fi -} - -\newhelp\EMsimple{Press RETURN to continue.} - - -% Be sure we're in horizontal mode when doing a tie, since we make space -% equivalent to this in @example-like environments. Otherwise, a space -% at the beginning of a line will start with \penalty -- and -% since \penalty is valid in vertical mode, we'd end up putting the -% penalty on the vertical list instead of in the new paragraph. -{\catcode`@ = 11 - % Avoid using \@M directly, because that causes trouble - % if the definition is written into an index file. - \global\let\tiepenalty = \@M - \gdef\tie{\leavevmode\penalty\tiepenalty\ } -} - -% @: forces normal size whitespace following. -\def\:{\spacefactor=1000 } - -% @* forces a line break. -\def\*{\unskip\hfil\break\hbox{}\ignorespaces} - -% @/ allows a line break. -\let\/=\allowbreak - -% @. is an end-of-sentence period. -\def\.{.\spacefactor=\endofsentencespacefactor\space} - -% @! is an end-of-sentence bang. -\def\!{!\spacefactor=\endofsentencespacefactor\space} - -% @? is an end-of-sentence query. -\def\?{?\spacefactor=\endofsentencespacefactor\space} - -% @frenchspacing on|off says whether to put extra space after punctuation. -% -\def\onword{on} -\def\offword{off} -% -\parseargdef\frenchspacing{% - \def\temp{#1}% - \ifx\temp\onword \plainfrenchspacing - \else\ifx\temp\offword \plainnonfrenchspacing - \else - \errhelp = \EMsimple - \errmessage{Unknown @frenchspacing option `\temp', must be on|off}% - \fi\fi -} - -% @w prevents a word break. Without the \leavevmode, @w at the -% beginning of a paragraph, when TeX is still in vertical mode, would -% produce a whole line of output instead of starting the paragraph. -\def\w#1{\leavevmode\hbox{#1}} - -% @group ... @end group forces ... to be all on one page, by enclosing -% it in a TeX vbox. We use \vtop instead of \vbox to construct the box -% to keep its height that of a normal line. According to the rules for -% \topskip (p.114 of the TeXbook), the glue inserted is -% max (\topskip - \ht (first item), 0). If that height is large, -% therefore, no glue is inserted, and the space between the headline and -% the text is small, which looks bad. -% -% Another complication is that the group might be very large. This can -% cause the glue on the previous page to be unduly stretched, because it -% does not have much material. In this case, it's better to add an -% explicit \vfill so that the extra space is at the bottom. The -% threshold for doing this is if the group is more than \vfilllimit -% percent of a page (\vfilllimit can be changed inside of @tex). -% -\newbox\groupbox -\def\vfilllimit{0.7} -% -\envdef\group{% - \ifnum\catcode`\^^M=\active \else - \errhelp = \groupinvalidhelp - \errmessage{@group invalid in context where filling is enabled}% - \fi - \startsavinginserts - % - \setbox\groupbox = \vtop\bgroup - % Do @comment since we are called inside an environment such as - % @example, where each end-of-line in the input causes an - % end-of-line in the output. We don't want the end-of-line after - % the `@group' to put extra space in the output. Since @group - % should appear on a line by itself (according to the Texinfo - % manual), we don't worry about eating any user text. - \comment -} -% -% The \vtop produces a box with normal height and large depth; thus, TeX puts -% \baselineskip glue before it, and (when the next line of text is done) -% \lineskip glue after it. Thus, space below is not quite equal to space -% above. But it's pretty close. -\def\Egroup{% - % To get correct interline space between the last line of the group - % and the first line afterwards, we have to propagate \prevdepth. - \endgraf % Not \par, as it may have been set to \lisppar. - \global\dimen1 = \prevdepth - \egroup % End the \vtop. - \addgroupbox - \prevdepth = \dimen1 - \checkinserts -} - -\def\addgroupbox{ - % \dimen0 is the vertical size of the group's box. - \dimen0 = \ht\groupbox \advance\dimen0 by \dp\groupbox - % \dimen2 is how much space is left on the page (more or less). - \dimen2 = \txipageheight \advance\dimen2 by -\pagetotal - % if the group doesn't fit on the current page, and it's a big big - % group, force a page break. - \ifdim \dimen0 > \dimen2 - \ifdim \pagetotal < \vfilllimit\txipageheight - \page - \fi - \fi - \box\groupbox -} - -% -% TeX puts in an \escapechar (i.e., `@') at the beginning of the help -% message, so this ends up printing `@group can only ...'. -% -\newhelp\groupinvalidhelp{% -group can only be used in environments such as @example,^^J% -where each line of input produces a line of output.} - -% @need space-in-mils -% forces a page break if there is not space-in-mils remaining. - -\newdimen\mil \mil=0.001in - -\parseargdef\need{% - % Ensure vertical mode, so we don't make a big box in the middle of a - % paragraph. - \par - % - % If the @need value is less than one line space, it's useless. - \dimen0 = #1\mil - \dimen2 = \ht\strutbox - \advance\dimen2 by \dp\strutbox - \ifdim\dimen0 > \dimen2 - % - % Do a \strut just to make the height of this box be normal, so the - % normal leading is inserted relative to the preceding line. - % And a page break here is fine. - \vtop to #1\mil{\strut\vfil}% - % - % TeX does not even consider page breaks if a penalty added to the - % main vertical list is 10000 or more. But in order to see if the - % empty box we just added fits on the page, we must make it consider - % page breaks. On the other hand, we don't want to actually break the - % page after the empty box. So we use a penalty of 9999. - % - % There is an extremely small chance that TeX will actually break the - % page at this \penalty, if there are no other feasible breakpoints in - % sight. (If the user is using lots of big @group commands, which - % almost-but-not-quite fill up a page, TeX will have a hard time doing - % good page breaking, for example.) However, I could not construct an - % example where a page broke at this \penalty; if it happens in a real - % document, then we can reconsider our strategy. - \penalty9999 - % - % Back up by the size of the box, whether we did a page break or not. - \kern -#1\mil - % - % Do not allow a page break right after this kern. - \nobreak - \fi -} - -% @br forces paragraph break (and is undocumented). - -\let\br = \par - -% @page forces the start of a new page. -% -\def\page{\par\vfill\supereject} - -% @exdent text.... -% outputs text on separate line in roman font, starting at standard page margin - -% This records the amount of indent in the innermost environment. -% That's how much \exdent should take out. -\newskip\exdentamount - -% This defn is used inside fill environments such as @defun. -\parseargdef\exdent{\hfil\break\hbox{\kern -\exdentamount{\rm#1}}\hfil\break} - -% This defn is used inside nofill environments such as @example. -\parseargdef\nofillexdent{{\advance \leftskip by -\exdentamount - \leftline{\hskip\leftskip{\rm#1}}}} - -% @inmargin{WHICH}{TEXT} puts TEXT in the WHICH margin next to the current -% paragraph. For more general purposes, use the \margin insertion -% class. WHICH is `l' or `r'. Not documented, written for gawk manual. -% -\newskip\inmarginspacing \inmarginspacing=1cm -\def\strutdepth{\dp\strutbox} -% -\def\doinmargin#1#2{\strut\vadjust{% - \nobreak - \kern-\strutdepth - \vtop to \strutdepth{% - \baselineskip=\strutdepth - \vss - % if you have multiple lines of stuff to put here, you'll need to - % make the vbox yourself of the appropriate size. - \ifx#1l% - \llap{\ignorespaces #2\hskip\inmarginspacing}% - \else - \rlap{\hskip\hsize \hskip\inmarginspacing \ignorespaces #2}% - \fi - \null - }% -}} -\def\inleftmargin{\doinmargin l} -\def\inrightmargin{\doinmargin r} -% -% @inmargin{TEXT [, RIGHT-TEXT]} -% (if RIGHT-TEXT is given, use TEXT for left page, RIGHT-TEXT for right; -% else use TEXT for both). -% -\def\inmargin#1{\parseinmargin #1,,\finish} -\def\parseinmargin#1,#2,#3\finish{% not perfect, but better than nothing. - \setbox0 = \hbox{\ignorespaces #2}% - \ifdim\wd0 > 0pt - \def\lefttext{#1}% have both texts - \def\righttext{#2}% - \else - \def\lefttext{#1}% have only one text - \def\righttext{#1}% - \fi - % - \ifodd\pageno - \def\temp{\inrightmargin\righttext}% odd page -> outside is right margin - \else - \def\temp{\inleftmargin\lefttext}% - \fi - \temp -} - -% @include FILE -- \input text of FILE. -% -\def\include{\parseargusing\filenamecatcodes\includezzz} -\def\includezzz#1{% - \pushthisfilestack - \def\thisfile{#1}% - {% - \makevalueexpandable % we want to expand any @value in FILE. - \turnoffactive % and allow special characters in the expansion - \indexnofonts % Allow `@@' and other weird things in file names. - \wlog{texinfo.tex: doing @include of #1^^J}% - \edef\temp{\noexpand\input #1 }% - % - % This trickery is to read FILE outside of a group, in case it makes - % definitions, etc. - \expandafter - }\temp - \popthisfilestack -} -\def\filenamecatcodes{% - \catcode`\\=\other - \catcode`~=\other - \catcode`^=\other - \catcode`_=\other - \catcode`|=\other - \catcode`<=\other - \catcode`>=\other - \catcode`+=\other - \catcode`-=\other - \catcode`\`=\other - \catcode`\'=\other -} - -\def\pushthisfilestack{% - \expandafter\pushthisfilestackX\popthisfilestack\StackTerm -} -\def\pushthisfilestackX{% - \expandafter\pushthisfilestackY\thisfile\StackTerm -} -\def\pushthisfilestackY #1\StackTerm #2\StackTerm {% - \gdef\popthisfilestack{\gdef\thisfile{#1}\gdef\popthisfilestack{#2}}% -} - -\def\popthisfilestack{\errthisfilestackempty} -\def\errthisfilestackempty{\errmessage{Internal error: - the stack of filenames is empty.}} -% -\def\thisfile{} - -% @center line -% outputs that line, centered. -% -\parseargdef\center{% - \ifhmode - \let\centersub\centerH - \else - \let\centersub\centerV - \fi - \centersub{\hfil \ignorespaces#1\unskip \hfil}% - \let\centersub\relax % don't let the definition persist, just in case -} -\def\centerH#1{{% - \hfil\break - \advance\hsize by -\leftskip - \advance\hsize by -\rightskip - \line{#1}% - \break -}} -% -\newcount\centerpenalty -\def\centerV#1{% - % The idea here is the same as in \startdefun, \cartouche, etc.: if - % @center is the first thing after a section heading, we need to wipe - % out the negative parskip inserted by \sectionheading, but still - % prevent a page break here. - \centerpenalty = \lastpenalty - \ifnum\centerpenalty>10000 \vskip\parskip \fi - \ifnum\centerpenalty>9999 \penalty\centerpenalty \fi - \line{\kern\leftskip #1\kern\rightskip}% -} - -% @sp n outputs n lines of vertical space -% -\parseargdef\sp{\vskip #1\baselineskip} - -% @comment ...line which is ignored... -% @c is the same as @comment -% @ignore ... @end ignore is another way to write a comment - - -\def\c{\begingroup \catcode`\^^M=\active% -\catcode`\@=\other \catcode`\{=\other \catcode`\}=\other% -\cxxx} -{\catcode`\^^M=\active \gdef\cxxx#1^^M{\endgroup}} -% -\let\comment\c - -% @paragraphindent NCHARS -% We'll use ems for NCHARS, close enough. -% NCHARS can also be the word `asis' or `none'. -% We cannot feasibly implement @paragraphindent asis, though. -% -\def\asisword{asis} % no translation, these are keywords -\def\noneword{none} -% -\parseargdef\paragraphindent{% - \def\temp{#1}% - \ifx\temp\asisword - \else - \ifx\temp\noneword - \defaultparindent = 0pt - \else - \defaultparindent = #1em - \fi - \fi - \parindent = \defaultparindent -} - -% @exampleindent NCHARS -% We'll use ems for NCHARS like @paragraphindent. -% It seems @exampleindent asis isn't necessary, but -% I preserve it to make it similar to @paragraphindent. -\parseargdef\exampleindent{% - \def\temp{#1}% - \ifx\temp\asisword - \else - \ifx\temp\noneword - \lispnarrowing = 0pt - \else - \lispnarrowing = #1em - \fi - \fi -} - -% @firstparagraphindent WORD -% If WORD is `none', then suppress indentation of the first paragraph -% after a section heading. If WORD is `insert', then do indent at such -% paragraphs. -% -% The paragraph indentation is suppressed or not by calling -% \suppressfirstparagraphindent, which the sectioning commands do. -% We switch the definition of this back and forth according to WORD. -% By default, we suppress indentation. -% -\def\suppressfirstparagraphindent{\dosuppressfirstparagraphindent} -\def\insertword{insert} -% -\parseargdef\firstparagraphindent{% - \def\temp{#1}% - \ifx\temp\noneword - \let\suppressfirstparagraphindent = \dosuppressfirstparagraphindent - \else\ifx\temp\insertword - \let\suppressfirstparagraphindent = \relax - \else - \errhelp = \EMsimple - \errmessage{Unknown @firstparagraphindent option `\temp'}% - \fi\fi -} - -% Here is how we actually suppress indentation. Redefine \everypar to -% \kern backwards by \parindent, and then reset itself to empty. -% -% We also make \indent itself not actually do anything until the next -% paragraph. -% -\gdef\dosuppressfirstparagraphindent{% - \gdef\indent {\restorefirstparagraphindent \indent}% - \gdef\noindent{\restorefirstparagraphindent \noindent}% - \global\everypar = {\kern -\parindent \restorefirstparagraphindent}% -} -% -\gdef\restorefirstparagraphindent{% - \global\let\indent = \ptexindent - \global\let\noindent = \ptexnoindent - \global\everypar = {}% -} - -% leave vertical mode without cancelling any first paragraph indent -\gdef\imageindent{% - \toks0=\everypar - \everypar={}% - \ptexnoindent - \global\everypar=\toks0 -} - - -% @refill is a no-op. -\let\refill=\relax - -% @setfilename INFO-FILENAME - ignored -\let\setfilename=\comment - -% @bye. -\outer\def\bye{\chappager\pagelabels\tracingstats=1\ptexend} - - -\message{pdf,} -% adobe `portable' document format -\newcount\tempnum -\newcount\lnkcount -\newtoks\filename -\newcount\filenamelength -\newcount\pgn -\newtoks\toksA -\newtoks\toksB -\newtoks\toksC -\newtoks\toksD -\newbox\boxA -\newbox\boxB -\newcount\countA -\newif\ifpdf -\newif\ifpdfmakepagedest - -% -% For LuaTeX -% - -\newif\iftxiuseunicodedestname -\txiuseunicodedestnamefalse % For pdfTeX etc. - -\ifx\luatexversion\thisisundefined -\else - % Use Unicode destination names - \txiuseunicodedestnametrue - % Escape PDF strings with converting UTF-16 from UTF-8 - \begingroup - \catcode`\%=12 - \directlua{ - function UTF16oct(str) - tex.sprint(string.char(0x5c) .. '376' .. string.char(0x5c) .. '377') - for c in string.utfvalues(str) do - if c < 0x10000 then - tex.sprint( - string.format(string.char(0x5c) .. string.char(0x25) .. '03o' .. - string.char(0x5c) .. string.char(0x25) .. '03o', - math.floor(c / 256), math.floor(c % 256))) - else - c = c - 0x10000 - local c_hi = c / 1024 + 0xd800 - local c_lo = c % 1024 + 0xdc00 - tex.sprint( - string.format(string.char(0x5c) .. string.char(0x25) .. '03o' .. - string.char(0x5c) .. string.char(0x25) .. '03o' .. - string.char(0x5c) .. string.char(0x25) .. '03o' .. - string.char(0x5c) .. string.char(0x25) .. '03o', - math.floor(c_hi / 256), math.floor(c_hi % 256), - math.floor(c_lo / 256), math.floor(c_lo % 256))) - end - end - end - } - \endgroup - \def\pdfescapestrutfsixteen#1{\directlua{UTF16oct('\luaescapestring{#1}')}} - % Escape PDF strings without converting - \begingroup - \directlua{ - function PDFescstr(str) - for c in string.bytes(str) do - if c <= 0x20 or c >= 0x80 or c == 0x28 or c == 0x29 or c == 0x5c then - tex.sprint(-2, - string.format(string.char(0x5c) .. string.char(0x25) .. '03o', - c)) - else - tex.sprint(-2, string.char(c)) - end - end - end - } - % The -2 in the arguments here gives all the input to TeX catcode 12 - % (other) or 10 (space), preventing undefined control sequence errors. See - % https://lists.gnu.org/archive/html/bug-texinfo/2019-08/msg00031.html - % - \endgroup - \def\pdfescapestring#1{\directlua{PDFescstr('\luaescapestring{#1}')}} - \ifnum\luatexversion>84 - % For LuaTeX >= 0.85 - \def\pdfdest{\pdfextension dest} - \let\pdfoutput\outputmode - \def\pdfliteral{\pdfextension literal} - \def\pdfcatalog{\pdfextension catalog} - \def\pdftexversion{\numexpr\pdffeedback version\relax} - \let\pdfximage\saveimageresource - \let\pdfrefximage\useimageresource - \let\pdflastximage\lastsavedimageresourceindex - \def\pdfendlink{\pdfextension endlink\relax} - \def\pdfoutline{\pdfextension outline} - \def\pdfstartlink{\pdfextension startlink} - \def\pdffontattr{\pdfextension fontattr} - \def\pdfobj{\pdfextension obj} - \def\pdflastobj{\numexpr\pdffeedback lastobj\relax} - \let\pdfpagewidth\pagewidth - \let\pdfpageheight\pageheight - \edef\pdfhorigin{\pdfvariable horigin} - \edef\pdfvorigin{\pdfvariable vorigin} - \fi -\fi - -% when pdftex is run in dvi mode, \pdfoutput is defined (so \pdfoutput=1 -% can be set). So we test for \relax and 0 as well as being undefined. -\ifx\pdfoutput\thisisundefined -\else - \ifx\pdfoutput\relax - \else - \ifcase\pdfoutput - \else - \pdftrue - \fi - \fi -\fi - -\newif\ifpdforxetex -\pdforxetexfalse -\ifpdf - \pdforxetextrue -\fi -\ifx\XeTeXrevision\thisisundefined\else - \pdforxetextrue -\fi - - -% Output page labels information. -% See PDF reference v.1.7 p.594, section 8.3.1. -\ifpdf -\def\pagelabels{% - \def\title{0 << /P (T-) /S /D >>}% - \edef\roman{\the\romancount << /S /r >>}% - \edef\arabic{\the\arabiccount << /S /D >>}% - % - % Page label ranges must be increasing. Remove any duplicates. - % (There is a slight chance of this being wrong if e.g. there is - % a @contents but no @titlepage, etc.) - % - \ifnum\romancount=0 \def\roman{}\fi - \ifnum\arabiccount=0 \def\title{}% - \else - \ifnum\romancount=\arabiccount \def\roman{}\fi - \fi - % - \ifnum\romancount<\arabiccount - \pdfcatalog{/PageLabels << /Nums [\title \roman \arabic ] >> }\relax - \else - \pdfcatalog{/PageLabels << /Nums [\title \arabic \roman ] >> }\relax - \fi -} -\else - \let\pagelabels\relax -\fi - -\newcount\pagecount \pagecount=0 -\newcount\romancount \romancount=0 -\newcount\arabiccount \arabiccount=0 -\ifpdf - \let\ptxadvancepageno\advancepageno - \def\advancepageno{% - \ptxadvancepageno\global\advance\pagecount by 1 - } -\fi - - -% PDF uses PostScript string constants for the names of xref targets, -% for display in the outlines, and in other places. Thus, we have to -% double any backslashes. Otherwise, a name like "\node" will be -% interpreted as a newline (\n), followed by o, d, e. Not good. -% -% See http://www.ntg.nl/pipermail/ntg-pdftex/2004-July/000654.html and -% related messages. The final outcome is that it is up to the TeX user -% to double the backslashes and otherwise make the string valid, so -% that's what we do. pdftex 1.30.0 (ca.2005) introduced a primitive to -% do this reliably, so we use it. - -% #1 is a control sequence in which to do the replacements, -% which we \xdef. -\def\txiescapepdf#1{% - \ifx\pdfescapestring\thisisundefined - % No primitive available; should we give a warning or log? - % Many times it won't matter. - \xdef#1{#1}% - \else - % The expandable \pdfescapestring primitive escapes parentheses, - % backslashes, and other special chars. - \xdef#1{\pdfescapestring{#1}}% - \fi -} -\def\txiescapepdfutfsixteen#1{% - \ifx\pdfescapestrutfsixteen\thisisundefined - % No UTF-16 converting macro available. - \txiescapepdf{#1}% - \else - \xdef#1{\pdfescapestrutfsixteen{#1}}% - \fi -} - -\newhelp\nopdfimagehelp{Texinfo supports .png, .jpg, .jpeg, and .pdf images -with PDF output, and none of those formats could be found. (.eps cannot -be supported due to the design of the PDF format; use regular TeX (DVI -output) for that.)} - -\ifpdf - % - % Color manipulation macros using ideas from pdfcolor.tex, - % except using rgb instead of cmyk; the latter is said to render as a - % very dark gray on-screen and a very dark halftone in print, instead - % of actual black. The dark red here is dark enough to print on paper as - % nearly black, but still distinguishable for online viewing. We use - % black by default, though. - \def\rgbDarkRed{0.50 0.09 0.12} - \def\rgbBlack{0 0 0} - % - % rg sets the color for filling (usual text, etc.); - % RG sets the color for stroking (thin rules, e.g., normal _'s). - \def\pdfsetcolor#1{\pdfliteral{#1 rg #1 RG}} - % - % Set color, and create a mark which defines \thiscolor accordingly, - % so that \makeheadline knows which color to restore. - \def\setcolor#1{% - \xdef\currentcolordefs{\gdef\noexpand\thiscolor{#1}}% - \domark - \pdfsetcolor{#1}% - } - % - \def\maincolor{\rgbBlack} - \pdfsetcolor{\maincolor} - \edef\thiscolor{\maincolor} - \def\currentcolordefs{} - % - \def\makefootline{% - \baselineskip24pt - \line{\pdfsetcolor{\maincolor}\the\footline}% - } - % - \def\makeheadline{% - \vbox to 0pt{% - \vskip-22.5pt - \line{% - \vbox to8.5pt{}% - % Extract \thiscolor definition from the marks. - \getcolormarks - % Typeset the headline with \maincolor, then restore the color. - \pdfsetcolor{\maincolor}\the\headline\pdfsetcolor{\thiscolor}% - }% - \vss - }% - \nointerlineskip - } - % - % - \pdfcatalog{/PageMode /UseOutlines} - % - % #1 is image name, #2 width (might be empty/whitespace), #3 height (ditto). - \def\dopdfimage#1#2#3{% - \def\pdfimagewidth{#2}\setbox0 = \hbox{\ignorespaces #2}% - \def\pdfimageheight{#3}\setbox2 = \hbox{\ignorespaces #3}% - % - % pdftex (and the PDF format) support .pdf, .png, .jpg (among - % others). Let's try in that order, PDF first since if - % someone has a scalable image, presumably better to use that than a - % bitmap. - \let\pdfimgext=\empty - \begingroup - \openin 1 #1.pdf \ifeof 1 - \openin 1 #1.PDF \ifeof 1 - \openin 1 #1.png \ifeof 1 - \openin 1 #1.jpg \ifeof 1 - \openin 1 #1.jpeg \ifeof 1 - \openin 1 #1.JPG \ifeof 1 - \errhelp = \nopdfimagehelp - \errmessage{Could not find image file #1 for pdf}% - \else \gdef\pdfimgext{JPG}% - \fi - \else \gdef\pdfimgext{jpeg}% - \fi - \else \gdef\pdfimgext{jpg}% - \fi - \else \gdef\pdfimgext{png}% - \fi - \else \gdef\pdfimgext{PDF}% - \fi - \else \gdef\pdfimgext{pdf}% - \fi - \closein 1 - \endgroup - % - % without \immediate, ancient pdftex seg faults when the same image is - % included twice. (Version 3.14159-pre-1.0-unofficial-20010704.) - \ifnum\pdftexversion < 14 - \immediate\pdfimage - \else - \immediate\pdfximage - \fi - \ifdim \wd0 >0pt width \pdfimagewidth \fi - \ifdim \wd2 >0pt height \pdfimageheight \fi - \ifnum\pdftexversion<13 - #1.\pdfimgext - \else - {#1.\pdfimgext}% - \fi - \ifnum\pdftexversion < 14 \else - \pdfrefximage \pdflastximage - \fi} - % - \def\setpdfdestname#1{{% - % We have to set dummies so commands such as @code, and characters - % such as \, aren't expanded when present in a section title. - \indexnofonts - \makevalueexpandable - \turnoffactive - \iftxiuseunicodedestname - \ifx \declaredencoding \latone - % Pass through Latin-1 characters. - % LuaTeX with byte wise I/O converts Latin-1 characters to Unicode. - \else - \ifx \declaredencoding \utfeight - % Pass through Unicode characters. - \else - % Use ASCII approximations in destination names. - \passthroughcharsfalse - \fi - \fi - \else - % Use ASCII approximations in destination names. - \passthroughcharsfalse - \fi - \def\pdfdestname{#1}% - \txiescapepdf\pdfdestname - }} - % - \def\setpdfoutlinetext#1{{% - \indexnofonts - \makevalueexpandable - \turnoffactive - \ifx \declaredencoding \latone - % The PDF format can use an extended form of Latin-1 in bookmark - % strings. See Appendix D of the PDF Reference, Sixth Edition, for - % the "PDFDocEncoding". - \passthroughcharstrue - % Pass through Latin-1 characters. - % LuaTeX: Convert to Unicode - % pdfTeX: Use Latin-1 as PDFDocEncoding - \def\pdfoutlinetext{#1}% - \else - \ifx \declaredencoding \utfeight - \ifx\luatexversion\thisisundefined - % For pdfTeX with UTF-8. - % TODO: the PDF format can use UTF-16 in bookmark strings, - % but the code for this isn't done yet. - % Use ASCII approximations. - \passthroughcharsfalse - \def\pdfoutlinetext{#1}% - \else - % For LuaTeX with UTF-8. - % Pass through Unicode characters for title texts. - \passthroughcharstrue - \def\pdfoutlinetext{#1}% - \fi - \else - % For non-Latin-1 or non-UTF-8 encodings. - % Use ASCII approximations. - \passthroughcharsfalse - \def\pdfoutlinetext{#1}% - \fi - \fi - % LuaTeX: Convert to UTF-16 - % pdfTeX: Use Latin-1 as PDFDocEncoding - \txiescapepdfutfsixteen\pdfoutlinetext - }} - % - \def\pdfmkdest#1{% - \setpdfdestname{#1}% - \safewhatsit{\pdfdest name{\pdfdestname} xyz}% - } - % - % used to mark target names; must be expandable. - \def\pdfmkpgn#1{#1} - % - % by default, use black for everything. - \def\urlcolor{\rgbBlack} - \def\linkcolor{\rgbBlack} - \def\endlink{\setcolor{\maincolor}\pdfendlink} - % - % Adding outlines to PDF; macros for calculating structure of outlines - % come from Petr Olsak - \def\expnumber#1{\expandafter\ifx\csname#1\endcsname\relax 0% - \else \csname#1\endcsname \fi} - \def\advancenumber#1{\tempnum=\expnumber{#1}\relax - \advance\tempnum by 1 - \expandafter\xdef\csname#1\endcsname{\the\tempnum}} - % - % #1 is the section text, which is what will be displayed in the - % outline by the pdf viewer. #2 is the pdf expression for the number - % of subentries (or empty, for subsubsections). #3 is the node text, - % which might be empty if this toc entry had no corresponding node. - % #4 is the page number - % - \def\dopdfoutline#1#2#3#4{% - % Generate a link to the node text if that exists; else, use the - % page number. We could generate a destination for the section - % text in the case where a section has no node, but it doesn't - % seem worth the trouble, since most documents are normally structured. - \setpdfoutlinetext{#1} - \setpdfdestname{#3} - \ifx\pdfdestname\empty - \def\pdfdestname{#4}% - \fi - % - \pdfoutline goto name{\pdfmkpgn{\pdfdestname}}#2{\pdfoutlinetext}% - } - % - \def\pdfmakeoutlines{% - \begingroup - % Read toc silently, to get counts of subentries for \pdfoutline. - \def\partentry##1##2##3##4{}% ignore parts in the outlines - \def\numchapentry##1##2##3##4{% - \def\thischapnum{##2}% - \def\thissecnum{0}% - \def\thissubsecnum{0}% - }% - \def\numsecentry##1##2##3##4{% - \advancenumber{chap\thischapnum}% - \def\thissecnum{##2}% - \def\thissubsecnum{0}% - }% - \def\numsubsecentry##1##2##3##4{% - \advancenumber{sec\thissecnum}% - \def\thissubsecnum{##2}% - }% - \def\numsubsubsecentry##1##2##3##4{% - \advancenumber{subsec\thissubsecnum}% - }% - \def\thischapnum{0}% - \def\thissecnum{0}% - \def\thissubsecnum{0}% - % - % use \def rather than \let here because we redefine \chapentry et - % al. a second time, below. - \def\appentry{\numchapentry}% - \def\appsecentry{\numsecentry}% - \def\appsubsecentry{\numsubsecentry}% - \def\appsubsubsecentry{\numsubsubsecentry}% - \def\unnchapentry{\numchapentry}% - \def\unnsecentry{\numsecentry}% - \def\unnsubsecentry{\numsubsecentry}% - \def\unnsubsubsecentry{\numsubsubsecentry}% - \readdatafile{toc}% - % - % Read toc second time, this time actually producing the outlines. - % The `-' means take the \expnumber as the absolute number of - % subentries, which we calculated on our first read of the .toc above. - % - % We use the node names as the destinations. - % - % Currently we prefix the section name with the section number - % for chapter and appendix headings only in order to avoid too much - % horizontal space being required in the PDF viewer. - \def\numchapentry##1##2##3##4{% - \dopdfoutline{##2 ##1}{count-\expnumber{chap##2}}{##3}{##4}}% - \def\unnchapentry##1##2##3##4{% - \dopdfoutline{##1}{count-\expnumber{chap##2}}{##3}{##4}}% - \def\numsecentry##1##2##3##4{% - \dopdfoutline{##1}{count-\expnumber{sec##2}}{##3}{##4}}% - \def\numsubsecentry##1##2##3##4{% - \dopdfoutline{##1}{count-\expnumber{subsec##2}}{##3}{##4}}% - \def\numsubsubsecentry##1##2##3##4{% count is always zero - \dopdfoutline{##1}{}{##3}{##4}}% - % - % PDF outlines are displayed using system fonts, instead of - % document fonts. Therefore we cannot use special characters, - % since the encoding is unknown. For example, the eogonek from - % Latin 2 (0xea) gets translated to a | character. Info from - % Staszek Wawrykiewicz, 19 Jan 2004 04:09:24 +0100. - % - % TODO this right, we have to translate 8-bit characters to - % their "best" equivalent, based on the @documentencoding. Too - % much work for too little return. Just use the ASCII equivalents - % we use for the index sort strings. - % - \indexnofonts - \setupdatafile - % We can have normal brace characters in the PDF outlines, unlike - % Texinfo index files. So set that up. - \def\{{\lbracecharliteral}% - \def\}{\rbracecharliteral}% - \catcode`\\=\active \otherbackslash - \input \tocreadfilename - \endgroup - } - {\catcode`[=1 \catcode`]=2 - \catcode`{=\other \catcode`}=\other - \gdef\lbracecharliteral[{]% - \gdef\rbracecharliteral[}]% - ] - % - \def\skipspaces#1{\def\PP{#1}\def\D{|}% - \ifx\PP\D\let\nextsp\relax - \else\let\nextsp\skipspaces - \addtokens{\filename}{\PP}% - \advance\filenamelength by 1 - \fi - \nextsp} - \def\getfilename#1{% - \filenamelength=0 - % If we don't expand the argument now, \skipspaces will get - % snagged on things like "@value{foo}". - \edef\temp{#1}% - \expandafter\skipspaces\temp|\relax - } - \ifnum\pdftexversion < 14 - \let \startlink \pdfannotlink - \else - \let \startlink \pdfstartlink - \fi - % make a live url in pdf output. - \def\pdfurl#1{% - \begingroup - % it seems we really need yet another set of dummies; have not - % tried to figure out what each command should do in the context - % of @url. for now, just make @/ a no-op, that's the only one - % people have actually reported a problem with. - % - \normalturnoffactive - \def\@{@}% - \let\/=\empty - \makevalueexpandable - % do we want to go so far as to use \indexnofonts instead of just - % special-casing \var here? - \def\var##1{##1}% - % - \leavevmode\setcolor{\urlcolor}% - \startlink attr{/Border [0 0 0]}% - user{/Subtype /Link /A << /S /URI /URI (#1) >>}% - \endgroup} - % \pdfgettoks - Surround page numbers in #1 with @pdflink. #1 may - % be a simple number, or a list of numbers in the case of an index - % entry. - \def\pdfgettoks#1.{\setbox\boxA=\hbox{\toksA={#1.}\toksB={}\maketoks}} - \def\addtokens#1#2{\edef\addtoks{\noexpand#1={\the#1#2}}\addtoks} - \def\adn#1{\addtokens{\toksC}{#1}\global\countA=1\let\next=\maketoks} - \def\poptoks#1#2|ENDTOKS|{\let\first=#1\toksD={#1}\toksA={#2}} - \def\maketoks{% - \expandafter\poptoks\the\toksA|ENDTOKS|\relax - \ifx\first0\adn0 - \else\ifx\first1\adn1 \else\ifx\first2\adn2 \else\ifx\first3\adn3 - \else\ifx\first4\adn4 \else\ifx\first5\adn5 \else\ifx\first6\adn6 - \else\ifx\first7\adn7 \else\ifx\first8\adn8 \else\ifx\first9\adn9 - \else - \ifnum0=\countA\else\makelink\fi - \ifx\first.\let\next=\done\else - \let\next=\maketoks - \addtokens{\toksB}{\the\toksD} - \ifx\first,\addtokens{\toksB}{\space}\fi - \fi - \fi\fi\fi\fi\fi\fi\fi\fi\fi\fi - \next} - \def\makelink{\addtokens{\toksB}% - {\noexpand\pdflink{\the\toksC}}\toksC={}\global\countA=0} - \def\pdflink#1{% - \startlink attr{/Border [0 0 0]} goto name{\pdfmkpgn{#1}} - \setcolor{\linkcolor}#1\endlink} - \def\done{\edef\st{\global\noexpand\toksA={\the\toksB}}\st} -\else - % non-pdf mode - \let\pdfmkdest = \gobble - \let\pdfurl = \gobble - \let\endlink = \relax - \let\setcolor = \gobble - \let\pdfsetcolor = \gobble - \let\pdfmakeoutlines = \relax -\fi % \ifx\pdfoutput - -% -% For XeTeX -% -\ifx\XeTeXrevision\thisisundefined -\else - % - % XeTeX version check - % - \ifnum\strcmp{\the\XeTeXversion\XeTeXrevision}{0.99996}>-1 - % TeX Live 2016 contains XeTeX 0.99996 and xdvipdfmx 20160307. - % It can use the `dvipdfmx:config' special (from TeX Live SVN r40941). - % For avoiding PDF destination name replacement, we use this special - % instead of xdvipdfmx's command line option `-C 0x0010'. - \special{dvipdfmx:config C 0x0010} - % XeTeX 0.99995+ comes with xdvipdfmx 20160307+. - % It can handle Unicode destination names for PDF. - \txiuseunicodedestnametrue - \else - % XeTeX < 0.99996 (TeX Live < 2016) cannot use the - % `dvipdfmx:config' special. - % So for avoiding PDF destination name replacement, - % xdvipdfmx's command line option `-C 0x0010' is necessary. - % - % XeTeX < 0.99995 can not handle Unicode destination names for PDF - % because xdvipdfmx 20150315 has a UTF-16 conversion issue. - % It is fixed by xdvipdfmx 20160106 (TeX Live SVN r39753). - \txiuseunicodedestnamefalse - \fi - % - % Color support - % - \def\rgbDarkRed{0.50 0.09 0.12} - \def\rgbBlack{0 0 0} - % - \def\pdfsetcolor#1{\special{pdf:scolor [#1]}} - % - % Set color, and create a mark which defines \thiscolor accordingly, - % so that \makeheadline knows which color to restore. - \def\setcolor#1{% - \xdef\currentcolordefs{\gdef\noexpand\thiscolor{#1}}% - \domark - \pdfsetcolor{#1}% - } - % - \def\maincolor{\rgbBlack} - \pdfsetcolor{\maincolor} - \edef\thiscolor{\maincolor} - \def\currentcolordefs{} - % - \def\makefootline{% - \baselineskip24pt - \line{\pdfsetcolor{\maincolor}\the\footline}% - } - % - \def\makeheadline{% - \vbox to 0pt{% - \vskip-22.5pt - \line{% - \vbox to8.5pt{}% - % Extract \thiscolor definition from the marks. - \getcolormarks - % Typeset the headline with \maincolor, then restore the color. - \pdfsetcolor{\maincolor}\the\headline\pdfsetcolor{\thiscolor}% - }% - \vss - }% - \nointerlineskip - } - % - % PDF outline support - % - % Emulate pdfTeX primitive - \def\pdfdest name#1 xyz{% - \special{pdf:dest (#1) [@thispage /XYZ @xpos @ypos null]}% - } - % - \def\setpdfdestname#1{{% - % We have to set dummies so commands such as @code, and characters - % such as \, aren't expanded when present in a section title. - \indexnofonts - \makevalueexpandable - \turnoffactive - \iftxiuseunicodedestname - % Pass through Unicode characters. - \else - % Use ASCII approximations in destination names. - \passthroughcharsfalse - \fi - \def\pdfdestname{#1}% - \txiescapepdf\pdfdestname - }} - % - \def\setpdfoutlinetext#1{{% - \turnoffactive - % Always use Unicode characters in title texts. - \def\pdfoutlinetext{#1}% - % For XeTeX, xdvipdfmx converts to UTF-16. - % So we do not convert. - \txiescapepdf\pdfoutlinetext - }} - % - \def\pdfmkdest#1{% - \setpdfdestname{#1}% - \safewhatsit{\pdfdest name{\pdfdestname} xyz}% - } - % - % by default, use black for everything. - \def\urlcolor{\rgbBlack} - \def\linkcolor{\rgbBlack} - \def\endlink{\setcolor{\maincolor}\pdfendlink} - % - \def\dopdfoutline#1#2#3#4{% - \setpdfoutlinetext{#1} - \setpdfdestname{#3} - \ifx\pdfdestname\empty - \def\pdfdestname{#4}% - \fi - % - \special{pdf:out [-] #2 << /Title (\pdfoutlinetext) /A - << /S /GoTo /D (\pdfdestname) >> >> }% - } - % - \def\pdfmakeoutlines{% - \begingroup - % - % For XeTeX, counts of subentries are not necessary. - % Therefore, we read toc only once. - % - % We use node names as destinations. - % - % Currently we prefix the section name with the section number - % for chapter and appendix headings only in order to avoid too much - % horizontal space being required in the PDF viewer. - \def\partentry##1##2##3##4{}% ignore parts in the outlines - \def\numchapentry##1##2##3##4{% - \dopdfoutline{##2 ##1}{1}{##3}{##4}}% - \def\numsecentry##1##2##3##4{% - \dopdfoutline{##1}{2}{##3}{##4}}% - \def\numsubsecentry##1##2##3##4{% - \dopdfoutline{##1}{3}{##3}{##4}}% - \def\numsubsubsecentry##1##2##3##4{% - \dopdfoutline{##1}{4}{##3}{##4}}% - % - \let\appentry\numchapentry% - \let\appsecentry\numsecentry% - \let\appsubsecentry\numsubsecentry% - \let\appsubsubsecentry\numsubsubsecentry% - \def\unnchapentry##1##2##3##4{% - \dopdfoutline{##1}{1}{##3}{##4}}% - \let\unnsecentry\numsecentry% - \let\unnsubsecentry\numsubsecentry% - \let\unnsubsubsecentry\numsubsubsecentry% - % - % For XeTeX, xdvipdfmx converts strings to UTF-16. - % Therefore, the encoding and the language may not be considered. - % - \indexnofonts - \setupdatafile - % We can have normal brace characters in the PDF outlines, unlike - % Texinfo index files. So set that up. - \def\{{\lbracecharliteral}% - \def\}{\rbracecharliteral}% - \catcode`\\=\active \otherbackslash - \input \tocreadfilename - \endgroup - } - {\catcode`[=1 \catcode`]=2 - \catcode`{=\other \catcode`}=\other - \gdef\lbracecharliteral[{]% - \gdef\rbracecharliteral[}]% - ] - - \special{pdf:docview << /PageMode /UseOutlines >> } - % ``\special{pdf:tounicode ...}'' is not necessary - % because xdvipdfmx converts strings from UTF-8 to UTF-16 without it. - % However, due to a UTF-16 conversion issue of xdvipdfmx 20150315, - % ``\special{pdf:dest ...}'' cannot handle non-ASCII strings. - % It is fixed by xdvipdfmx 20160106 (TeX Live SVN r39753). -% - \def\skipspaces#1{\def\PP{#1}\def\D{|}% - \ifx\PP\D\let\nextsp\relax - \else\let\nextsp\skipspaces - \addtokens{\filename}{\PP}% - \advance\filenamelength by 1 - \fi - \nextsp} - \def\getfilename#1{% - \filenamelength=0 - % If we don't expand the argument now, \skipspaces will get - % snagged on things like "@value{foo}". - \edef\temp{#1}% - \expandafter\skipspaces\temp|\relax - } - % make a live url in pdf output. - \def\pdfurl#1{% - \begingroup - % it seems we really need yet another set of dummies; have not - % tried to figure out what each command should do in the context - % of @url. for now, just make @/ a no-op, that's the only one - % people have actually reported a problem with. - % - \normalturnoffactive - \def\@{@}% - \let\/=\empty - \makevalueexpandable - % do we want to go so far as to use \indexnofonts instead of just - % special-casing \var here? - \def\var##1{##1}% - % - \leavevmode\setcolor{\urlcolor}% - \special{pdf:bann << /Border [0 0 0] - /Subtype /Link /A << /S /URI /URI (#1) >> >>}% - \endgroup} - \def\endlink{\setcolor{\maincolor}\special{pdf:eann}} - \def\pdfgettoks#1.{\setbox\boxA=\hbox{\toksA={#1.}\toksB={}\maketoks}} - \def\addtokens#1#2{\edef\addtoks{\noexpand#1={\the#1#2}}\addtoks} - \def\adn#1{\addtokens{\toksC}{#1}\global\countA=1\let\next=\maketoks} - \def\poptoks#1#2|ENDTOKS|{\let\first=#1\toksD={#1}\toksA={#2}} - \def\maketoks{% - \expandafter\poptoks\the\toksA|ENDTOKS|\relax - \ifx\first0\adn0 - \else\ifx\first1\adn1 \else\ifx\first2\adn2 \else\ifx\first3\adn3 - \else\ifx\first4\adn4 \else\ifx\first5\adn5 \else\ifx\first6\adn6 - \else\ifx\first7\adn7 \else\ifx\first8\adn8 \else\ifx\first9\adn9 - \else - \ifnum0=\countA\else\makelink\fi - \ifx\first.\let\next=\done\else - \let\next=\maketoks - \addtokens{\toksB}{\the\toksD} - \ifx\first,\addtokens{\toksB}{\space}\fi - \fi - \fi\fi\fi\fi\fi\fi\fi\fi\fi\fi - \next} - \def\makelink{\addtokens{\toksB}% - {\noexpand\pdflink{\the\toksC}}\toksC={}\global\countA=0} - \def\pdflink#1{% - \special{pdf:bann << /Border [0 0 0] - /Type /Annot /Subtype /Link /A << /S /GoTo /D (#1) >> >>}% - \setcolor{\linkcolor}#1\endlink} - \def\done{\edef\st{\global\noexpand\toksA={\the\toksB}}\st} -% - % - % @image support - % - % #1 is image name, #2 width (might be empty/whitespace), #3 height (ditto). - \def\doxeteximage#1#2#3{% - \def\xeteximagewidth{#2}\setbox0 = \hbox{\ignorespaces #2}% - \def\xeteximageheight{#3}\setbox2 = \hbox{\ignorespaces #3}% - % - % XeTeX (and the PDF format) supports .pdf, .png, .jpg (among - % others). Let's try in that order, PDF first since if - % someone has a scalable image, presumably better to use that than a - % bitmap. - \let\xeteximgext=\empty - \begingroup - \openin 1 #1.pdf \ifeof 1 - \openin 1 #1.PDF \ifeof 1 - \openin 1 #1.png \ifeof 1 - \openin 1 #1.jpg \ifeof 1 - \openin 1 #1.jpeg \ifeof 1 - \openin 1 #1.JPG \ifeof 1 - \errmessage{Could not find image file #1 for XeTeX}% - \else \gdef\xeteximgext{JPG}% - \fi - \else \gdef\xeteximgext{jpeg}% - \fi - \else \gdef\xeteximgext{jpg}% - \fi - \else \gdef\xeteximgext{png}% - \fi - \else \gdef\xeteximgext{PDF}% - \fi - \else \gdef\xeteximgext{pdf}% - \fi - \closein 1 - \endgroup - % - % Putting an \hbox around the image can prevent an over-long line - % after the image. - \hbox\bgroup - \def\xetexpdfext{pdf}% - \ifx\xeteximgext\xetexpdfext - \XeTeXpdffile "#1".\xeteximgext "" - \else - \def\xetexpdfext{PDF}% - \ifx\xeteximgext\xetexpdfext - \XeTeXpdffile "#1".\xeteximgext "" - \else - \XeTeXpicfile "#1".\xeteximgext "" - \fi - \fi - \ifdim \wd0 >0pt width \xeteximagewidth \fi - \ifdim \wd2 >0pt height \xeteximageheight \fi \relax - \egroup - } -\fi - - -% -\message{fonts,} - -% Set the baselineskip to #1, and the lineskip and strut size -% correspondingly. There is no deep meaning behind these magic numbers -% used as factors; they just match (closely enough) what Knuth defined. -% -\def\lineskipfactor{.08333} -\def\strutheightpercent{.70833} -\def\strutdepthpercent {.29167} -% -% can get a sort of poor man's double spacing by redefining this. -\def\baselinefactor{1} -% -\newdimen\textleading -\def\setleading#1{% - \dimen0 = #1\relax - \normalbaselineskip = \baselinefactor\dimen0 - \normallineskip = \lineskipfactor\normalbaselineskip - \normalbaselines - \setbox\strutbox =\hbox{% - \vrule width0pt height\strutheightpercent\baselineskip - depth \strutdepthpercent \baselineskip - }% -} - -% PDF CMaps. See also LaTeX's t1.cmap. -% -% do nothing with this by default. -\expandafter\let\csname cmapOT1\endcsname\gobble -\expandafter\let\csname cmapOT1IT\endcsname\gobble -\expandafter\let\csname cmapOT1TT\endcsname\gobble - -% if we are producing pdf, and we have \pdffontattr, then define cmaps. -% (\pdffontattr was introduced many years ago, but people still run -% older pdftex's; it's easy to conditionalize, so we do.) -\ifpdf \ifx\pdffontattr\thisisundefined \else - \begingroup - \catcode`\^^M=\active \def^^M{^^J}% Output line endings as the ^^J char. - \catcode`\%=12 \immediate\pdfobj stream {%!PS-Adobe-3.0 Resource-CMap -%%DocumentNeededResources: ProcSet (CIDInit) -%%IncludeResource: ProcSet (CIDInit) -%%BeginResource: CMap (TeX-OT1-0) -%%Title: (TeX-OT1-0 TeX OT1 0) -%%Version: 1.000 -%%EndComments -/CIDInit /ProcSet findresource begin -12 dict begin -begincmap -/CIDSystemInfo -<< /Registry (TeX) -/Ordering (OT1) -/Supplement 0 ->> def -/CMapName /TeX-OT1-0 def -/CMapType 2 def -1 begincodespacerange -<00> <7F> -endcodespacerange -8 beginbfrange -<00> <01> <0393> -<09> <0A> <03A8> -<23> <26> <0023> -<28> <3B> <0028> -<3F> <5B> <003F> -<5D> <5E> <005D> -<61> <7A> <0061> -<7B> <7C> <2013> -endbfrange -40 beginbfchar -<02> <0398> -<03> <039B> -<04> <039E> -<05> <03A0> -<06> <03A3> -<07> <03D2> -<08> <03A6> -<0B> <00660066> -<0C> <00660069> -<0D> <0066006C> -<0E> <006600660069> -<0F> <00660066006C> -<10> <0131> -<11> <0237> -<12> <0060> -<13> <00B4> -<14> <02C7> -<15> <02D8> -<16> <00AF> -<17> <02DA> -<18> <00B8> -<19> <00DF> -<1A> <00E6> -<1B> <0153> -<1C> <00F8> -<1D> <00C6> -<1E> <0152> -<1F> <00D8> -<21> <0021> -<22> <201D> -<27> <2019> -<3C> <00A1> -<3D> <003D> -<3E> <00BF> -<5C> <201C> -<5F> <02D9> -<60> <2018> -<7D> <02DD> -<7E> <007E> -<7F> <00A8> -endbfchar -endcmap -CMapName currentdict /CMap defineresource pop -end -end -%%EndResource -%%EOF - }\endgroup - \expandafter\edef\csname cmapOT1\endcsname#1{% - \pdffontattr#1{/ToUnicode \the\pdflastobj\space 0 R}% - }% -% -% \cmapOT1IT - \begingroup - \catcode`\^^M=\active \def^^M{^^J}% Output line endings as the ^^J char. - \catcode`\%=12 \immediate\pdfobj stream {%!PS-Adobe-3.0 Resource-CMap -%%DocumentNeededResources: ProcSet (CIDInit) -%%IncludeResource: ProcSet (CIDInit) -%%BeginResource: CMap (TeX-OT1IT-0) -%%Title: (TeX-OT1IT-0 TeX OT1IT 0) -%%Version: 1.000 -%%EndComments -/CIDInit /ProcSet findresource begin -12 dict begin -begincmap -/CIDSystemInfo -<< /Registry (TeX) -/Ordering (OT1IT) -/Supplement 0 ->> def -/CMapName /TeX-OT1IT-0 def -/CMapType 2 def -1 begincodespacerange -<00> <7F> -endcodespacerange -8 beginbfrange -<00> <01> <0393> -<09> <0A> <03A8> -<25> <26> <0025> -<28> <3B> <0028> -<3F> <5B> <003F> -<5D> <5E> <005D> -<61> <7A> <0061> -<7B> <7C> <2013> -endbfrange -42 beginbfchar -<02> <0398> -<03> <039B> -<04> <039E> -<05> <03A0> -<06> <03A3> -<07> <03D2> -<08> <03A6> -<0B> <00660066> -<0C> <00660069> -<0D> <0066006C> -<0E> <006600660069> -<0F> <00660066006C> -<10> <0131> -<11> <0237> -<12> <0060> -<13> <00B4> -<14> <02C7> -<15> <02D8> -<16> <00AF> -<17> <02DA> -<18> <00B8> -<19> <00DF> -<1A> <00E6> -<1B> <0153> -<1C> <00F8> -<1D> <00C6> -<1E> <0152> -<1F> <00D8> -<21> <0021> -<22> <201D> -<23> <0023> -<24> <00A3> -<27> <2019> -<3C> <00A1> -<3D> <003D> -<3E> <00BF> -<5C> <201C> -<5F> <02D9> -<60> <2018> -<7D> <02DD> -<7E> <007E> -<7F> <00A8> -endbfchar -endcmap -CMapName currentdict /CMap defineresource pop -end -end -%%EndResource -%%EOF - }\endgroup - \expandafter\edef\csname cmapOT1IT\endcsname#1{% - \pdffontattr#1{/ToUnicode \the\pdflastobj\space 0 R}% - }% -% -% \cmapOT1TT - \begingroup - \catcode`\^^M=\active \def^^M{^^J}% Output line endings as the ^^J char. - \catcode`\%=12 \immediate\pdfobj stream {%!PS-Adobe-3.0 Resource-CMap -%%DocumentNeededResources: ProcSet (CIDInit) -%%IncludeResource: ProcSet (CIDInit) -%%BeginResource: CMap (TeX-OT1TT-0) -%%Title: (TeX-OT1TT-0 TeX OT1TT 0) -%%Version: 1.000 -%%EndComments -/CIDInit /ProcSet findresource begin -12 dict begin -begincmap -/CIDSystemInfo -<< /Registry (TeX) -/Ordering (OT1TT) -/Supplement 0 ->> def -/CMapName /TeX-OT1TT-0 def -/CMapType 2 def -1 begincodespacerange -<00> <7F> -endcodespacerange -5 beginbfrange -<00> <01> <0393> -<09> <0A> <03A8> -<21> <26> <0021> -<28> <5F> <0028> -<61> <7E> <0061> -endbfrange -32 beginbfchar -<02> <0398> -<03> <039B> -<04> <039E> -<05> <03A0> -<06> <03A3> -<07> <03D2> -<08> <03A6> -<0B> <2191> -<0C> <2193> -<0D> <0027> -<0E> <00A1> -<0F> <00BF> -<10> <0131> -<11> <0237> -<12> <0060> -<13> <00B4> -<14> <02C7> -<15> <02D8> -<16> <00AF> -<17> <02DA> -<18> <00B8> -<19> <00DF> -<1A> <00E6> -<1B> <0153> -<1C> <00F8> -<1D> <00C6> -<1E> <0152> -<1F> <00D8> -<20> <2423> -<27> <2019> -<60> <2018> -<7F> <00A8> -endbfchar -endcmap -CMapName currentdict /CMap defineresource pop -end -end -%%EndResource -%%EOF - }\endgroup - \expandafter\edef\csname cmapOT1TT\endcsname#1{% - \pdffontattr#1{/ToUnicode \the\pdflastobj\space 0 R}% - }% -\fi\fi - - -% Set the font macro #1 to the font named \fontprefix#2. -% #3 is the font's design size, #4 is a scale factor, #5 is the CMap -% encoding (only OT1, OT1IT and OT1TT are allowed, or empty to omit). -% Example: -% #1 = \textrm -% #2 = \rmshape -% #3 = 10 -% #4 = \mainmagstep -% #5 = OT1 -% -\def\setfont#1#2#3#4#5{% - \font#1=\fontprefix#2#3 scaled #4 - \csname cmap#5\endcsname#1% -} -% This is what gets called when #5 of \setfont is empty. -\let\cmap\gobble -% -% (end of cmaps) - -% Use cm as the default font prefix. -% To specify the font prefix, you must define \fontprefix -% before you read in texinfo.tex. -\ifx\fontprefix\thisisundefined -\def\fontprefix{cm} -\fi -% Support font families that don't use the same naming scheme as CM. -\def\rmshape{r} -\def\rmbshape{bx} % where the normal face is bold -\def\bfshape{b} -\def\bxshape{bx} -\def\ttshape{tt} -\def\ttbshape{tt} -\def\ttslshape{sltt} -\def\itshape{ti} -\def\itbshape{bxti} -\def\slshape{sl} -\def\slbshape{bxsl} -\def\sfshape{ss} -\def\sfbshape{ss} -\def\scshape{csc} -\def\scbshape{csc} - -% Definitions for a main text size of 11pt. (The default in Texinfo.) -% -\def\definetextfontsizexi{% -% Text fonts (11.2pt, magstep1). -\def\textnominalsize{11pt} -\edef\mainmagstep{\magstephalf} -\setfont\textrm\rmshape{10}{\mainmagstep}{OT1} -\setfont\texttt\ttshape{10}{\mainmagstep}{OT1TT} -\setfont\textbf\bfshape{10}{\mainmagstep}{OT1} -\setfont\textit\itshape{10}{\mainmagstep}{OT1IT} -\setfont\textsl\slshape{10}{\mainmagstep}{OT1} -\setfont\textsf\sfshape{10}{\mainmagstep}{OT1} -\setfont\textsc\scshape{10}{\mainmagstep}{OT1} -\setfont\textttsl\ttslshape{10}{\mainmagstep}{OT1TT} -\font\texti=cmmi10 scaled \mainmagstep -\font\textsy=cmsy10 scaled \mainmagstep -\def\textecsize{1095} - -% A few fonts for @defun names and args. -\setfont\defbf\bfshape{10}{\magstep1}{OT1} -\setfont\deftt\ttshape{10}{\magstep1}{OT1TT} -\setfont\defsl\slshape{10}{\magstep1}{OT1} -\setfont\defttsl\ttslshape{10}{\magstep1}{OT1TT} -\def\df{\let\ttfont=\deftt \let\bffont = \defbf -\let\ttslfont=\defttsl \let\slfont=\defsl \bf} - -% Fonts for indices, footnotes, small examples (9pt). -\def\smallnominalsize{9pt} -\setfont\smallrm\rmshape{9}{1000}{OT1} -\setfont\smalltt\ttshape{9}{1000}{OT1TT} -\setfont\smallbf\bfshape{10}{900}{OT1} -\setfont\smallit\itshape{9}{1000}{OT1IT} -\setfont\smallsl\slshape{9}{1000}{OT1} -\setfont\smallsf\sfshape{9}{1000}{OT1} -\setfont\smallsc\scshape{10}{900}{OT1} -\setfont\smallttsl\ttslshape{10}{900}{OT1TT} -\font\smalli=cmmi9 -\font\smallsy=cmsy9 -\def\smallecsize{0900} - -% Fonts for small examples (8pt). -\def\smallernominalsize{8pt} -\setfont\smallerrm\rmshape{8}{1000}{OT1} -\setfont\smallertt\ttshape{8}{1000}{OT1TT} -\setfont\smallerbf\bfshape{10}{800}{OT1} -\setfont\smallerit\itshape{8}{1000}{OT1IT} -\setfont\smallersl\slshape{8}{1000}{OT1} -\setfont\smallersf\sfshape{8}{1000}{OT1} -\setfont\smallersc\scshape{10}{800}{OT1} -\setfont\smallerttsl\ttslshape{10}{800}{OT1TT} -\font\smalleri=cmmi8 -\font\smallersy=cmsy8 -\def\smallerecsize{0800} - -% Fonts for math mode superscripts (7pt). -\def\sevennominalsize{7pt} -\setfont\sevenrm\rmshape{7}{1000}{OT1} -\setfont\seventt\ttshape{10}{700}{OT1TT} -\setfont\sevenbf\bfshape{10}{700}{OT1} -\setfont\sevenit\itshape{7}{1000}{OT1IT} -\setfont\sevensl\slshape{10}{700}{OT1} -\setfont\sevensf\sfshape{10}{700}{OT1} -\setfont\sevensc\scshape{10}{700}{OT1} -\setfont\seventtsl\ttslshape{10}{700}{OT1TT} -\font\seveni=cmmi7 -\font\sevensy=cmsy7 -\def\sevenecsize{0700} - -% Fonts for title page (20.4pt): -\def\titlenominalsize{20pt} -\setfont\titlerm\rmbshape{12}{\magstep3}{OT1} -\setfont\titleit\itbshape{10}{\magstep4}{OT1IT} -\setfont\titlesl\slbshape{10}{\magstep4}{OT1} -\setfont\titlett\ttbshape{12}{\magstep3}{OT1TT} -\setfont\titlettsl\ttslshape{10}{\magstep4}{OT1TT} -\setfont\titlesf\sfbshape{17}{\magstep1}{OT1} -\let\titlebf=\titlerm -\setfont\titlesc\scbshape{10}{\magstep4}{OT1} -\font\titlei=cmmi12 scaled \magstep3 -\font\titlesy=cmsy10 scaled \magstep4 -\def\titleecsize{2074} - -% Chapter (and unnumbered) fonts (17.28pt). -\def\chapnominalsize{17pt} -\setfont\chaprm\rmbshape{12}{\magstep2}{OT1} -\setfont\chapit\itbshape{10}{\magstep3}{OT1IT} -\setfont\chapsl\slbshape{10}{\magstep3}{OT1} -\setfont\chaptt\ttbshape{12}{\magstep2}{OT1TT} -\setfont\chapttsl\ttslshape{10}{\magstep3}{OT1TT} -\setfont\chapsf\sfbshape{17}{1000}{OT1} -\let\chapbf=\chaprm -\setfont\chapsc\scbshape{10}{\magstep3}{OT1} -\font\chapi=cmmi12 scaled \magstep2 -\font\chapsy=cmsy10 scaled \magstep3 -\def\chapecsize{1728} - -% Section fonts (14.4pt). -\def\secnominalsize{14pt} -\setfont\secrm\rmbshape{12}{\magstep1}{OT1} -\setfont\secrmnotbold\rmshape{12}{\magstep1}{OT1} -\setfont\secit\itbshape{10}{\magstep2}{OT1IT} -\setfont\secsl\slbshape{10}{\magstep2}{OT1} -\setfont\sectt\ttbshape{12}{\magstep1}{OT1TT} -\setfont\secttsl\ttslshape{10}{\magstep2}{OT1TT} -\setfont\secsf\sfbshape{12}{\magstep1}{OT1} -\let\secbf\secrm -\setfont\secsc\scbshape{10}{\magstep2}{OT1} -\font\seci=cmmi12 scaled \magstep1 -\font\secsy=cmsy10 scaled \magstep2 -\def\sececsize{1440} - -% Subsection fonts (13.15pt). -\def\ssecnominalsize{13pt} -\setfont\ssecrm\rmbshape{12}{\magstephalf}{OT1} -\setfont\ssecit\itbshape{10}{1315}{OT1IT} -\setfont\ssecsl\slbshape{10}{1315}{OT1} -\setfont\ssectt\ttbshape{12}{\magstephalf}{OT1TT} -\setfont\ssecttsl\ttslshape{10}{1315}{OT1TT} -\setfont\ssecsf\sfbshape{12}{\magstephalf}{OT1} -\let\ssecbf\ssecrm -\setfont\ssecsc\scbshape{10}{1315}{OT1} -\font\sseci=cmmi12 scaled \magstephalf -\font\ssecsy=cmsy10 scaled 1315 -\def\ssececsize{1200} - -% Reduced fonts for @acronym in text (10pt). -\def\reducednominalsize{10pt} -\setfont\reducedrm\rmshape{10}{1000}{OT1} -\setfont\reducedtt\ttshape{10}{1000}{OT1TT} -\setfont\reducedbf\bfshape{10}{1000}{OT1} -\setfont\reducedit\itshape{10}{1000}{OT1IT} -\setfont\reducedsl\slshape{10}{1000}{OT1} -\setfont\reducedsf\sfshape{10}{1000}{OT1} -\setfont\reducedsc\scshape{10}{1000}{OT1} -\setfont\reducedttsl\ttslshape{10}{1000}{OT1TT} -\font\reducedi=cmmi10 -\font\reducedsy=cmsy10 -\def\reducedecsize{1000} - -\textleading = 13.2pt % line spacing for 11pt CM -\textfonts % reset the current fonts -\rm -} % end of 11pt text font size definitions, \definetextfontsizexi - - -% Definitions to make the main text be 10pt Computer Modern, with -% section, chapter, etc., sizes following suit. This is for the GNU -% Press printing of the Emacs 22 manual. Maybe other manuals in the -% future. Used with @smallbook, which sets the leading to 12pt. -% -\def\definetextfontsizex{% -% Text fonts (10pt). -\def\textnominalsize{10pt} -\edef\mainmagstep{1000} -\setfont\textrm\rmshape{10}{\mainmagstep}{OT1} -\setfont\texttt\ttshape{10}{\mainmagstep}{OT1TT} -\setfont\textbf\bfshape{10}{\mainmagstep}{OT1} -\setfont\textit\itshape{10}{\mainmagstep}{OT1IT} -\setfont\textsl\slshape{10}{\mainmagstep}{OT1} -\setfont\textsf\sfshape{10}{\mainmagstep}{OT1} -\setfont\textsc\scshape{10}{\mainmagstep}{OT1} -\setfont\textttsl\ttslshape{10}{\mainmagstep}{OT1TT} -\font\texti=cmmi10 scaled \mainmagstep -\font\textsy=cmsy10 scaled \mainmagstep -\def\textecsize{1000} - -% A few fonts for @defun names and args. -\setfont\defbf\bfshape{10}{\magstephalf}{OT1} -\setfont\deftt\ttshape{10}{\magstephalf}{OT1TT} -\setfont\defsl\slshape{10}{\magstephalf}{OT1} -\setfont\defttsl\ttslshape{10}{\magstephalf}{OT1TT} -\def\df{\let\ttfont=\deftt \let\bffont = \defbf -\let\slfont=\defsl \let\ttslfont=\defttsl \bf} - -% Fonts for indices, footnotes, small examples (9pt). -\def\smallnominalsize{9pt} -\setfont\smallrm\rmshape{9}{1000}{OT1} -\setfont\smalltt\ttshape{9}{1000}{OT1TT} -\setfont\smallbf\bfshape{10}{900}{OT1} -\setfont\smallit\itshape{9}{1000}{OT1IT} -\setfont\smallsl\slshape{9}{1000}{OT1} -\setfont\smallsf\sfshape{9}{1000}{OT1} -\setfont\smallsc\scshape{10}{900}{OT1} -\setfont\smallttsl\ttslshape{10}{900}{OT1TT} -\font\smalli=cmmi9 -\font\smallsy=cmsy9 -\def\smallecsize{0900} - -% Fonts for small examples (8pt). -\def\smallernominalsize{8pt} -\setfont\smallerrm\rmshape{8}{1000}{OT1} -\setfont\smallertt\ttshape{8}{1000}{OT1TT} -\setfont\smallerbf\bfshape{10}{800}{OT1} -\setfont\smallerit\itshape{8}{1000}{OT1IT} -\setfont\smallersl\slshape{8}{1000}{OT1} -\setfont\smallersf\sfshape{8}{1000}{OT1} -\setfont\smallersc\scshape{10}{800}{OT1} -\setfont\smallerttsl\ttslshape{10}{800}{OT1TT} -\font\smalleri=cmmi8 -\font\smallersy=cmsy8 -\def\smallerecsize{0800} - -% Fonts for math mode superscripts (7pt). -\def\sevennominalsize{7pt} -\setfont\sevenrm\rmshape{7}{1000}{OT1} -\setfont\seventt\ttshape{10}{700}{OT1TT} -\setfont\sevenbf\bfshape{10}{700}{OT1} -\setfont\sevenit\itshape{7}{1000}{OT1IT} -\setfont\sevensl\slshape{10}{700}{OT1} -\setfont\sevensf\sfshape{10}{700}{OT1} -\setfont\sevensc\scshape{10}{700}{OT1} -\setfont\seventtsl\ttslshape{10}{700}{OT1TT} -\font\seveni=cmmi7 -\font\sevensy=cmsy7 -\def\sevenecsize{0700} - -% Fonts for title page (20.4pt): -\def\titlenominalsize{20pt} -\setfont\titlerm\rmbshape{12}{\magstep3}{OT1} -\setfont\titleit\itbshape{10}{\magstep4}{OT1IT} -\setfont\titlesl\slbshape{10}{\magstep4}{OT1} -\setfont\titlett\ttbshape{12}{\magstep3}{OT1TT} -\setfont\titlettsl\ttslshape{10}{\magstep4}{OT1TT} -\setfont\titlesf\sfbshape{17}{\magstep1}{OT1} -\let\titlebf=\titlerm -\setfont\titlesc\scbshape{10}{\magstep4}{OT1} -\font\titlei=cmmi12 scaled \magstep3 -\font\titlesy=cmsy10 scaled \magstep4 -\def\titleecsize{2074} - -% Chapter fonts (14.4pt). -\def\chapnominalsize{14pt} -\setfont\chaprm\rmbshape{12}{\magstep1}{OT1} -\setfont\chapit\itbshape{10}{\magstep2}{OT1IT} -\setfont\chapsl\slbshape{10}{\magstep2}{OT1} -\setfont\chaptt\ttbshape{12}{\magstep1}{OT1TT} -\setfont\chapttsl\ttslshape{10}{\magstep2}{OT1TT} -\setfont\chapsf\sfbshape{12}{\magstep1}{OT1} -\let\chapbf\chaprm -\setfont\chapsc\scbshape{10}{\magstep2}{OT1} -\font\chapi=cmmi12 scaled \magstep1 -\font\chapsy=cmsy10 scaled \magstep2 -\def\chapecsize{1440} - -% Section fonts (12pt). -\def\secnominalsize{12pt} -\setfont\secrm\rmbshape{12}{1000}{OT1} -\setfont\secit\itbshape{10}{\magstep1}{OT1IT} -\setfont\secsl\slbshape{10}{\magstep1}{OT1} -\setfont\sectt\ttbshape{12}{1000}{OT1TT} -\setfont\secttsl\ttslshape{10}{\magstep1}{OT1TT} -\setfont\secsf\sfbshape{12}{1000}{OT1} -\let\secbf\secrm -\setfont\secsc\scbshape{10}{\magstep1}{OT1} -\font\seci=cmmi12 -\font\secsy=cmsy10 scaled \magstep1 -\def\sececsize{1200} - -% Subsection fonts (10pt). -\def\ssecnominalsize{10pt} -\setfont\ssecrm\rmbshape{10}{1000}{OT1} -\setfont\ssecit\itbshape{10}{1000}{OT1IT} -\setfont\ssecsl\slbshape{10}{1000}{OT1} -\setfont\ssectt\ttbshape{10}{1000}{OT1TT} -\setfont\ssecttsl\ttslshape{10}{1000}{OT1TT} -\setfont\ssecsf\sfbshape{10}{1000}{OT1} -\let\ssecbf\ssecrm -\setfont\ssecsc\scbshape{10}{1000}{OT1} -\font\sseci=cmmi10 -\font\ssecsy=cmsy10 -\def\ssececsize{1000} - -% Reduced fonts for @acronym in text (9pt). -\def\reducednominalsize{9pt} -\setfont\reducedrm\rmshape{9}{1000}{OT1} -\setfont\reducedtt\ttshape{9}{1000}{OT1TT} -\setfont\reducedbf\bfshape{10}{900}{OT1} -\setfont\reducedit\itshape{9}{1000}{OT1IT} -\setfont\reducedsl\slshape{9}{1000}{OT1} -\setfont\reducedsf\sfshape{9}{1000}{OT1} -\setfont\reducedsc\scshape{10}{900}{OT1} -\setfont\reducedttsl\ttslshape{10}{900}{OT1TT} -\font\reducedi=cmmi9 -\font\reducedsy=cmsy9 -\def\reducedecsize{0900} - -\divide\parskip by 2 % reduce space between paragraphs -\textleading = 12pt % line spacing for 10pt CM -\textfonts % reset the current fonts -\rm -} % end of 10pt text font size definitions, \definetextfontsizex - -% Fonts for short table of contents. -\setfont\shortcontrm\rmshape{12}{1000}{OT1} -\setfont\shortcontbf\bfshape{10}{\magstep1}{OT1} % no cmb12 -\setfont\shortcontsl\slshape{12}{1000}{OT1} -\setfont\shortconttt\ttshape{12}{1000}{OT1TT} - - -% We provide the user-level command -% @fonttextsize 10 -% (or 11) to redefine the text font size. pt is assumed. -% -\def\xiword{11} -\def\xword{10} -\def\xwordpt{10pt} -% -\parseargdef\fonttextsize{% - \def\textsizearg{#1}% - %\wlog{doing @fonttextsize \textsizearg}% - % - % Set \globaldefs so that documents can use this inside @tex, since - % makeinfo 4.8 does not support it, but we need it nonetheless. - % - \begingroup \globaldefs=1 - \ifx\textsizearg\xword \definetextfontsizex - \else \ifx\textsizearg\xiword \definetextfontsizexi - \else - \errhelp=\EMsimple - \errmessage{@fonttextsize only supports `10' or `11', not `\textsizearg'} - \fi\fi - \endgroup -} - -% -% Change the current font style to #1, remembering it in \curfontstyle. -% For now, we do not accumulate font styles: @b{@i{foo}} prints foo in -% italics, not bold italics. -% -\def\setfontstyle#1{% - \def\curfontstyle{#1}% not as a control sequence, because we are \edef'd. - \csname #1font\endcsname % change the current font -} - -\def\rm{\fam=0 \setfontstyle{rm}} -\def\it{\fam=\itfam \setfontstyle{it}} -\def\sl{\fam=\slfam \setfontstyle{sl}} -\def\bf{\fam=\bffam \setfontstyle{bf}}\def\bfstylename{bf} -\def\tt{\fam=\ttfam \setfontstyle{tt}}\def\ttstylename{tt} - -% Texinfo sort of supports the sans serif font style, which plain TeX does not. -% So we set up a \sf. -\newfam\sffam -\def\sf{\fam=\sffam \setfontstyle{sf}} - -% We don't need math for this font style. -\def\ttsl{\setfontstyle{ttsl}} - - -% In order for the font changes to affect most math symbols and letters, -% we have to define the \textfont of the standard families. -% We don't bother to reset \scriptscriptfont; awaiting user need. -% -\def\resetmathfonts{% - \textfont0=\rmfont \textfont1=\ifont \textfont2=\syfont - \textfont\itfam=\itfont \textfont\slfam=\slfont \textfont\bffam=\bffont - \textfont\ttfam=\ttfont \textfont\sffam=\sffont - % - % Fonts for superscript. Note that the 7pt fonts are used regardless - % of the current font size. - \scriptfont0=\sevenrm \scriptfont1=\seveni \scriptfont2=\sevensy - \scriptfont\itfam=\sevenit \scriptfont\slfam=\sevensl - \scriptfont\bffam=\sevenbf \scriptfont\ttfam=\seventt - \scriptfont\sffam=\sevensf -} - -% - -% The font-changing commands (all called \...fonts) redefine the meanings -% of \STYLEfont, instead of just \STYLE. We do this because \STYLE needs -% to also set the current \fam for math mode. Our \STYLE (e.g., \rm) -% commands hardwire \STYLEfont to set the current font. -% -% The fonts used for \ifont are for "math italics" (\itfont is for italics -% in regular text). \syfont is also used in math mode only. -% -% Each font-changing command also sets the names \lsize (one size lower) -% and \lllsize (three sizes lower). These relative commands are used -% in, e.g., the LaTeX logo and acronyms. -% -% This all needs generalizing, badly. -% - -\def\assignfonts#1{% - \expandafter\let\expandafter\rmfont\csname #1rm\endcsname - \expandafter\let\expandafter\itfont\csname #1it\endcsname - \expandafter\let\expandafter\slfont\csname #1sl\endcsname - \expandafter\let\expandafter\bffont\csname #1bf\endcsname - \expandafter\let\expandafter\ttfont\csname #1tt\endcsname - \expandafter\let\expandafter\smallcaps\csname #1sc\endcsname - \expandafter\let\expandafter\sffont \csname #1sf\endcsname - \expandafter\let\expandafter\ifont \csname #1i\endcsname - \expandafter\let\expandafter\syfont \csname #1sy\endcsname - \expandafter\let\expandafter\ttslfont\csname #1ttsl\endcsname -} - -\newif\ifrmisbold - -% Select smaller font size with the current style. Used to change font size -% in, e.g., the LaTeX logo and acronyms. If we are using bold fonts for -% normal roman text, also use bold fonts for roman text in the smaller size. -\def\switchtolllsize{% - \expandafter\assignfonts\expandafter{\lllsize}% - \ifrmisbold - \let\rmfont\bffont - \fi - \csname\curfontstyle\endcsname -}% - -\def\switchtolsize{% - \expandafter\assignfonts\expandafter{\lsize}% - \ifrmisbold - \let\rmfont\bffont - \fi - \csname\curfontstyle\endcsname -}% - -\def\definefontsetatsize#1#2#3#4#5{% -\expandafter\def\csname #1fonts\endcsname{% - \def\curfontsize{#1}% - \def\lsize{#2}\def\lllsize{#3}% - \csname rmisbold#5\endcsname - \assignfonts{#1}% - \resetmathfonts - \setleading{#4}% -}} - -\definefontsetatsize{text} {reduced}{smaller}{\textleading}{false} -\definefontsetatsize{title} {chap} {subsec} {27pt} {true} -\definefontsetatsize{chap} {sec} {text} {19pt} {true} -\definefontsetatsize{sec} {subsec} {reduced}{17pt} {true} -\definefontsetatsize{ssec} {text} {small} {15pt} {true} -\definefontsetatsize{reduced}{small} {smaller}{10.5pt}{false} -\definefontsetatsize{small} {smaller}{smaller}{10.5pt}{false} -\definefontsetatsize{smaller}{smaller}{smaller}{9.5pt} {false} - -\def\titlefont#1{{\titlefonts\rm #1}} -\let\subsecfonts = \ssecfonts -\let\subsubsecfonts = \ssecfonts - -% Define these just so they can be easily changed for other fonts. -\def\angleleft{$\langle$} -\def\angleright{$\rangle$} - -% Set the fonts to use with the @small... environments. -\let\smallexamplefonts = \smallfonts - -% About \smallexamplefonts. If we use \smallfonts (9pt), @smallexample -% can fit this many characters: -% 8.5x11=86 smallbook=72 a4=90 a5=69 -% If we use \scriptfonts (8pt), then we can fit this many characters: -% 8.5x11=90+ smallbook=80 a4=90+ a5=77 -% For me, subjectively, the few extra characters that fit aren't worth -% the additional smallness of 8pt. So I'm making the default 9pt. -% -% By the way, for comparison, here's what fits with @example (10pt): -% 8.5x11=71 smallbook=60 a4=75 a5=58 -% --karl, 24jan03. - -% Set up the default fonts, so we can use them for creating boxes. -% -\definetextfontsizexi - - -% Check if we are currently using a typewriter font. Since all the -% Computer Modern typewriter fonts have zero interword stretch (and -% shrink), and it is reasonable to expect all typewriter fonts to have -% this property, we can check that font parameter. -% -\def\ifmonospace{\ifdim\fontdimen3\font=0pt } - -{ -\catcode`\'=\active -\catcode`\`=\active - -\gdef\setcodequotes{\let`\codequoteleft \let'\codequoteright} -\gdef\setregularquotes{\let`\lq \let'\rq} -} - -% Allow an option to not use regular directed right quote/apostrophe -% (char 0x27), but instead the undirected quote from cmtt (char 0x0d). -% The undirected quote is ugly, so don't make it the default, but it -% works for pasting with more pdf viewers (at least evince), the -% lilypond developers report. xpdf does work with the regular 0x27. -% -\def\codequoteright{% - \ifmonospace - \expandafter\ifx\csname SETtxicodequoteundirected\endcsname\relax - \expandafter\ifx\csname SETcodequoteundirected\endcsname\relax - '% - \else \char'15 \fi - \else \char'15 \fi - \else - '% - \fi -} -% -% and a similar option for the left quote char vs. a grave accent. -% Modern fonts display ASCII 0x60 as a grave accent, so some people like -% the code environments to do likewise. -% -\def\codequoteleft{% - \ifmonospace - \expandafter\ifx\csname SETtxicodequotebacktick\endcsname\relax - \expandafter\ifx\csname SETcodequotebacktick\endcsname\relax - % [Knuth] pp. 380,381,391 - % \relax disables Spanish ligatures ?` and !` of \tt font. - \relax`% - \else \char'22 \fi - \else \char'22 \fi - \else - \relax`% - \fi -} - -% Commands to set the quote options. -% -\parseargdef\codequoteundirected{% - \def\temp{#1}% - \ifx\temp\onword - \expandafter\let\csname SETtxicodequoteundirected\endcsname - = t% - \else\ifx\temp\offword - \expandafter\let\csname SETtxicodequoteundirected\endcsname - = \relax - \else - \errhelp = \EMsimple - \errmessage{Unknown @codequoteundirected value `\temp', must be on|off}% - \fi\fi -} -% -\parseargdef\codequotebacktick{% - \def\temp{#1}% - \ifx\temp\onword - \expandafter\let\csname SETtxicodequotebacktick\endcsname - = t% - \else\ifx\temp\offword - \expandafter\let\csname SETtxicodequotebacktick\endcsname - = \relax - \else - \errhelp = \EMsimple - \errmessage{Unknown @codequotebacktick value `\temp', must be on|off}% - \fi\fi -} - -% [Knuth] pp. 380,381,391, disable Spanish ligatures ?` and !` of \tt font. -\def\noligaturesquoteleft{\relax\lq} - -% Count depth in font-changes, for error checks -\newcount\fontdepth \fontdepth=0 - -% Font commands. - -% #1 is the font command (\sl or \it), #2 is the text to slant. -% If we are in a monospaced environment, however, 1) always use \ttsl, -% and 2) do not add an italic correction. -\def\dosmartslant#1#2{% - \ifusingtt - {{\ttsl #2}\let\next=\relax}% - {\def\next{{#1#2}\futurelet\next\smartitaliccorrection}}% - \next -} -\def\smartslanted{\dosmartslant\sl} -\def\smartitalic{\dosmartslant\it} - -% Output an italic correction unless \next (presumed to be the following -% character) is such as not to need one. -\def\smartitaliccorrection{% - \ifx\next,% - \else\ifx\next-% - \else\ifx\next.% - \else\ifx\next\.% - \else\ifx\next\comma% - \else\ptexslash - \fi\fi\fi\fi\fi - \aftersmartic -} - -% Unconditional use \ttsl, and no ic. @var is set to this for defuns. -\def\ttslanted#1{{\ttsl #1}} - -% @cite is like \smartslanted except unconditionally use \sl. We never want -% ttsl for book titles, do we? -\def\cite#1{{\sl #1}\futurelet\next\smartitaliccorrection} - -\def\aftersmartic{} -\def\var#1{% - \let\saveaftersmartic = \aftersmartic - \def\aftersmartic{\null\let\aftersmartic=\saveaftersmartic}% - \smartslanted{#1}% -} - -\let\i=\smartitalic -\let\slanted=\smartslanted -\let\dfn=\smartslanted -\let\emph=\smartitalic - -% Explicit font changes: @r, @sc, undocumented @ii. -\def\r#1{{\rm #1}} % roman font -\def\sc#1{{\smallcaps#1}} % smallcaps font -\def\ii#1{{\it #1}} % italic font - -% @b, explicit bold. Also @strong. -\def\b#1{{\bf #1}} -\let\strong=\b - -% @sansserif, explicit sans. -\def\sansserif#1{{\sf #1}} - -% We can't just use \exhyphenpenalty, because that only has effect at -% the end of a paragraph. Restore normal hyphenation at the end of the -% group within which \nohyphenation is presumably called. -% -\def\nohyphenation{\hyphenchar\font = -1 \aftergroup\restorehyphenation} -\def\restorehyphenation{\hyphenchar\font = `- } - -% Set sfcode to normal for the chars that usually have another value. -% Can't use plain's \frenchspacing because it uses the `\x notation, and -% sometimes \x has an active definition that messes things up. -% -\catcode`@=11 - \def\plainfrenchspacing{% - \sfcode`\.=\@m \sfcode`\?=\@m \sfcode`\!=\@m - \sfcode`\:=\@m \sfcode`\;=\@m \sfcode`\,=\@m - \def\endofsentencespacefactor{1000}% for @. and friends - } - \def\plainnonfrenchspacing{% - \sfcode`\.3000\sfcode`\?3000\sfcode`\!3000 - \sfcode`\:2000\sfcode`\;1500\sfcode`\,1250 - \def\endofsentencespacefactor{3000}% for @. and friends - } -\catcode`@=\other -\def\endofsentencespacefactor{3000}% default - -% @t, explicit typewriter. -\def\t#1{% - {\tt \plainfrenchspacing #1}% - \null -} - -% @samp. -\def\samp#1{{\setcodequotes\lq\tclose{#1}\rq\null}} - -% @indicateurl is \samp, that is, with quotes. -\let\indicateurl=\samp - -% @code (and similar) prints in typewriter, but with spaces the same -% size as normal in the surrounding text, without hyphenation, etc. -% This is a subroutine for that. -\def\tclose#1{% - {% - % Change normal interword space to be same as for the current font. - \spaceskip = \fontdimen2\font - % - % Switch to typewriter. - \tt - % - % But `\ ' produces the large typewriter interword space. - \def\ {{\spaceskip = 0pt{} }}% - % - % Turn off hyphenation. - \nohyphenation - % - \plainfrenchspacing - #1% - }% - \null % reset spacefactor to 1000 -} - -% We *must* turn on hyphenation at `-' and `_' in @code. -% (But see \codedashfinish below.) -% Otherwise, it is too hard to avoid overfull hboxes -% in the Emacs manual, the Library manual, etc. -% -% Unfortunately, TeX uses one parameter (\hyphenchar) to control -% both hyphenation at - and hyphenation within words. -% We must therefore turn them both off (\tclose does that) -% and arrange explicitly to hyphenate at a dash. -- rms. -{ - \catcode`\-=\active \catcode`\_=\active - \catcode`\'=\active \catcode`\`=\active - \global\let'=\rq \global\let`=\lq % default definitions - % - \global\def\code{\begingroup - \setcodequotes - \catcode\dashChar=\active \catcode\underChar=\active - \ifallowcodebreaks - \let-\codedash - \let_\codeunder - \else - \let-\normaldash - \let_\realunder - \fi - % Given -foo (with a single dash), we do not want to allow a break - % after the hyphen. - \global\let\codedashprev=\codedash - % - \codex - } - % - \gdef\codedash{\futurelet\next\codedashfinish} - \gdef\codedashfinish{% - \normaldash % always output the dash character itself. - % - % Now, output a discretionary to allow a line break, unless - % (a) the next character is a -, or - % (b) the preceding character is a -. - % E.g., given --posix, we do not want to allow a break after either -. - % Given --foo-bar, we do want to allow a break between the - and the b. - \ifx\next\codedash \else - \ifx\codedashprev\codedash - \else \discretionary{}{}{}\fi - \fi - % we need the space after the = for the case when \next itself is a - % space token; it would get swallowed otherwise. As in @code{- a}. - \global\let\codedashprev= \next - } -} -\def\normaldash{-} -% -\def\codex #1{\tclose{#1}\endgroup} - -\def\codeunder{% - % this is all so @math{@code{var_name}+1} can work. In math mode, _ - % is "active" (mathcode"8000) and \normalunderscore (or \char95, etc.) - % will therefore expand the active definition of _, which is us - % (inside @code that is), therefore an endless loop. - \ifusingtt{\ifmmode - \mathchar"075F % class 0=ordinary, family 7=ttfam, pos 0x5F=_. - \else\normalunderscore \fi - \discretionary{}{}{}}% - {\_}% -} - -% An additional complication: the above will allow breaks after, e.g., -% each of the four underscores in __typeof__. This is bad. -% @allowcodebreaks provides a document-level way to turn breaking at - -% and _ on and off. -% -\newif\ifallowcodebreaks \allowcodebreakstrue - -\def\keywordtrue{true} -\def\keywordfalse{false} - -\parseargdef\allowcodebreaks{% - \def\txiarg{#1}% - \ifx\txiarg\keywordtrue - \allowcodebreakstrue - \else\ifx\txiarg\keywordfalse - \allowcodebreaksfalse - \else - \errhelp = \EMsimple - \errmessage{Unknown @allowcodebreaks option `\txiarg', must be true|false}% - \fi\fi -} - -% For @command, @env, @file, @option quotes seem unnecessary, -% so use \code rather than \samp. -\let\command=\code -\let\env=\code -\let\file=\code -\let\option=\code - -% @uref (abbreviation for `urlref') aka @url takes an optional -% (comma-separated) second argument specifying the text to display and -% an optional third arg as text to display instead of (rather than in -% addition to) the url itself. First (mandatory) arg is the url. - -% TeX-only option to allow changing PDF output to show only the second -% arg (if given), and not the url (which is then just the link target). -\newif\ifurefurlonlylink - -% The default \pretolerance setting stops the penalty inserted in -% \urefallowbreak being a discouragement to line breaking. Set it to -% a negative value for this paragraph only. Hopefully this does not -% conflict with redefinitions of \par done elsewhere. -\def\nopretolerance{% -\pretolerance=-1 -\def\par{\endgraf\pretolerance=100 \let\par\endgraf}% -} - -% The main macro is \urefbreak, which allows breaking at expected -% places within the url. -\def\urefbreak{\nopretolerance \begingroup \urefcatcodes \dourefbreak} -\let\uref=\urefbreak -% -\def\dourefbreak#1{\urefbreakfinish #1,,,\finish} -\def\urefbreakfinish#1,#2,#3,#4\finish{% doesn't work in @example - \unsepspaces - \pdfurl{#1}% - \setbox0 = \hbox{\ignorespaces #3}% - \ifdim\wd0 > 0pt - \unhbox0 % third arg given, show only that - \else - \setbox0 = \hbox{\ignorespaces #2}% look for second arg - \ifdim\wd0 > 0pt - \ifpdf - % For pdfTeX and LuaTeX - \ifurefurlonlylink - % PDF plus option to not display url, show just arg - \unhbox0 - \else - % PDF, normally display both arg and url for consistency, - % visibility, if the pdf is eventually used to print, etc. - \unhbox0\ (\urefcode{#1})% - \fi - \else - \ifx\XeTeXrevision\thisisundefined - \unhbox0\ (\urefcode{#1})% DVI, always show arg and url - \else - % For XeTeX - \ifurefurlonlylink - % PDF plus option to not display url, show just arg - \unhbox0 - \else - % PDF, normally display both arg and url for consistency, - % visibility, if the pdf is eventually used to print, etc. - \unhbox0\ (\urefcode{#1})% - \fi - \fi - \fi - \else - \urefcode{#1}% only url given, so show it - \fi - \fi - \endlink -\endgroup} - -% Allow line breaks around only a few characters (only). -\def\urefcatcodes{% - \catcode`\&=\active \catcode`\.=\active - \catcode`\#=\active \catcode`\?=\active - \catcode`\/=\active -} -{ - \urefcatcodes - % - \global\def\urefcode{\begingroup - \setcodequotes - \urefcatcodes - \let&\urefcodeamp - \let.\urefcodedot - \let#\urefcodehash - \let?\urefcodequest - \let/\urefcodeslash - \codex - } - % - % By default, they are just regular characters. - \global\def&{\normalamp} - \global\def.{\normaldot} - \global\def#{\normalhash} - \global\def?{\normalquest} - \global\def/{\normalslash} -} - -\def\urefcodeamp{\urefprebreak \&\urefpostbreak} -\def\urefcodedot{\urefprebreak .\urefpostbreak} -\def\urefcodehash{\urefprebreak \#\urefpostbreak} -\def\urefcodequest{\urefprebreak ?\urefpostbreak} -\def\urefcodeslash{\futurelet\next\urefcodeslashfinish} -{ - \catcode`\/=\active - \global\def\urefcodeslashfinish{% - \urefprebreak \slashChar - % Allow line break only after the final / in a sequence of - % slashes, to avoid line break between the slashes in http://. - \ifx\next/\else \urefpostbreak \fi - } -} - -% By default we'll break after the special characters, but some people like to -% break before the special chars, so allow that. Also allow no breaking at -% all, for manual control. -% -\parseargdef\urefbreakstyle{% - \def\txiarg{#1}% - \ifx\txiarg\wordnone - \def\urefprebreak{\nobreak}\def\urefpostbreak{\nobreak} - \else\ifx\txiarg\wordbefore - \def\urefprebreak{\urefallowbreak}\def\urefpostbreak{\nobreak} - \else\ifx\txiarg\wordafter - \def\urefprebreak{\nobreak}\def\urefpostbreak{\urefallowbreak} - \else - \errhelp = \EMsimple - \errmessage{Unknown @urefbreakstyle setting `\txiarg'}% - \fi\fi\fi -} -\def\wordafter{after} -\def\wordbefore{before} -\def\wordnone{none} - -% Allow a ragged right output to aid breaking long URL's. There can -% be a break at the \allowbreak with no extra glue (if the existing stretch in -% the line is sufficient), a break at the \penalty with extra glue added -% at the end of the line, or no break at all here. -% Changing the value of the penalty and/or the amount of stretch affects how -% preferable one choice is over the other. -\def\urefallowbreak{% - \penalty0\relax - \hskip 0pt plus 2 em\relax - \penalty1000\relax - \hskip 0pt plus -2 em\relax -} - -\urefbreakstyle after - -% @url synonym for @uref, since that's how everyone uses it. -% -\let\url=\uref - -% rms does not like angle brackets --karl, 17may97. -% So now @email is just like @uref, unless we are pdf. -% -%\def\email#1{\angleleft{\tt #1}\angleright} -\ifpdforxetex - \def\email#1{\doemail#1,,\finish} - \def\doemail#1,#2,#3\finish{\begingroup - \unsepspaces - \pdfurl{mailto:#1}% - \setbox0 = \hbox{\ignorespaces #2}% - \ifdim\wd0>0pt\unhbox0\else\code{#1}\fi - \endlink - \endgroup} -\else - \let\email=\uref -\fi - -% @kbdinputstyle -- arg is `distinct' (@kbd uses slanted tty font always), -% `example' (@kbd uses ttsl only inside of @example and friends), -% or `code' (@kbd uses normal tty font always). -\parseargdef\kbdinputstyle{% - \def\txiarg{#1}% - \ifx\txiarg\worddistinct - \gdef\kbdexamplefont{\ttsl}\gdef\kbdfont{\ttsl}% - \else\ifx\txiarg\wordexample - \gdef\kbdexamplefont{\ttsl}\gdef\kbdfont{\tt}% - \else\ifx\txiarg\wordcode - \gdef\kbdexamplefont{\tt}\gdef\kbdfont{\tt}% - \else - \errhelp = \EMsimple - \errmessage{Unknown @kbdinputstyle setting `\txiarg'}% - \fi\fi\fi -} -\def\worddistinct{distinct} -\def\wordexample{example} -\def\wordcode{code} - -% Default is `distinct'. -\kbdinputstyle distinct - -% @kbd is like @code, except that if the argument is just one @key command, -% then @kbd has no effect. -\def\kbd#1{{\def\look{#1}\expandafter\kbdsub\look??\par}} - -\def\xkey{\key} -\def\kbdsub#1#2#3\par{% - \def\one{#1}\def\three{#3}\def\threex{??}% - \ifx\one\xkey\ifx\threex\three \key{#2}% - \else{\tclose{\kbdfont\setcodequotes\look}}\fi - \else{\tclose{\kbdfont\setcodequotes\look}}\fi -} - -% definition of @key that produces a lozenge. Doesn't adjust to text size. -%\setfont\keyrm\rmshape{8}{1000}{OT1} -%\font\keysy=cmsy9 -%\def\key#1{{\keyrm\textfont2=\keysy \leavevmode\hbox{% -% \raise0.4pt\hbox{\angleleft}\kern-.08em\vtop{% -% \vbox{\hrule\kern-0.4pt -% \hbox{\raise0.4pt\hbox{\vphantom{\angleleft}}#1}}% -% \kern-0.4pt\hrule}% -% \kern-.06em\raise0.4pt\hbox{\angleright}}}} - -% definition of @key with no lozenge. If the current font is already -% monospace, don't change it; that way, we respect @kbdinputstyle. But -% if it isn't monospace, then use \tt. -% -\def\key#1{{\setregularquotes - \nohyphenation - \ifmonospace\else\tt\fi - #1}\null} - -% @clicksequence{File @click{} Open ...} -\def\clicksequence#1{\begingroup #1\endgroup} - -% @clickstyle @arrow (by default) -\parseargdef\clickstyle{\def\click{#1}} -\def\click{\arrow} - -% Typeset a dimension, e.g., `in' or `pt'. The only reason for the -% argument is to make the input look right: @dmn{pt} instead of @dmn{}pt. -% -\def\dmn#1{\thinspace #1} - -% @acronym for "FBI", "NATO", and the like. -% We print this one point size smaller, since it's intended for -% all-uppercase. -% -\def\acronym#1{\doacronym #1,,\finish} -\def\doacronym#1,#2,#3\finish{% - {\switchtolsize #1}% - \def\temp{#2}% - \ifx\temp\empty \else - \space ({\unsepspaces \ignorespaces \temp \unskip})% - \fi - \null % reset \spacefactor=1000 -} - -% @abbr for "Comput. J." and the like. -% No font change, but don't do end-of-sentence spacing. -% -\def\abbr#1{\doabbr #1,,\finish} -\def\doabbr#1,#2,#3\finish{% - {\plainfrenchspacing #1}% - \def\temp{#2}% - \ifx\temp\empty \else - \space ({\unsepspaces \ignorespaces \temp \unskip})% - \fi - \null % reset \spacefactor=1000 -} - -% @asis just yields its argument. Used with @table, for example. -% -\def\asis#1{#1} - -% @math outputs its argument in math mode. -% -% One complication: _ usually means subscripts, but it could also mean -% an actual _ character, as in @math{@var{some_variable} + 1}. So make -% _ active, and distinguish by seeing if the current family is \slfam, -% which is what @var uses. -{ - \catcode`\_ = \active - \gdef\mathunderscore{% - \catcode`\_=\active - \def_{\ifnum\fam=\slfam \_\else\sb\fi}% - } -} -% Another complication: we want \\ (and @\) to output a math (or tt) \. -% FYI, plain.tex uses \\ as a temporary control sequence (for no -% particular reason), but this is not advertised and we don't care. -% -% The \mathchar is class=0=ordinary, family=7=ttfam, position=5C=\. -\def\mathbackslash{\ifnum\fam=\ttfam \mathchar"075C \else\backslash \fi} -% -\def\math{% - \ifmmode\else % only go into math if not in math mode already - \tex - \mathunderscore - \let\\ = \mathbackslash - \mathactive - % make the texinfo accent commands work in math mode - \let\"=\ddot - \let\'=\acute - \let\==\bar - \let\^=\hat - \let\`=\grave - \let\u=\breve - \let\v=\check - \let\~=\tilde - \let\dotaccent=\dot - % have to provide another name for sup operator - \let\mathopsup=\sup - $\expandafter\finishmath\fi -} -\def\finishmath#1{#1$\endgroup} % Close the group opened by \tex. - -% Some active characters (such as <) are spaced differently in math. -% We have to reset their definitions in case the @math was an argument -% to a command which sets the catcodes (such as @item or @section). -% -{ - \catcode`^ = \active - \catcode`< = \active - \catcode`> = \active - \catcode`+ = \active - \catcode`' = \active - \gdef\mathactive{% - \let^ = \ptexhat - \let< = \ptexless - \let> = \ptexgtr - \let+ = \ptexplus - \let' = \ptexquoteright - } -} - -% for @sub and @sup, if in math mode, just do a normal sub/superscript. -% If in text, use math to place as sub/superscript, but switch -% into text mode, with smaller fonts. This is a different font than the -% one used for real math sub/superscripts (8pt vs. 7pt), but let's not -% fix it (significant additions to font machinery) until someone notices. -% -\def\sub{\ifmmode \expandafter\sb \else \expandafter\finishsub\fi} -\def\finishsub#1{$\sb{\hbox{\switchtolllsize #1}}$}% -% -\def\sup{\ifmmode \expandafter\ptexsp \else \expandafter\finishsup\fi} -\def\finishsup#1{$\ptexsp{\hbox{\switchtolllsize #1}}$}% - -% provide this command from LaTeX as it is very common -\def\frac#1#2{{{#1}\over{#2}}} - -% @displaymath. -% \globaldefs is needed to recognize the end lines in \tex and -% \end tex. Set \thisenv as @end displaymath is seen before @end tex. -{\obeylines -\globaldefs=1 -\envdef\displaymath{% -\tex% -\def\thisenv{\displaymath}% -\begingroup\let\end\displaymathend% -$$% -} - -\def\displaymathend{$$\endgroup\end}% - -\def\Edisplaymath{% -\def\thisenv{\tex}% -\end tex -}} - - -% @inlinefmt{FMTNAME,PROCESSED-TEXT} and @inlineraw{FMTNAME,RAW-TEXT}. -% Ignore unless FMTNAME == tex; then it is like @iftex and @tex, -% except specified as a normal braced arg, so no newlines to worry about. -% -\def\outfmtnametex{tex} -% -\long\def\inlinefmt#1{\doinlinefmt #1,\finish} -\long\def\doinlinefmt#1,#2,\finish{% - \def\inlinefmtname{#1}% - \ifx\inlinefmtname\outfmtnametex \ignorespaces #2\fi -} -% -% @inlinefmtifelse{FMTNAME,THEN-TEXT,ELSE-TEXT} expands THEN-TEXT if -% FMTNAME is tex, else ELSE-TEXT. -\long\def\inlinefmtifelse#1{\doinlinefmtifelse #1,,,\finish} -\long\def\doinlinefmtifelse#1,#2,#3,#4,\finish{% - \def\inlinefmtname{#1}% - \ifx\inlinefmtname\outfmtnametex \ignorespaces #2\else \ignorespaces #3\fi -} -% -% For raw, must switch into @tex before parsing the argument, to avoid -% setting catcodes prematurely. Doing it this way means that, for -% example, @inlineraw{html, foo{bar} gets a parse error instead of being -% ignored. But this isn't important because if people want a literal -% *right* brace they would have to use a command anyway, so they may as -% well use a command to get a left brace too. We could re-use the -% delimiter character idea from \verb, but it seems like overkill. -% -\long\def\inlineraw{\tex \doinlineraw} -\long\def\doinlineraw#1{\doinlinerawtwo #1,\finish} -\def\doinlinerawtwo#1,#2,\finish{% - \def\inlinerawname{#1}% - \ifx\inlinerawname\outfmtnametex \ignorespaces #2\fi - \endgroup % close group opened by \tex. -} - -% @inlineifset{VAR, TEXT} expands TEXT if VAR is @set. -% -\long\def\inlineifset#1{\doinlineifset #1,\finish} -\long\def\doinlineifset#1,#2,\finish{% - \def\inlinevarname{#1}% - \expandafter\ifx\csname SET\inlinevarname\endcsname\relax - \else\ignorespaces#2\fi -} - -% @inlineifclear{VAR, TEXT} expands TEXT if VAR is not @set. -% -\long\def\inlineifclear#1{\doinlineifclear #1,\finish} -\long\def\doinlineifclear#1,#2,\finish{% - \def\inlinevarname{#1}% - \expandafter\ifx\csname SET\inlinevarname\endcsname\relax \ignorespaces#2\fi -} - - -\message{glyphs,} -% and logos. - -% @@ prints an @, as does @atchar{}. -\def\@{\char64 } -\let\atchar=\@ - -% @{ @} @lbracechar{} @rbracechar{} all generate brace characters. -\def\lbracechar{{\ifmonospace\char123\else\ensuremath\lbrace\fi}} -\def\rbracechar{{\ifmonospace\char125\else\ensuremath\rbrace\fi}} -\let\{=\lbracechar -\let\}=\rbracechar - -% @comma{} to avoid , parsing problems. -\let\comma = , - -% Accents: @, @dotaccent @ringaccent @ubaraccent @udotaccent -% Others are defined by plain TeX: @` @' @" @^ @~ @= @u @v @H. -\let\, = \ptexc -\let\dotaccent = \ptexdot -\def\ringaccent#1{{\accent23 #1}} -\let\tieaccent = \ptext -\let\ubaraccent = \ptexb -\let\udotaccent = \d - -% Other special characters: @questiondown @exclamdown @ordf @ordm -% Plain TeX defines: @AA @AE @O @OE @L (plus lowercase versions) @ss. -\def\questiondown{?`} -\def\exclamdown{!`} -\def\ordf{\leavevmode\raise1ex\hbox{\switchtolllsize \underbar{a}}} -\def\ordm{\leavevmode\raise1ex\hbox{\switchtolllsize \underbar{o}}} - -% Dotless i and dotless j, used for accents. -\def\imacro{i} -\def\jmacro{j} -\def\dotless#1{% - \def\temp{#1}% - \ifx\temp\imacro \ifmmode\imath \else\ptexi \fi - \else\ifx\temp\jmacro \ifmmode\jmath \else\j \fi - \else \errmessage{@dotless can be used only with i or j}% - \fi\fi -} - -% The \TeX{} logo, as in plain, but resetting the spacing so that a -% period following counts as ending a sentence. (Idea found in latex.) -% -\edef\TeX{\TeX \spacefactor=1000 } - -% @LaTeX{} logo. Not quite the same results as the definition in -% latex.ltx, since we use a different font for the raised A; it's most -% convenient for us to use an explicitly smaller font, rather than using -% the \scriptstyle font (since we don't reset \scriptstyle and -% \scriptscriptstyle). -% -\def\LaTeX{% - L\kern-.36em - {\setbox0=\hbox{T}% - \vbox to \ht0{\hbox{% - \ifx\textnominalsize\xwordpt - % for 10pt running text, lllsize (8pt) is too small for the A in LaTeX. - % Revert to plain's \scriptsize, which is 7pt. - \count255=\the\fam $\fam\count255 \scriptstyle A$% - \else - % For 11pt, we can use our lllsize. - \switchtolllsize A% - \fi - }% - \vss - }}% - \kern-.15em - \TeX -} - -% Some math mode symbols. Define \ensuremath to switch into math mode -% unless we are already there. Expansion tricks may not be needed here, -% but safer, and can't hurt. -\def\ensuremath{\ifmmode \expandafter\asis \else\expandafter\ensuredmath \fi} -\def\ensuredmath#1{$\relax#1$} -% -\def\bullet{\ensuremath\ptexbullet} -\def\geq{\ensuremath\ge} -\def\leq{\ensuremath\le} -\def\minus{\ensuremath-} - -% @dots{} outputs an ellipsis using the current font. -% We do .5em per period so that it has the same spacing in the cm -% typewriter fonts as three actual period characters; on the other hand, -% in other typewriter fonts three periods are wider than 1.5em. So do -% whichever is larger. -% -\def\dots{% - \leavevmode - \setbox0=\hbox{...}% get width of three periods - \ifdim\wd0 > 1.5em - \dimen0 = \wd0 - \else - \dimen0 = 1.5em - \fi - \hbox to \dimen0{% - \hskip 0pt plus.25fil - .\hskip 0pt plus1fil - .\hskip 0pt plus1fil - .\hskip 0pt plus.5fil - }% -} - -% @enddots{} is an end-of-sentence ellipsis. -% -\def\enddots{% - \dots - \spacefactor=\endofsentencespacefactor -} - -% @point{}, @result{}, @expansion{}, @print{}, @equiv{}. -% -% Since these characters are used in examples, they should be an even number of -% \tt widths. Each \tt character is 1en, so two makes it 1em. -% -\def\point{$\star$} -\def\arrow{\leavevmode\raise.05ex\hbox to 1em{\hfil$\rightarrow$\hfil}} -\def\result{\leavevmode\raise.05ex\hbox to 1em{\hfil$\Rightarrow$\hfil}} -\def\expansion{\leavevmode\hbox to 1em{\hfil$\mapsto$\hfil}} -\def\print{\leavevmode\lower.1ex\hbox to 1em{\hfil$\dashv$\hfil}} -\def\equiv{\leavevmode\hbox to 1em{\hfil$\ptexequiv$\hfil}} - -% The @error{} command. -% Adapted from the TeXbook's \boxit. -% -\newbox\errorbox -% -{\ttfont \global\dimen0 = 3em}% Width of the box. -\dimen2 = .55pt % Thickness of rules -% The text. (`r' is open on the right, `e' somewhat less so on the left.) -\setbox0 = \hbox{\kern-.75pt \reducedsf \putworderror\kern-1.5pt} -% -\setbox\errorbox=\hbox to \dimen0{\hfil - \hsize = \dimen0 \advance\hsize by -5.8pt % Space to left+right. - \advance\hsize by -2\dimen2 % Rules. - \vbox{% - \hrule height\dimen2 - \hbox{\vrule width\dimen2 \kern3pt % Space to left of text. - \vtop{\kern2.4pt \box0 \kern2.4pt}% Space above/below. - \kern3pt\vrule width\dimen2}% Space to right. - \hrule height\dimen2} - \hfil} -% -\def\error{\leavevmode\lower.7ex\copy\errorbox} - -% @pounds{} is a sterling sign, which Knuth put in the CM italic font. -% -\def\pounds{\ifmonospace{\ecfont\char"BF}\else{\it\$}\fi} - -% @euro{} comes from a separate font, depending on the current style. -% We use the free feym* fonts from the eurosym package by Henrik -% Theiling, which support regular, slanted, bold and bold slanted (and -% "outlined" (blackboard board, sort of) versions, which we don't need). -% It is available from http://www.ctan.org/tex-archive/fonts/eurosym. -% -% Although only regular is the truly official Euro symbol, we ignore -% that. The Euro is designed to be slightly taller than the regular -% font height. -% -% feymr - regular -% feymo - slanted -% feybr - bold -% feybo - bold slanted -% -% There is no good (free) typewriter version, to my knowledge. -% A feymr10 euro is ~7.3pt wide, while a normal cmtt10 char is ~5.25pt wide. -% Hmm. -% -% Also doesn't work in math. Do we need to do math with euro symbols? -% Hope not. -% -% -\def\euro{{\eurofont e}} -\def\eurofont{% - % We set the font at each command, rather than predefining it in - % \textfonts and the other font-switching commands, so that - % installations which never need the symbol don't have to have the - % font installed. - % - % There is only one designed size (nominal 10pt), so we always scale - % that to the current nominal size. - % - % By the way, simply using "at 1em" works for cmr10 and the like, but - % does not work for cmbx10 and other extended/shrunken fonts. - % - \def\eurosize{\csname\curfontsize nominalsize\endcsname}% - % - \ifx\curfontstyle\bfstylename - % bold: - \font\thiseurofont = \ifusingit{feybo10}{feybr10} at \eurosize - \else - % regular: - \font\thiseurofont = \ifusingit{feymo10}{feymr10} at \eurosize - \fi - \thiseurofont -} - -% Glyphs from the EC fonts. We don't use \let for the aliases, because -% sometimes we redefine the original macro, and the alias should reflect -% the redefinition. -% -% Use LaTeX names for the Icelandic letters. -\def\DH{{\ecfont \char"D0}} % Eth -\def\dh{{\ecfont \char"F0}} % eth -\def\TH{{\ecfont \char"DE}} % Thorn -\def\th{{\ecfont \char"FE}} % thorn -% -\def\guillemetleft{{\ecfont \char"13}} -\def\guillemotleft{\guillemetleft} -\def\guillemetright{{\ecfont \char"14}} -\def\guillemotright{\guillemetright} -\def\guilsinglleft{{\ecfont \char"0E}} -\def\guilsinglright{{\ecfont \char"0F}} -\def\quotedblbase{{\ecfont \char"12}} -\def\quotesinglbase{{\ecfont \char"0D}} -% -% This positioning is not perfect (see the ogonek LaTeX package), but -% we have the precomposed glyphs for the most common cases. We put the -% tests to use those glyphs in the single \ogonek macro so we have fewer -% dummy definitions to worry about for index entries, etc. -% -% ogonek is also used with other letters in Lithuanian (IOU), but using -% the precomposed glyphs for those is not so easy since they aren't in -% the same EC font. -\def\ogonek#1{{% - \def\temp{#1}% - \ifx\temp\macrocharA\Aogonek - \else\ifx\temp\macrochara\aogonek - \else\ifx\temp\macrocharE\Eogonek - \else\ifx\temp\macrochare\eogonek - \else - \ecfont \setbox0=\hbox{#1}% - \ifdim\ht0=1ex\accent"0C #1% - \else\ooalign{\unhbox0\crcr\hidewidth\char"0C \hidewidth}% - \fi - \fi\fi\fi\fi - }% -} -\def\Aogonek{{\ecfont \char"81}}\def\macrocharA{A} -\def\aogonek{{\ecfont \char"A1}}\def\macrochara{a} -\def\Eogonek{{\ecfont \char"86}}\def\macrocharE{E} -\def\eogonek{{\ecfont \char"A6}}\def\macrochare{e} -% -% Use the European Computer Modern fonts (cm-super in outline format) -% for non-CM glyphs. That is ec* for regular text and tc* for the text -% companion symbols (LaTeX TS1 encoding). Both are part of the ec -% package and follow the same conventions. -% -\def\ecfont{\etcfont{e}} -\def\tcfont{\etcfont{t}} -% -\def\etcfont#1{% - % We can't distinguish serif/sans and italic/slanted, but this - % is used for crude hacks anyway (like adding French and German - % quotes to documents typeset with CM, where we lose kerning), so - % hopefully nobody will notice/care. - \edef\ecsize{\csname\curfontsize ecsize\endcsname}% - \edef\nominalsize{\csname\curfontsize nominalsize\endcsname}% - \ifmonospace - % typewriter: - \font\thisecfont = #1ctt\ecsize \space at \nominalsize - \else - \ifx\curfontstyle\bfstylename - % bold: - \font\thisecfont = #1cb\ifusingit{i}{x}\ecsize \space at \nominalsize - \else - % regular: - \font\thisecfont = #1c\ifusingit{ti}{rm}\ecsize \space at \nominalsize - \fi - \fi - \thisecfont -} - -% @registeredsymbol - R in a circle. The font for the R should really -% be smaller yet, but lllsize is the best we can do for now. -% Adapted from the plain.tex definition of \copyright. -% -\def\registeredsymbol{% - $^{{\ooalign{\hfil\raise.07ex\hbox{\switchtolllsize R}% - \hfil\crcr\Orb}}% - }$% -} - -% @textdegree - the normal degrees sign. -% -\def\textdegree{$^\circ$} - -% Laurent Siebenmann reports \Orb undefined with: -% Textures 1.7.7 (preloaded format=plain 93.10.14) (68K) 16 APR 2004 02:38 -% so we'll define it if necessary. -% -\ifx\Orb\thisisundefined -\def\Orb{\mathhexbox20D} -\fi - -% Quotes. -\chardef\quoteleft=`\` -\chardef\quoteright=`\' - -% only change font for tt for correct kerning and to avoid using -% \ecfont unless necessary. -\def\quotedblleft{% - \ifmonospace{\ecfont\char"10}\else{\char"5C}\fi -} - -\def\quotedblright{% - \ifmonospace{\ecfont\char"11}\else{\char`\"}\fi -} - - -\message{page headings,} - -\newskip\titlepagetopglue \titlepagetopglue = 1.5in -\newskip\titlepagebottomglue \titlepagebottomglue = 2pc - -% First the title page. Must do @settitle before @titlepage. -\newif\ifseenauthor -\newif\iffinishedtitlepage - -% @setcontentsaftertitlepage used to do an implicit @contents or -% @shortcontents after @end titlepage, but it is now obsolete. -\def\setcontentsaftertitlepage{% - \errmessage{@setcontentsaftertitlepage has been removed as a Texinfo - command; move your @contents command if you want the contents - after the title page.}}% -\def\setshortcontentsaftertitlepage{% - \errmessage{@setshortcontentsaftertitlepage has been removed as a Texinfo - command; move your @shortcontents and @contents commands if you - want the contents after the title page.}}% - -\parseargdef\shorttitlepage{% - \begingroup \hbox{}\vskip 1.5in \chaprm \centerline{#1}% - \endgroup\page\hbox{}\page} - -\envdef\titlepage{% - % Open one extra group, as we want to close it in the middle of \Etitlepage. - \begingroup - \parindent=0pt \textfonts - % Leave some space at the very top of the page. - \vglue\titlepagetopglue - % No rule at page bottom unless we print one at the top with @title. - \finishedtitlepagetrue - % - % Most title ``pages'' are actually two pages long, with space - % at the top of the second. We don't want the ragged left on the second. - \let\oldpage = \page - \def\page{% - \iffinishedtitlepage\else - \finishtitlepage - \fi - \let\page = \oldpage - \page - \null - }% -} - -\def\Etitlepage{% - \iffinishedtitlepage\else - \finishtitlepage - \fi - % It is important to do the page break before ending the group, - % because the headline and footline are only empty inside the group. - % If we use the new definition of \page, we always get a blank page - % after the title page, which we certainly don't want. - \oldpage - \endgroup - % - % Need this before the \...aftertitlepage checks so that if they are - % in effect the toc pages will come out with page numbers. - \HEADINGSon -} - -\def\finishtitlepage{% - \vskip4pt \hrule height 2pt width \hsize - \vskip\titlepagebottomglue - \finishedtitlepagetrue -} - -% Settings used for typesetting titles: no hyphenation, no indentation, -% don't worry much about spacing, ragged right. This should be used -% inside a \vbox, and fonts need to be set appropriately first. \par should -% be specified before the end of the \vbox, since a vbox is a group. -% -\def\raggedtitlesettings{% - \rm - \hyphenpenalty=10000 - \parindent=0pt - \tolerance=5000 - \ptexraggedright -} - -% Macros to be used within @titlepage: - -\let\subtitlerm=\rmfont -\def\subtitlefont{\subtitlerm \normalbaselineskip = 13pt \normalbaselines} - -\parseargdef\title{% - \checkenv\titlepage - \vbox{\titlefonts \raggedtitlesettings #1\par}% - % print a rule at the page bottom also. - \finishedtitlepagefalse - \vskip4pt \hrule height 4pt width \hsize \vskip4pt -} - -\parseargdef\subtitle{% - \checkenv\titlepage - {\subtitlefont \rightline{#1}}% -} - -% @author should come last, but may come many times. -% It can also be used inside @quotation. -% -\parseargdef\author{% - \def\temp{\quotation}% - \ifx\thisenv\temp - \def\quotationauthor{#1}% printed in \Equotation. - \else - \checkenv\titlepage - \ifseenauthor\else \vskip 0pt plus 1filll \seenauthortrue \fi - {\secfonts\rm \leftline{#1}}% - \fi -} - - -% Set up page headings and footings. - -\let\thispage=\folio - -\newtoks\evenheadline % headline on even pages -\newtoks\oddheadline % headline on odd pages -\newtoks\evenchapheadline% headline on even pages with a new chapter -\newtoks\oddchapheadline % headline on odd pages with a new chapter -\newtoks\evenfootline % footline on even pages -\newtoks\oddfootline % footline on odd pages - -% Now make \makeheadline and \makefootline in Plain TeX use those variables -\headline={{\textfonts\rm - \ifchapterpage - \ifodd\pageno\the\oddchapheadline\else\the\evenchapheadline\fi - \else - \ifodd\pageno\the\oddheadline\else\the\evenheadline\fi - \fi}} - -\footline={{\textfonts\rm \ifodd\pageno \the\oddfootline - \else \the\evenfootline \fi}\HEADINGShook} -\let\HEADINGShook=\relax - -% Commands to set those variables. -% For example, this is what @headings on does -% @evenheading @thistitle|@thispage|@thischapter -% @oddheading @thischapter|@thispage|@thistitle -% @evenfooting @thisfile|| -% @oddfooting ||@thisfile - - -\def\evenheading{\parsearg\evenheadingxxx} -\def\evenheadingxxx #1{\evenheadingyyy #1\|\|\|\|\finish} -\def\evenheadingyyy #1\|#2\|#3\|#4\finish{% - \global\evenheadline={\rlap{\centerline{#2}}\line{#1\hfil#3}} - \global\evenchapheadline=\evenheadline} - -\def\oddheading{\parsearg\oddheadingxxx} -\def\oddheadingxxx #1{\oddheadingyyy #1\|\|\|\|\finish} -\def\oddheadingyyy #1\|#2\|#3\|#4\finish{% - \global\oddheadline={\rlap{\centerline{#2}}\line{#1\hfil#3}}% - \global\oddchapheadline=\oddheadline} - -\parseargdef\everyheading{\oddheadingxxx{#1}\evenheadingxxx{#1}}% - -\def\evenfooting{\parsearg\evenfootingxxx} -\def\evenfootingxxx #1{\evenfootingyyy #1\|\|\|\|\finish} -\def\evenfootingyyy #1\|#2\|#3\|#4\finish{% -\global\evenfootline={\rlap{\centerline{#2}}\line{#1\hfil#3}}} - -\def\oddfooting{\parsearg\oddfootingxxx} -\def\oddfootingxxx #1{\oddfootingyyy #1\|\|\|\|\finish} -\def\oddfootingyyy #1\|#2\|#3\|#4\finish{% - \global\oddfootline = {\rlap{\centerline{#2}}\line{#1\hfil#3}}% - % - % Leave some space for the footline. Hopefully ok to assume - % @evenfooting will not be used by itself. - \global\advance\txipageheight by -12pt - \global\advance\vsize by -12pt -} - -\parseargdef\everyfooting{\oddfootingxxx{#1}\evenfootingxxx{#1}} - -% @evenheadingmarks top \thischapter <- chapter at the top of a page -% @evenheadingmarks bottom \thischapter <- chapter at the bottom of a page -% -% The same set of arguments for: -% -% @oddheadingmarks -% @evenfootingmarks -% @oddfootingmarks -% @everyheadingmarks -% @everyfootingmarks - -% These define \getoddheadingmarks, \getevenheadingmarks, -% \getoddfootingmarks, and \getevenfootingmarks, each to one of -% \gettopheadingmarks, \getbottomheadingmarks. -% -\def\evenheadingmarks{\headingmarks{even}{heading}} -\def\oddheadingmarks{\headingmarks{odd}{heading}} -\def\evenfootingmarks{\headingmarks{even}{footing}} -\def\oddfootingmarks{\headingmarks{odd}{footing}} -\parseargdef\everyheadingmarks{\headingmarks{even}{heading}{#1} - \headingmarks{odd}{heading}{#1} } -\parseargdef\everyfootingmarks{\headingmarks{even}{footing}{#1} - \headingmarks{odd}{footing}{#1} } -% #1 = even/odd, #2 = heading/footing, #3 = top/bottom. -\def\headingmarks#1#2#3 {% - \expandafter\let\expandafter\temp \csname get#3headingmarks\endcsname - \global\expandafter\let\csname get#1#2marks\endcsname \temp -} - -\everyheadingmarks bottom -\everyfootingmarks bottom - -% @headings double turns headings on for double-sided printing. -% @headings single turns headings on for single-sided printing. -% @headings off turns them off. -% @headings on same as @headings double, retained for compatibility. -% @headings after turns on double-sided headings after this page. -% @headings doubleafter turns on double-sided headings after this page. -% @headings singleafter turns on single-sided headings after this page. -% By default, they are off at the start of a document, -% and turned `on' after @end titlepage. - -\parseargdef\headings{\csname HEADINGS#1\endcsname} - -\def\headingsoff{% non-global headings elimination - \evenheadline={\hfil}\evenfootline={\hfil}\evenchapheadline={\hfil}% - \oddheadline={\hfil}\oddfootline={\hfil}\oddchapheadline={\hfil}% -} - -\def\HEADINGSoff{{\globaldefs=1 \headingsoff}} % global setting -\HEADINGSoff % it's the default - -% When we turn headings on, set the page number to 1. -\def\pageone{ - \global\pageno=1 - \global\arabiccount = \pagecount -} - -% For double-sided printing, put current file name in lower left corner, -% chapter name on inside top of right hand pages, document -% title on inside top of left hand pages, and page numbers on outside top -% edge of all pages. -\def\HEADINGSdouble{% -\pageone -\HEADINGSdoublex -} -\let\contentsalignmacro = \chappager - -% For single-sided printing, chapter title goes across top left of page, -% page number on top right. -\def\HEADINGSsingle{% -\pageone -\HEADINGSsinglex -} -\def\HEADINGSon{\HEADINGSdouble} - -\def\HEADINGSafter{\let\HEADINGShook=\HEADINGSdoublex} -\let\HEADINGSdoubleafter=\HEADINGSafter -\def\HEADINGSdoublex{% -\global\evenfootline={\hfil} -\global\oddfootline={\hfil} -\global\evenheadline={\line{\folio\hfil\thistitle}} -\global\oddheadline={\line{\thischapter\hfil\folio}} -\global\evenchapheadline={\line{\folio\hfil}} -\global\oddchapheadline={\line{\hfil\folio}} -\global\let\contentsalignmacro = \chapoddpage -} - -\def\HEADINGSsingleafter{\let\HEADINGShook=\HEADINGSsinglex} -\def\HEADINGSsinglex{% -\global\evenfootline={\hfil} -\global\oddfootline={\hfil} -\global\evenheadline={\line{\thischapter\hfil\folio}} -\global\oddheadline={\line{\thischapter\hfil\folio}} -\global\evenchapheadline={\line{\hfil\folio}} -\global\oddchapheadline={\line{\hfil\folio}} -\global\let\contentsalignmacro = \chappager -} - -% for @setchapternewpage off -\def\HEADINGSsinglechapoff{% -\pageone -\global\evenfootline={\hfil} -\global\oddfootline={\hfil} -\global\evenheadline={\line{\thischapter\hfil\folio}} -\global\oddheadline={\line{\thischapter\hfil\folio}} -\global\evenchapheadline=\evenheadline -\global\oddchapheadline=\oddheadline -\global\let\contentsalignmacro = \chappager -} - -% Subroutines used in generating headings -% This produces Day Month Year style of output. -% Only define if not already defined, in case a txi-??.tex file has set -% up a different format (e.g., txi-cs.tex does this). -\ifx\today\thisisundefined -\def\today{% - \number\day\space - \ifcase\month - \or\putwordMJan\or\putwordMFeb\or\putwordMMar\or\putwordMApr - \or\putwordMMay\or\putwordMJun\or\putwordMJul\or\putwordMAug - \or\putwordMSep\or\putwordMOct\or\putwordMNov\or\putwordMDec - \fi - \space\number\year} -\fi - -% @settitle line... specifies the title of the document, for headings. -% It generates no output of its own. -\def\thistitle{\putwordNoTitle} -\def\settitle{\parsearg{\gdef\thistitle}} - - -\message{tables,} -% Tables -- @table, @ftable, @vtable, @item(x). - -% default indentation of table text -\newdimen\tableindent \tableindent=.8in -% default indentation of @itemize and @enumerate text -\newdimen\itemindent \itemindent=.3in -% margin between end of table item and start of table text. -\newdimen\itemmargin \itemmargin=.1in - -% used internally for \itemindent minus \itemmargin -\newdimen\itemmax - -% Note @table, @ftable, and @vtable define @item, @itemx, etc., with -% these defs. -% They also define \itemindex -% to index the item name in whatever manner is desired (perhaps none). - -\newif\ifitemxneedsnegativevskip - -\def\itemxpar{\par\ifitemxneedsnegativevskip\nobreak\vskip-\parskip\nobreak\fi} - -\def\internalBitem{\smallbreak \parsearg\itemzzz} -\def\internalBitemx{\itemxpar \parsearg\itemzzz} - -\def\itemzzz #1{\begingroup % - \advance\hsize by -\rightskip - \advance\hsize by -\tableindent - \setbox0=\hbox{\itemindicate{#1}}% - \itemindex{#1}% - \nobreak % This prevents a break before @itemx. - % - % If the item text does not fit in the space we have, put it on a line - % by itself, and do not allow a page break either before or after that - % line. We do not start a paragraph here because then if the next - % command is, e.g., @kindex, the whatsit would get put into the - % horizontal list on a line by itself, resulting in extra blank space. - \ifdim \wd0>\itemmax - % - % Make this a paragraph so we get the \parskip glue and wrapping, - % but leave it ragged-right. - \begingroup - \advance\leftskip by-\tableindent - \advance\hsize by\tableindent - \advance\rightskip by0pt plus1fil\relax - \leavevmode\unhbox0\par - \endgroup - % - % We're going to be starting a paragraph, but we don't want the - % \parskip glue -- logically it's part of the @item we just started. - \nobreak \vskip-\parskip - % - % Stop a page break at the \parskip glue coming up. However, if - % what follows is an environment such as @example, there will be no - % \parskip glue; then the negative vskip we just inserted would - % cause the example and the item to crash together. So we use this - % bizarre value of 10001 as a signal to \aboveenvbreak to insert - % \parskip glue after all. Section titles are handled this way also. - % - \penalty 10001 - \endgroup - \itemxneedsnegativevskipfalse - \else - % The item text fits into the space. Start a paragraph, so that the - % following text (if any) will end up on the same line. - \noindent - % Do this with kerns and \unhbox so that if there is a footnote in - % the item text, it can migrate to the main vertical list and - % eventually be printed. - \nobreak\kern-\tableindent - \dimen0 = \itemmax \advance\dimen0 by \itemmargin \advance\dimen0 by -\wd0 - \unhbox0 - \nobreak\kern\dimen0 - \endgroup - \itemxneedsnegativevskiptrue - \fi -} - -\def\item{\errmessage{@item while not in a list environment}} -\def\itemx{\errmessage{@itemx while not in a list environment}} - -% @table, @ftable, @vtable. -\envdef\table{% - \let\itemindex\gobble - \tablecheck{table}% -} -\envdef\ftable{% - \def\itemindex ##1{\doind {fn}{\code{##1}}}% - \tablecheck{ftable}% -} -\envdef\vtable{% - \def\itemindex ##1{\doind {vr}{\code{##1}}}% - \tablecheck{vtable}% -} -\def\tablecheck#1{% - \ifnum \the\catcode`\^^M=\active - \endgroup - \errmessage{This command won't work in this context; perhaps the problem is - that we are \inenvironment\thisenv}% - \def\next{\doignore{#1}}% - \else - \let\next\tablex - \fi - \next -} -\def\tablex#1{% - \def\itemindicate{#1}% - \parsearg\tabley -} -\def\tabley#1{% - {% - \makevalueexpandable - \edef\temp{\noexpand\tablez #1\space\space\space}% - \expandafter - }\temp \endtablez -} -\def\tablez #1 #2 #3 #4\endtablez{% - \aboveenvbreak - \ifnum 0#1>0 \advance \leftskip by #1\mil \fi - \ifnum 0#2>0 \tableindent=#2\mil \fi - \ifnum 0#3>0 \advance \rightskip by #3\mil \fi - \itemmax=\tableindent - \advance \itemmax by -\itemmargin - \advance \leftskip by \tableindent - \exdentamount=\tableindent - \parindent = 0pt - \parskip = \smallskipamount - \ifdim \parskip=0pt \parskip=2pt \fi - \let\item = \internalBitem - \let\itemx = \internalBitemx -} -\def\Etable{\endgraf\afterenvbreak} -\let\Eftable\Etable -\let\Evtable\Etable -\let\Eitemize\Etable -\let\Eenumerate\Etable - -% This is the counter used by @enumerate, which is really @itemize - -\newcount \itemno - -\envdef\itemize{\parsearg\doitemize} - -\def\doitemize#1{% - \aboveenvbreak - \itemmax=\itemindent - \advance\itemmax by -\itemmargin - \advance\leftskip by \itemindent - \exdentamount=\itemindent - \parindent=0pt - \parskip=\smallskipamount - \ifdim\parskip=0pt \parskip=2pt \fi - % - % Try typesetting the item mark so that if the document erroneously says - % something like @itemize @samp (intending @table), there's an error - % right away at the @itemize. It's not the best error message in the - % world, but it's better than leaving it to the @item. This means if - % the user wants an empty mark, they have to say @w{} not just @w. - \def\itemcontents{#1}% - \setbox0 = \hbox{\itemcontents}% - % - % @itemize with no arg is equivalent to @itemize @bullet. - \ifx\itemcontents\empty\def\itemcontents{\bullet}\fi - % - \let\item=\itemizeitem -} - -% Definition of @item while inside @itemize and @enumerate. -% -\def\itemizeitem{% - \advance\itemno by 1 % for enumerations - {\let\par=\endgraf \smallbreak}% reasonable place to break - {% - % If the document has an @itemize directly after a section title, a - % \nobreak will be last on the list, and \sectionheading will have - % done a \vskip-\parskip. In that case, we don't want to zero - % parskip, or the item text will crash with the heading. On the - % other hand, when there is normal text preceding the item (as there - % usually is), we do want to zero parskip, or there would be too much - % space. In that case, we won't have a \nobreak before. At least - % that's the theory. - \ifnum\lastpenalty<10000 \parskip=0in \fi - \noindent - \hbox to 0pt{\hss \itemcontents \kern\itemmargin}% - % - \ifinner\else - \vadjust{\penalty 1200}% not good to break after first line of item. - \fi - % We can be in inner vertical mode in a footnote, although an - % @itemize looks awful there. - }% - \flushcr -} - -% \splitoff TOKENS\endmark defines \first to be the first token in -% TOKENS, and \rest to be the remainder. -% -\def\splitoff#1#2\endmark{\def\first{#1}\def\rest{#2}}% - -% Allow an optional argument of an uppercase letter, lowercase letter, -% or number, to specify the first label in the enumerated list. No -% argument is the same as `1'. -% -\envparseargdef\enumerate{\enumeratey #1 \endenumeratey} -\def\enumeratey #1 #2\endenumeratey{% - % If we were given no argument, pretend we were given `1'. - \def\thearg{#1}% - \ifx\thearg\empty \def\thearg{1}\fi - % - % Detect if the argument is a single token. If so, it might be a - % letter. Otherwise, the only valid thing it can be is a number. - % (We will always have one token, because of the test we just made. - % This is a good thing, since \splitoff doesn't work given nothing at - % all -- the first parameter is undelimited.) - \expandafter\splitoff\thearg\endmark - \ifx\rest\empty - % Only one token in the argument. It could still be anything. - % A ``lowercase letter'' is one whose \lccode is nonzero. - % An ``uppercase letter'' is one whose \lccode is both nonzero, and - % not equal to itself. - % Otherwise, we assume it's a number. - % - % We need the \relax at the end of the \ifnum lines to stop TeX from - % continuing to look for a . - % - \ifnum\lccode\expandafter`\thearg=0\relax - \numericenumerate % a number (we hope) - \else - % It's a letter. - \ifnum\lccode\expandafter`\thearg=\expandafter`\thearg\relax - \lowercaseenumerate % lowercase letter - \else - \uppercaseenumerate % uppercase letter - \fi - \fi - \else - % Multiple tokens in the argument. We hope it's a number. - \numericenumerate - \fi -} - -% An @enumerate whose labels are integers. The starting integer is -% given in \thearg. -% -\def\numericenumerate{% - \itemno = \thearg - \startenumeration{\the\itemno}% -} - -% The starting (lowercase) letter is in \thearg. -\def\lowercaseenumerate{% - \itemno = \expandafter`\thearg - \startenumeration{% - % Be sure we're not beyond the end of the alphabet. - \ifnum\itemno=0 - \errmessage{No more lowercase letters in @enumerate; get a bigger - alphabet}% - \fi - \char\lccode\itemno - }% -} - -% The starting (uppercase) letter is in \thearg. -\def\uppercaseenumerate{% - \itemno = \expandafter`\thearg - \startenumeration{% - % Be sure we're not beyond the end of the alphabet. - \ifnum\itemno=0 - \errmessage{No more uppercase letters in @enumerate; get a bigger - alphabet} - \fi - \char\uccode\itemno - }% -} - -% Call \doitemize, adding a period to the first argument and supplying the -% common last two arguments. Also subtract one from the initial value in -% \itemno, since @item increments \itemno. -% -\def\startenumeration#1{% - \advance\itemno by -1 - \doitemize{#1.}\flushcr -} - - -% @multitable macros - -% Macros used to set up halign preamble: -% -\let\endsetuptable\relax -\def\xendsetuptable{\endsetuptable} -\let\columnfractions\relax -\def\xcolumnfractions{\columnfractions} -\newif\ifsetpercent - -% #1 is the @columnfraction, usually a decimal number like .5, but might -% be just 1. We just use it, whatever it is. -% -\def\pickupwholefraction#1 {% - \global\advance\colcount by 1 - \expandafter\xdef\csname col\the\colcount\endcsname{#1\hsize}% - \setuptable -} - -\newcount\colcount -\def\setuptable#1{% - \def\firstarg{#1}% - \ifx\firstarg\xendsetuptable - \let\go = \relax - \else - \ifx\firstarg\xcolumnfractions - \global\setpercenttrue - \else - \ifsetpercent - \let\go\pickupwholefraction - \else - \global\advance\colcount by 1 - \setbox0=\hbox{#1\unskip\space}% Add a normal word space as a - % separator; typically that is always in the input, anyway. - \expandafter\xdef\csname col\the\colcount\endcsname{\the\wd0}% - \fi - \fi - \ifx\go\pickupwholefraction - % Put the argument back for the \pickupwholefraction call, so - % we'll always have a period there to be parsed. - \def\go{\pickupwholefraction#1}% - \else - \let\go = \setuptable - \fi% - \fi - \go -} - -% @headitem starts a heading row, which we typeset in bold. Assignments -% have to be global since we are inside the implicit group of an -% alignment entry. \everycr below resets \everytab so we don't have to -% undo it ourselves. -\def\headitemfont{\b}% for people to use in the template row; not changeable -\def\headitem{% - \checkenv\multitable - \crcr - \gdef\headitemcrhook{\nobreak}% attempt to avoid page break after headings - \global\everytab={\bf}% can't use \headitemfont since the parsing differs - \the\everytab % for the first item -}% -% -% default for tables with no headings. -\let\headitemcrhook=\relax -% -\def\tab{\checkenv\multitable &\the\everytab}% - -\newtoks\everytab % insert after every tab. -% -\envdef\multitable{% - \vskip\parskip - \startsavinginserts - % - % @item within a multitable starts a normal row. - % We use \def instead of \let so that if one of the multitable entries - % contains an @itemize, we don't choke on the \item (seen as \crcr aka - % \endtemplate) expanding \doitemize. - \def\item{\crcr}% - % - \tolerance=9500 - \hbadness=9500 - \parskip=0pt - \parindent=6pt - \overfullrule=0pt - \global\colcount=0 - % - \everycr = {% - \noalign{% - \global\everytab={}% Reset from possible headitem. - \global\colcount=0 % Reset the column counter. - % - % Check for saved footnotes, etc.: - \checkinserts - % - % Perhaps a \nobreak, then reset: - \headitemcrhook - \global\let\headitemcrhook=\relax - }% - }% - % - \parsearg\domultitable -} -\def\domultitable#1{% - % To parse everything between @multitable and @item: - \setuptable#1 \endsetuptable - % - % This preamble sets up a generic column definition, which will - % be used as many times as user calls for columns. - % \vtop will set a single line and will also let text wrap and - % continue for many paragraphs if desired. - \halign\bgroup &% - \global\advance\colcount by 1 - \strut - \vtop{% - \advance\hsize by -1\leftskip - % Find the correct column width - \hsize=\expandafter\csname col\the\colcount\endcsname - % - \rightskip=0pt - \ifnum\colcount=1 - \advance\hsize by\leftskip % Add indent of surrounding text - \else - % In order to keep entries from bumping into each other. - \leftskip=12pt - \ifsetpercent \else - % If a template has been used - \advance\hsize by \leftskip - \fi - \fi - \noindent\ignorespaces##\unskip\strut - }\cr -} -\def\Emultitable{% - \crcr - \egroup % end the \halign - \global\setpercentfalse -} - - -\message{conditionals,} - -% @iftex, @ifnotdocbook, @ifnothtml, @ifnotinfo, @ifnotplaintext, -% @ifnotxml always succeed. They currently do nothing; we don't -% attempt to check whether the conditionals are properly nested. But we -% have to remember that they are conditionals, so that @end doesn't -% attempt to close an environment group. -% -\def\makecond#1{% - \expandafter\let\csname #1\endcsname = \relax - \expandafter\let\csname iscond.#1\endcsname = 1 -} -\makecond{iftex} -\makecond{ifnotdocbook} -\makecond{ifnothtml} -\makecond{ifnotinfo} -\makecond{ifnotplaintext} -\makecond{ifnotxml} - -% Ignore @ignore, @ifhtml, @ifinfo, and the like. -% -\def\direntry{\doignore{direntry}} -\def\documentdescription{\doignore{documentdescription}} -\def\docbook{\doignore{docbook}} -\def\html{\doignore{html}} -\def\ifdocbook{\doignore{ifdocbook}} -\def\ifhtml{\doignore{ifhtml}} -\def\ifinfo{\doignore{ifinfo}} -\def\ifnottex{\doignore{ifnottex}} -\def\ifplaintext{\doignore{ifplaintext}} -\def\ifxml{\doignore{ifxml}} -\def\ignore{\doignore{ignore}} -\def\menu{\doignore{menu}} -\def\xml{\doignore{xml}} - -% Ignore text until a line `@end #1', keeping track of nested conditionals. -% -% A count to remember the depth of nesting. -\newcount\doignorecount - -\def\doignore#1{\begingroup - % Scan in ``verbatim'' mode: - \obeylines - \catcode`\@ = \other - \catcode`\{ = \other - \catcode`\} = \other - % - % Make sure that spaces turn into tokens that match what \doignoretext wants. - \spaceisspace - % - % Count number of #1's that we've seen. - \doignorecount = 0 - % - % Swallow text until we reach the matching `@end #1'. - \dodoignore{#1}% -} - -{ \catcode`_=11 % We want to use \_STOP_ which cannot appear in texinfo source. - \obeylines % - % - \gdef\dodoignore#1{% - % #1 contains the command name as a string, e.g., `ifinfo'. - % - % Define a command to find the next `@end #1'. - \long\def\doignoretext##1^^M@end #1{% - \doignoretextyyy##1^^M@#1\_STOP_}% - % - % And this command to find another #1 command, at the beginning of a - % line. (Otherwise, we would consider a line `@c @ifset', for - % example, to count as an @ifset for nesting.) - \long\def\doignoretextyyy##1^^M@#1##2\_STOP_{\doignoreyyy{##2}\_STOP_}% - % - % And now expand that command. - \doignoretext ^^M% - }% -} - -\def\doignoreyyy#1{% - \def\temp{#1}% - \ifx\temp\empty % Nothing found. - \let\next\doignoretextzzz - \else % Found a nested condition, ... - \advance\doignorecount by 1 - \let\next\doignoretextyyy % ..., look for another. - % If we're here, #1 ends with ^^M\ifinfo (for example). - \fi - \next #1% the token \_STOP_ is present just after this macro. -} - -% We have to swallow the remaining "\_STOP_". -% -\def\doignoretextzzz#1{% - \ifnum\doignorecount = 0 % We have just found the outermost @end. - \let\next\enddoignore - \else % Still inside a nested condition. - \advance\doignorecount by -1 - \let\next\doignoretext % Look for the next @end. - \fi - \next -} - -% Finish off ignored text. -{ \obeylines% - % Ignore anything after the last `@end #1'; this matters in verbatim - % environments, where otherwise the newline after an ignored conditional - % would result in a blank line in the output. - \gdef\enddoignore#1^^M{\endgroup\ignorespaces}% -} - - -% @set VAR sets the variable VAR to an empty value. -% @set VAR REST-OF-LINE sets VAR to the value REST-OF-LINE. -% -% Since we want to separate VAR from REST-OF-LINE (which might be -% empty), we can't just use \parsearg; we have to insert a space of our -% own to delimit the rest of the line, and then take it out again if we -% didn't need it. -% We rely on the fact that \parsearg sets \catcode`\ =10. -% -\parseargdef\set{\setyyy#1 \endsetyyy} -\def\setyyy#1 #2\endsetyyy{% - {% - \makevalueexpandable - \def\temp{#2}% - \edef\next{\gdef\makecsname{SET#1}}% - \ifx\temp\empty - \next{}% - \else - \setzzz#2\endsetzzz - \fi - }% -} -% Remove the trailing space \setxxx inserted. -\def\setzzz#1 \endsetzzz{\next{#1}} - -% @clear VAR clears (i.e., unsets) the variable VAR. -% -\parseargdef\clear{% - {% - \makevalueexpandable - \global\expandafter\let\csname SET#1\endcsname=\relax - }% -} - -% @value{foo} gets the text saved in variable foo. -\def\value{\begingroup\makevalueexpandable\valuexxx} -\def\valuexxx#1{\expandablevalue{#1}\endgroup} -{ - \catcode`\-=\active \catcode`\_=\active - % - \gdef\makevalueexpandable{% - \let\value = \expandablevalue - % We don't want these characters active, ... - \catcode`\-=\other \catcode`\_=\other - % ..., but we might end up with active ones in the argument if - % we're called from @code, as @code{@value{foo-bar_}}, though. - % So \let them to their normal equivalents. - \let-\normaldash \let_\normalunderscore - } -} - -\def\expandablevalue#1{% - \expandafter\ifx\csname SET#1\endcsname\relax - {[No value for ``#1'']}% - \message{Variable `#1', used in @value, is not set.}% - \else - \csname SET#1\endcsname - \fi -} - -% Like \expandablevalue, but completely expandable (the \message in the -% definition above operates at the execution level of TeX). Used when -% writing to auxiliary files, due to the expansion that \write does. -% If flag is undefined, pass through an unexpanded @value command: maybe it -% will be set by the time it is read back in. -% -% NB flag names containing - or _ may not work here. -\def\dummyvalue#1{% - \expandafter\ifx\csname SET#1\endcsname\relax - \string\value{#1}% - \else - \csname SET#1\endcsname - \fi -} - -% Used for @value's in index entries to form the sort key: expand the @value -% if possible, otherwise sort late. -\def\indexnofontsvalue#1{% - \expandafter\ifx\csname SET#1\endcsname\relax - ZZZZZZZ% - \else - \csname SET#1\endcsname - \fi -} - -% @ifset VAR ... @end ifset reads the `...' iff VAR has been defined -% with @set. -% -% To get the special treatment we need for `@end ifset,' we call -% \makecond and then redefine. -% -\makecond{ifset} -\def\ifset{\parsearg{\doifset{\let\next=\ifsetfail}}} -\def\doifset#1#2{% - {% - \makevalueexpandable - \let\next=\empty - \expandafter\ifx\csname SET#2\endcsname\relax - #1% If not set, redefine \next. - \fi - \expandafter - }\next -} -\def\ifsetfail{\doignore{ifset}} - -% @ifclear VAR ... @end executes the `...' iff VAR has never been -% defined with @set, or has been undefined with @clear. -% -% The `\else' inside the `\doifset' parameter is a trick to reuse the -% above code: if the variable is not set, do nothing, if it is set, -% then redefine \next to \ifclearfail. -% -\makecond{ifclear} -\def\ifclear{\parsearg{\doifset{\else \let\next=\ifclearfail}}} -\def\ifclearfail{\doignore{ifclear}} - -% @ifcommandisdefined CMD ... @end executes the `...' if CMD (written -% without the @) is in fact defined. We can only feasibly check at the -% TeX level, so something like `mathcode' is going to considered -% defined even though it is not a Texinfo command. -% -\makecond{ifcommanddefined} -\def\ifcommanddefined{\parsearg{\doifcmddefined{\let\next=\ifcmddefinedfail}}} -% -\def\doifcmddefined#1#2{{% - \makevalueexpandable - \let\next=\empty - \expandafter\ifx\csname #2\endcsname\relax - #1% If not defined, \let\next as above. - \fi - \expandafter - }\next -} -\def\ifcmddefinedfail{\doignore{ifcommanddefined}} - -% @ifcommandnotdefined CMD ... handled similar to @ifclear above. -\makecond{ifcommandnotdefined} -\def\ifcommandnotdefined{% - \parsearg{\doifcmddefined{\else \let\next=\ifcmdnotdefinedfail}}} -\def\ifcmdnotdefinedfail{\doignore{ifcommandnotdefined}} - -% Set the `txicommandconditionals' variable, so documents have a way to -% test if the @ifcommand...defined conditionals are available. -\set txicommandconditionals - -% @dircategory CATEGORY -- specify a category of the dir file -% which this file should belong to. Ignore this in TeX. -\let\dircategory=\comment - -% @defininfoenclose. -\let\definfoenclose=\comment - - -\message{indexing,} -% Index generation facilities - -% Define \newwrite to be identical to plain tex's \newwrite -% except not \outer, so it can be used within macros and \if's. -\edef\newwrite{\makecsname{ptexnewwrite}} - -% \newindex {foo} defines an index named IX. -% It automatically defines \IXindex such that -% \IXindex ...rest of line... puts an entry in the index IX. -% It also defines \IXindfile to be the number of the output channel for -% the file that accumulates this index. The file's extension is IX. -% The name of an index should be no more than 2 characters long -% for the sake of vms. -% -\def\newindex#1{% - \expandafter\chardef\csname#1indfile\endcsname=0 - \expandafter\xdef\csname#1index\endcsname{% % Define @#1index - \noexpand\doindex{#1}} -} - -% @defindex foo == \newindex{foo} -% -\def\defindex{\parsearg\newindex} - -% Define @defcodeindex, like @defindex except put all entries in @code. -% -\def\defcodeindex{\parsearg\newcodeindex} -% -\def\newcodeindex#1{% - \expandafter\chardef\csname#1indfile\endcsname=0 - \expandafter\xdef\csname#1index\endcsname{% - \noexpand\docodeindex{#1}}% -} - -% The default indices: -\newindex{cp}% concepts, -\newcodeindex{fn}% functions, -\newcodeindex{vr}% variables, -\newcodeindex{tp}% types, -\newcodeindex{ky}% keys -\newcodeindex{pg}% and programs. - - -% @synindex foo bar makes index foo feed into index bar. -% Do this instead of @defindex foo if you don't want it as a separate index. -% -% @syncodeindex foo bar similar, but put all entries made for index foo -% inside @code. -% -\def\synindex#1 #2 {\dosynindex\doindex{#1}{#2}} -\def\syncodeindex#1 #2 {\dosynindex\docodeindex{#1}{#2}} - -% #1 is \doindex or \docodeindex, #2 the index getting redefined (foo), -% #3 the target index (bar). -\def\dosynindex#1#2#3{% - \requireopenindexfile{#3}% - % redefine \fooindfile: - \expandafter\let\expandafter\temp\expandafter=\csname#3indfile\endcsname - \expandafter\let\csname#2indfile\endcsname=\temp - % redefine \fooindex: - \expandafter\xdef\csname#2index\endcsname{\noexpand#1{#3}}% -} - -% Define \doindex, the driver for all index macros. -% Argument #1 is generated by the calling \fooindex macro, -% and it is the two-letter name of the index. - -\def\doindex#1{\edef\indexname{#1}\parsearg\doindexxxx} -\def\doindexxxx #1{\doind{\indexname}{#1}} - -% like the previous two, but they put @code around the argument. -\def\docodeindex#1{\edef\indexname{#1}\parsearg\docodeindexxxx} -\def\docodeindexxxx #1{\docind{\indexname}{#1}} - - -% Used for the aux, toc and index files to prevent expansion of Texinfo -% commands. -% -\def\atdummies{% - \definedummyletter\@% - \definedummyletter\ % - \definedummyletter\{% - \definedummyletter\}% - \definedummyletter\&% - % - % Do the redefinitions. - \definedummies - \otherbackslash -} - -% \definedummyword defines \#1 as \string\#1\space, thus effectively -% preventing its expansion. This is used only for control words, -% not control letters, because the \space would be incorrect for -% control characters, but is needed to separate the control word -% from whatever follows. -% -% These can be used both for control words that take an argument and -% those that do not. If it is followed by {arg} in the input, then -% that will dutifully get written to the index (or wherever). -% -% For control letters, we have \definedummyletter, which omits the -% space. -% -\def\definedummyword #1{\def#1{\string#1\space}}% -\def\definedummyletter#1{\def#1{\string#1}}% -\let\definedummyaccent\definedummyletter - -% Called from \atdummies to prevent the expansion of commands. -% -\def\definedummies{% - % - \let\commondummyword\definedummyword - \let\commondummyletter\definedummyletter - \let\commondummyaccent\definedummyaccent - \commondummiesnofonts - % - \definedummyletter\_% - \definedummyletter\-% - % - % Non-English letters. - \definedummyword\AA - \definedummyword\AE - \definedummyword\DH - \definedummyword\L - \definedummyword\O - \definedummyword\OE - \definedummyword\TH - \definedummyword\aa - \definedummyword\ae - \definedummyword\dh - \definedummyword\exclamdown - \definedummyword\l - \definedummyword\o - \definedummyword\oe - \definedummyword\ordf - \definedummyword\ordm - \definedummyword\questiondown - \definedummyword\ss - \definedummyword\th - % - % Although these internal commands shouldn't show up, sometimes they do. - \definedummyword\bf - \definedummyword\gtr - \definedummyword\hat - \definedummyword\less - \definedummyword\sf - \definedummyword\sl - \definedummyword\tclose - \definedummyword\tt - % - \definedummyword\LaTeX - \definedummyword\TeX - % - % Assorted special characters. - \definedummyword\ampchar - \definedummyword\atchar - \definedummyword\arrow - \definedummyword\backslashchar - \definedummyword\bullet - \definedummyword\comma - \definedummyword\copyright - \definedummyword\registeredsymbol - \definedummyword\dots - \definedummyword\enddots - \definedummyword\entrybreak - \definedummyword\equiv - \definedummyword\error - \definedummyword\euro - \definedummyword\expansion - \definedummyword\geq - \definedummyword\guillemetleft - \definedummyword\guillemetright - \definedummyword\guilsinglleft - \definedummyword\guilsinglright - \definedummyword\lbracechar - \definedummyword\leq - \definedummyword\mathopsup - \definedummyword\minus - \definedummyword\ogonek - \definedummyword\pounds - \definedummyword\point - \definedummyword\print - \definedummyword\quotedblbase - \definedummyword\quotedblleft - \definedummyword\quotedblright - \definedummyword\quoteleft - \definedummyword\quoteright - \definedummyword\quotesinglbase - \definedummyword\rbracechar - \definedummyword\result - \definedummyword\sub - \definedummyword\sup - \definedummyword\textdegree - % - \definedummyword\subentry - % - % We want to disable all macros so that they are not expanded by \write. - \macrolist - \let\value\dummyvalue - % - \normalturnoffactive -} - -% \commondummiesnofonts: common to \definedummies and \indexnofonts. -% Define \commondummyletter, \commondummyaccent and \commondummyword before -% using. Used for accents, font commands, and various control letters. -% -\def\commondummiesnofonts{% - % Control letters and accents. - \commondummyletter\!% - \commondummyaccent\"% - \commondummyaccent\'% - \commondummyletter\*% - \commondummyaccent\,% - \commondummyletter\.% - \commondummyletter\/% - \commondummyletter\:% - \commondummyaccent\=% - \commondummyletter\?% - \commondummyaccent\^% - \commondummyaccent\`% - \commondummyaccent\~% - \commondummyword\u - \commondummyword\v - \commondummyword\H - \commondummyword\dotaccent - \commondummyword\ogonek - \commondummyword\ringaccent - \commondummyword\tieaccent - \commondummyword\ubaraccent - \commondummyword\udotaccent - \commondummyword\dotless - % - % Texinfo font commands. - \commondummyword\b - \commondummyword\i - \commondummyword\r - \commondummyword\sansserif - \commondummyword\sc - \commondummyword\slanted - \commondummyword\t - % - % Commands that take arguments. - \commondummyword\abbr - \commondummyword\acronym - \commondummyword\anchor - \commondummyword\cite - \commondummyword\code - \commondummyword\command - \commondummyword\dfn - \commondummyword\dmn - \commondummyword\email - \commondummyword\emph - \commondummyword\env - \commondummyword\file - \commondummyword\image - \commondummyword\indicateurl - \commondummyword\inforef - \commondummyword\kbd - \commondummyword\key - \commondummyword\math - \commondummyword\option - \commondummyword\pxref - \commondummyword\ref - \commondummyword\samp - \commondummyword\strong - \commondummyword\tie - \commondummyword\U - \commondummyword\uref - \commondummyword\url - \commondummyword\var - \commondummyword\verb - \commondummyword\w - \commondummyword\xref -} - -\let\indexlbrace\relax -\let\indexrbrace\relax -\let\indexatchar\relax -\let\indexbackslash\relax - -{\catcode`\@=0 -\catcode`\\=13 - @gdef@backslashdisappear{@def\{}} -} - -{ -\catcode`\<=13 -\catcode`\-=13 -\catcode`\`=13 - \gdef\indexnonalnumdisappear{% - \expandafter\ifx\csname SETtxiindexlquoteignore\endcsname\relax\else - % @set txiindexlquoteignore makes us ignore left quotes in the sort term. - % (Introduced for FSFS 2nd ed.) - \let`=\empty - \fi - % - \expandafter\ifx\csname SETtxiindexbackslashignore\endcsname\relax\else - \backslashdisappear - \fi - % - \expandafter\ifx\csname SETtxiindexhyphenignore\endcsname\relax\else - \def-{}% - \fi - \expandafter\ifx\csname SETtxiindexlessthanignore\endcsname\relax\else - \def<{}% - \fi - \expandafter\ifx\csname SETtxiindexatsignignore\endcsname\relax\else - \def\@{}% - \fi - } - - \gdef\indexnonalnumreappear{% - \let-\normaldash - \let<\normalless - } -} - - -% \indexnofonts is used when outputting the strings to sort the index -% by, and when constructing control sequence names. It eliminates all -% control sequences and just writes whatever the best ASCII sort string -% would be for a given command (usually its argument). -% -\def\indexnofonts{% - % Accent commands should become @asis. - \def\commondummyaccent##1{\let##1\asis}% - % We can just ignore other control letters. - \def\commondummyletter##1{\let##1\empty}% - % All control words become @asis by default; overrides below. - \let\commondummyword\commondummyaccent - \commondummiesnofonts - % - % Don't no-op \tt, since it isn't a user-level command - % and is used in the definitions of the active chars like <, >, |, etc. - % Likewise with the other plain tex font commands. - %\let\tt=\asis - % - \def\ { }% - \def\@{@}% - \def\_{\normalunderscore}% - \def\-{}% @- shouldn't affect sorting - % - \uccode`\1=`\{ \uppercase{\def\{{1}}% - \uccode`\1=`\} \uppercase{\def\}{1}}% - \let\lbracechar\{% - \let\rbracechar\}% - % - % Non-English letters. - \def\AA{AA}% - \def\AE{AE}% - \def\DH{DZZ}% - \def\L{L}% - \def\OE{OE}% - \def\O{O}% - \def\TH{TH}% - \def\aa{aa}% - \def\ae{ae}% - \def\dh{dzz}% - \def\exclamdown{!}% - \def\l{l}% - \def\oe{oe}% - \def\ordf{a}% - \def\ordm{o}% - \def\o{o}% - \def\questiondown{?}% - \def\ss{ss}% - \def\th{th}% - % - \let\do\indexnofontsdef - % - \do\LaTeX{LaTeX}% - \do\TeX{TeX}% - % - % Assorted special characters. - \do\atchar{@}% - \do\arrow{->}% - \do\bullet{bullet}% - \do\comma{,}% - \do\copyright{copyright}% - \do\dots{...}% - \do\enddots{...}% - \do\equiv{==}% - \do\error{error}% - \do\euro{euro}% - \do\expansion{==>}% - \do\geq{>=}% - \do\guillemetleft{<<}% - \do\guillemetright{>>}% - \do\guilsinglleft{<}% - \do\guilsinglright{>}% - \do\leq{<=}% - \do\lbracechar{\{}% - \do\minus{-}% - \do\point{.}% - \do\pounds{pounds}% - \do\print{-|}% - \do\quotedblbase{"}% - \do\quotedblleft{"}% - \do\quotedblright{"}% - \do\quoteleft{`}% - \do\quoteright{'}% - \do\quotesinglbase{,}% - \do\rbracechar{\}}% - \do\registeredsymbol{R}% - \do\result{=>}% - \do\textdegree{o}% - % - % We need to get rid of all macros, leaving only the arguments (if present). - % Of course this is not nearly correct, but it is the best we can do for now. - % makeinfo does not expand macros in the argument to @deffn, which ends up - % writing an index entry, and texindex isn't prepared for an index sort entry - % that starts with \. - % - % Since macro invocations are followed by braces, we can just redefine them - % to take a single TeX argument. The case of a macro invocation that - % goes to end-of-line is not handled. - % - \macrolist - \let\value\indexnofontsvalue -} - -% Give the control sequence a definition that removes the {} that follows -% its use, e.g. @AA{} -> AA -\def\indexnofontsdef#1#2{\def#1##1{#2}}% - - - - -% #1 is the index name, #2 is the entry text. -\def\doind#1#2{% - \iflinks - {% - % - \requireopenindexfile{#1}% - \edef\writeto{\csname#1indfile\endcsname}% - % - \def\indextext{#2}% - \safewhatsit\doindwrite - }% - \fi -} - -% Same as \doind, but for code indices -\def\docind#1#2{% - \iflinks - {% - % - \requireopenindexfile{#1}% - \edef\writeto{\csname#1indfile\endcsname}% - % - \def\indextext{#2}% - \safewhatsit\docindwrite - }% - \fi -} - -% Check if an index file has been opened, and if not, open it. -\def\requireopenindexfile#1{% -\ifnum\csname #1indfile\endcsname=0 - \expandafter\newwrite \csname#1indfile\endcsname - \edef\suffix{#1}% - % A .fls suffix would conflict with the file extension for the output - % of -recorder, so use .f1s instead. - \ifx\suffix\indexisfl\def\suffix{f1}\fi - % Open the file - \immediate\openout\csname#1indfile\endcsname \jobname.\suffix - % Using \immediate above here prevents an object entering into the current - % box, which could confound checks such as those in \safewhatsit for - % preceding skips. - \typeout{Writing index file \jobname.\suffix}% -\fi} -\def\indexisfl{fl} - -% Definition for writing index entry sort key. -{ -\catcode`\-=13 -\gdef\indexwritesortas{% - \begingroup - \indexnonalnumreappear - \indexwritesortasxxx} -\gdef\indexwritesortasxxx#1{% - \xdef\indexsortkey{#1}\endgroup} -} - -\def\indexwriteseealso#1{ - \gdef\pagenumbertext{\string\seealso{#1}}% -} -\def\indexwriteseeentry#1{ - \gdef\pagenumbertext{\string\seeentry{#1}}% -} - -% The default definitions -\def\sortas#1{}% -\def\seealso#1{\i{\putwordSeeAlso}\ #1}% for sorted index file only -\def\putwordSeeAlso{See also} -\def\seeentry#1{\i{\putwordSee}\ #1}% for sorted index file only - - -% Given index entry text like "aaa @subentry bbb @sortas{ZZZ}": -% * Set \bracedtext to "{aaa}{bbb}" -% * Set \fullindexsortkey to "aaa @subentry ZZZ" -% * If @seealso occurs, set \pagenumbertext -% -\def\splitindexentry#1{% - \gdef\fullindexsortkey{}% - \xdef\bracedtext{}% - \def\sep{}% - \def\seealso##1{}% - \def\seeentry##1{}% - \expandafter\doindexsegment#1\subentry\finish\subentry -} - -% append the results from the next segment -\def\doindexsegment#1\subentry{% - \def\segment{#1}% - \ifx\segment\isfinish - \else - % - % Fully expand the segment, throwing away any @sortas directives, and - % trim spaces. - \edef\trimmed{\segment}% - \edef\trimmed{\expandafter\eatspaces\expandafter{\trimmed}}% - \ifincodeindex - \edef\trimmed{\noexpand\code{\trimmed}}% - \fi - % - \xdef\bracedtext{\bracedtext{\trimmed}}% - % - % Get the string to sort by. Process the segment with all - % font commands turned off. - \bgroup - \let\sortas\indexwritesortas - \let\seealso\indexwriteseealso - \let\seeentry\indexwriteseeentry - \indexnofonts - % The braces around the commands are recognized by texindex. - \def\lbracechar{{\string\indexlbrace}}% - \def\rbracechar{{\string\indexrbrace}}% - \let\{=\lbracechar - \let\}=\rbracechar - \def\@{{\string\indexatchar}}% - \def\atchar##1{\@}% - \def\backslashchar{{\string\indexbackslash}}% - \uccode`\~=`\\ \uppercase{\let~\backslashchar}% - % - \let\indexsortkey\empty - \global\let\pagenumbertext\empty - % Execute the segment and throw away the typeset output. This executes - % any @sortas or @seealso commands in this segment. - \setbox\dummybox = \hbox{\segment}% - \ifx\indexsortkey\empty{% - \indexnonalnumdisappear - \xdef\trimmed{\segment}% - \xdef\trimmed{\expandafter\eatspaces\expandafter{\trimmed}}% - \xdef\indexsortkey{\trimmed}% - \ifx\indexsortkey\empty\xdef\indexsortkey{ }\fi - }\fi - % - % Append to \fullindexsortkey. - \edef\tmp{\gdef\noexpand\fullindexsortkey{% - \fullindexsortkey\sep\indexsortkey}}% - \tmp - \egroup - \def\sep{\subentry}% - % - \expandafter\doindexsegment - \fi -} -\def\isfinish{\finish}% -\newbox\dummybox % used above - -\let\subentry\relax - -% Use \ instead of @ in index files. To support old texi2dvi and texindex. -% This works without changing the escape character used in the toc or aux -% files because the index entries are fully expanded here, and \string uses -% the current value of \escapechar. -\def\escapeisbackslash{\escapechar=`\\} - -% Use \ in index files by default. texi2dvi didn't support @ as the escape -% character (as it checked for "\entry" in the files, and not "@entry"). When -% the new version of texi2dvi has had a chance to become more prevalent, then -% the escape character can change back to @ again. This should be an easy -% change to make now because both @ and \ are only used as escape characters in -% index files, never standing for themselves. -% -\set txiindexescapeisbackslash - -% Write the entry in \indextext to the index file. -% - -\newif\ifincodeindex -\def\doindwrite{\incodeindexfalse\doindwritex} -\def\docindwrite{\incodeindextrue\doindwritex} - -\def\doindwritex{% - \maybemarginindex - % - \atdummies - % - \expandafter\ifx\csname SETtxiindexescapeisbackslash\endcsname\relax\else - \escapeisbackslash - \fi - % - % For texindex which always views { and } as separators. - \def\{{\lbracechar{}}% - \def\}{\rbracechar{}}% - \uccode`\~=`\\ \uppercase{\def~{\backslashchar{}}}% - % - % Split the entry into primary entry and any subentries, and get the index - % sort key. - \splitindexentry\indextext - % - % Set up the complete index entry, with both the sort key and - % the original text, including any font commands. We write - % three arguments to \entry to the .?? file (four in the - % subentry case), texindex reduces to two when writing the .??s - % sorted result. - % - \edef\temp{% - \write\writeto{% - \string\entry{\fullindexsortkey}% - {\ifx\pagenumbertext\empty\noexpand\folio\else\pagenumbertext\fi}% - \bracedtext}% - }% - \temp -} - -% Put the index entry in the margin if desired (undocumented). -\def\maybemarginindex{% - \ifx\SETmarginindex\relax\else - \insert\margin{\hbox{\vrule height8pt depth3pt width0pt \relax\indextext}}% - \fi -} -\let\SETmarginindex=\relax - - -% Take care of unwanted page breaks/skips around a whatsit: -% -% If a skip is the last thing on the list now, preserve it -% by backing up by \lastskip, doing the \write, then inserting -% the skip again. Otherwise, the whatsit generated by the -% \write or \pdfdest will make \lastskip zero. The result is that -% sequences like this: -% @end defun -% @tindex whatever -% @defun ... -% will have extra space inserted, because the \medbreak in the -% start of the @defun won't see the skip inserted by the @end of -% the previous defun. -% -% But don't do any of this if we're not in vertical mode. We -% don't want to do a \vskip and prematurely end a paragraph. -% -% Avoid page breaks due to these extra skips, too. -% -% But wait, there is a catch there: -% We'll have to check whether \lastskip is zero skip. \ifdim is not -% sufficient for this purpose, as it ignores stretch and shrink parts -% of the skip. The only way seems to be to check the textual -% representation of the skip. -% -% The following is almost like \def\zeroskipmacro{0.0pt} except that -% the ``p'' and ``t'' characters have catcode \other, not 11 (letter). -% -\edef\zeroskipmacro{\expandafter\the\csname z@skip\endcsname} -% -\newskip\whatsitskip -\newcount\whatsitpenalty -% -% ..., ready, GO: -% -\def\safewhatsit#1{\ifhmode - #1% - \else - % \lastskip and \lastpenalty cannot both be nonzero simultaneously. - \whatsitskip = \lastskip - \edef\lastskipmacro{\the\lastskip}% - \whatsitpenalty = \lastpenalty - % - % If \lastskip is nonzero, that means the last item was a - % skip. And since a skip is discardable, that means this - % -\whatsitskip glue we're inserting is preceded by a - % non-discardable item, therefore it is not a potential - % breakpoint, therefore no \nobreak needed. - \ifx\lastskipmacro\zeroskipmacro - \else - \vskip-\whatsitskip - \fi - % - #1% - % - \ifx\lastskipmacro\zeroskipmacro - % If \lastskip was zero, perhaps the last item was a penalty, and - % perhaps it was >=10000, e.g., a \nobreak. In that case, we want - % to re-insert the same penalty (values >10000 are used for various - % signals); since we just inserted a non-discardable item, any - % following glue (such as a \parskip) would be a breakpoint. For example: - % @deffn deffn-whatever - % @vindex index-whatever - % Description. - % would allow a break between the index-whatever whatsit - % and the "Description." paragraph. - \ifnum\whatsitpenalty>9999 \penalty\whatsitpenalty \fi - \else - % On the other hand, if we had a nonzero \lastskip, - % this make-up glue would be preceded by a non-discardable item - % (the whatsit from the \write), so we must insert a \nobreak. - \nobreak\vskip\whatsitskip - \fi -\fi} - -% The index entry written in the file actually looks like -% \entry {sortstring}{page}{topic} -% or -% \entry {sortstring}{page}{topic}{subtopic} -% The texindex program reads in these files and writes files -% containing these kinds of lines: -% \initial {c} -% before the first topic whose initial is c -% \entry {topic}{pagelist} -% for a topic that is used without subtopics -% \primary {topic} -% \entry {topic}{} -% for the beginning of a topic that is used with subtopics -% \secondary {subtopic}{pagelist} -% for each subtopic. -% \secondary {subtopic}{} -% for a subtopic with sub-subtopics -% \tertiary {subtopic}{subsubtopic}{pagelist} -% for each sub-subtopic. - -% Define the user-accessible indexing commands -% @findex, @vindex, @kindex, @cindex. - -\def\findex {\fnindex} -\def\kindex {\kyindex} -\def\cindex {\cpindex} -\def\vindex {\vrindex} -\def\tindex {\tpindex} -\def\pindex {\pgindex} - -% Define the macros used in formatting output of the sorted index material. - -% @printindex causes a particular index (the ??s file) to get printed. -% It does not print any chapter heading (usually an @unnumbered). -% -\parseargdef\printindex{\begingroup - \dobreak \chapheadingskip{10000}% - % - \smallfonts \rm - \tolerance = 9500 - \plainfrenchspacing - \everypar = {}% don't want the \kern\-parindent from indentation suppression. - % - % See comment in \requireopenindexfile. - \def\indexname{#1}\ifx\indexname\indexisfl\def\indexname{f1}\fi - % - % See if the index file exists and is nonempty. - \openin 1 \jobname.\indexname s - \ifeof 1 - % \enddoublecolumns gets confused if there is no text in the index, - % and it loses the chapter title and the aux file entries for the - % index. The easiest way to prevent this problem is to make sure - % there is some text. - \putwordIndexNonexistent - \typeout{No file \jobname.\indexname s.}% - \else - % If the index file exists but is empty, then \openin leaves \ifeof - % false. We have to make TeX try to read something from the file, so - % it can discover if there is anything in it. - \read 1 to \thisline - \ifeof 1 - \putwordIndexIsEmpty - \else - \expandafter\printindexzz\thisline\relax\relax\finish% - \fi - \fi - \closein 1 -\endgroup} - -% If the index file starts with a backslash, forgo reading the index -% file altogether. If somebody upgrades texinfo.tex they may still have -% old index files using \ as the escape character. Reading this would -% at best lead to typesetting garbage, at worst a TeX syntax error. -\def\printindexzz#1#2\finish{% - \expandafter\ifx\csname SETtxiindexescapeisbackslash\endcsname\relax - \uccode`\~=`\\ \uppercase{\if\noexpand~}\noexpand#1 - \expandafter\ifx\csname SETtxiskipindexfileswithbackslash\endcsname\relax -\errmessage{% -ERROR: A sorted index file in an obsolete format was skipped. -To fix this problem, please upgrade your version of 'texi2dvi' -or 'texi2pdf' to that at . -If you are using an old version of 'texindex' (part of the Texinfo -distribution), you may also need to upgrade to a newer version (at least 6.0). -You may be able to typeset the index if you run -'texindex \jobname.\indexname' yourself. -You could also try setting the 'txiindexescapeisbackslash' flag by -running a command like -'texi2dvi -t "@set txiindexescapeisbackslash" \jobname.texi'. If you do -this, Texinfo will try to use index files in the old format. -If you continue to have problems, deleting the index files and starting again -might help (with 'rm \jobname.?? \jobname.??s')% -}% - \else - (Skipped sorted index file in obsolete format) - \fi - \else - \begindoublecolumns - \input \jobname.\indexname s - \enddoublecolumns - \fi - \else - \begindoublecolumns - \catcode`\\=0\relax - % - % Make @ an escape character to give macros a chance to work. This - % should work because we (hopefully) don't otherwise use @ in index files. - %\catcode`\@=12\relax - \catcode`\@=0\relax - \input \jobname.\indexname s - \enddoublecolumns - \fi -} - -% These macros are used by the sorted index file itself. -% Change them to control the appearance of the index. - -{\catcode`\/=13 \catcode`\-=13 \catcode`\^=13 \catcode`\~=13 \catcode`\_=13 -\catcode`\|=13 \catcode`\<=13 \catcode`\>=13 \catcode`\+=13 \catcode`\"=13 -\catcode`\$=3 -\gdef\initialglyphs{% - % special control sequences used in the index sort key - \let\indexlbrace\{% - \let\indexrbrace\}% - \let\indexatchar\@% - \def\indexbackslash{\math{\backslash}}% - % - % Some changes for non-alphabetic characters. Using the glyphs from the - % math fonts looks more consistent than the typewriter font used elsewhere - % for these characters. - \uccode`\~=`\\ \uppercase{\def~{\math{\backslash}}} - % - % In case @\ is used for backslash - \uppercase{\let\\=~} - % Can't get bold backslash so don't use bold forward slash - \catcode`\/=13 - \def/{{\secrmnotbold \normalslash}}% - \def-{{\normaldash\normaldash}}% en dash `--' - \def^{{\chapbf \normalcaret}}% - \def~{{\chapbf \normaltilde}}% - \def\_{% - \leavevmode \kern.07em \vbox{\hrule width.3em height.1ex}\kern .07em }% - \def|{$\vert$}% - \def<{$\less$}% - \def>{$\gtr$}% - \def+{$\normalplus$}% -}} - -\def\initial{% - \bgroup - \initialglyphs - \initialx -} - -\def\initialx#1{% - % Remove any glue we may have, we'll be inserting our own. - \removelastskip - % - % We like breaks before the index initials, so insert a bonus. - % The glue before the bonus allows a little bit of space at the - % bottom of a column to reduce an increase in inter-line spacing. - \nobreak - \vskip 0pt plus 5\baselineskip - \penalty -300 - \vskip 0pt plus -5\baselineskip - % - % Typeset the initial. Making this add up to a whole number of - % baselineskips increases the chance of the dots lining up from column - % to column. It still won't often be perfect, because of the stretch - % we need before each entry, but it's better. - % - % No shrink because it confuses \balancecolumns. - \vskip 1.67\baselineskip plus 1\baselineskip - \leftline{\secfonts \kern-0.05em \secbf #1}% - % \secfonts is inside the argument of \leftline so that the change of - % \baselineskip will not affect any glue inserted before the vbox that - % \leftline creates. - % Do our best not to break after the initial. - \nobreak - \vskip .33\baselineskip plus .1\baselineskip - \egroup % \initialglyphs -} - -\newdimen\entryrightmargin -\entryrightmargin=0pt - -% \entry typesets a paragraph consisting of the text (#1), dot leaders, and -% then page number (#2) flushed to the right margin. It is used for index -% and table of contents entries. The paragraph is indented by \leftskip. -% -\def\entry{% - \begingroup - % - % Start a new paragraph if necessary, so our assignments below can't - % affect previous text. - \par - % - % No extra space above this paragraph. - \parskip = 0in - % - % When reading the text of entry, convert explicit line breaks - % from @* into spaces. The user might give these in long section - % titles, for instance. - \def\*{\unskip\space\ignorespaces}% - \def\entrybreak{\hfil\break}% An undocumented command - % - % Swallow the left brace of the text (first parameter): - \afterassignment\doentry - \let\temp = -} -\def\entrybreak{\unskip\space\ignorespaces}% -\def\doentry{% - % Save the text of the entry - \global\setbox\boxA=\hbox\bgroup - \bgroup % Instead of the swallowed brace. - \noindent - \aftergroup\finishentry - % And now comes the text of the entry. - % Not absorbing as a macro argument reduces the chance of problems - % with catcodes occurring. -} -{\catcode`\@=11 -\gdef\finishentry#1{% - \egroup % end box A - \dimen@ = \wd\boxA % Length of text of entry - \global\setbox\boxA=\hbox\bgroup - \unhbox\boxA - % #1 is the page number. - % - % Get the width of the page numbers, and only use - % leaders if they are present. - \global\setbox\boxB = \hbox{#1}% - \ifdim\wd\boxB = 0pt - \null\nobreak\hfill\ % - \else - % - \null\nobreak\indexdotfill % Have leaders before the page number. - % - \ifpdforxetex - \pdfgettoks#1.% - \hskip\skip\thinshrinkable\the\toksA - \else - \hskip\skip\thinshrinkable #1% - \fi - \fi - \egroup % end \boxA - \ifdim\wd\boxB = 0pt - \noindent\unhbox\boxA\par - \nobreak - \else\bgroup - % We want the text of the entries to be aligned to the left, and the - % page numbers to be aligned to the right. - % - \parindent = 0pt - \advance\leftskip by 0pt plus 1fil - \advance\leftskip by 0pt plus -1fill - \rightskip = 0pt plus -1fil - \advance\rightskip by 0pt plus 1fill - % Cause last line, which could consist of page numbers on their own - % if the list of page numbers is long, to be aligned to the right. - \parfillskip=0pt plus -1fill - % - \advance\rightskip by \entryrightmargin - % Determine how far we can stretch into the margin. - % This allows, e.g., "Appendix H GNU Free Documentation License" to - % fit on one line in @letterpaper format. - \ifdim\entryrightmargin>2.1em - \dimen@i=2.1em - \else - \dimen@i=0em - \fi - \advance \parfillskip by 0pt minus 1\dimen@i - % - \dimen@ii = \hsize - \advance\dimen@ii by -1\leftskip - \advance\dimen@ii by -1\entryrightmargin - \advance\dimen@ii by 1\dimen@i - \ifdim\wd\boxA > \dimen@ii % If the entry doesn't fit in one line - \ifdim\dimen@ > 0.8\dimen@ii % due to long index text - % Try to split the text roughly evenly. \dimen@ will be the length of - % the first line. - \dimen@ = 0.7\dimen@ - \dimen@ii = \hsize - \ifnum\dimen@>\dimen@ii - % If the entry is too long (for example, if it needs more than - % two lines), use all the space in the first line. - \dimen@ = \dimen@ii - \fi - \advance\leftskip by 0pt plus 1fill % ragged right - \advance \dimen@ by 1\rightskip - \parshape = 2 0pt \dimen@ 0em \dimen@ii - % Ideally we'd add a finite glue at the end of the first line only, - % instead of using \parshape with explicit line lengths, but TeX - % doesn't seem to provide a way to do such a thing. - % - % Indent all lines but the first one. - \advance\leftskip by 1em - \advance\parindent by -1em - \fi\fi - \indent % start paragraph - \unhbox\boxA - % - % Do not prefer a separate line ending with a hyphen to fewer lines. - \finalhyphendemerits = 0 - % - % Word spacing - no stretch - \spaceskip=\fontdimen2\font minus \fontdimen4\font - % - \linepenalty=1000 % Discourage line breaks. - \hyphenpenalty=5000 % Discourage hyphenation. - % - \par % format the paragraph - \egroup % The \vbox - \fi - \endgroup -}} - -\newskip\thinshrinkable -\skip\thinshrinkable=.15em minus .15em - -% Like plain.tex's \dotfill, except uses up at least 1 em. -% The filll stretch here overpowers both the fil and fill stretch to push -% the page number to the right. -\def\indexdotfill{\cleaders - \hbox{$\mathsurround=0pt \mkern1.5mu.\mkern1.5mu$}\hskip 1em plus 1filll} - - -\def\primary #1{\line{#1\hfil}} - -\def\secondary{\indententry{0.5cm}} -\def\tertiary{\indententry{1cm}} - -\def\indententry#1#2#3{% - \bgroup - \leftskip=#1 - \entry{#2}{#3}% - \egroup -} - -% Define two-column mode, which we use to typeset indexes. -% Adapted from the TeXbook, page 416, which is to say, -% the manmac.tex format used to print the TeXbook itself. -\catcode`\@=11 % private names - -\newbox\partialpage -\newdimen\doublecolumnhsize - -\def\begindoublecolumns{\begingroup % ended by \enddoublecolumns - % If not much space left on page, start a new page. - \ifdim\pagetotal>0.8\vsize\vfill\eject\fi - % - % Grab any single-column material above us. - \output = {% - \savetopmark - % - \global\setbox\partialpage = \vbox{% - % Unvbox the main output page. - \unvbox\PAGE - \kern-\topskip \kern\baselineskip - }% - }% - \eject % run that output routine to set \partialpage - % - % Use the double-column output routine for subsequent pages. - \output = {\doublecolumnout}% - % - % Change the page size parameters. We could do this once outside this - % routine, in each of @smallbook, @afourpaper, and the default 8.5x11 - % format, but then we repeat the same computation. Repeating a couple - % of assignments once per index is clearly meaningless for the - % execution time, so we may as well do it in one place. - % - % First we halve the line length, less a little for the gutter between - % the columns. We compute the gutter based on the line length, so it - % changes automatically with the paper format. The magic constant - % below is chosen so that the gutter has the same value (well, +-<1pt) - % as it did when we hard-coded it. - % - % We put the result in a separate register, \doublecolumhsize, so we - % can restore it in \pagesofar, after \hsize itself has (potentially) - % been clobbered. - % - \doublecolumnhsize = \hsize - \advance\doublecolumnhsize by -.04154\hsize - \divide\doublecolumnhsize by 2 - \hsize = \doublecolumnhsize - % - % Get the available space for the double columns -- the normal - % (undoubled) page height minus any material left over from the - % previous page. - \advance\vsize by -\ht\partialpage - \vsize = 2\vsize - % - % For the benefit of balancing columns - \advance\baselineskip by 0pt plus 0.5pt -} - -% The double-column output routine for all double-column pages except -% the last, which is done by \balancecolumns. -% -\def\doublecolumnout{% - % - \savetopmark - \splittopskip=\topskip \splitmaxdepth=\maxdepth - \dimen@ = \vsize - \divide\dimen@ by 2 - % - % box0 will be the left-hand column, box2 the right. - \setbox0=\vsplit\PAGE to\dimen@ \setbox2=\vsplit\PAGE to\dimen@ - \global\advance\vsize by 2\ht\partialpage - \onepageout\pagesofar % empty except for the first time we are called - \unvbox\PAGE - \penalty\outputpenalty -} -% -% Re-output the contents of the output page -- any previous material, -% followed by the two boxes we just split, in box0 and box2. -\def\pagesofar{% - \unvbox\partialpage - % - \hsize = \doublecolumnhsize - \wd0=\hsize \wd2=\hsize - \hbox to\txipagewidth{\box0\hfil\box2}% -} - - -% Finished with double columns. -\def\enddoublecolumns{% - % The following penalty ensures that the page builder is exercised - % _before_ we change the output routine. This is necessary in the - % following situation: - % - % The last section of the index consists only of a single entry. - % Before this section, \pagetotal is less than \pagegoal, so no - % break occurs before the last section starts. However, the last - % section, consisting of \initial and the single \entry, does not - % fit on the page and has to be broken off. Without the following - % penalty the page builder will not be exercised until \eject - % below, and by that time we'll already have changed the output - % routine to the \balancecolumns version, so the next-to-last - % double-column page will be processed with \balancecolumns, which - % is wrong: The two columns will go to the main vertical list, with - % the broken-off section in the recent contributions. As soon as - % the output routine finishes, TeX starts reconsidering the page - % break. The two columns and the broken-off section both fit on the - % page, because the two columns now take up only half of the page - % goal. When TeX sees \eject from below which follows the final - % section, it invokes the new output routine that we've set after - % \balancecolumns below; \onepageout will try to fit the two columns - % and the final section into the vbox of \txipageheight (see - % \pagebody), causing an overfull box. - % - % Note that glue won't work here, because glue does not exercise the - % page builder, unlike penalties (see The TeXbook, pp. 280-281). - \penalty0 - % - \output = {% - % Split the last of the double-column material. - \savetopmark - \balancecolumns - }% - \eject % call the \output just set - \ifdim\pagetotal=0pt - % Having called \balancecolumns once, we do not - % want to call it again. Therefore, reset \output to its normal - % definition right away. - \global\output=\expandafter{\the\defaultoutput} - % - \endgroup % started in \begindoublecolumns - % Leave the double-column material on the current page, no automatic - % page break. - \box\balancedcolumns - % - % \pagegoal was set to the doubled \vsize above, since we restarted - % the current page. We're now back to normal single-column - % typesetting, so reset \pagegoal to the normal \vsize. - \global\vsize = \txipageheight % - \pagegoal = \txipageheight % - \else - % We had some left-over material. This might happen when \doublecolumnout - % is called in \balancecolumns. Try again. - \expandafter\enddoublecolumns - \fi -} -\newbox\balancedcolumns -\setbox\balancedcolumns=\vbox{shouldnt see this}% -% -% Only called for the last of the double column material. \doublecolumnout -% does the others. -\def\balancecolumns{% - \setbox0 = \vbox{\unvbox\PAGE}% like \box255 but more efficient, see p.120. - \dimen@ = \ht0 - \ifdim\dimen@<7\baselineskip - % Don't split a short final column in two. - \setbox2=\vbox{}% - \global\setbox\balancedcolumns=\vbox{\pagesofar}% - \else - % double the leading vertical space - \advance\dimen@ by \topskip - \advance\dimen@ by-\baselineskip - \divide\dimen@ by 2 % target to split to - \dimen@ii = \dimen@ - \splittopskip = \topskip - % Loop until left column is at least as high as the right column. - {% - \vbadness = 10000 - \loop - \global\setbox3 = \copy0 - \global\setbox1 = \vsplit3 to \dimen@ - \ifdim\ht1<\ht3 - \global\advance\dimen@ by 1pt - \repeat - }% - % Now the left column is in box 1, and the right column in box 3. - % - % Check whether the left column has come out higher than the page itself. - % (Note that we have doubled \vsize for the double columns, so - % the actual height of the page is 0.5\vsize). - \ifdim2\ht1>\vsize - % It appears that we have been called upon to balance too much material. - % Output some of it with \doublecolumnout, leaving the rest on the page. - \setbox\PAGE=\box0 - \doublecolumnout - \else - % Compare the heights of the two columns. - \ifdim4\ht1>5\ht3 - % Column heights are too different, so don't make their bottoms - % flush with each other. - \setbox2=\vbox to \ht1 {\unvbox3\vfill}% - \setbox0=\vbox to \ht1 {\unvbox1\vfill}% - \else - % Make column bottoms flush with each other. - \setbox2=\vbox to\ht1{\unvbox3\unskip}% - \setbox0=\vbox to\ht1{\unvbox1\unskip}% - \fi - \global\setbox\balancedcolumns=\vbox{\pagesofar}% - \fi - \fi - % -} -\catcode`\@ = \other - - -\message{sectioning,} -% Chapters, sections, etc. - -% Let's start with @part. -\outer\parseargdef\part{\partzzz{#1}} -\def\partzzz#1{% - \chapoddpage - \null - \vskip.3\vsize % move it down on the page a bit - \begingroup - \noindent \titlefonts\rm #1\par % the text - \let\lastnode=\empty % no node to associate with - \writetocentry{part}{#1}{}% but put it in the toc - \headingsoff % no headline or footline on the part page - % This outputs a mark at the end of the page that clears \thischapter - % and \thissection, as is done in \startcontents. - \let\pchapsepmacro\relax - \chapmacro{}{Yomitfromtoc}{}% - \chapoddpage - \endgroup -} - -% \unnumberedno is an oxymoron. But we count the unnumbered -% sections so that we can refer to them unambiguously in the pdf -% outlines by their "section number". We avoid collisions with chapter -% numbers by starting them at 10000. (If a document ever has 10000 -% chapters, we're in trouble anyway, I'm sure.) -\newcount\unnumberedno \unnumberedno = 10000 -\newcount\chapno -\newcount\secno \secno=0 -\newcount\subsecno \subsecno=0 -\newcount\subsubsecno \subsubsecno=0 - -% This counter is funny since it counts through charcodes of letters A, B, ... -\newcount\appendixno \appendixno = `\@ -% -% \def\appendixletter{\char\the\appendixno} -% We do the following ugly conditional instead of the above simple -% construct for the sake of pdftex, which needs the actual -% letter in the expansion, not just typeset. -% -\def\appendixletter{% - \ifnum\appendixno=`A A% - \else\ifnum\appendixno=`B B% - \else\ifnum\appendixno=`C C% - \else\ifnum\appendixno=`D D% - \else\ifnum\appendixno=`E E% - \else\ifnum\appendixno=`F F% - \else\ifnum\appendixno=`G G% - \else\ifnum\appendixno=`H H% - \else\ifnum\appendixno=`I I% - \else\ifnum\appendixno=`J J% - \else\ifnum\appendixno=`K K% - \else\ifnum\appendixno=`L L% - \else\ifnum\appendixno=`M M% - \else\ifnum\appendixno=`N N% - \else\ifnum\appendixno=`O O% - \else\ifnum\appendixno=`P P% - \else\ifnum\appendixno=`Q Q% - \else\ifnum\appendixno=`R R% - \else\ifnum\appendixno=`S S% - \else\ifnum\appendixno=`T T% - \else\ifnum\appendixno=`U U% - \else\ifnum\appendixno=`V V% - \else\ifnum\appendixno=`W W% - \else\ifnum\appendixno=`X X% - \else\ifnum\appendixno=`Y Y% - \else\ifnum\appendixno=`Z Z% - % The \the is necessary, despite appearances, because \appendixletter is - % expanded while writing the .toc file. \char\appendixno is not - % expandable, thus it is written literally, thus all appendixes come out - % with the same letter (or @) in the toc without it. - \else\char\the\appendixno - \fi\fi\fi\fi\fi\fi\fi\fi\fi\fi\fi\fi\fi - \fi\fi\fi\fi\fi\fi\fi\fi\fi\fi\fi\fi\fi} - -% Each @chapter defines these (using marks) as the number+name, number -% and name of the chapter. Page headings and footings can use -% these. @section does likewise. -\def\thischapter{} -\def\thischapternum{} -\def\thischaptername{} -\def\thissection{} -\def\thissectionnum{} -\def\thissectionname{} - -\newcount\absseclevel % used to calculate proper heading level -\newcount\secbase\secbase=0 % @raisesections/@lowersections modify this count - -% @raisesections: treat @section as chapter, @subsection as section, etc. -\def\raisesections{\global\advance\secbase by -1} - -% @lowersections: treat @chapter as section, @section as subsection, etc. -\def\lowersections{\global\advance\secbase by 1} - -% we only have subsub. -\chardef\maxseclevel = 3 -% -% A numbered section within an unnumbered changes to unnumbered too. -% To achieve this, remember the "biggest" unnum. sec. we are currently in: -\chardef\unnlevel = \maxseclevel -% -% Trace whether the current chapter is an appendix or not: -% \chapheadtype is "N" or "A", unnumbered chapters are ignored. -\def\chapheadtype{N} - -% Choose a heading macro -% #1 is heading type -% #2 is heading level -% #3 is text for heading -\def\genhead#1#2#3{% - % Compute the abs. sec. level: - \absseclevel=#2 - \advance\absseclevel by \secbase - % Make sure \absseclevel doesn't fall outside the range: - \ifnum \absseclevel < 0 - \absseclevel = 0 - \else - \ifnum \absseclevel > 3 - \absseclevel = 3 - \fi - \fi - % The heading type: - \def\headtype{#1}% - \if \headtype U% - \ifnum \absseclevel < \unnlevel - \chardef\unnlevel = \absseclevel - \fi - \else - % Check for appendix sections: - \ifnum \absseclevel = 0 - \edef\chapheadtype{\headtype}% - \else - \if \headtype A\if \chapheadtype N% - \errmessage{@appendix... within a non-appendix chapter}% - \fi\fi - \fi - % Check for numbered within unnumbered: - \ifnum \absseclevel > \unnlevel - \def\headtype{U}% - \else - \chardef\unnlevel = 3 - \fi - \fi - % Now print the heading: - \if \headtype U% - \ifcase\absseclevel - \unnumberedzzz{#3}% - \or \unnumberedseczzz{#3}% - \or \unnumberedsubseczzz{#3}% - \or \unnumberedsubsubseczzz{#3}% - \fi - \else - \if \headtype A% - \ifcase\absseclevel - \appendixzzz{#3}% - \or \appendixsectionzzz{#3}% - \or \appendixsubseczzz{#3}% - \or \appendixsubsubseczzz{#3}% - \fi - \else - \ifcase\absseclevel - \chapterzzz{#3}% - \or \seczzz{#3}% - \or \numberedsubseczzz{#3}% - \or \numberedsubsubseczzz{#3}% - \fi - \fi - \fi - \suppressfirstparagraphindent -} - -% an interface: -\def\numhead{\genhead N} -\def\apphead{\genhead A} -\def\unnmhead{\genhead U} - -% @chapter, @appendix, @unnumbered. Increment top-level counter, reset -% all lower-level sectioning counters to zero. -% -% Also set \chaplevelprefix, which we prepend to @float sequence numbers -% (e.g., figures), q.v. By default (before any chapter), that is empty. -\let\chaplevelprefix = \empty -% -\outer\parseargdef\chapter{\numhead0{#1}} % normally numhead0 calls chapterzzz -\def\chapterzzz#1{% - % section resetting is \global in case the chapter is in a group, such - % as an @include file. - \global\secno=0 \global\subsecno=0 \global\subsubsecno=0 - \global\advance\chapno by 1 - % - % Used for \float. - \gdef\chaplevelprefix{\the\chapno.}% - \resetallfloatnos - % - % \putwordChapter can contain complex things in translations. - \toks0=\expandafter{\putwordChapter}% - \message{\the\toks0 \space \the\chapno}% - % - % Write the actual heading. - \chapmacro{#1}{Ynumbered}{\the\chapno}% - % - % So @section and the like are numbered underneath this chapter. - \global\let\section = \numberedsec - \global\let\subsection = \numberedsubsec - \global\let\subsubsection = \numberedsubsubsec -} - -\outer\parseargdef\appendix{\apphead0{#1}} % normally calls appendixzzz -% -\def\appendixzzz#1{% - \global\secno=0 \global\subsecno=0 \global\subsubsecno=0 - \global\advance\appendixno by 1 - \gdef\chaplevelprefix{\appendixletter.}% - \resetallfloatnos - % - % \putwordAppendix can contain complex things in translations. - \toks0=\expandafter{\putwordAppendix}% - \message{\the\toks0 \space \appendixletter}% - % - \chapmacro{#1}{Yappendix}{\appendixletter}% - % - \global\let\section = \appendixsec - \global\let\subsection = \appendixsubsec - \global\let\subsubsection = \appendixsubsubsec -} - -% normally unnmhead0 calls unnumberedzzz: -\outer\parseargdef\unnumbered{\unnmhead0{#1}} -\def\unnumberedzzz#1{% - \global\secno=0 \global\subsecno=0 \global\subsubsecno=0 - \global\advance\unnumberedno by 1 - % - % Since an unnumbered has no number, no prefix for figures. - \global\let\chaplevelprefix = \empty - \resetallfloatnos - % - % This used to be simply \message{#1}, but TeX fully expands the - % argument to \message. Therefore, if #1 contained @-commands, TeX - % expanded them. For example, in `@unnumbered The @cite{Book}', TeX - % expanded @cite (which turns out to cause errors because \cite is meant - % to be executed, not expanded). - % - % Anyway, we don't want the fully-expanded definition of @cite to appear - % as a result of the \message, we just want `@cite' itself. We use - % \the to achieve this: TeX expands \the only once, - % simply yielding the contents of . (We also do this for - % the toc entries.) - \toks0 = {#1}% - \message{(\the\toks0)}% - % - \chapmacro{#1}{Ynothing}{\the\unnumberedno}% - % - \global\let\section = \unnumberedsec - \global\let\subsection = \unnumberedsubsec - \global\let\subsubsection = \unnumberedsubsubsec -} - -% @centerchap is like @unnumbered, but the heading is centered. -\outer\parseargdef\centerchap{% - \let\centerparametersmaybe = \centerparameters - \unnmhead0{#1}% - \let\centerparametersmaybe = \relax -} - -% @top is like @unnumbered. -\let\top\unnumbered - -% Sections. -% -\outer\parseargdef\numberedsec{\numhead1{#1}} % normally calls seczzz -\def\seczzz#1{% - \global\subsecno=0 \global\subsubsecno=0 \global\advance\secno by 1 - \sectionheading{#1}{sec}{Ynumbered}{\the\chapno.\the\secno}% -} - -% normally calls appendixsectionzzz: -\outer\parseargdef\appendixsection{\apphead1{#1}} -\def\appendixsectionzzz#1{% - \global\subsecno=0 \global\subsubsecno=0 \global\advance\secno by 1 - \sectionheading{#1}{sec}{Yappendix}{\appendixletter.\the\secno}% -} -\let\appendixsec\appendixsection - -% normally calls unnumberedseczzz: -\outer\parseargdef\unnumberedsec{\unnmhead1{#1}} -\def\unnumberedseczzz#1{% - \global\subsecno=0 \global\subsubsecno=0 \global\advance\secno by 1 - \sectionheading{#1}{sec}{Ynothing}{\the\unnumberedno.\the\secno}% -} - -% Subsections. -% -% normally calls numberedsubseczzz: -\outer\parseargdef\numberedsubsec{\numhead2{#1}} -\def\numberedsubseczzz#1{% - \global\subsubsecno=0 \global\advance\subsecno by 1 - \sectionheading{#1}{subsec}{Ynumbered}{\the\chapno.\the\secno.\the\subsecno}% -} - -% normally calls appendixsubseczzz: -\outer\parseargdef\appendixsubsec{\apphead2{#1}} -\def\appendixsubseczzz#1{% - \global\subsubsecno=0 \global\advance\subsecno by 1 - \sectionheading{#1}{subsec}{Yappendix}% - {\appendixletter.\the\secno.\the\subsecno}% -} - -% normally calls unnumberedsubseczzz: -\outer\parseargdef\unnumberedsubsec{\unnmhead2{#1}} -\def\unnumberedsubseczzz#1{% - \global\subsubsecno=0 \global\advance\subsecno by 1 - \sectionheading{#1}{subsec}{Ynothing}% - {\the\unnumberedno.\the\secno.\the\subsecno}% -} - -% Subsubsections. -% -% normally numberedsubsubseczzz: -\outer\parseargdef\numberedsubsubsec{\numhead3{#1}} -\def\numberedsubsubseczzz#1{% - \global\advance\subsubsecno by 1 - \sectionheading{#1}{subsubsec}{Ynumbered}% - {\the\chapno.\the\secno.\the\subsecno.\the\subsubsecno}% -} - -% normally appendixsubsubseczzz: -\outer\parseargdef\appendixsubsubsec{\apphead3{#1}} -\def\appendixsubsubseczzz#1{% - \global\advance\subsubsecno by 1 - \sectionheading{#1}{subsubsec}{Yappendix}% - {\appendixletter.\the\secno.\the\subsecno.\the\subsubsecno}% -} - -% normally unnumberedsubsubseczzz: -\outer\parseargdef\unnumberedsubsubsec{\unnmhead3{#1}} -\def\unnumberedsubsubseczzz#1{% - \global\advance\subsubsecno by 1 - \sectionheading{#1}{subsubsec}{Ynothing}% - {\the\unnumberedno.\the\secno.\the\subsecno.\the\subsubsecno}% -} - -% These macros control what the section commands do, according -% to what kind of chapter we are in (ordinary, appendix, or unnumbered). -% Define them by default for a numbered chapter. -\let\section = \numberedsec -\let\subsection = \numberedsubsec -\let\subsubsection = \numberedsubsubsec - -% Define @majorheading, @heading and @subheading - -\def\majorheading{% - {\advance\chapheadingskip by 10pt \chapbreak }% - \parsearg\chapheadingzzz -} - -\def\chapheading{\chapbreak \parsearg\chapheadingzzz} -\def\chapheadingzzz#1{% - \vbox{\chapfonts \raggedtitlesettings #1\par}% - \nobreak\bigskip \nobreak - \suppressfirstparagraphindent -} - -% @heading, @subheading, @subsubheading. -\parseargdef\heading{\sectionheading{#1}{sec}{Yomitfromtoc}{} - \suppressfirstparagraphindent} -\parseargdef\subheading{\sectionheading{#1}{subsec}{Yomitfromtoc}{} - \suppressfirstparagraphindent} -\parseargdef\subsubheading{\sectionheading{#1}{subsubsec}{Yomitfromtoc}{} - \suppressfirstparagraphindent} - -% These macros generate a chapter, section, etc. heading only -% (including whitespace, linebreaking, etc. around it), -% given all the information in convenient, parsed form. - -% Args are the skip and penalty (usually negative) -\def\dobreak#1#2{\par\ifdim\lastskip<#1\removelastskip\penalty#2\vskip#1\fi} - -% Parameter controlling skip before chapter headings (if needed) -\newskip\chapheadingskip - -% Define plain chapter starts, and page on/off switching for it. -\def\chapbreak{\dobreak \chapheadingskip {-4000}} - -% Start a new page -\def\chappager{\par\vfill\supereject} - -% \chapoddpage - start on an odd page for a new chapter -% Because \domark is called before \chapoddpage, the filler page will -% get the headings for the next chapter, which is wrong. But we don't -% care -- we just disable all headings on the filler page. -\def\chapoddpage{% - \chappager - \ifodd\pageno \else - \begingroup - \headingsoff - \null - \chappager - \endgroup - \fi -} - -\parseargdef\setchapternewpage{\csname CHAPPAG#1\endcsname} - -\def\CHAPPAGoff{% -\global\let\contentsalignmacro = \chappager -\global\let\pchapsepmacro=\chapbreak -\global\def\HEADINGSon{\HEADINGSsinglechapoff}} - -\def\CHAPPAGon{% -\global\let\contentsalignmacro = \chappager -\global\let\pchapsepmacro=\chappager -\global\def\HEADINGSon{\HEADINGSsingle}} - -\def\CHAPPAGodd{% -\global\let\contentsalignmacro = \chapoddpage -\global\let\pchapsepmacro=\chapoddpage -\global\def\HEADINGSon{\HEADINGSdouble}} - -\CHAPPAGon - -% \chapmacro - Chapter opening. -% -% #1 is the text, #2 is the section type (Ynumbered, Ynothing, -% Yappendix, Yomitfromtoc), #3 the chapter number. -% Not used for @heading series. -% -% To test against our argument. -\def\Ynothingkeyword{Ynothing} -\def\Yappendixkeyword{Yappendix} -\def\Yomitfromtockeyword{Yomitfromtoc} -% -\def\chapmacro#1#2#3{% - \expandafter\ifx\thisenv\titlepage\else - \checkenv{}% chapters, etc., should not start inside an environment. - \fi - % Insert the first mark before the heading break (see notes for \domark). - \let\prevchapterdefs=\currentchapterdefs - \let\prevsectiondefs=\currentsectiondefs - \gdef\currentsectiondefs{\gdef\thissectionname{}\gdef\thissectionnum{}% - \gdef\thissection{}}% - % - \def\temptype{#2}% - \ifx\temptype\Ynothingkeyword - \gdef\currentchapterdefs{\gdef\thischaptername{#1}\gdef\thischapternum{}% - \gdef\thischapter{\thischaptername}}% - \else\ifx\temptype\Yomitfromtockeyword - \gdef\currentchapterdefs{\gdef\thischaptername{#1}\gdef\thischapternum{}% - \gdef\thischapter{}}% - \else\ifx\temptype\Yappendixkeyword - \toks0={#1}% - \xdef\currentchapterdefs{% - \gdef\noexpand\thischaptername{\the\toks0}% - \gdef\noexpand\thischapternum{\appendixletter}% - % \noexpand\putwordAppendix avoids expanding indigestible - % commands in some of the translations. - \gdef\noexpand\thischapter{\noexpand\putwordAppendix{} - \noexpand\thischapternum: - \noexpand\thischaptername}% - }% - \else - \toks0={#1}% - \xdef\currentchapterdefs{% - \gdef\noexpand\thischaptername{\the\toks0}% - \gdef\noexpand\thischapternum{\the\chapno}% - % \noexpand\putwordChapter avoids expanding indigestible - % commands in some of the translations. - \gdef\noexpand\thischapter{\noexpand\putwordChapter{} - \noexpand\thischapternum: - \noexpand\thischaptername}% - }% - \fi\fi\fi - % - % Output the mark. Pass it through \safewhatsit, to take care of - % the preceding space. - \safewhatsit\domark - % - % Insert the chapter heading break. - \pchapsepmacro - % - % Now the second mark, after the heading break. No break points - % between here and the heading. - \let\prevchapterdefs=\currentchapterdefs - \let\prevsectiondefs=\currentsectiondefs - \domark - % - {% - \chapfonts \rm - \let\footnote=\errfootnoteheading % give better error message - % - % Have to define \currentsection before calling \donoderef, because the - % xref code eventually uses it. On the other hand, it has to be called - % after \pchapsepmacro, or the headline will change too soon. - \gdef\currentsection{#1}% - % - % Only insert the separating space if we have a chapter/appendix - % number, and don't print the unnumbered ``number''. - \ifx\temptype\Ynothingkeyword - \setbox0 = \hbox{}% - \def\toctype{unnchap}% - \else\ifx\temptype\Yomitfromtockeyword - \setbox0 = \hbox{}% contents like unnumbered, but no toc entry - \def\toctype{omit}% - \else\ifx\temptype\Yappendixkeyword - \setbox0 = \hbox{\putwordAppendix{} #3\enspace}% - \def\toctype{app}% - \else - \setbox0 = \hbox{#3\enspace}% - \def\toctype{numchap}% - \fi\fi\fi - % - % Write the toc entry for this chapter. Must come before the - % \donoderef, because we include the current node name in the toc - % entry, and \donoderef resets it to empty. - \writetocentry{\toctype}{#1}{#3}% - % - % For pdftex, we have to write out the node definition (aka, make - % the pdfdest) after any page break, but before the actual text has - % been typeset. If the destination for the pdf outline is after the - % text, then jumping from the outline may wind up with the text not - % being visible, for instance under high magnification. - \donoderef{#2}% - % - % Typeset the actual heading. - \nobreak % Avoid page breaks at the interline glue. - \vbox{\raggedtitlesettings \hangindent=\wd0 \centerparametersmaybe - \unhbox0 #1\par}% - }% - \nobreak\bigskip % no page break after a chapter title - \nobreak -} - -% @centerchap -- centered and unnumbered. -\let\centerparametersmaybe = \relax -\def\centerparameters{% - \advance\rightskip by 3\rightskip - \leftskip = \rightskip - \parfillskip = 0pt -} - - -% Section titles. These macros combine the section number parts and -% call the generic \sectionheading to do the printing. -% -\newskip\secheadingskip -\def\secheadingbreak{\dobreak \secheadingskip{-1000}} - -% Subsection titles. -\newskip\subsecheadingskip -\def\subsecheadingbreak{\dobreak \subsecheadingskip{-500}} - -% Subsubsection titles. -\def\subsubsecheadingskip{\subsecheadingskip} -\def\subsubsecheadingbreak{\subsecheadingbreak} - - -% Print any size, any type, section title. -% -% #1 is the text of the title, -% #2 is the section level (sec/subsec/subsubsec), -% #3 is the section type (Ynumbered, Ynothing, Yappendix, Yomitfromtoc), -% #4 is the section number. -% -\def\seckeyword{sec} -% -\def\sectionheading#1#2#3#4{% - {% - \def\sectionlevel{#2}% - \def\temptype{#3}% - % - % It is ok for the @heading series commands to appear inside an - % environment (it's been historically allowed, though the logic is - % dubious), but not the others. - \ifx\temptype\Yomitfromtockeyword\else - \checkenv{}% non-@*heading should not be in an environment. - \fi - \let\footnote=\errfootnoteheading - % - % Switch to the right set of fonts. - \csname #2fonts\endcsname \rm - % - % Insert first mark before the heading break (see notes for \domark). - \let\prevsectiondefs=\currentsectiondefs - \ifx\temptype\Ynothingkeyword - \ifx\sectionlevel\seckeyword - \gdef\currentsectiondefs{\gdef\thissectionname{#1}\gdef\thissectionnum{}% - \gdef\thissection{\thissectionname}}% - \fi - \else\ifx\temptype\Yomitfromtockeyword - % Don't redefine \thissection. - \else\ifx\temptype\Yappendixkeyword - \ifx\sectionlevel\seckeyword - \toks0={#1}% - \xdef\currentsectiondefs{% - \gdef\noexpand\thissectionname{\the\toks0}% - \gdef\noexpand\thissectionnum{#4}% - % \noexpand\putwordSection avoids expanding indigestible - % commands in some of the translations. - \gdef\noexpand\thissection{\noexpand\putwordSection{} - \noexpand\thissectionnum: - \noexpand\thissectionname}% - }% - \fi - \else - \ifx\sectionlevel\seckeyword - \toks0={#1}% - \xdef\currentsectiondefs{% - \gdef\noexpand\thissectionname{\the\toks0}% - \gdef\noexpand\thissectionnum{#4}% - % \noexpand\putwordSection avoids expanding indigestible - % commands in some of the translations. - \gdef\noexpand\thissection{\noexpand\putwordSection{} - \noexpand\thissectionnum: - \noexpand\thissectionname}% - }% - \fi - \fi\fi\fi - % - % Go into vertical mode. Usually we'll already be there, but we - % don't want the following whatsit to end up in a preceding paragraph - % if the document didn't happen to have a blank line. - \par - % - % Output the mark. Pass it through \safewhatsit, to take care of - % the preceding space. - \safewhatsit\domark - % - % Insert space above the heading. - \csname #2headingbreak\endcsname - % - % Now the second mark, after the heading break. No break points - % between here and the heading. - \global\let\prevsectiondefs=\currentsectiondefs - \domark - % - % Only insert the space after the number if we have a section number. - \ifx\temptype\Ynothingkeyword - \setbox0 = \hbox{}% - \def\toctype{unn}% - \gdef\currentsection{#1}% - \else\ifx\temptype\Yomitfromtockeyword - % for @headings -- no section number, don't include in toc, - % and don't redefine \currentsection. - \setbox0 = \hbox{}% - \def\toctype{omit}% - \let\sectionlevel=\empty - \else\ifx\temptype\Yappendixkeyword - \setbox0 = \hbox{#4\enspace}% - \def\toctype{app}% - \gdef\currentsection{#1}% - \else - \setbox0 = \hbox{#4\enspace}% - \def\toctype{num}% - \gdef\currentsection{#1}% - \fi\fi\fi - % - % Write the toc entry (before \donoderef). See comments in \chapmacro. - \writetocentry{\toctype\sectionlevel}{#1}{#4}% - % - % Write the node reference (= pdf destination for pdftex). - % Again, see comments in \chapmacro. - \donoderef{#3}% - % - % Interline glue will be inserted when the vbox is completed. - % That glue will be a valid breakpoint for the page, since it'll be - % preceded by a whatsit (usually from the \donoderef, or from the - % \writetocentry if there was no node). We don't want to allow that - % break, since then the whatsits could end up on page n while the - % section is on page n+1, thus toc/etc. are wrong. Debian bug 276000. - \nobreak - % - % Output the actual section heading. - \vbox{\hyphenpenalty=10000 \tolerance=5000 \parindent=0pt \ptexraggedright - \hangindent=\wd0 % zero if no section number - \unhbox0 #1}% - }% - % Add extra space after the heading -- half of whatever came above it. - % Don't allow stretch, though. - \kern .5 \csname #2headingskip\endcsname - % - % Do not let the kern be a potential breakpoint, as it would be if it - % was followed by glue. - \nobreak - % - % We'll almost certainly start a paragraph next, so don't let that - % glue accumulate. (Not a breakpoint because it's preceded by a - % discardable item.) However, when a paragraph is not started next - % (\startdefun, \cartouche, \center, etc.), this needs to be wiped out - % or the negative glue will cause weirdly wrong output, typically - % obscuring the section heading with something else. - \vskip-\parskip - % - % This is so the last item on the main vertical list is a known - % \penalty > 10000, so \startdefun, etc., can recognize the situation - % and do the needful. - \penalty 10001 -} - - -\message{toc,} -% Table of contents. -\newwrite\tocfile - -% Write an entry to the toc file, opening it if necessary. -% Called from @chapter, etc. -% -% Example usage: \writetocentry{sec}{Section Name}{\the\chapno.\the\secno} -% We append the current node name (if any) and page number as additional -% arguments for the \{chap,sec,...}entry macros which will eventually -% read this. The node name is used in the pdf outlines as the -% destination to jump to. -% -% We open the .toc file for writing here instead of at @setfilename (or -% any other fixed time) so that @contents can be anywhere in the document. -% But if #1 is `omit', then we don't do anything. This is used for the -% table of contents chapter openings themselves. -% -\newif\iftocfileopened -\def\omitkeyword{omit}% -% -\def\writetocentry#1#2#3{% - \edef\writetoctype{#1}% - \ifx\writetoctype\omitkeyword \else - \iftocfileopened\else - \immediate\openout\tocfile = \jobname.toc - \global\tocfileopenedtrue - \fi - % - \iflinks - {\atdummies - \edef\temp{% - \write\tocfile{@#1entry{#2}{#3}{\lastnode}{\noexpand\folio}}}% - \temp - }% - \fi - \fi - % - % Tell \shipout to create a pdf destination on each page, if we're - % writing pdf. These are used in the table of contents. We can't - % just write one on every page because the title pages are numbered - % 1 and 2 (the page numbers aren't printed), and so are the first - % two pages of the document. Thus, we'd have two destinations named - % `1', and two named `2'. - \ifpdforxetex - \global\pdfmakepagedesttrue - \fi -} - - -% These characters do not print properly in the Computer Modern roman -% fonts, so we must take special care. This is more or less redundant -% with the Texinfo input format setup at the end of this file. -% -\def\activecatcodes{% - \catcode`\"=\active - \catcode`\$=\active - \catcode`\<=\active - \catcode`\>=\active - \catcode`\\=\active - \catcode`\^=\active - \catcode`\_=\active - \catcode`\|=\active - \catcode`\~=\active -} - - -% Read the toc file, which is essentially Texinfo input. -\def\readtocfile{% - \setupdatafile - \activecatcodes - \input \tocreadfilename -} - -\newskip\contentsrightmargin \contentsrightmargin=1in -\newcount\savepageno -\newcount\lastnegativepageno \lastnegativepageno = -1 - -% Prepare to read what we've written to \tocfile. -% -\def\startcontents#1{% - % If @setchapternewpage on, and @headings double, the contents should - % start on an odd page, unlike chapters. - \contentsalignmacro - \immediate\closeout\tocfile - % - % Don't need to put `Contents' or `Short Contents' in the headline. - % It is abundantly clear what they are. - \chapmacro{#1}{Yomitfromtoc}{}% - % - \savepageno = \pageno - \begingroup % Set up to handle contents files properly. - \raggedbottom % Worry more about breakpoints than the bottom. - \entryrightmargin=\contentsrightmargin % Don't use the full line length. - % - % Roman numerals for page numbers. - \ifnum \pageno>0 \global\pageno = \lastnegativepageno \fi - \def\thistitle{}% no title in double-sided headings - % Record where the Roman numerals started. - \ifnum\romancount=0 \global\romancount=\pagecount \fi -} - -% redefined for the two-volume lispref. We always output on -% \jobname.toc even if this is redefined. -% -\def\tocreadfilename{\jobname.toc} - -% Normal (long) toc. -% -\def\contents{% - \startcontents{\putwordTOC}% - \openin 1 \tocreadfilename\space - \ifeof 1 \else - \readtocfile - \fi - \vfill \eject - \contentsalignmacro % in case @setchapternewpage odd is in effect - \ifeof 1 \else - \pdfmakeoutlines - \fi - \closein 1 - \endgroup - \contentsendroman -} - -% And just the chapters. -\def\summarycontents{% - \startcontents{\putwordShortTOC}% - % - \let\partentry = \shortpartentry - \let\numchapentry = \shortchapentry - \let\appentry = \shortchapentry - \let\unnchapentry = \shortunnchapentry - % We want a true roman here for the page numbers. - \secfonts - \let\rm=\shortcontrm \let\bf=\shortcontbf - \let\sl=\shortcontsl \let\tt=\shortconttt - \rm - \hyphenpenalty = 10000 - \advance\baselineskip by 1pt % Open it up a little. - \def\numsecentry##1##2##3##4{} - \let\appsecentry = \numsecentry - \let\unnsecentry = \numsecentry - \let\numsubsecentry = \numsecentry - \let\appsubsecentry = \numsecentry - \let\unnsubsecentry = \numsecentry - \let\numsubsubsecentry = \numsecentry - \let\appsubsubsecentry = \numsecentry - \let\unnsubsubsecentry = \numsecentry - \openin 1 \tocreadfilename\space - \ifeof 1 \else - \readtocfile - \fi - \closein 1 - \vfill \eject - \contentsalignmacro % in case @setchapternewpage odd is in effect - \endgroup - \contentsendroman -} -\let\shortcontents = \summarycontents - -% Get ready to use Arabic numerals again -\def\contentsendroman{% - \lastnegativepageno = \pageno - \global\pageno = \savepageno - % - % If \romancount > \arabiccount, the contents are at the end of the - % document. Otherwise, advance where the Arabic numerals start for - % the page numbers. - \ifnum\romancount>\arabiccount\else\global\arabiccount=\pagecount\fi -} - -% Typeset the label for a chapter or appendix for the short contents. -% The arg is, e.g., `A' for an appendix, or `3' for a chapter. -% -\def\shortchaplabel#1{% - % This space should be enough, since a single number is .5em, and the - % widest letter (M) is 1em, at least in the Computer Modern fonts. - % But use \hss just in case. - % (This space doesn't include the extra space that gets added after - % the label; that gets put in by \shortchapentry above.) - % - % We'd like to right-justify chapter numbers, but that looks strange - % with appendix letters. And right-justifying numbers and - % left-justifying letters looks strange when there is less than 10 - % chapters. Have to read the whole toc once to know how many chapters - % there are before deciding ... - \hbox to 1em{#1\hss}% -} - -% These macros generate individual entries in the table of contents. -% The first argument is the chapter or section name. -% The last argument is the page number. -% The arguments in between are the chapter number, section number, ... - -% Parts, in the main contents. Replace the part number, which doesn't -% exist, with an empty box. Let's hope all the numbers have the same width. -% Also ignore the page number, which is conventionally not printed. -\def\numeralbox{\setbox0=\hbox{8}\hbox to \wd0{\hfil}} -\def\partentry#1#2#3#4{% - % Add stretch and a bonus for breaking the page before the part heading. - % This reduces the chance of the page being broken immediately after the - % part heading, before a following chapter heading. - \vskip 0pt plus 5\baselineskip - \penalty-300 - \vskip 0pt plus -5\baselineskip - \dochapentry{\numeralbox\labelspace#1}{}% -} -% -% Parts, in the short toc. -\def\shortpartentry#1#2#3#4{% - \penalty-300 - \vskip.5\baselineskip plus.15\baselineskip minus.1\baselineskip - \shortchapentry{{\bf #1}}{\numeralbox}{}{}% -} - -% Chapters, in the main contents. -\def\numchapentry#1#2#3#4{\dochapentry{#2\labelspace#1}{#4}} - -% Chapters, in the short toc. -% See comments in \dochapentry re vbox and related settings. -\def\shortchapentry#1#2#3#4{% - \tocentry{\shortchaplabel{#2}\labelspace #1}{\doshortpageno\bgroup#4\egroup}% -} - -% Appendices, in the main contents. -% Need the word Appendix, and a fixed-size box. -% -\def\appendixbox#1{% - % We use M since it's probably the widest letter. - \setbox0 = \hbox{\putwordAppendix{} M}% - \hbox to \wd0{\putwordAppendix{} #1\hss}} -% -\def\appentry#1#2#3#4{\dochapentry{\appendixbox{#2}\hskip.7em#1}{#4}} - -% Unnumbered chapters. -\def\unnchapentry#1#2#3#4{\dochapentry{#1}{#4}} -\def\shortunnchapentry#1#2#3#4{\tocentry{#1}{\doshortpageno\bgroup#4\egroup}} - -% Sections. -\def\numsecentry#1#2#3#4{\dosecentry{#2\labelspace#1}{#4}} -\let\appsecentry=\numsecentry -\def\unnsecentry#1#2#3#4{\dosecentry{#1}{#4}} - -% Subsections. -\def\numsubsecentry#1#2#3#4{\dosubsecentry{#2\labelspace#1}{#4}} -\let\appsubsecentry=\numsubsecentry -\def\unnsubsecentry#1#2#3#4{\dosubsecentry{#1}{#4}} - -% And subsubsections. -\def\numsubsubsecentry#1#2#3#4{\dosubsubsecentry{#2\labelspace#1}{#4}} -\let\appsubsubsecentry=\numsubsubsecentry -\def\unnsubsubsecentry#1#2#3#4{\dosubsubsecentry{#1}{#4}} - -% This parameter controls the indentation of the various levels. -% Same as \defaultparindent. -\newdimen\tocindent \tocindent = 15pt - -% Now for the actual typesetting. In all these, #1 is the text and #2 is the -% page number. -% -% If the toc has to be broken over pages, we want it to be at chapters -% if at all possible; hence the \penalty. -\def\dochapentry#1#2{% - \penalty-300 \vskip1\baselineskip plus.33\baselineskip minus.25\baselineskip - \begingroup - % Move the page numbers slightly to the right - \advance\entryrightmargin by -0.05em - \chapentryfonts - \tocentry{#1}{\dopageno\bgroup#2\egroup}% - \endgroup - \nobreak\vskip .25\baselineskip plus.1\baselineskip -} - -\def\dosecentry#1#2{\begingroup - \secentryfonts \leftskip=\tocindent - \tocentry{#1}{\dopageno\bgroup#2\egroup}% -\endgroup} - -\def\dosubsecentry#1#2{\begingroup - \subsecentryfonts \leftskip=2\tocindent - \tocentry{#1}{\dopageno\bgroup#2\egroup}% -\endgroup} - -\def\dosubsubsecentry#1#2{\begingroup - \subsubsecentryfonts \leftskip=3\tocindent - \tocentry{#1}{\dopageno\bgroup#2\egroup}% -\endgroup} - -% We use the same \entry macro as for the index entries. -\let\tocentry = \entry - -% Space between chapter (or whatever) number and the title. -\def\labelspace{\hskip1em \relax} - -\def\dopageno#1{{\rm #1}} -\def\doshortpageno#1{{\rm #1}} - -\def\chapentryfonts{\secfonts \rm} -\def\secentryfonts{\textfonts} -\def\subsecentryfonts{\textfonts} -\def\subsubsecentryfonts{\textfonts} - - -\message{environments,} -% @foo ... @end foo. - -% @tex ... @end tex escapes into raw TeX temporarily. -% One exception: @ is still an escape character, so that @end tex works. -% But \@ or @@ will get a plain @ character. - -\envdef\tex{% - \setregularquotes - \catcode `\\=0 \catcode `\{=1 \catcode `\}=2 - \catcode `\$=3 \catcode `\&=4 \catcode `\#=6 - \catcode `\^=7 \catcode `\_=8 \catcode `\~=\active \let~=\tie - \catcode `\%=14 - \catcode `\+=\other - \catcode `\"=\other - \catcode `\|=\other - \catcode `\<=\other - \catcode `\>=\other - \catcode `\`=\other - \catcode `\'=\other - % - % ' is active in math mode (mathcode"8000). So reset it, and all our - % other math active characters (just in case), to plain's definitions. - \mathactive - % - % Inverse of the list at the beginning of the file. - \let\b=\ptexb - \let\bullet=\ptexbullet - \let\c=\ptexc - \let\,=\ptexcomma - \let\.=\ptexdot - \let\dots=\ptexdots - \let\equiv=\ptexequiv - \let\!=\ptexexclam - \let\i=\ptexi - \let\indent=\ptexindent - \let\noindent=\ptexnoindent - \let\{=\ptexlbrace - \let\+=\tabalign - \let\}=\ptexrbrace - \let\/=\ptexslash - \let\sp=\ptexsp - \let\*=\ptexstar - %\let\sup=\ptexsup % do not redefine, we want @sup to work in math mode - \let\t=\ptext - \expandafter \let\csname top\endcsname=\ptextop % we've made it outer - \let\frenchspacing=\plainfrenchspacing - % - \def\endldots{\mathinner{\ldots\ldots\ldots\ldots}}% - \def\enddots{\relax\ifmmode\endldots\else$\mathsurround=0pt \endldots\,$\fi}% - \def\@{@}% -} -% There is no need to define \Etex. - -% Define @lisp ... @end lisp. -% @lisp environment forms a group so it can rebind things, -% including the definition of @end lisp (which normally is erroneous). - -% Amount to narrow the margins by for @lisp. -\newskip\lispnarrowing \lispnarrowing=0.4in - -% This is the definition that ^^M gets inside @lisp, @example, and other -% such environments. \null is better than a space, since it doesn't -% have any width. -\def\lisppar{\null\endgraf} - -% This space is always present above and below environments. -\newskip\envskipamount \envskipamount = 0pt - -% Make spacing and below environment symmetrical. We use \parskip here -% to help in doing that, since in @example-like environments \parskip -% is reset to zero; thus the \afterenvbreak inserts no space -- but the -% start of the next paragraph will insert \parskip. -% -\def\aboveenvbreak{{% - % =10000 instead of <10000 because of a special case in \itemzzz and - % \sectionheading, q.v. - \ifnum \lastpenalty=10000 \else - \advance\envskipamount by \parskip - \endgraf - \ifdim\lastskip<\envskipamount - \removelastskip - \ifnum\lastpenalty<10000 - % Penalize breaking before the environment, because preceding text - % often leads into it. - \penalty100 - \fi - \vskip\envskipamount - \fi - \fi -}} - -\def\afterenvbreak{{% - % =10000 instead of <10000 because of a special case in \itemzzz and - % \sectionheading, q.v. - \ifnum \lastpenalty=10000 \else - \advance\envskipamount by \parskip - \endgraf - \ifdim\lastskip<\envskipamount - \removelastskip - % it's not a good place to break if the last penalty was \nobreak - % or better ... - \ifnum\lastpenalty<10000 \penalty-50 \fi - \vskip\envskipamount - \fi - \fi -}} - -% \nonarrowing is a flag. If "set", @lisp etc don't narrow margins; it will -% also clear it, so that its embedded environments do the narrowing again. -\let\nonarrowing=\relax - -% @cartouche ... @end cartouche: draw rectangle w/rounded corners around -% environment contents. - -% -\def\ctl{{\circle\char'013\hskip -6pt}}% 6pt from pl file: 1/2charwidth -\def\ctr{{\hskip 6pt\circle\char'010}} -\def\cbl{{\circle\char'012\hskip -6pt}} -\def\cbr{{\hskip 6pt\circle\char'011}} -\def\carttop{\hbox to \cartouter{\hskip\lskip - \ctl\leaders\hrule height\circthick\hfil\ctr - \hskip\rskip}} -\def\cartbot{\hbox to \cartouter{\hskip\lskip - \cbl\leaders\hrule height\circthick\hfil\cbr - \hskip\rskip}} -% -\newskip\lskip\newskip\rskip - -% only require the font if @cartouche is actually used -\def\cartouchefontdefs{% - \font\circle=lcircle10\relax - \circthick=\fontdimen8\circle -} -\newdimen\circthick -\newdimen\cartouter\newdimen\cartinner -\newskip\normbskip\newskip\normpskip\newskip\normlskip - - -\envdef\cartouche{% - \cartouchefontdefs - \ifhmode\par\fi % can't be in the midst of a paragraph. - \startsavinginserts - \lskip=\leftskip \rskip=\rightskip - \leftskip=0pt\rightskip=0pt % we want these *outside*. - \cartinner=\hsize \advance\cartinner by-\lskip - \advance\cartinner by-\rskip - \cartouter=\hsize - \advance\cartouter by 18.4pt % allow for 3pt kerns on either - % side, and for 6pt waste from - % each corner char, and rule thickness - \normbskip=\baselineskip \normpskip=\parskip \normlskip=\lineskip - % - % If this cartouche directly follows a sectioning command, we need the - % \parskip glue (backspaced over by default) or the cartouche can - % collide with the section heading. - \ifnum\lastpenalty>10000 \vskip\parskip \penalty\lastpenalty \fi - % - \setbox\groupbox=\vbox\bgroup - \baselineskip=0pt\parskip=0pt\lineskip=0pt - \carttop - \hbox\bgroup - \hskip\lskip - \vrule\kern3pt - \vbox\bgroup - \kern3pt - \hsize=\cartinner - \baselineskip=\normbskip - \lineskip=\normlskip - \parskip=\normpskip - \vskip -\parskip - \comment % For explanation, see the end of def\group. -} -\def\Ecartouche{% - \ifhmode\par\fi - \kern3pt - \egroup - \kern3pt\vrule - \hskip\rskip - \egroup - \cartbot - \egroup - \addgroupbox - \checkinserts -} - - -% This macro is called at the beginning of all the @example variants, -% inside a group. -\newdimen\nonfillparindent -\def\nonfillstart{% - \aboveenvbreak - \ifdim\hfuzz < 12pt \hfuzz = 12pt \fi % Don't be fussy - \sepspaces % Make spaces be word-separators rather than space tokens. - \let\par = \lisppar % don't ignore blank lines - \obeylines % each line of input is a line of output - \parskip = 0pt - % Turn off paragraph indentation but redefine \indent to emulate - % the normal \indent. - \nonfillparindent=\parindent - \parindent = 0pt - \let\indent\nonfillindent - % - \emergencystretch = 0pt % don't try to avoid overfull boxes - \ifx\nonarrowing\relax - \advance \leftskip by \lispnarrowing - \exdentamount=\lispnarrowing - \else - \let\nonarrowing = \relax - \fi - \let\exdent=\nofillexdent -} - -\begingroup -\obeyspaces -% We want to swallow spaces (but not other tokens) after the fake -% @indent in our nonfill-environments, where spaces are normally -% active and set to @tie, resulting in them not being ignored after -% @indent. -\gdef\nonfillindent{\futurelet\temp\nonfillindentcheck}% -\gdef\nonfillindentcheck{% -\ifx\temp % -\expandafter\nonfillindentgobble% -\else% -\leavevmode\nonfillindentbox% -\fi% -}% -\endgroup -\def\nonfillindentgobble#1{\nonfillindent} -\def\nonfillindentbox{\hbox to \nonfillparindent{\hss}} - -% If you want all examples etc. small: @set dispenvsize small. -% If you want even small examples the full size: @set dispenvsize nosmall. -% This affects the following displayed environments: -% @example, @display, @format, @lisp, @verbatim -% -\def\smallword{small} -\def\nosmallword{nosmall} -\let\SETdispenvsize\relax -\def\setnormaldispenv{% - \ifx\SETdispenvsize\smallword - % end paragraph for sake of leading, in case document has no blank - % line. This is redundant with what happens in \aboveenvbreak, but - % we need to do it before changing the fonts, and it's inconvenient - % to change the fonts afterward. - \ifnum \lastpenalty=10000 \else \endgraf \fi - \smallexamplefonts \rm - \fi -} -\def\setsmalldispenv{% - \ifx\SETdispenvsize\nosmallword - \else - \ifnum \lastpenalty=10000 \else \endgraf \fi - \smallexamplefonts \rm - \fi -} - -% We often define two environments, @foo and @smallfoo. -% Let's do it in one command. #1 is the env name, #2 the definition. -\def\makedispenvdef#1#2{% - \expandafter\envdef\csname#1\endcsname {\setnormaldispenv #2}% - \expandafter\envdef\csname small#1\endcsname {\setsmalldispenv #2}% - \expandafter\let\csname E#1\endcsname \afterenvbreak - \expandafter\let\csname Esmall#1\endcsname \afterenvbreak -} - -% Define two environment synonyms (#1 and #2) for an environment. -\def\maketwodispenvdef#1#2#3{% - \makedispenvdef{#1}{#3}% - \makedispenvdef{#2}{#3}% -} -% -% @lisp: indented, narrowed, typewriter font; -% @example: same as @lisp. -% -% @smallexample and @smalllisp: use smaller fonts. -% Originally contributed by Pavel@xerox. -% -\maketwodispenvdef{lisp}{example}{% - \nonfillstart - \tt\setcodequotes - \let\kbdfont = \kbdexamplefont % Allow @kbd to do something special. - \parsearg\gobble -} -% @display/@smalldisplay: same as @lisp except keep current font. -% -\makedispenvdef{display}{% - \nonfillstart - \gobble -} - -% @format/@smallformat: same as @display except don't narrow margins. -% -\makedispenvdef{format}{% - \let\nonarrowing = t% - \nonfillstart - \gobble -} - -% @flushleft: same as @format, but doesn't obey \SETdispenvsize. -\envdef\flushleft{% - \let\nonarrowing = t% - \nonfillstart - \gobble -} -\let\Eflushleft = \afterenvbreak - -% @flushright. -% -\envdef\flushright{% - \let\nonarrowing = t% - \nonfillstart - \advance\leftskip by 0pt plus 1fill\relax - \gobble -} -\let\Eflushright = \afterenvbreak - - -% @raggedright does more-or-less normal line breaking but no right -% justification. From plain.tex. -\envdef\raggedright{% - \rightskip0pt plus2.4em \spaceskip.3333em \xspaceskip.5em\relax -} -\let\Eraggedright\par - -\envdef\raggedleft{% - \parindent=0pt \leftskip0pt plus2em - \spaceskip.3333em \xspaceskip.5em \parfillskip=0pt - \hbadness=10000 % Last line will usually be underfull, so turn off - % badness reporting. -} -\let\Eraggedleft\par - -\envdef\raggedcenter{% - \parindent=0pt \rightskip0pt plus1em \leftskip0pt plus1em - \spaceskip.3333em \xspaceskip.5em \parfillskip=0pt - \hbadness=10000 % Last line will usually be underfull, so turn off - % badness reporting. -} -\let\Eraggedcenter\par - - -% @quotation does normal linebreaking (hence we can't use \nonfillstart) -% and narrows the margins. We keep \parskip nonzero in general, since -% we're doing normal filling. So, when using \aboveenvbreak and -% \afterenvbreak, temporarily make \parskip 0. -% -\makedispenvdef{quotation}{\quotationstart} -% -\def\quotationstart{% - \indentedblockstart % same as \indentedblock, but increase right margin too. - \ifx\nonarrowing\relax - \advance\rightskip by \lispnarrowing - \fi - \parsearg\quotationlabel -} - -% We have retained a nonzero parskip for the environment, since we're -% doing normal filling. -% -\def\Equotation{% - \par - \ifx\quotationauthor\thisisundefined\else - % indent a bit. - \leftline{\kern 2\leftskip \sl ---\quotationauthor}% - \fi - {\parskip=0pt \afterenvbreak}% -} -\def\Esmallquotation{\Equotation} - -% If we're given an argument, typeset it in bold with a colon after. -\def\quotationlabel#1{% - \def\temp{#1}% - \ifx\temp\empty \else - {\bf #1: }% - \fi -} - -% @indentedblock is like @quotation, but indents only on the left and -% has no optional argument. -% -\makedispenvdef{indentedblock}{\indentedblockstart} -% -\def\indentedblockstart{% - {\parskip=0pt \aboveenvbreak}% because \aboveenvbreak inserts \parskip - \parindent=0pt - % - % @cartouche defines \nonarrowing to inhibit narrowing at next level down. - \ifx\nonarrowing\relax - \advance\leftskip by \lispnarrowing - \exdentamount = \lispnarrowing - \else - \let\nonarrowing = \relax - \fi -} - -% Keep a nonzero parskip for the environment, since we're doing normal filling. -% -\def\Eindentedblock{% - \par - {\parskip=0pt \afterenvbreak}% -} -\def\Esmallindentedblock{\Eindentedblock} - - -% LaTeX-like @verbatim...@end verbatim and @verb{...} -% If we want to allow any as delimiter, -% we need the curly braces so that makeinfo sees the @verb command, eg: -% `@verbx...x' would look like the '@verbx' command. --janneke@gnu.org -% -% [Knuth]: Donald Ervin Knuth, 1996. The TeXbook. -% -% [Knuth] p.344; only we need to do the other characters Texinfo sets -% active too. Otherwise, they get lost as the first character on a -% verbatim line. -\def\dospecials{% - \do\ \do\\\do\{\do\}\do\$\do\&% - \do\#\do\^\do\^^K\do\_\do\^^A\do\%\do\~% - \do\<\do\>\do\|\do\@\do+\do\"% - % Don't do the quotes -- if we do, @set txicodequoteundirected and - % @set txicodequotebacktick will not have effect on @verb and - % @verbatim, and ?` and !` ligatures won't get disabled. - %\do\`\do\'% -} -% -% [Knuth] p. 380 -\def\uncatcodespecials{% - \def\do##1{\catcode`##1=\other}\dospecials} -% -% Setup for the @verb command. -% -% Eight spaces for a tab -\begingroup - \catcode`\^^I=\active - \gdef\tabeightspaces{\catcode`\^^I=\active\def^^I{\ \ \ \ \ \ \ \ }} -\endgroup -% -\def\setupverb{% - \tt % easiest (and conventionally used) font for verbatim - \def\par{\leavevmode\endgraf}% - \setcodequotes - \tabeightspaces - % Respect line breaks, - % print special symbols as themselves, and - % make each space count - % must do in this order: - \obeylines \uncatcodespecials \sepspaces -} - -% Setup for the @verbatim environment -% -% Real tab expansion. -\newdimen\tabw \setbox0=\hbox{\tt\space} \tabw=8\wd0 % tab amount -% -% We typeset each line of the verbatim in an \hbox, so we can handle -% tabs. -\newbox\verbbox -\def\starttabbox{\setbox\verbbox=\hbox\bgroup} -% -\begingroup - \catcode`\^^I=\active - \gdef\tabexpand{% - \catcode`\^^I=\active - \def^^I{\leavevmode\egroup - \dimen\verbbox=\wd\verbbox % the width so far, or since the previous tab - \divide\dimen\verbbox by\tabw - \multiply\dimen\verbbox by\tabw % compute previous multiple of \tabw - \advance\dimen\verbbox by\tabw % advance to next multiple of \tabw - \wd\verbbox=\dimen\verbbox - \leavevmode\box\verbbox \starttabbox - }% - } -\endgroup - -% start the verbatim environment. -\def\setupverbatim{% - \let\nonarrowing = t% - \nonfillstart - \tt % easiest (and conventionally used) font for verbatim - \def\par{\egroup\leavevmode\box\verbbox\endgraf\starttabbox}% - \tabexpand - \setcodequotes - % Respect line breaks, - % print special symbols as themselves, and - % make each space count. - % Must do in this order: - \obeylines \uncatcodespecials \sepspaces -} - -% Do the @verb magic: verbatim text is quoted by unique -% delimiter characters. Before first delimiter expect a -% right brace, after last delimiter expect closing brace: -% -% \def\doverb'{'#1'}'{#1} -% -% [Knuth] p. 382; only eat outer {} -\begingroup - \catcode`[=1\catcode`]=2\catcode`\{=\other\catcode`\}=\other - \gdef\doverb{#1[\def\next##1#1}[##1\endgroup]\next] -\endgroup -% -\def\verb{\begingroup\setupverb\doverb} -% -% -% Do the @verbatim magic: define the macro \doverbatim so that -% the (first) argument ends when '@end verbatim' is reached, ie: -% -% \def\doverbatim#1@end verbatim{#1} -% -% For Texinfo it's a lot easier than for LaTeX, -% because texinfo's \verbatim doesn't stop at '\end{verbatim}': -% we need not redefine '\', '{' and '}'. -% -% Inspired by LaTeX's verbatim command set [latex.ltx] -% -\begingroup - \catcode`\ =\active - \obeylines % - % ignore everything up to the first ^^M, that's the newline at the end - % of the @verbatim input line itself. Otherwise we get an extra blank - % line in the output. - \xdef\doverbatim#1^^M#2@end verbatim{% - \starttabbox#2\egroup\noexpand\end\gobble verbatim}% - % We really want {...\end verbatim} in the body of the macro, but - % without the active space; thus we have to use \xdef and \gobble. - % The \egroup ends the \verbbox started at the end of the last line in - % the block. -\endgroup -% -\envdef\verbatim{% - \setnormaldispenv\setupverbatim\doverbatim -} -\let\Everbatim = \afterenvbreak - - -% @verbatiminclude FILE - insert text of file in verbatim environment. -% -\def\verbatiminclude{\parseargusing\filenamecatcodes\doverbatiminclude} -% -\def\doverbatiminclude#1{% - {% - \makevalueexpandable - \setupverbatim - {% - \indexnofonts % Allow `@@' and other weird things in file names. - \wlog{texinfo.tex: doing @verbatiminclude of #1^^J}% - \edef\tmp{\noexpand\input #1 } - \expandafter - }\expandafter\starttabbox\tmp\egroup - \afterenvbreak - }% -} - -% @copying ... @end copying. -% Save the text away for @insertcopying later. -% -% We save the uninterpreted tokens, rather than creating a box. -% Saving the text in a box would be much easier, but then all the -% typesetting commands (@smallbook, font changes, etc.) have to be done -% beforehand -- and a) we want @copying to be done first in the source -% file; b) letting users define the frontmatter in as flexible order as -% possible is desirable. -% -\def\copying{\checkenv{}\begingroup\scanargctxt\docopying} -\def\docopying#1@end copying{\endgroup\def\copyingtext{#1}} -% -\def\insertcopying{% - \begingroup - \parindent = 0pt % paragraph indentation looks wrong on title page - \scanexp\copyingtext - \endgroup -} - - -\message{defuns,} -% @defun etc. - -\newskip\defbodyindent \defbodyindent=.4in -\newskip\defargsindent \defargsindent=50pt -\newskip\deflastargmargin \deflastargmargin=18pt -\newcount\defunpenalty - -% Start the processing of @deffn: -\def\startdefun{% - \ifnum\lastpenalty<10000 - \medbreak - \defunpenalty=10003 % Will keep this @deffn together with the - % following @def command, see below. - \else - % If there are two @def commands in a row, we'll have a \nobreak, - % which is there to keep the function description together with its - % header. But if there's nothing but headers, we need to allow a - % break somewhere. Check specifically for penalty 10002, inserted - % by \printdefunline, instead of 10000, since the sectioning - % commands also insert a nobreak penalty, and we don't want to allow - % a break between a section heading and a defun. - % - % As a further refinement, we avoid "club" headers by signalling - % with penalty of 10003 after the very first @deffn in the - % sequence (see above), and penalty of 10002 after any following - % @def command. - \ifnum\lastpenalty=10002 \penalty2000 \else \defunpenalty=10002 \fi - % - % Similarly, after a section heading, do not allow a break. - % But do insert the glue. - \medskip % preceded by discardable penalty, so not a breakpoint - \fi - % - \parindent=0in - \advance\leftskip by \defbodyindent - \exdentamount=\defbodyindent -} - -\def\dodefunx#1{% - % First, check whether we are in the right environment: - \checkenv#1% - % - % As above, allow line break if we have multiple x headers in a row. - % It's not a great place, though. - \ifnum\lastpenalty=10002 \penalty3000 \else \defunpenalty=10002 \fi - % - % And now, it's time to reuse the body of the original defun: - \expandafter\gobbledefun#1% -} -\def\gobbledefun#1\startdefun{} - -% \printdefunline \deffnheader{text} -% -\def\printdefunline#1#2{% - \begingroup - % call \deffnheader: - #1#2 \endheader - % common ending: - \interlinepenalty = 10000 - \advance\rightskip by 0pt plus 1fil\relax - \endgraf - \nobreak\vskip -\parskip - \penalty\defunpenalty % signal to \startdefun and \dodefunx - % Some of the @defun-type tags do not enable magic parentheses, - % rendering the following check redundant. But we don't optimize. - \checkparencounts - \endgroup -} - -\def\Edefun{\endgraf\medbreak} - -% \makedefun{deffn} creates \deffn, \deffnx and \Edeffn; -% the only thing remaining is to define \deffnheader. -% -\def\makedefun#1{% - \expandafter\let\csname E#1\endcsname = \Edefun - \edef\temp{\noexpand\domakedefun - \makecsname{#1}\makecsname{#1x}\makecsname{#1header}}% - \temp -} - -% \domakedefun \deffn \deffnx \deffnheader { (defn. of \deffnheader) } -% -% Define \deffn and \deffnx, without parameters. -% \deffnheader has to be defined explicitly. -% -\def\domakedefun#1#2#3{% - \envdef#1{% - \startdefun - \doingtypefnfalse % distinguish typed functions from all else - \parseargusing\activeparens{\printdefunline#3}% - }% - \def#2{\dodefunx#1}% - \def#3% -} - -\newif\ifdoingtypefn % doing typed function? -\newif\ifrettypeownline % typeset return type on its own line? - -% @deftypefnnewline on|off says whether the return type of typed functions -% are printed on their own line. This affects @deftypefn, @deftypefun, -% @deftypeop, and @deftypemethod. -% -\parseargdef\deftypefnnewline{% - \def\temp{#1}% - \ifx\temp\onword - \expandafter\let\csname SETtxideftypefnnl\endcsname - = \empty - \else\ifx\temp\offword - \expandafter\let\csname SETtxideftypefnnl\endcsname - = \relax - \else - \errhelp = \EMsimple - \errmessage{Unknown @txideftypefnnl value `\temp', - must be on|off}% - \fi\fi -} - -% \dosubind {index}{topic}{subtopic} -% -% If SUBTOPIC is present, precede it with a space, and call \doind. -% (At some time during the 20th century, this made a two-level entry in an -% index such as the operation index. Nobody seemed to notice the change in -% behaviour though.) -\def\dosubind#1#2#3{% - \def\thirdarg{#3}% - \ifx\thirdarg\empty - \doind{#1}{#2}% - \else - \doind{#1}{#2\space#3}% - \fi -} - -% Untyped functions: - -% @deffn category name args -\makedefun{deffn}{\deffngeneral{}} - -% @deffn category class name args -\makedefun{defop}#1 {\defopon{#1\ \putwordon}} - -% \defopon {category on}class name args -\def\defopon#1#2 {\deffngeneral{\putwordon\ \code{#2}}{#1\ \code{#2}} } - -% \deffngeneral {subind}category name args -% -\def\deffngeneral#1#2 #3 #4\endheader{% - \dosubind{fn}{\code{#3}}{#1}% - \defname{#2}{}{#3}\magicamp\defunargs{#4\unskip}% -} - -% Typed functions: - -% @deftypefn category type name args -\makedefun{deftypefn}{\deftypefngeneral{}} - -% @deftypeop category class type name args -\makedefun{deftypeop}#1 {\deftypeopon{#1\ \putwordon}} - -% \deftypeopon {category on}class type name args -\def\deftypeopon#1#2 {\deftypefngeneral{\putwordon\ \code{#2}}{#1\ \code{#2}} } - -% \deftypefngeneral {subind}category type name args -% -\def\deftypefngeneral#1#2 #3 #4 #5\endheader{% - \dosubind{fn}{\code{#4}}{#1}% - \doingtypefntrue - \defname{#2}{#3}{#4}\defunargs{#5\unskip}% -} - -% Typed variables: - -% @deftypevr category type var args -\makedefun{deftypevr}{\deftypecvgeneral{}} - -% @deftypecv category class type var args -\makedefun{deftypecv}#1 {\deftypecvof{#1\ \putwordof}} - -% \deftypecvof {category of}class type var args -\def\deftypecvof#1#2 {\deftypecvgeneral{\putwordof\ \code{#2}}{#1\ \code{#2}} } - -% \deftypecvgeneral {subind}category type var args -% -\def\deftypecvgeneral#1#2 #3 #4 #5\endheader{% - \dosubind{vr}{\code{#4}}{#1}% - \defname{#2}{#3}{#4}\defunargs{#5\unskip}% -} - -% Untyped variables: - -% @defvr category var args -\makedefun{defvr}#1 {\deftypevrheader{#1} {} } - -% @defcv category class var args -\makedefun{defcv}#1 {\defcvof{#1\ \putwordof}} - -% \defcvof {category of}class var args -\def\defcvof#1#2 {\deftypecvof{#1}#2 {} } - -% Types: - -% @deftp category name args -\makedefun{deftp}#1 #2 #3\endheader{% - \doind{tp}{\code{#2}}% - \defname{#1}{}{#2}\defunargs{#3\unskip}% -} - -% Remaining @defun-like shortcuts: -\makedefun{defun}{\deffnheader{\putwordDeffunc} } -\makedefun{defmac}{\deffnheader{\putwordDefmac} } -\makedefun{defspec}{\deffnheader{\putwordDefspec} } -\makedefun{deftypefun}{\deftypefnheader{\putwordDeffunc} } -\makedefun{defvar}{\defvrheader{\putwordDefvar} } -\makedefun{defopt}{\defvrheader{\putwordDefopt} } -\makedefun{deftypevar}{\deftypevrheader{\putwordDefvar} } -\makedefun{defmethod}{\defopon\putwordMethodon} -\makedefun{deftypemethod}{\deftypeopon\putwordMethodon} -\makedefun{defivar}{\defcvof\putwordInstanceVariableof} -\makedefun{deftypeivar}{\deftypecvof\putwordInstanceVariableof} - -% \defname, which formats the name of the @def (not the args). -% #1 is the category, such as "Function". -% #2 is the return type, if any. -% #3 is the function name. -% -% We are followed by (but not passed) the arguments, if any. -% -\def\defname#1#2#3{% - \par - % Get the values of \leftskip and \rightskip as they were outside the @def... - \advance\leftskip by -\defbodyindent - % - % Determine if we are typesetting the return type of a typed function - % on a line by itself. - \rettypeownlinefalse - \ifdoingtypefn % doing a typed function specifically? - % then check user option for putting return type on its own line: - \expandafter\ifx\csname SETtxideftypefnnl\endcsname\relax \else - \rettypeownlinetrue - \fi - \fi - % - % How we'll format the category name. Putting it in brackets helps - % distinguish it from the body text that may end up on the next line - % just below it. - \def\temp{#1}% - \setbox0=\hbox{\kern\deflastargmargin \ifx\temp\empty\else [\rm\temp]\fi} - % - % Figure out line sizes for the paragraph shape. We'll always have at - % least two. - \tempnum = 2 - % - % The first line needs space for \box0; but if \rightskip is nonzero, - % we need only space for the part of \box0 which exceeds it: - \dimen0=\hsize \advance\dimen0 by -\wd0 \advance\dimen0 by \rightskip - % - % If doing a return type on its own line, we'll have another line. - \ifrettypeownline - \advance\tempnum by 1 - \def\maybeshapeline{0in \hsize}% - \else - \def\maybeshapeline{}% - \fi - % - % The continuations: - \dimen2=\hsize \advance\dimen2 by -\defargsindent - % - % The final paragraph shape: - \parshape \tempnum 0in \dimen0 \maybeshapeline \defargsindent \dimen2 - % - % Put the category name at the right margin. - \noindent - \hbox to 0pt{% - \hfil\box0 \kern-\hsize - % \hsize has to be shortened this way: - \kern\leftskip - % Intentionally do not respect \rightskip, since we need the space. - }% - % - % Allow all lines to be underfull without complaint: - \tolerance=10000 \hbadness=10000 - \exdentamount=\defbodyindent - {% - % defun fonts. We use typewriter by default (used to be bold) because: - % . we're printing identifiers, they should be in tt in principle. - % . in languages with many accents, such as Czech or French, it's - % common to leave accents off identifiers. The result looks ok in - % tt, but exceedingly strange in rm. - % . we don't want -- and --- to be treated as ligatures. - % . this still does not fix the ?` and !` ligatures, but so far no - % one has made identifiers using them :). - \df \tt - \def\temp{#2}% text of the return type - \ifx\temp\empty\else - \tclose{\temp}% typeset the return type - \ifrettypeownline - % put return type on its own line; prohibit line break following: - \hfil\vadjust{\nobreak}\break - \else - \space % type on same line, so just followed by a space - \fi - \fi % no return type - #3% output function name - }% - {\rm\enskip}% hskip 0.5 em of \rmfont - % - \boldbrax - % arguments will be output next, if any. -} - -% Print arguments in slanted roman (not ttsl), inconsistently with using -% tt for the name. This is because literal text is sometimes needed in -% the argument list (groff manual), and ttsl and tt are not very -% distinguishable. Prevent hyphenation at `-' chars. -% -\def\defunargs#1{% - % use sl by default (not ttsl), - % tt for the names. - \df \sl \hyphenchar\font=0 - % - % On the other hand, if an argument has two dashes (for instance), we - % want a way to get ttsl. We used to recommend @var for that, so - % leave the code in, but it's strange for @var to lead to typewriter. - % Nowadays we recommend @code, since the difference between a ttsl hyphen - % and a tt hyphen is pretty tiny. @code also disables ?` !`. - \def\var##1{{\setregularquotes\ttslanted{##1}}}% - #1% - \sl\hyphenchar\font=45 -} - -% We want ()&[] to print specially on the defun line. -% -\def\activeparens{% - \catcode`\(=\active \catcode`\)=\active - \catcode`\[=\active \catcode`\]=\active - \catcode`\&=\active -} - -% Make control sequences which act like normal parenthesis chars. -\let\lparen = ( \let\rparen = ) - -% Be sure that we always have a definition for `(', etc. For example, -% if the fn name has parens in it, \boldbrax will not be in effect yet, -% so TeX would otherwise complain about undefined control sequence. -{ - \activeparens - \global\let(=\lparen \global\let)=\rparen - \global\let[=\lbrack \global\let]=\rbrack - \global\let& = \& - - \gdef\boldbrax{\let(=\opnr\let)=\clnr\let[=\lbrb\let]=\rbrb} - \gdef\magicamp{\let&=\amprm} -} -\let\ampchar\& - -\newcount\parencount - -% If we encounter &foo, then turn on ()-hacking afterwards -\newif\ifampseen -\def\amprm#1 {\ampseentrue{\bf\ }} - -\def\parenfont{% - \ifampseen - % At the first level, print parens in roman, - % otherwise use the default font. - \ifnum \parencount=1 \rm \fi - \else - % The \sf parens (in \boldbrax) actually are a little bolder than - % the contained text. This is especially needed for [ and ] . - \sf - \fi -} -\def\infirstlevel#1{% - \ifampseen - \ifnum\parencount=1 - #1% - \fi - \fi -} -\def\bfafterword#1 {#1 \bf} - -\def\opnr{% - \global\advance\parencount by 1 - {\parenfont(}% - \infirstlevel \bfafterword -} -\def\clnr{% - {\parenfont)}% - \infirstlevel \sl - \global\advance\parencount by -1 -} - -\newcount\brackcount -\def\lbrb{% - \global\advance\brackcount by 1 - {\bf[}% -} -\def\rbrb{% - {\bf]}% - \global\advance\brackcount by -1 -} - -\def\checkparencounts{% - \ifnum\parencount=0 \else \badparencount \fi - \ifnum\brackcount=0 \else \badbrackcount \fi -} -% these should not use \errmessage; the glibc manual, at least, actually -% has such constructs (when documenting function pointers). -\def\badparencount{% - \message{Warning: unbalanced parentheses in @def...}% - \global\parencount=0 -} -\def\badbrackcount{% - \message{Warning: unbalanced square brackets in @def...}% - \global\brackcount=0 -} - - -\message{macros,} -% @macro. - -% To do this right we need a feature of e-TeX, \scantokens, -% which we arrange to emulate with a temporary file in ordinary TeX. -\ifx\eTeXversion\thisisundefined - \newwrite\macscribble - \def\scantokens#1{% - \toks0={#1}% - \immediate\openout\macscribble=\jobname.tmp - \immediate\write\macscribble{\the\toks0}% - \immediate\closeout\macscribble - \input \jobname.tmp - } -\fi - -\let\E=\expandafter - -% Used at the time of macro expansion. -% Argument is macro body with arguments substituted -\def\scanmacro#1{% - \newlinechar`\^^M - % expand the expansion of \eatleadingcr twice to maybe remove a leading - % newline (and \else and \fi tokens), then call \eatspaces on the result. - \def\xeatspaces##1{% - \E\E\E\E\E\E\E\eatspaces\E\E\E\E\E\E\E{\eatleadingcr##1% - }}% - \def\xempty##1{}% - % - % Process the macro body under the current catcode regime. - \scantokens{#1@comment}% - % - % The \comment is to remove the \newlinechar added by \scantokens, and - % can be noticed by \parsearg. Note \c isn't used because this means cedilla - % in math mode. -} - -% Used for copying and captions -\def\scanexp#1{% - \expandafter\scanmacro\expandafter{#1}% -} - -\newcount\paramno % Count of parameters -\newtoks\macname % Macro name -\newif\ifrecursive % Is it recursive? - -% List of all defined macros in the form -% \commondummyword\macro1\commondummyword\macro2... -% Currently is also contains all @aliases; the list can be split -% if there is a need. -\def\macrolist{} - -% Add the macro to \macrolist -\def\addtomacrolist#1{\expandafter \addtomacrolistxxx \csname#1\endcsname} -\def\addtomacrolistxxx#1{% - \toks0 = \expandafter{\macrolist\commondummyword#1}% - \xdef\macrolist{\the\toks0}% -} - -% Utility routines. -% This does \let #1 = #2, with \csnames; that is, -% \let \csname#1\endcsname = \csname#2\endcsname -% (except of course we have to play expansion games). -% -\def\cslet#1#2{% - \expandafter\let - \csname#1\expandafter\endcsname - \csname#2\endcsname -} - -% Trim leading and trailing spaces off a string. -% Concepts from aro-bend problem 15 (see CTAN). -{\catcode`\@=11 -\gdef\eatspaces #1{\expandafter\trim@\expandafter{#1 }} -\gdef\trim@ #1{\trim@@ @#1 @ #1 @ @@} -\gdef\trim@@ #1@ #2@ #3@@{\trim@@@\empty #2 @} -\def\unbrace#1{#1} -\unbrace{\gdef\trim@@@ #1 } #2@{#1} -} - -{\catcode`\^^M=\other% -\gdef\eatleadingcr#1{\if\noexpand#1\noexpand^^M\else\E#1\fi}}% -% Warning: this won't work for a delimited argument -% or for an empty argument - -% Trim a single trailing ^^M off a string. -{\catcode`\^^M=\other \catcode`\Q=3% -\gdef\eatcr #1{\eatcra #1Q^^MQ}% -\gdef\eatcra#1^^MQ{\eatcrb#1Q}% -\gdef\eatcrb#1Q#2Q{#1}% -} - -% Macro bodies are absorbed as an argument in a context where -% all characters are catcode 10, 11 or 12, except \ which is active -% (as in normal texinfo). It is necessary to change the definition of \ -% to recognize macro arguments; this is the job of \mbodybackslash. -% -% Non-ASCII encodings make 8-bit characters active, so un-activate -% them to avoid their expansion. Must do this non-globally, to -% confine the change to the current group. -% -% It's necessary to have hard CRs when the macro is executed. This is -% done by making ^^M (\endlinechar) catcode 12 when reading the macro -% body, and then making it the \newlinechar in \scanmacro. -% -\def\scanctxt{% used as subroutine - \catcode`\"=\other - \catcode`\+=\other - \catcode`\<=\other - \catcode`\>=\other - \catcode`\^=\other - \catcode`\_=\other - \catcode`\|=\other - \catcode`\~=\other - \passthroughcharstrue -} - -\def\scanargctxt{% used for copying and captions, not macros. - \scanctxt - \catcode`\@=\other - \catcode`\\=\other - \catcode`\^^M=\other -} - -\def\macrobodyctxt{% used for @macro definitions - \scanctxt - \catcode`\ =\other - \catcode`\@=\other - \catcode`\{=\other - \catcode`\}=\other - \catcode`\^^M=\other - \usembodybackslash -} - -% Used when scanning braced macro arguments. Note, however, that catcode -% changes here are ineffectual if the macro invocation was nested inside -% an argument to another Texinfo command. -\def\macroargctxt{% - \scanctxt - \catcode`\ =\active - \catcode`\@=\other - \catcode`\^^M=\other - \catcode`\\=\active -} - -\def\macrolineargctxt{% used for whole-line arguments without braces - \scanctxt - \catcode`\@=\other - \catcode`\{=\other - \catcode`\}=\other -} - -% \mbodybackslash is the definition of \ in @macro bodies. -% It maps \foo\ => \csname macarg.foo\endcsname => #N -% where N is the macro parameter number. -% We define \csname macarg.\endcsname to be \realbackslash, so -% \\ in macro replacement text gets you a backslash. -% -{\catcode`@=0 @catcode`@\=@active - @gdef@usembodybackslash{@let\=@mbodybackslash} - @gdef@mbodybackslash#1\{@csname macarg.#1@endcsname} -} -\expandafter\def\csname macarg.\endcsname{\realbackslash} - -\def\margbackslash#1{\char`\#1 } - -\def\macro{\recursivefalse\parsearg\macroxxx} -\def\rmacro{\recursivetrue\parsearg\macroxxx} - -\def\macroxxx#1{% - \getargs{#1}% now \macname is the macname and \argl the arglist - \ifx\argl\empty % no arguments - \paramno=0\relax - \else - \expandafter\parsemargdef \argl;% - \if\paramno>256\relax - \ifx\eTeXversion\thisisundefined - \errhelp = \EMsimple - \errmessage{You need eTeX to compile a file with macros with more than 256 arguments} - \fi - \fi - \fi - \if1\csname ismacro.\the\macname\endcsname - \message{Warning: redefining \the\macname}% - \else - \expandafter\ifx\csname \the\macname\endcsname \relax - \else \errmessage{Macro name \the\macname\space already defined}\fi - \global\cslet{macsave.\the\macname}{\the\macname}% - \global\expandafter\let\csname ismacro.\the\macname\endcsname=1% - \addtomacrolist{\the\macname}% - \fi - \begingroup \macrobodyctxt - \ifrecursive \expandafter\parsermacbody - \else \expandafter\parsemacbody - \fi} - -\parseargdef\unmacro{% - \if1\csname ismacro.#1\endcsname - \global\cslet{#1}{macsave.#1}% - \global\expandafter\let \csname ismacro.#1\endcsname=0% - % Remove the macro name from \macrolist: - \begingroup - \expandafter\let\csname#1\endcsname \relax - \let\commondummyword\unmacrodo - \xdef\macrolist{\macrolist}% - \endgroup - \else - \errmessage{Macro #1 not defined}% - \fi -} - -% Called by \do from \dounmacro on each macro. The idea is to omit any -% macro definitions that have been changed to \relax. -% -\def\unmacrodo#1{% - \ifx #1\relax - % remove this - \else - \noexpand\commondummyword \noexpand#1% - \fi -} - -% \getargs -- Parse the arguments to a @macro line. Set \macname to -% the name of the macro, and \argl to the braced argument list. -\def\getargs#1{\getargsxxx#1{}} -\def\getargsxxx#1#{\getmacname #1 \relax\getmacargs} -\def\getmacname#1 #2\relax{\macname={#1}} -\def\getmacargs#1{\def\argl{#1}} -% This made use of the feature that if the last token of a -% is #, then the preceding argument is delimited by -% an opening brace, and that opening brace is not consumed. - -% Parse the optional {params} list to @macro or @rmacro. -% Set \paramno to the number of arguments, -% and \paramlist to a parameter text for the macro (e.g. #1,#2,#3 for a -% three-param macro.) Define \macarg.BLAH for each BLAH in the params -% list to some hook where the argument is to be expanded. If there are -% less than 10 arguments that hook is to be replaced by ##N where N -% is the position in that list, that is to say the macro arguments are to be -% defined `a la TeX in the macro body. -% -% That gets used by \mbodybackslash (above). -% -% If there are 10 or more arguments, a different technique is used: see -% \parsemmanyargdef. -% -\def\parsemargdef#1;{% - \paramno=0\def\paramlist{}% - \let\hash\relax - % \hash is redefined to `#' later to get it into definitions - \let\xeatspaces\relax - \let\xempty\relax - \parsemargdefxxx#1,;,% - \ifnum\paramno<10\relax\else - \paramno0\relax - \parsemmanyargdef@@#1,;,% 10 or more arguments - \fi -} -\def\parsemargdefxxx#1,{% - \if#1;\let\next=\relax - \else \let\next=\parsemargdefxxx - \advance\paramno by 1 - \expandafter\edef\csname macarg.\eatspaces{#1}\endcsname - {\xeatspaces{\hash\the\paramno\noexpand\xempty{}}}% - \edef\paramlist{\paramlist\hash\the\paramno,}% - \fi\next} -% the \xempty{} is to give \eatleadingcr an argument in the case of an -% empty macro argument. - -% \parsemacbody, \parsermacbody -% -% Read recursive and nonrecursive macro bodies. (They're different since -% rec and nonrec macros end differently.) -% -% We are in \macrobodyctxt, and the \xdef causes backslashshes in the macro -% body to be transformed. -% Set \macrobody to the body of the macro, and call \defmacro. -% -{\catcode`\ =\other\long\gdef\parsemacbody#1@end macro{% -\xdef\macrobody{\eatcr{#1}}\endgroup\defmacro}}% -{\catcode`\ =\other\long\gdef\parsermacbody#1@end rmacro{% -\xdef\macrobody{\eatcr{#1}}\endgroup\defmacro}}% - -% Make @ a letter, so that we can make private-to-Texinfo macro names. -\edef\texiatcatcode{\the\catcode`\@} -\catcode `@=11\relax - -%%%%%%%%%%%%%% Code for > 10 arguments only %%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%% - -% If there are 10 or more arguments, a different technique is used, where the -% hook remains in the body, and when macro is to be expanded the body is -% processed again to replace the arguments. -% -% In that case, the hook is \the\toks N-1, and we simply set \toks N-1 to the -% argument N value and then \edef the body (nothing else will expand because of -% the catcode regime under which the body was input). -% -% If you compile with TeX (not eTeX), and you have macros with 10 or more -% arguments, no macro can have more than 256 arguments (else error). -% -% In case that there are 10 or more arguments we parse again the arguments -% list to set new definitions for the \macarg.BLAH macros corresponding to -% each BLAH argument. It was anyhow needed to parse already once this list -% in order to count the arguments, and as macros with at most 9 arguments -% are by far more frequent than macro with 10 or more arguments, defining -% twice the \macarg.BLAH macros does not cost too much processing power. -\def\parsemmanyargdef@@#1,{% - \if#1;\let\next=\relax - \else - \let\next=\parsemmanyargdef@@ - \edef\tempb{\eatspaces{#1}}% - \expandafter\def\expandafter\tempa - \expandafter{\csname macarg.\tempb\endcsname}% - % Note that we need some extra \noexpand\noexpand, this is because we - % don't want \the to be expanded in the \parsermacbody as it uses an - % \xdef . - \expandafter\edef\tempa - {\noexpand\noexpand\noexpand\the\toks\the\paramno}% - \advance\paramno by 1\relax - \fi\next} - - -\let\endargs@\relax -\let\nil@\relax -\def\nilm@{\nil@}% -\long\def\nillm@{\nil@}% - -% This macro is expanded during the Texinfo macro expansion, not during its -% definition. It gets all the arguments' values and assigns them to macros -% macarg.ARGNAME -% -% #1 is the macro name -% #2 is the list of argument names -% #3 is the list of argument values -\def\getargvals@#1#2#3{% - \def\macargdeflist@{}% - \def\saveparamlist@{#2}% Need to keep a copy for parameter expansion. - \def\paramlist{#2,\nil@}% - \def\macroname{#1}% - \begingroup - \macroargctxt - \def\argvaluelist{#3,\nil@}% - \def\@tempa{#3}% - \ifx\@tempa\empty - \setemptyargvalues@ - \else - \getargvals@@ - \fi -} -\def\getargvals@@{% - \ifx\paramlist\nilm@ - % Some sanity check needed here that \argvaluelist is also empty. - \ifx\argvaluelist\nillm@ - \else - \errhelp = \EMsimple - \errmessage{Too many arguments in macro `\macroname'!}% - \fi - \let\next\macargexpandinbody@ - \else - \ifx\argvaluelist\nillm@ - % No more arguments values passed to macro. Set remaining named-arg - % macros to empty. - \let\next\setemptyargvalues@ - \else - % pop current arg name into \@tempb - \def\@tempa##1{\pop@{\@tempb}{\paramlist}##1\endargs@}% - \expandafter\@tempa\expandafter{\paramlist}% - % pop current argument value into \@tempc - \def\@tempa##1{\longpop@{\@tempc}{\argvaluelist}##1\endargs@}% - \expandafter\@tempa\expandafter{\argvaluelist}% - % Here \@tempb is the current arg name and \@tempc is the current arg value. - % First place the new argument macro definition into \@tempd - \expandafter\macname\expandafter{\@tempc}% - \expandafter\let\csname macarg.\@tempb\endcsname\relax - \expandafter\def\expandafter\@tempe\expandafter{% - \csname macarg.\@tempb\endcsname}% - \edef\@tempd{\long\def\@tempe{\the\macname}}% - \push@\@tempd\macargdeflist@ - \let\next\getargvals@@ - \fi - \fi - \next -} - -\def\push@#1#2{% - \expandafter\expandafter\expandafter\def - \expandafter\expandafter\expandafter#2% - \expandafter\expandafter\expandafter{% - \expandafter#1#2}% -} - -% Replace arguments by their values in the macro body, and place the result -% in macro \@tempa. -% -\def\macvalstoargs@{% - % To do this we use the property that token registers that are \the'ed - % within an \edef expand only once. So we are going to place all argument - % values into respective token registers. - % - % First we save the token context, and initialize argument numbering. - \begingroup - \paramno0\relax - % Then, for each argument number #N, we place the corresponding argument - % value into a new token list register \toks#N - \expandafter\putargsintokens@\saveparamlist@,;,% - % Then, we expand the body so that argument are replaced by their - % values. The trick for values not to be expanded themselves is that they - % are within tokens and that tokens expand only once in an \edef . - \edef\@tempc{\csname mac.\macroname .body\endcsname}% - % Now we restore the token stack pointer to free the token list registers - % which we have used, but we make sure that expanded body is saved after - % group. - \expandafter - \endgroup - \expandafter\def\expandafter\@tempa\expandafter{\@tempc}% - } - -% Define the named-macro outside of this group and then close this group. -% -\def\macargexpandinbody@{% - \expandafter - \endgroup - \macargdeflist@ - % First the replace in body the macro arguments by their values, the result - % is in \@tempa . - \macvalstoargs@ - % Then we point at the \norecurse or \gobble (for recursive) macro value - % with \@tempb . - \expandafter\let\expandafter\@tempb\csname mac.\macroname .recurse\endcsname - % Depending on whether it is recursive or not, we need some tailing - % \egroup . - \ifx\@tempb\gobble - \let\@tempc\relax - \else - \let\@tempc\egroup - \fi - % And now we do the real job: - \edef\@tempd{\noexpand\@tempb{\macroname}\noexpand\scanmacro{\@tempa}\@tempc}% - \@tempd -} - -\def\putargsintokens@#1,{% - \if#1;\let\next\relax - \else - \let\next\putargsintokens@ - % First we allocate the new token list register, and give it a temporary - % alias \@tempb . - \toksdef\@tempb\the\paramno - % Then we place the argument value into that token list register. - \expandafter\let\expandafter\@tempa\csname macarg.#1\endcsname - \expandafter\@tempb\expandafter{\@tempa}% - \advance\paramno by 1\relax - \fi - \next -} - -% Trailing missing arguments are set to empty. -% -\def\setemptyargvalues@{% - \ifx\paramlist\nilm@ - \let\next\macargexpandinbody@ - \else - \expandafter\setemptyargvaluesparser@\paramlist\endargs@ - \let\next\setemptyargvalues@ - \fi - \next -} - -\def\setemptyargvaluesparser@#1,#2\endargs@{% - \expandafter\def\expandafter\@tempa\expandafter{% - \expandafter\def\csname macarg.#1\endcsname{}}% - \push@\@tempa\macargdeflist@ - \def\paramlist{#2}% -} - -% #1 is the element target macro -% #2 is the list macro -% #3,#4\endargs@ is the list value -\def\pop@#1#2#3,#4\endargs@{% - \def#1{#3}% - \def#2{#4}% -} -\long\def\longpop@#1#2#3,#4\endargs@{% - \long\def#1{#3}% - \long\def#2{#4}% -} - - -%%%%%%%%%%%%%% End of code for > 10 arguments %%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%% - - -% This defines a Texinfo @macro or @rmacro, called by \parsemacbody. -% \macrobody has the body of the macro in it, with placeholders for -% its parameters, looking like "\xeatspaces{\hash 1}". -% \paramno is the number of parameters -% \paramlist is a TeX parameter text, e.g. "#1,#2,#3," -% There are four cases: macros of zero, one, up to nine, and many arguments. -% \xdef is used so that macro definitions will survive the file -% they're defined in: @include reads the file inside a group. -% -\def\defmacro{% - \let\hash=##% convert placeholders to macro parameter chars - \ifnum\paramno=1 - \def\xeatspaces##1{##1}% - % This removes the pair of braces around the argument. We don't - % use \eatspaces, because this can cause ends of lines to be lost - % when the argument to \eatspaces is read, leading to line-based - % commands like "@itemize" not being read correctly. - \else - \let\xeatspaces\relax % suppress expansion - \fi - \ifcase\paramno - % 0 - \expandafter\xdef\csname\the\macname\endcsname{% - \bgroup - \noexpand\spaceisspace - \noexpand\endlineisspace - \noexpand\expandafter % skip any whitespace after the macro name. - \expandafter\noexpand\csname\the\macname @@@\endcsname}% - \expandafter\xdef\csname\the\macname @@@\endcsname{% - \egroup - \noexpand\scanmacro{\macrobody}}% - \or % 1 - \expandafter\xdef\csname\the\macname\endcsname{% - \bgroup - \noexpand\braceorline - \expandafter\noexpand\csname\the\macname @@@\endcsname}% - \expandafter\xdef\csname\the\macname @@@\endcsname##1{% - \egroup - \noexpand\scanmacro{\macrobody}% - }% - \else % at most 9 - \ifnum\paramno<10\relax - % @MACNAME sets the context for reading the macro argument - % @MACNAME@@ gets the argument, processes backslashes and appends a - % comma. - % @MACNAME@@@ removes braces surrounding the argument list. - % @MACNAME@@@@ scans the macro body with arguments substituted. - \expandafter\xdef\csname\the\macname\endcsname{% - \bgroup - \noexpand\expandafter % This \expandafter skip any spaces after the - \noexpand\macroargctxt % macro before we change the catcode of space. - \noexpand\expandafter - \expandafter\noexpand\csname\the\macname @@\endcsname}% - \expandafter\xdef\csname\the\macname @@\endcsname##1{% - \noexpand\passargtomacro - \expandafter\noexpand\csname\the\macname @@@\endcsname{##1,}}% - \expandafter\xdef\csname\the\macname @@@\endcsname##1{% - \expandafter\noexpand\csname\the\macname @@@@\endcsname ##1}% - \expandafter\expandafter - \expandafter\xdef - \expandafter\expandafter - \csname\the\macname @@@@\endcsname\paramlist{% - \egroup\noexpand\scanmacro{\macrobody}}% - \else % 10 or more: - \expandafter\xdef\csname\the\macname\endcsname{% - \noexpand\getargvals@{\the\macname}{\argl}% - }% - \global\expandafter\let\csname mac.\the\macname .body\endcsname\macrobody - \global\expandafter\let\csname mac.\the\macname .recurse\endcsname\gobble - \fi - \fi} - -\catcode `\@\texiatcatcode\relax % end private-to-Texinfo catcodes - -\def\norecurse#1{\bgroup\cslet{#1}{macsave.#1}} - - -%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%% -% -{\catcode`\@=0 \catcode`\\=13 % We need to manipulate \ so use @ as escape -@catcode`@_=11 % private names -@catcode`@!=11 % used as argument separator - -% \passargtomacro#1#2 - -% Call #1 with a list of tokens #2, with any doubled backslashes in #2 -% compressed to one. -% -% This implementation works by expansion, and not execution (so we cannot use -% \def or similar). This reduces the risk of this failing in contexts where -% complete expansion is done with no execution (for example, in writing out to -% an auxiliary file for an index entry). -% -% State is kept in the input stream: the argument passed to -% @look_ahead, @gobble_and_check_finish and @add_segment is -% -% THE_MACRO ARG_RESULT ! {PENDING_BS} NEXT_TOKEN (... rest of input) -% -% where: -% THE_MACRO - name of the macro we want to call -% ARG_RESULT - argument list we build to pass to that macro -% PENDING_BS - either a backslash or nothing -% NEXT_TOKEN - used to look ahead in the input stream to see what's coming next - -@gdef@passargtomacro#1#2{% - @add_segment #1!{}@relax#2\@_finish\% -} -@gdef@_finish{@_finishx} @global@let@_finishx@relax - -% #1 - THE_MACRO ARG_RESULT -% #2 - PENDING_BS -% #3 - NEXT_TOKEN -% #4 used to look ahead -% -% If the next token is not a backslash, process the rest of the argument; -% otherwise, remove the next token. -@gdef@look_ahead#1!#2#3#4{% - @ifx#4\% - @expandafter@gobble_and_check_finish - @else - @expandafter@add_segment - @fi#1!{#2}#4#4% -} - -% #1 - THE_MACRO ARG_RESULT -% #2 - PENDING_BS -% #3 - NEXT_TOKEN -% #4 should be a backslash, which is gobbled. -% #5 looks ahead -% -% Double backslash found. Add a single backslash, and look ahead. -@gdef@gobble_and_check_finish#1!#2#3#4#5{% - @add_segment#1\!{}#5#5% -} - -@gdef@is_fi{@fi} - -% #1 - THE_MACRO ARG_RESULT -% #2 - PENDING_BS -% #3 - NEXT_TOKEN -% #4 is input stream until next backslash -% -% Input stream is either at the start of the argument, or just after a -% backslash sequence, either a lone backslash, or a doubled backslash. -% NEXT_TOKEN contains the first token in the input stream: if it is \finish, -% finish; otherwise, append to ARG_RESULT the segment of the argument up until -% the next backslash. PENDING_BACKSLASH contains a backslash to represent -% a backslash just before the start of the input stream that has not been -% added to ARG_RESULT. -@gdef@add_segment#1!#2#3#4\{% -@ifx#3@_finish - @call_the_macro#1!% -@else - % append the pending backslash to the result, followed by the next segment - @expandafter@is_fi@look_ahead#1#2#4!{\}@fi - % this @fi is discarded by @look_ahead. - % we can't get rid of it with \expandafter because we don't know how - % long #4 is. -} - -% #1 - THE_MACRO -% #2 - ARG_RESULT -% #3 discards the res of the conditional in @add_segment, and @is_fi ends the -% conditional. -@gdef@call_the_macro#1#2!#3@fi{@is_fi #1{#2}} - -} -%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%% - -% \braceorline MAC is used for a one-argument macro MAC. It checks -% whether the next non-whitespace character is a {. It sets the context -% for reading the argument (slightly different in the two cases). Then, -% to read the argument, in the whole-line case, it then calls the regular -% \parsearg MAC; in the lbrace case, it calls \passargtomacro MAC. -% -\def\braceorline#1{\let\macnamexxx=#1\futurelet\nchar\braceorlinexxx} -\def\braceorlinexxx{% - \ifx\nchar\bgroup - \macroargctxt - \expandafter\passargtomacro - \else - \macrolineargctxt\expandafter\parsearg - \fi \macnamexxx} - - -% @alias. -% We need some trickery to remove the optional spaces around the equal -% sign. Make them active and then expand them all to nothing. -% -\def\alias{\parseargusing\obeyspaces\aliasxxx} -\def\aliasxxx #1{\aliasyyy#1\relax} -\def\aliasyyy #1=#2\relax{% - {% - \expandafter\let\obeyedspace=\empty - \addtomacrolist{#1}% - \xdef\next{\global\let\makecsname{#1}=\makecsname{#2}}% - }% - \next -} - - -\message{cross references,} - -\newwrite\auxfile -\newif\ifhavexrefs % True if xref values are known. -\newif\ifwarnedxrefs % True if we warned once that they aren't known. - -% @inforef is relatively simple. -\def\inforef #1{\inforefzzz #1,,,,**} -\def\inforefzzz #1,#2,#3,#4**{% - \putwordSee{} \putwordInfo{} \putwordfile{} \file{\ignorespaces #3{}}, - node \samp{\ignorespaces#1{}}} - -% @node's only job in TeX is to define \lastnode, which is used in -% cross-references. The @node line might or might not have commas, and -% might or might not have spaces before the first comma, like: -% @node foo , bar , ... -% We don't want such trailing spaces in the node name. -% -\parseargdef\node{\checkenv{}\donode #1 ,\finishnodeparse} -% -% also remove a trailing comma, in case of something like this: -% @node Help-Cross, , , Cross-refs -\def\donode#1 ,#2\finishnodeparse{\dodonode #1,\finishnodeparse} -\def\dodonode#1,#2\finishnodeparse{\gdef\lastnode{#1}\omittopnode} - -% Used so that the @top node doesn't have to be wrapped in an @ifnottex -% conditional. -% \doignore goes to more effort to skip nested conditionals but we don't need -% that here. -\def\omittopnode{% - \ifx\lastnode\wordTop - \expandafter\ignorenode\fi -} -\def\wordTop{Top} - -% Until the next @node or @bye command, divert output to a box that is not -% output. -\def\ignorenode{\setbox\dummybox\vbox\bgroup\def\node{\egroup\node}% -\ignorenodebye -} - -{\let\bye\relax -\gdef\ignorenodebye{\let\bye\ignorenodebyedef} -\gdef\ignorenodebyedef{\egroup(`Top' node ignored)\bye}} -% The redefinition of \bye here is because it is declared \outer - -\let\lastnode=\empty - -% Write a cross-reference definition for the current node. #1 is the -% type (Ynumbered, Yappendix, Ynothing). -% -\def\donoderef#1{% - \ifx\lastnode\empty\else - \setref{\lastnode}{#1}% - \global\let\lastnode=\empty - \fi -} - -% @anchor{NAME} -- define xref target at arbitrary point. -% -\newcount\savesfregister -% -\def\savesf{\relax \ifhmode \savesfregister=\spacefactor \fi} -\def\restoresf{\relax \ifhmode \spacefactor=\savesfregister \fi} -\def\anchor#1{\savesf \setref{#1}{Ynothing}\restoresf \ignorespaces} - -% \setref{NAME}{SNT} defines a cross-reference point NAME (a node or an -% anchor), which consists of three parts: -% 1) NAME-title - the current sectioning name taken from \currentsection, -% or the anchor name. -% 2) NAME-snt - section number and type, passed as the SNT arg, or -% empty for anchors. -% 3) NAME-pg - the page number. -% -% This is called from \donoderef, \anchor, and \dofloat. In the case of -% floats, there is an additional part, which is not written here: -% 4) NAME-lof - the text as it should appear in a @listoffloats. -% -\def\setref#1#2{% - \pdfmkdest{#1}% - \iflinks - {% - \requireauxfile - \atdummies % preserve commands, but don't expand them - % match definition in \xrdef, \refx, \xrefX. - \def\value##1{##1}% - \edef\writexrdef##1##2{% - \write\auxfile{@xrdef{#1-% #1 of \setref, expanded by the \edef - ##1}{##2}}% these are parameters of \writexrdef - }% - \toks0 = \expandafter{\currentsection}% - \immediate \writexrdef{title}{\the\toks0 }% - \immediate \writexrdef{snt}{\csname #2\endcsname}% \Ynumbered etc. - \safewhatsit{\writexrdef{pg}{\folio}}% will be written later, at \shipout - }% - \fi -} - -% @xrefautosectiontitle on|off says whether @section(ing) names are used -% automatically in xrefs, if the third arg is not explicitly specified. -% This was provided as a "secret" @set xref-automatic-section-title -% variable, now it's official. -% -\parseargdef\xrefautomaticsectiontitle{% - \def\temp{#1}% - \ifx\temp\onword - \expandafter\let\csname SETxref-automatic-section-title\endcsname - = \empty - \else\ifx\temp\offword - \expandafter\let\csname SETxref-automatic-section-title\endcsname - = \relax - \else - \errhelp = \EMsimple - \errmessage{Unknown @xrefautomaticsectiontitle value `\temp', - must be on|off}% - \fi\fi -} - -% -% @xref, @pxref, and @ref generate cross-references. For \xrefX, #1 is -% the node name, #2 the name of the Info cross-reference, #3 the printed -% node name, #4 the name of the Info file, #5 the name of the printed -% manual. All but the node name can be omitted. -% -\def\pxref{\putwordsee{} \xrefXX} -\def\xref{\putwordSee{} \xrefXX} -\def\ref{\xrefXX} - -\def\xrefXX#1{\def\xrefXXarg{#1}\futurelet\tokenafterxref\xrefXXX} -\def\xrefXXX{\expandafter\xrefX\expandafter[\xrefXXarg,,,,,,,]} -% -\newbox\toprefbox -\newbox\printedrefnamebox -\newbox\infofilenamebox -\newbox\printedmanualbox -% -\def\xrefX[#1,#2,#3,#4,#5,#6]{\begingroup - \unsepspaces - % - % Get args without leading/trailing spaces. - \def\printedrefname{\ignorespaces #3}% - \setbox\printedrefnamebox = \hbox{\printedrefname\unskip}% - % - \def\infofilename{\ignorespaces #4}% - \setbox\infofilenamebox = \hbox{\infofilename\unskip}% - % - \def\printedmanual{\ignorespaces #5}% - \setbox\printedmanualbox = \hbox{\printedmanual\unskip}% - % - % If the printed reference name (arg #3) was not explicitly given in - % the @xref, figure out what we want to use. - \ifdim \wd\printedrefnamebox = 0pt - % No printed node name was explicitly given. - \expandafter\ifx\csname SETxref-automatic-section-title\endcsname \relax - % Not auto section-title: use node name inside the square brackets. - \def\printedrefname{\ignorespaces #1}% - \else - % Auto section-title: use chapter/section title inside - % the square brackets if we have it. - \ifdim \wd\printedmanualbox > 0pt - % It is in another manual, so we don't have it; use node name. - \def\printedrefname{\ignorespaces #1}% - \else - \ifhavexrefs - % We (should) know the real title if we have the xref values. - \def\printedrefname{\refx{#1-title}}% - \else - % Otherwise just copy the Info node name. - \def\printedrefname{\ignorespaces #1}% - \fi% - \fi - \fi - \fi - % - % Make link in pdf output. - \ifpdf - % For pdfTeX and LuaTeX - {\indexnofonts - \makevalueexpandable - \turnoffactive - % This expands tokens, so do it after making catcode changes, so _ - % etc. don't get their TeX definitions. This ignores all spaces in - % #4, including (wrongly) those in the middle of the filename. - \getfilename{#4}% - % - % This (wrongly) does not take account of leading or trailing - % spaces in #1, which should be ignored. - \setpdfdestname{#1}% - % - \ifx\pdfdestname\empty - \def\pdfdestname{Top}% no empty targets - \fi - % - \leavevmode - \startlink attr{/Border [0 0 0]}% - \ifnum\filenamelength>0 - goto file{\the\filename.pdf} name{\pdfdestname}% - \else - goto name{\pdfmkpgn{\pdfdestname}}% - \fi - }% - \setcolor{\linkcolor}% - \else - \ifx\XeTeXrevision\thisisundefined - \else - % For XeTeX - {\indexnofonts - \makevalueexpandable - \turnoffactive - % This expands tokens, so do it after making catcode changes, so _ - % etc. don't get their TeX definitions. This ignores all spaces in - % #4, including (wrongly) those in the middle of the filename. - \getfilename{#4}% - % - % This (wrongly) does not take account of leading or trailing - % spaces in #1, which should be ignored. - \setpdfdestname{#1}% - % - \ifx\pdfdestname\empty - \def\pdfdestname{Top}% no empty targets - \fi - % - \leavevmode - \ifnum\filenamelength>0 - % With default settings, - % XeTeX (xdvipdfmx) replaces link destination names with integers. - % In this case, the replaced destination names of - % remote PDFs are no longer known. In order to avoid a replacement, - % you can use xdvipdfmx's command line option `-C 0x0010'. - % If you use XeTeX 0.99996+ (TeX Live 2016+), - % this command line option is no longer necessary - % because we can use the `dvipdfmx:config' special. - \special{pdf:bann << /Border [0 0 0] /Type /Annot /Subtype /Link /A - << /S /GoToR /F (\the\filename.pdf) /D (\pdfdestname) >> >>}% - \else - \special{pdf:bann << /Border [0 0 0] /Type /Annot /Subtype /Link /A - << /S /GoTo /D (\pdfdestname) >> >>}% - \fi - }% - \setcolor{\linkcolor}% - \fi - \fi - {% - % Have to otherify everything special to allow the \csname to - % include an _ in the xref name, etc. - \indexnofonts - \turnoffactive - \def\value##1{##1}% - \expandafter\global\expandafter\let\expandafter\Xthisreftitle - \csname XR#1-title\endcsname - }% - % - % Float references are printed completely differently: "Figure 1.2" - % instead of "[somenode], p.3". \iffloat distinguishes them by - % \Xthisreftitle being set to a magic string. - \iffloat\Xthisreftitle - % If the user specified the print name (third arg) to the ref, - % print it instead of our usual "Figure 1.2". - \ifdim\wd\printedrefnamebox = 0pt - \refx{#1-snt}% - \else - \printedrefname - \fi - % - % If the user also gave the printed manual name (fifth arg), append - % "in MANUALNAME". - \ifdim \wd\printedmanualbox > 0pt - \space \putwordin{} \cite{\printedmanual}% - \fi - \else - % node/anchor (non-float) references. - % - % If we use \unhbox to print the node names, TeX does not insert - % empty discretionaries after hyphens, which means that it will not - % find a line break at a hyphen in a node names. Since some manuals - % are best written with fairly long node names, containing hyphens, - % this is a loss. Therefore, we give the text of the node name - % again, so it is as if TeX is seeing it for the first time. - % - \ifdim \wd\printedmanualbox > 0pt - % Cross-manual reference with a printed manual name. - % - \crossmanualxref{\cite{\printedmanual\unskip}}% - % - \else\ifdim \wd\infofilenamebox > 0pt - % Cross-manual reference with only an info filename (arg 4), no - % printed manual name (arg 5). This is essentially the same as - % the case above; we output the filename, since we have nothing else. - % - \crossmanualxref{\code{\infofilename\unskip}}% - % - \else - % Reference within this manual. - % - % Only output a following space if the -snt ref is nonempty, as the ref - % will be empty for @unnumbered and @anchor. - \setbox2 = \hbox{\ignorespaces \refx{#1-snt}}% - \ifdim \wd2 > 0pt \refx{#1-snt}\space\fi - % - % output the `[mynode]' via the macro below so it can be overridden. - \xrefprintnodename\printedrefname - % - \expandafter\ifx\csname SETtxiomitxrefpg\endcsname\relax - % But we always want a comma and a space: - ,\space - % - % output the `page 3'. - \turnoffactive \putwordpage\tie\refx{#1-pg}% - % Add a , if xref followed by a space - \if\space\noexpand\tokenafterxref ,% - \else\ifx\ \tokenafterxref ,% @TAB - \else\ifx\*\tokenafterxref ,% @* - \else\ifx\ \tokenafterxref ,% @SPACE - \else\ifx\ - \tokenafterxref ,% @NL - \else\ifx\tie\tokenafterxref ,% @tie - \fi\fi\fi\fi\fi\fi - \fi - \fi\fi - \fi - \endlink -\endgroup} - -% Output a cross-manual xref to #1. Used just above (twice). -% -% Only include the text "Section ``foo'' in" if the foo is neither -% missing or Top. Thus, @xref{,,,foo,The Foo Manual} outputs simply -% "see The Foo Manual", the idea being to refer to the whole manual. -% -% But, this being TeX, we can't easily compare our node name against the -% string "Top" while ignoring the possible spaces before and after in -% the input. By adding the arbitrary 7sp below, we make it much less -% likely that a real node name would have the same width as "Top" (e.g., -% in a monospaced font). Hopefully it will never happen in practice. -% -% For the same basic reason, we retypeset the "Top" at every -% reference, since the current font is indeterminate. -% -\def\crossmanualxref#1{% - \setbox\toprefbox = \hbox{Top\kern7sp}% - \setbox2 = \hbox{\ignorespaces \printedrefname \unskip \kern7sp}% - \ifdim \wd2 > 7sp % nonempty? - \ifdim \wd2 = \wd\toprefbox \else % same as Top? - \putwordSection{} ``\printedrefname'' \putwordin{}\space - \fi - \fi - #1% -} - -% This macro is called from \xrefX for the `[nodename]' part of xref -% output. It's a separate macro only so it can be changed more easily, -% since square brackets don't work well in some documents. Particularly -% one that Bob is working on :). -% -\def\xrefprintnodename#1{[#1]} - -% Things referred to by \setref. -% -\def\Ynothing{} -\def\Yomitfromtoc{} -\def\Ynumbered{% - \ifnum\secno=0 - \putwordChapter@tie \the\chapno - \else \ifnum\subsecno=0 - \putwordSection@tie \the\chapno.\the\secno - \else \ifnum\subsubsecno=0 - \putwordSection@tie \the\chapno.\the\secno.\the\subsecno - \else - \putwordSection@tie \the\chapno.\the\secno.\the\subsecno.\the\subsubsecno - \fi\fi\fi -} -\def\Yappendix{% - \ifnum\secno=0 - \putwordAppendix@tie @char\the\appendixno{}% - \else \ifnum\subsecno=0 - \putwordSection@tie @char\the\appendixno.\the\secno - \else \ifnum\subsubsecno=0 - \putwordSection@tie @char\the\appendixno.\the\secno.\the\subsecno - \else - \putwordSection@tie - @char\the\appendixno.\the\secno.\the\subsecno.\the\subsubsecno - \fi\fi\fi -} - -% \refx{NAME} - reference a cross-reference string named NAME. -\def\refx#1{% - \requireauxfile - {% - \indexnofonts - \turnoffactive - \def\value##1{##1}% - \expandafter\global\expandafter\let\expandafter\thisrefX - \csname XR#1\endcsname - }% - \ifx\thisrefX\relax - % If not defined, say something at least. - \angleleft un\-de\-fined\angleright - \iflinks - \ifhavexrefs - {\toks0 = {#1}% avoid expansion of possibly-complex value - \message{\linenumber Undefined cross reference `\the\toks0'.}}% - \else - \ifwarnedxrefs\else - \global\warnedxrefstrue - \message{Cross reference values unknown; you must run TeX again.}% - \fi - \fi - \fi - \else - % It's defined, so just use it. - \thisrefX - \fi -} - -% This is the macro invoked by entries in the aux file. Define a control -% sequence for a cross-reference target (we prepend XR to the control sequence -% name to avoid collisions). The value is the page number. If this is a float -% type, we have more work to do. -% -\def\xrdef#1#2{% - {% Expand the node or anchor name to remove control sequences. - % \turnoffactive stops 8-bit characters being changed to commands - % like @'e. \refx does the same to retrieve the value in the definition. - \indexnofonts - \turnoffactive - \def\value##1{##1}% - \xdef\safexrefname{#1}% - }% - % - \bgroup - \expandafter\gdef\csname XR\safexrefname\endcsname{#2}% - \egroup - % We put the \gdef inside a group to avoid the definitions building up on - % TeX's save stack, which can cause it to run out of space for aux files with - % thousands of lines. \gdef doesn't use the save stack, but \csname does - % when it defines an unknown control sequence as \relax. - % - % Was that xref control sequence that we just defined for a float? - \expandafter\iffloat\csname XR\safexrefname\endcsname - % it was a float, and we have the (safe) float type in \iffloattype. - \expandafter\let\expandafter\floatlist - \csname floatlist\iffloattype\endcsname - % - % Is this the first time we've seen this float type? - \expandafter\ifx\floatlist\relax - \toks0 = {\do}% yes, so just \do - \else - % had it before, so preserve previous elements in list. - \toks0 = \expandafter{\floatlist\do}% - \fi - % - % Remember this xref in the control sequence \floatlistFLOATTYPE, - % for later use in \listoffloats. - \expandafter\xdef\csname floatlist\iffloattype\endcsname{\the\toks0 - {\safexrefname}}% - \fi -} - -% If working on a large document in chapters, it is convenient to -% be able to disable indexing, cross-referencing, and contents, for test runs. -% This is done with @novalidate at the beginning of the file. -% -\newif\iflinks \linkstrue % by default we want the aux files. -\let\novalidate = \linksfalse - -% Used when writing to the aux file, or when using data from it. -\def\requireauxfile{% - \iflinks - \tryauxfile - % Open the new aux file. TeX will close it automatically at exit. - \immediate\openout\auxfile=\jobname.aux - \fi - \global\let\requireauxfile=\relax % Only do this once. -} - -% Read the last existing aux file, if any. No error if none exists. -% -\def\tryauxfile{% - \openin 1 \jobname.aux - \ifeof 1 \else - \readdatafile{aux}% - \global\havexrefstrue - \fi - \closein 1 -} - -\def\setupdatafile{% - \catcode`\^^@=\other - \catcode`\^^A=\other - \catcode`\^^B=\other - \catcode`\^^C=\other - \catcode`\^^D=\other - \catcode`\^^E=\other - \catcode`\^^F=\other - \catcode`\^^G=\other - \catcode`\^^H=\other - \catcode`\^^K=\other - \catcode`\^^L=\other - \catcode`\^^N=\other - \catcode`\^^P=\other - \catcode`\^^Q=\other - \catcode`\^^R=\other - \catcode`\^^S=\other - \catcode`\^^T=\other - \catcode`\^^U=\other - \catcode`\^^V=\other - \catcode`\^^W=\other - \catcode`\^^X=\other - \catcode`\^^Z=\other - \catcode`\^^[=\other - \catcode`\^^\=\other - \catcode`\^^]=\other - \catcode`\^^^=\other - \catcode`\^^_=\other - \catcode`\^=\other - % - % Special characters. Should be turned off anyway, but... - \catcode`\~=\other - \catcode`\[=\other - \catcode`\]=\other - \catcode`\"=\other - \catcode`\_=\active - \catcode`\|=\active - \catcode`\<=\active - \catcode`\>=\active - \catcode`\$=\other - \catcode`\#=\other - \catcode`\&=\other - \catcode`\%=\other - \catcode`+=\other % avoid \+ for paranoia even though we've turned it off - % - \catcode`\\=\active - % - % @ is our escape character in .aux files, and we need braces. - \catcode`\{=1 - \catcode`\}=2 - \catcode`\@=0 -} - -\def\readdatafile#1{% -\begingroup - \setupdatafile - \input\jobname.#1 -\endgroup} - - -\message{insertions,} -% including footnotes. - -\newcount \footnoteno - -% The trailing space in the following definition for supereject is -% vital for proper filling; pages come out unaligned when you do a -% pagealignmacro call if that space before the closing brace is -% removed. (Generally, numeric constants should always be followed by a -% space to prevent strange expansion errors.) -\def\supereject{\par\penalty -20000\footnoteno =0 } - -% @footnotestyle is meaningful for Info output only. -\let\footnotestyle=\comment - -{\catcode `\@=11 -% -% Auto-number footnotes. Otherwise like plain. -\gdef\footnote{% - \global\advance\footnoteno by \@ne - \edef\thisfootno{$^{\the\footnoteno}$}% - % - % In case the footnote comes at the end of a sentence, preserve the - % extra spacing after we do the footnote number. - \let\@sf\empty - \ifhmode\edef\@sf{\spacefactor\the\spacefactor}\ptexslash\fi - % - % Remove inadvertent blank space before typesetting the footnote number. - \unskip - \thisfootno\@sf - \dofootnote -}% - -% Don't bother with the trickery in plain.tex to not require the -% footnote text as a parameter. Our footnotes don't need to be so general. -% -% Oh yes, they do; otherwise, @ifset (and anything else that uses -% \parseargline) fails inside footnotes because the tokens are fixed when -% the footnote is read. --karl, 16nov96. -% -\gdef\dofootnote{% - \insert\footins\bgroup - % - % Nested footnotes are not supported in TeX, that would take a lot - % more work. (\startsavinginserts does not suffice.) - \let\footnote=\errfootnotenest - % - % We want to typeset this text as a normal paragraph, even if the - % footnote reference occurs in (for example) a display environment. - % So reset some parameters. - \hsize=\txipagewidth - \interlinepenalty\interfootnotelinepenalty - \splittopskip\ht\strutbox % top baseline for broken footnotes - \splitmaxdepth\dp\strutbox - \floatingpenalty\@MM - \leftskip\z@skip - \rightskip\z@skip - \spaceskip\z@skip - \xspaceskip\z@skip - \parindent\defaultparindent - % - \smallfonts \rm - % - % Because we use hanging indentation in footnotes, a @noindent appears - % to exdent this text, so make it be a no-op. makeinfo does not use - % hanging indentation so @noindent can still be needed within footnote - % text after an @example or the like (not that this is good style). - \let\noindent = \relax - % - % Hang the footnote text off the number. Use \everypar in case the - % footnote extends for more than one paragraph. - \everypar = {\hang}% - \textindent{\thisfootno}% - % - % Don't crash into the line above the footnote text. Since this - % expands into a box, it must come within the paragraph, lest it - % provide a place where TeX can split the footnote. - \footstrut - % - % Invoke rest of plain TeX footnote routine. - \futurelet\next\fo@t -} -}%end \catcode `\@=11 - -\def\errfootnotenest{% - \errhelp=\EMsimple - \errmessage{Nested footnotes not supported in texinfo.tex, - even though they work in makeinfo; sorry} -} - -\def\errfootnoteheading{% - \errhelp=\EMsimple - \errmessage{Footnotes in chapters, sections, etc., are not supported} -} - -% In case a @footnote appears in a vbox, save the footnote text and create -% the real \insert just after the vbox finished. Otherwise, the insertion -% would be lost. -% Similarly, if a @footnote appears inside an alignment, save the footnote -% text to a box and make the \insert when a row of the table is finished. -% And the same can be done for other insert classes. --kasal, 16nov03. -% -% Replace the \insert primitive by a cheating macro. -% Deeper inside, just make sure that the saved insertions are not spilled -% out prematurely. -% -\def\startsavinginserts{% - \ifx \insert\ptexinsert - \let\insert\saveinsert - \else - \let\checkinserts\relax - \fi -} - -% This \insert replacement works for both \insert\footins{foo} and -% \insert\footins\bgroup foo\egroup, but it doesn't work for \insert27{foo}. -% -\def\saveinsert#1{% - \edef\next{\noexpand\savetobox \makeSAVEname#1}% - \afterassignment\next - % swallow the left brace - \let\temp = -} -\def\makeSAVEname#1{\makecsname{SAVE\expandafter\gobble\string#1}} -\def\savetobox#1{\global\setbox#1 = \vbox\bgroup \unvbox#1} - -\def\checksaveins#1{\ifvoid#1\else \placesaveins#1\fi} - -\def\placesaveins#1{% - \ptexinsert \csname\expandafter\gobblesave\string#1\endcsname - {\box#1}% -} - -% eat @SAVE -- beware, all of them have catcode \other: -{ - \def\dospecials{\do S\do A\do V\do E} \uncatcodespecials % ;-) - \gdef\gobblesave @SAVE{} -} - -% initialization: -\def\newsaveins #1{% - \edef\next{\noexpand\newsaveinsX \makeSAVEname#1}% - \next -} -\def\newsaveinsX #1{% - \csname newbox\endcsname #1% - \expandafter\def\expandafter\checkinserts\expandafter{\checkinserts - \checksaveins #1}% -} - -% initialize: -\let\checkinserts\empty -\newsaveins\footins -\newsaveins\margin - - -% @image. We use the macros from epsf.tex to support this. -% If epsf.tex is not installed and @image is used, we complain. -% -% Check for and read epsf.tex up front. If we read it only at @image -% time, we might be inside a group, and then its definitions would get -% undone and the next image would fail. -\openin 1 = epsf.tex -\ifeof 1 \else - % Do not bother showing banner with epsf.tex v2.7k (available in - % doc/epsf.tex and on ctan). - \def\epsfannounce{\toks0 = }% - \input epsf.tex -\fi -\closein 1 -% -% We will only complain once about lack of epsf.tex. -\newif\ifwarnednoepsf -\newhelp\noepsfhelp{epsf.tex must be installed for images to - work. It is also included in the Texinfo distribution, or you can get - it from https://ctan.org/texarchive/macros/texinfo/texinfo/doc/epsf.tex.} -% -\def\image#1{% - \ifx\epsfbox\thisisundefined - \ifwarnednoepsf \else - \errhelp = \noepsfhelp - \errmessage{epsf.tex not found, images will be ignored}% - \global\warnednoepsftrue - \fi - \else - \imagexxx #1,,,,,\finish - \fi -} -% -% Arguments to @image: -% #1 is (mandatory) image filename; we tack on .eps extension. -% #2 is (optional) width, #3 is (optional) height. -% #4 is (ignored optional) html alt text. -% #5 is (ignored optional) extension. -% #6 is just the usual extra ignored arg for parsing stuff. -\newif\ifimagevmode -\def\imagexxx#1,#2,#3,#4,#5,#6\finish{\begingroup - \catcode`\^^M = 5 % in case we're inside an example - \normalturnoffactive % allow _ et al. in names - \makevalueexpandable - % If the image is by itself, center it. - \ifvmode - \imagevmodetrue - \else \ifx\centersub\centerV - % for @center @image, we need a vbox so we can have our vertical space - \imagevmodetrue - \vbox\bgroup % vbox has better behavior than vtop herev - \fi\fi - % - \ifimagevmode - \nobreak\medskip - % Usually we'll have text after the image which will insert - % \parskip glue, so insert it here too to equalize the space - % above and below. - \nobreak\vskip\parskip - \nobreak - \fi - % - % Leave vertical mode so that indentation from an enclosing - % environment such as @quotation is respected. - % However, if we're at the top level, we don't want the - % normal paragraph indentation. - % On the other hand, if we are in the case of @center @image, we don't - % want to start a paragraph, which will create a hsize-width box and - % eradicate the centering. - \ifx\centersub\centerV \else \imageindent \fi - % - % Output the image. - \ifpdf - % For pdfTeX and LuaTeX <= 0.80 - \dopdfimage{#1}{#2}{#3}% - \else - \ifx\XeTeXrevision\thisisundefined - % For epsf.tex - % \epsfbox itself resets \epsf?size at each figure. - \setbox0 = \hbox{\ignorespaces #2}% - \ifdim\wd0 > 0pt \epsfxsize=#2\relax \fi - \setbox0 = \hbox{\ignorespaces #3}% - \ifdim\wd0 > 0pt \epsfysize=#3\relax \fi - \epsfbox{#1.eps}% - \else - % For XeTeX - \doxeteximage{#1}{#2}{#3}% - \fi - \fi - % - \ifimagevmode - \medskip % space after a standalone image - \fi - \ifx\centersub\centerV \egroup \fi -\endgroup} - - -% @float FLOATTYPE,LABEL,LOC ... @end float for displayed figures, tables, -% etc. We don't actually implement floating yet, we always include the -% float "here". But it seemed the best name for the future. -% -\envparseargdef\float{\eatcommaspace\eatcommaspace\dofloat#1, , ,\finish} - -% There may be a space before second and/or third parameter; delete it. -\def\eatcommaspace#1, {#1,} - -% #1 is the optional FLOATTYPE, the text label for this float, typically -% "Figure", "Table", "Example", etc. Can't contain commas. If omitted, -% this float will not be numbered and cannot be referred to. -% -% #2 is the optional xref label. Also must be present for the float to -% be referable. -% -% #3 is the optional positioning argument; for now, it is ignored. It -% will somehow specify the positions allowed to float to (here, top, bottom). -% -% We keep a separate counter for each FLOATTYPE, which we reset at each -% chapter-level command. -\let\resetallfloatnos=\empty -% -\def\dofloat#1,#2,#3,#4\finish{% - \let\thiscaption=\empty - \let\thisshortcaption=\empty - % - % don't lose footnotes inside @float. - % - % BEWARE: when the floats start float, we have to issue warning whenever an - % insert appears inside a float which could possibly float. --kasal, 26may04 - % - \startsavinginserts - % - % We can't be used inside a paragraph. - \par - % - \vtop\bgroup - \def\floattype{#1}% - \def\floatlabel{#2}% - \def\floatloc{#3}% we do nothing with this yet. - % - \ifx\floattype\empty - \let\safefloattype=\empty - \else - {% - % the floattype might have accents or other special characters, - % but we need to use it in a control sequence name. - \indexnofonts - \turnoffactive - \xdef\safefloattype{\floattype}% - }% - \fi - % - % If label is given but no type, we handle that as the empty type. - \ifx\floatlabel\empty \else - % We want each FLOATTYPE to be numbered separately (Figure 1, - % Table 1, Figure 2, ...). (And if no label, no number.) - % - \expandafter\getfloatno\csname\safefloattype floatno\endcsname - \global\advance\floatno by 1 - % - {% - % This magic value for \currentsection is output by \setref as the - % XREFLABEL-title value. \xrefX uses it to distinguish float - % labels (which have a completely different output format) from - % node and anchor labels. And \xrdef uses it to construct the - % lists of floats. - % - \edef\currentsection{\floatmagic=\safefloattype}% - \setref{\floatlabel}{Yfloat}% - }% - \fi - % - % start with \parskip glue, I guess. - \vskip\parskip - % - % Don't suppress indentation if a float happens to start a section. - \restorefirstparagraphindent -} - -% we have these possibilities: -% @float Foo,lbl & @caption{Cap}: Foo 1.1: Cap -% @float Foo,lbl & no caption: Foo 1.1 -% @float Foo & @caption{Cap}: Foo: Cap -% @float Foo & no caption: Foo -% @float ,lbl & Caption{Cap}: 1.1: Cap -% @float ,lbl & no caption: 1.1 -% @float & @caption{Cap}: Cap -% @float & no caption: -% -\def\Efloat{% - \let\floatident = \empty - % - % In all cases, if we have a float type, it comes first. - \ifx\floattype\empty \else \def\floatident{\floattype}\fi - % - % If we have an xref label, the number comes next. - \ifx\floatlabel\empty \else - \ifx\floattype\empty \else % if also had float type, need tie first. - \appendtomacro\floatident{\tie}% - \fi - % the number. - \appendtomacro\floatident{\chaplevelprefix\the\floatno}% - \fi - % - % Start the printed caption with what we've constructed in - % \floatident, but keep it separate; we need \floatident again. - \let\captionline = \floatident - % - \ifx\thiscaption\empty \else - \ifx\floatident\empty \else - \appendtomacro\captionline{: }% had ident, so need a colon between - \fi - % - % caption text. - \appendtomacro\captionline{\scanexp\thiscaption}% - \fi - % - % If we have anything to print, print it, with space before. - % Eventually this needs to become an \insert. - \ifx\captionline\empty \else - \vskip.5\parskip - \captionline - % - % Space below caption. - \vskip\parskip - \fi - % - % If have an xref label, write the list of floats info. Do this - % after the caption, to avoid chance of it being a breakpoint. - \ifx\floatlabel\empty \else - % Write the text that goes in the lof to the aux file as - % \floatlabel-lof. Besides \floatident, we include the short - % caption if specified, else the full caption if specified, else nothing. - {% - \requireauxfile - \atdummies - % - \ifx\thisshortcaption\empty - \def\gtemp{\thiscaption}% - \else - \def\gtemp{\thisshortcaption}% - \fi - \immediate\write\auxfile{@xrdef{\floatlabel-lof}{\floatident - \ifx\gtemp\empty \else : \gtemp \fi}}% - }% - \fi - \egroup % end of \vtop - % - \checkinserts -} - -% Append the tokens #2 to the definition of macro #1, not expanding either. -% -\def\appendtomacro#1#2{% - \expandafter\def\expandafter#1\expandafter{#1#2}% -} - -% @caption, @shortcaption -% -\def\caption{\docaption\thiscaption} -\def\shortcaption{\docaption\thisshortcaption} -\def\docaption{\checkenv\float \bgroup\scanargctxt\defcaption} -\def\defcaption#1#2{\egroup \def#1{#2}} - -% The parameter is the control sequence identifying the counter we are -% going to use. Create it if it doesn't exist and assign it to \floatno. -\def\getfloatno#1{% - \ifx#1\relax - % Haven't seen this figure type before. - \csname newcount\endcsname #1% - % - % Remember to reset this floatno at the next chap. - \expandafter\gdef\expandafter\resetallfloatnos - \expandafter{\resetallfloatnos #1=0 }% - \fi - \let\floatno#1% -} - -% \setref calls this to get the XREFLABEL-snt value. We want an @xref -% to the FLOATLABEL to expand to "Figure 3.1". We call \setref when we -% first read the @float command. -% -\def\Yfloat{\floattype@tie \chaplevelprefix\the\floatno}% - -% Magic string used for the XREFLABEL-title value, so \xrefX can -% distinguish floats from other xref types. -\def\floatmagic{!!float!!} - -% #1 is the control sequence we are passed; we expand into a conditional -% which is true if #1 represents a float ref. That is, the magic -% \currentsection value which we \setref above. -% -\def\iffloat#1{\expandafter\doiffloat#1==\finish} -% -% #1 is (maybe) the \floatmagic string. If so, #2 will be the -% (safe) float type for this float. We set \iffloattype to #2. -% -\def\doiffloat#1=#2=#3\finish{% - \def\temp{#1}% - \def\iffloattype{#2}% - \ifx\temp\floatmagic -} - -% @listoffloats FLOATTYPE - print a list of floats like a table of contents. -% -\parseargdef\listoffloats{% - \def\floattype{#1}% floattype - {% - % the floattype might have accents or other special characters, - % but we need to use it in a control sequence name. - \indexnofonts - \turnoffactive - \xdef\safefloattype{\floattype}% - }% - % - % \xrdef saves the floats as a \do-list in \floatlistSAFEFLOATTYPE. - \expandafter\ifx\csname floatlist\safefloattype\endcsname \relax - \ifhavexrefs - % if the user said @listoffloats foo but never @float foo. - \message{\linenumber No `\safefloattype' floats to list.}% - \fi - \else - \begingroup - \leftskip=\tocindent % indent these entries like a toc - \let\do=\listoffloatsdo - \csname floatlist\safefloattype\endcsname - \endgroup - \fi -} - -% This is called on each entry in a list of floats. We're passed the -% xref label, in the form LABEL-title, which is how we save it in the -% aux file. We strip off the -title and look up \XRLABEL-lof, which -% has the text we're supposed to typeset here. -% -% Figures without xref labels will not be included in the list (since -% they won't appear in the aux file). -% -\def\listoffloatsdo#1{\listoffloatsdoentry#1\finish} -\def\listoffloatsdoentry#1-title\finish{{% - % Can't fully expand XR#1-lof because it can contain anything. Just - % pass the control sequence. On the other hand, XR#1-pg is just the - % page number, and we want to fully expand that so we can get a link - % in pdf output. - \toksA = \expandafter{\csname XR#1-lof\endcsname}% - % - % use the same \entry macro we use to generate the TOC and index. - \edef\writeentry{\noexpand\entry{\the\toksA}{\csname XR#1-pg\endcsname}}% - \writeentry -}} - - -\message{localization,} - -% For single-language documents, @documentlanguage is usually given very -% early, just after @documentencoding. Single argument is the language -% (de) or locale (de_DE) abbreviation. -% -{ - \catcode`\_ = \active - \globaldefs=1 -\parseargdef\documentlanguage{% - \tex % read txi-??.tex file in plain TeX. - % Read the file by the name they passed if it exists. - \let_ = \normalunderscore % normal _ character for filename test - \openin 1 txi-#1.tex - \ifeof 1 - \documentlanguagetrywithoutunderscore #1_\finish - \else - \globaldefs = 1 % everything in the txi-LL files needs to persist - \input txi-#1.tex - \fi - \closein 1 - \endgroup % end raw TeX -} -% -% If they passed de_DE, and txi-de_DE.tex doesn't exist, -% try txi-de.tex. -% -\gdef\documentlanguagetrywithoutunderscore#1_#2\finish{% - \openin 1 txi-#1.tex - \ifeof 1 - \errhelp = \nolanghelp - \errmessage{Cannot read language file txi-#1.tex}% - \else - \globaldefs = 1 % everything in the txi-LL files needs to persist - \input txi-#1.tex - \fi - \closein 1 -} -}% end of special _ catcode -% -\newhelp\nolanghelp{The given language definition file cannot be found or -is empty. Maybe you need to install it? Putting it in the current -directory should work if nowhere else does.} - -% This macro is called from txi-??.tex files; the first argument is the -% \language name to set (without the "\lang@" prefix), the second and -% third args are \{left,right}hyphenmin. -% -% The language names to pass are determined when the format is built. -% See the etex.log file created at that time, e.g., -% /usr/local/texlive/2008/texmf-var/web2c/pdftex/etex.log. -% -% With TeX Live 2008, etex now includes hyphenation patterns for all -% available languages. This means we can support hyphenation in -% Texinfo, at least to some extent. (This still doesn't solve the -% accented characters problem.) -% -\catcode`@=11 -\def\txisetlanguage#1#2#3{% - % do not set the language if the name is undefined in the current TeX. - \expandafter\ifx\csname lang@#1\endcsname \relax - \message{no patterns for #1}% - \else - \global\language = \csname lang@#1\endcsname - \fi - % but there is no harm in adjusting the hyphenmin values regardless. - \global\lefthyphenmin = #2\relax - \global\righthyphenmin = #3\relax -} - -% XeTeX and LuaTeX can handle Unicode natively. -% Their default I/O uses UTF-8 sequences instead of a byte-wise operation. -% Other TeX engines' I/O (pdfTeX, etc.) is byte-wise. -% -\newif\iftxinativeunicodecapable -\newif\iftxiusebytewiseio - -\ifx\XeTeXrevision\thisisundefined - \ifx\luatexversion\thisisundefined - \txinativeunicodecapablefalse - \txiusebytewiseiotrue - \else - \txinativeunicodecapabletrue - \txiusebytewiseiofalse - \fi -\else - \txinativeunicodecapabletrue - \txiusebytewiseiofalse -\fi - -% Set I/O by bytes instead of UTF-8 sequence for XeTeX and LuaTex -% for non-UTF-8 (byte-wise) encodings. -% -\def\setbytewiseio{% - \ifx\XeTeXrevision\thisisundefined - \else - \XeTeXdefaultencoding "bytes" % For subsequent files to be read - \XeTeXinputencoding "bytes" % For document root file - % Unfortunately, there seems to be no corresponding XeTeX command for - % output encoding. This is a problem for auxiliary index and TOC files. - % The only solution would be perhaps to write out @U{...} sequences in - % place of non-ASCII characters. - \fi - - \ifx\luatexversion\thisisundefined - \else - \directlua{ - local utf8_char, byte, gsub = unicode.utf8.char, string.byte, string.gsub - local function convert_char (char) - return utf8_char(byte(char)) - end - - local function convert_line (line) - return gsub(line, ".", convert_char) - end - - callback.register("process_input_buffer", convert_line) - - local function convert_line_out (line) - local line_out = "" - for c in string.utfvalues(line) do - line_out = line_out .. string.char(c) - end - return line_out - end - - callback.register("process_output_buffer", convert_line_out) - } - \fi - - \txiusebytewiseiotrue -} - - -% Helpers for encodings. -% Set the catcode of characters 128 through 255 to the specified number. -% -\def\setnonasciicharscatcode#1{% - \count255=128 - \loop\ifnum\count255<256 - \global\catcode\count255=#1\relax - \advance\count255 by 1 - \repeat -} - -\def\setnonasciicharscatcodenonglobal#1{% - \count255=128 - \loop\ifnum\count255<256 - \catcode\count255=#1\relax - \advance\count255 by 1 - \repeat -} - -% @documentencoding sets the definition of non-ASCII characters -% according to the specified encoding. -% -\def\documentencoding{\parseargusing\filenamecatcodes\documentencodingzzz} -\def\documentencodingzzz#1{% - % - % Encoding being declared for the document. - \def\declaredencoding{\csname #1.enc\endcsname}% - % - % Supported encodings: names converted to tokens in order to be able - % to compare them with \ifx. - \def\ascii{\csname US-ASCII.enc\endcsname}% - \def\latnine{\csname ISO-8859-15.enc\endcsname}% - \def\latone{\csname ISO-8859-1.enc\endcsname}% - \def\lattwo{\csname ISO-8859-2.enc\endcsname}% - \def\utfeight{\csname UTF-8.enc\endcsname}% - % - \ifx \declaredencoding \ascii - \asciichardefs - % - \else \ifx \declaredencoding \lattwo - \iftxinativeunicodecapable - \setbytewiseio - \fi - \setnonasciicharscatcode\active - \lattwochardefs - % - \else \ifx \declaredencoding \latone - \iftxinativeunicodecapable - \setbytewiseio - \fi - \setnonasciicharscatcode\active - \latonechardefs - % - \else \ifx \declaredencoding \latnine - \iftxinativeunicodecapable - \setbytewiseio - \fi - \setnonasciicharscatcode\active - \latninechardefs - % - \else \ifx \declaredencoding \utfeight - \iftxinativeunicodecapable - % For native Unicode handling (XeTeX and LuaTeX) - \nativeunicodechardefs - \else - % For treating UTF-8 as byte sequences (TeX, eTeX and pdfTeX) - \setnonasciicharscatcode\active - % since we already invoked \utfeightchardefs at the top level - % (below), do not re-invoke it, otherwise our check for duplicated - % definitions gets triggered. Making non-ascii chars active is - % sufficient. - \fi - % - \else - \message{Ignoring unknown document encoding: #1.}% - % - \fi % utfeight - \fi % latnine - \fi % latone - \fi % lattwo - \fi % ascii - % - \ifx\XeTeXrevision\thisisundefined - \else - \ifx \declaredencoding \utfeight - \else - \ifx \declaredencoding \ascii - \else - \message{Warning: XeTeX with non-UTF-8 encodings cannot handle % - non-ASCII characters in auxiliary files.}% - \fi - \fi - \fi -} - -% emacs-page -% A message to be logged when using a character that isn't available -% the default font encoding (OT1). -% -\def\missingcharmsg#1{\message{Character missing, sorry: #1.}} - -% Take account of \c (plain) vs. \, (Texinfo) difference. -\def\cedilla#1{\ifx\c\ptexc\c{#1}\else\,{#1}\fi} - -% First, make active non-ASCII characters in order for them to be -% correctly categorized when TeX reads the replacement text of -% macros containing the character definitions. -\setnonasciicharscatcode\active -% - -\def\gdefchar#1#2{% -\gdef#1{% - \ifpassthroughchars - \string#1% - \else - #2% - \fi -}} - -% Latin1 (ISO-8859-1) character definitions. -\def\latonechardefs{% - \gdefchar^^a0{\tie} - \gdefchar^^a1{\exclamdown} - \gdefchar^^a2{{\tcfont \char162}} % cent - \gdefchar^^a3{\pounds{}} - \gdefchar^^a4{{\tcfont \char164}} % currency - \gdefchar^^a5{{\tcfont \char165}} % yen - \gdefchar^^a6{{\tcfont \char166}} % broken bar - \gdefchar^^a7{\S} - \gdefchar^^a8{\"{}} - \gdefchar^^a9{\copyright{}} - \gdefchar^^aa{\ordf} - \gdefchar^^ab{\guillemetleft{}} - \gdefchar^^ac{\ensuremath\lnot} - \gdefchar^^ad{\-} - \gdefchar^^ae{\registeredsymbol{}} - \gdefchar^^af{\={}} - % - \gdefchar^^b0{\textdegree} - \gdefchar^^b1{$\pm$} - \gdefchar^^b2{$^2$} - \gdefchar^^b3{$^3$} - \gdefchar^^b4{\'{}} - \gdefchar^^b5{$\mu$} - \gdefchar^^b6{\P} - \gdefchar^^b7{\ensuremath\cdot} - \gdefchar^^b8{\cedilla\ } - \gdefchar^^b9{$^1$} - \gdefchar^^ba{\ordm} - \gdefchar^^bb{\guillemetright{}} - \gdefchar^^bc{$1\over4$} - \gdefchar^^bd{$1\over2$} - \gdefchar^^be{$3\over4$} - \gdefchar^^bf{\questiondown} - % - \gdefchar^^c0{\`A} - \gdefchar^^c1{\'A} - \gdefchar^^c2{\^A} - \gdefchar^^c3{\~A} - \gdefchar^^c4{\"A} - \gdefchar^^c5{\ringaccent A} - \gdefchar^^c6{\AE} - \gdefchar^^c7{\cedilla C} - \gdefchar^^c8{\`E} - \gdefchar^^c9{\'E} - \gdefchar^^ca{\^E} - \gdefchar^^cb{\"E} - \gdefchar^^cc{\`I} - \gdefchar^^cd{\'I} - \gdefchar^^ce{\^I} - \gdefchar^^cf{\"I} - % - \gdefchar^^d0{\DH} - \gdefchar^^d1{\~N} - \gdefchar^^d2{\`O} - \gdefchar^^d3{\'O} - \gdefchar^^d4{\^O} - \gdefchar^^d5{\~O} - \gdefchar^^d6{\"O} - \gdefchar^^d7{$\times$} - \gdefchar^^d8{\O} - \gdefchar^^d9{\`U} - \gdefchar^^da{\'U} - \gdefchar^^db{\^U} - \gdefchar^^dc{\"U} - \gdefchar^^dd{\'Y} - \gdefchar^^de{\TH} - \gdefchar^^df{\ss} - % - \gdefchar^^e0{\`a} - \gdefchar^^e1{\'a} - \gdefchar^^e2{\^a} - \gdefchar^^e3{\~a} - \gdefchar^^e4{\"a} - \gdefchar^^e5{\ringaccent a} - \gdefchar^^e6{\ae} - \gdefchar^^e7{\cedilla c} - \gdefchar^^e8{\`e} - \gdefchar^^e9{\'e} - \gdefchar^^ea{\^e} - \gdefchar^^eb{\"e} - \gdefchar^^ec{\`{\dotless i}} - \gdefchar^^ed{\'{\dotless i}} - \gdefchar^^ee{\^{\dotless i}} - \gdefchar^^ef{\"{\dotless i}} - % - \gdefchar^^f0{\dh} - \gdefchar^^f1{\~n} - \gdefchar^^f2{\`o} - \gdefchar^^f3{\'o} - \gdefchar^^f4{\^o} - \gdefchar^^f5{\~o} - \gdefchar^^f6{\"o} - \gdefchar^^f7{$\div$} - \gdefchar^^f8{\o} - \gdefchar^^f9{\`u} - \gdefchar^^fa{\'u} - \gdefchar^^fb{\^u} - \gdefchar^^fc{\"u} - \gdefchar^^fd{\'y} - \gdefchar^^fe{\th} - \gdefchar^^ff{\"y} -} - -% Latin9 (ISO-8859-15) encoding character definitions. -\def\latninechardefs{% - % Encoding is almost identical to Latin1. - \latonechardefs - % - \gdefchar^^a4{\euro{}} - \gdefchar^^a6{\v S} - \gdefchar^^a8{\v s} - \gdefchar^^b4{\v Z} - \gdefchar^^b8{\v z} - \gdefchar^^bc{\OE} - \gdefchar^^bd{\oe} - \gdefchar^^be{\"Y} -} - -% Latin2 (ISO-8859-2) character definitions. -\def\lattwochardefs{% - \gdefchar^^a0{\tie} - \gdefchar^^a1{\ogonek{A}} - \gdefchar^^a2{\u{}} - \gdefchar^^a3{\L} - \gdefchar^^a4{\missingcharmsg{CURRENCY SIGN}} - \gdefchar^^a5{\v L} - \gdefchar^^a6{\'S} - \gdefchar^^a7{\S} - \gdefchar^^a8{\"{}} - \gdefchar^^a9{\v S} - \gdefchar^^aa{\cedilla S} - \gdefchar^^ab{\v T} - \gdefchar^^ac{\'Z} - \gdefchar^^ad{\-} - \gdefchar^^ae{\v Z} - \gdefchar^^af{\dotaccent Z} - % - \gdefchar^^b0{\textdegree{}} - \gdefchar^^b1{\ogonek{a}} - \gdefchar^^b2{\ogonek{ }} - \gdefchar^^b3{\l} - \gdefchar^^b4{\'{}} - \gdefchar^^b5{\v l} - \gdefchar^^b6{\'s} - \gdefchar^^b7{\v{}} - \gdefchar^^b8{\cedilla\ } - \gdefchar^^b9{\v s} - \gdefchar^^ba{\cedilla s} - \gdefchar^^bb{\v t} - \gdefchar^^bc{\'z} - \gdefchar^^bd{\H{}} - \gdefchar^^be{\v z} - \gdefchar^^bf{\dotaccent z} - % - \gdefchar^^c0{\'R} - \gdefchar^^c1{\'A} - \gdefchar^^c2{\^A} - \gdefchar^^c3{\u A} - \gdefchar^^c4{\"A} - \gdefchar^^c5{\'L} - \gdefchar^^c6{\'C} - \gdefchar^^c7{\cedilla C} - \gdefchar^^c8{\v C} - \gdefchar^^c9{\'E} - \gdefchar^^ca{\ogonek{E}} - \gdefchar^^cb{\"E} - \gdefchar^^cc{\v E} - \gdefchar^^cd{\'I} - \gdefchar^^ce{\^I} - \gdefchar^^cf{\v D} - % - \gdefchar^^d0{\DH} - \gdefchar^^d1{\'N} - \gdefchar^^d2{\v N} - \gdefchar^^d3{\'O} - \gdefchar^^d4{\^O} - \gdefchar^^d5{\H O} - \gdefchar^^d6{\"O} - \gdefchar^^d7{$\times$} - \gdefchar^^d8{\v R} - \gdefchar^^d9{\ringaccent U} - \gdefchar^^da{\'U} - \gdefchar^^db{\H U} - \gdefchar^^dc{\"U} - \gdefchar^^dd{\'Y} - \gdefchar^^de{\cedilla T} - \gdefchar^^df{\ss} - % - \gdefchar^^e0{\'r} - \gdefchar^^e1{\'a} - \gdefchar^^e2{\^a} - \gdefchar^^e3{\u a} - \gdefchar^^e4{\"a} - \gdefchar^^e5{\'l} - \gdefchar^^e6{\'c} - \gdefchar^^e7{\cedilla c} - \gdefchar^^e8{\v c} - \gdefchar^^e9{\'e} - \gdefchar^^ea{\ogonek{e}} - \gdefchar^^eb{\"e} - \gdefchar^^ec{\v e} - \gdefchar^^ed{\'{\dotless{i}}} - \gdefchar^^ee{\^{\dotless{i}}} - \gdefchar^^ef{\v d} - % - \gdefchar^^f0{\dh} - \gdefchar^^f1{\'n} - \gdefchar^^f2{\v n} - \gdefchar^^f3{\'o} - \gdefchar^^f4{\^o} - \gdefchar^^f5{\H o} - \gdefchar^^f6{\"o} - \gdefchar^^f7{$\div$} - \gdefchar^^f8{\v r} - \gdefchar^^f9{\ringaccent u} - \gdefchar^^fa{\'u} - \gdefchar^^fb{\H u} - \gdefchar^^fc{\"u} - \gdefchar^^fd{\'y} - \gdefchar^^fe{\cedilla t} - \gdefchar^^ff{\dotaccent{}} -} - -% UTF-8 character definitions. -% -% This code to support UTF-8 is based on LaTeX's utf8.def, with some -% changes for Texinfo conventions. It is included here under the GPL by -% permission from Frank Mittelbach and the LaTeX team. -% -\newcount\countUTFx -\newcount\countUTFy -\newcount\countUTFz - -\gdef\UTFviiiTwoOctets#1#2{\expandafter - \UTFviiiDefined\csname u8:#1\string #2\endcsname} -% -\gdef\UTFviiiThreeOctets#1#2#3{\expandafter - \UTFviiiDefined\csname u8:#1\string #2\string #3\endcsname} -% -\gdef\UTFviiiFourOctets#1#2#3#4{\expandafter - \UTFviiiDefined\csname u8:#1\string #2\string #3\string #4\endcsname} - -\gdef\UTFviiiDefined#1{% - \ifx #1\relax - \message{\linenumber Unicode char \string #1 not defined for Texinfo}% - \else - \expandafter #1% - \fi -} - -% Give non-ASCII bytes the active definitions for processing UTF-8 sequences -\begingroup - \catcode`\~13 - \catcode`\$12 - \catcode`\"12 - - % Loop from \countUTFx to \countUTFy, performing \UTFviiiTmp - % substituting ~ and $ with a character token of that value. - \def\UTFviiiLoop{% - \global\catcode\countUTFx\active - \uccode`\~\countUTFx - \uccode`\$\countUTFx - \uppercase\expandafter{\UTFviiiTmp}% - \advance\countUTFx by 1 - \ifnum\countUTFx < \countUTFy - \expandafter\UTFviiiLoop - \fi} - - % For bytes other than the first in a UTF-8 sequence. Not expected to - % be expanded except when writing to auxiliary files. - \countUTFx = "80 - \countUTFy = "C2 - \def\UTFviiiTmp{% - \gdef~{% - \ifpassthroughchars $\fi}}% - \UTFviiiLoop - - \countUTFx = "C2 - \countUTFy = "E0 - \def\UTFviiiTmp{% - \gdef~{% - \ifpassthroughchars $% - \else\expandafter\UTFviiiTwoOctets\expandafter$\fi}}% - \UTFviiiLoop - - \countUTFx = "E0 - \countUTFy = "F0 - \def\UTFviiiTmp{% - \gdef~{% - \ifpassthroughchars $% - \else\expandafter\UTFviiiThreeOctets\expandafter$\fi}}% - \UTFviiiLoop - - \countUTFx = "F0 - \countUTFy = "F4 - \def\UTFviiiTmp{% - \gdef~{% - \ifpassthroughchars $% - \else\expandafter\UTFviiiFourOctets\expandafter$\fi - }}% - \UTFviiiLoop -\endgroup - -\def\globallet{\global\let} % save some \expandafter's below - -% @U{xxxx} to produce U+xxxx, if we support it. -\def\U#1{% - \expandafter\ifx\csname uni:#1\endcsname \relax - \iftxinativeunicodecapable - % All Unicode characters can be used if native Unicode handling is - % active. However, if the font does not have the glyph, - % letters are missing. - \begingroup - \uccode`\.="#1\relax - \uppercase{.} - \endgroup - \else - \errhelp = \EMsimple - \errmessage{Unicode character U+#1 not supported, sorry}% - \fi - \else - \csname uni:#1\endcsname - \fi -} - -% These macros are used here to construct the name of a control -% sequence to be defined. -\def\UTFviiiTwoOctetsName#1#2{% - \csname u8:#1\string #2\endcsname}% -\def\UTFviiiThreeOctetsName#1#2#3{% - \csname u8:#1\string #2\string #3\endcsname}% -\def\UTFviiiFourOctetsName#1#2#3#4{% - \csname u8:#1\string #2\string #3\string #4\endcsname}% - -% For UTF-8 byte sequences (TeX, e-TeX and pdfTeX), -% provide a definition macro to replace a Unicode character; -% this gets used by the @U command -% -\begingroup - \catcode`\"=12 - \catcode`\<=12 - \catcode`\.=12 - \catcode`\,=12 - \catcode`\;=12 - \catcode`\!=12 - \catcode`\~=13 - \gdef\DeclareUnicodeCharacterUTFviii#1#2{% - \countUTFz = "#1\relax - \begingroup - \parseXMLCharref - - % Give \u8:... its definition. The sequence of seven \expandafter's - % expands after the \gdef three times, e.g. - % - % 1. \UTFviiTwoOctetsName B1 B2 - % 2. \csname u8:B1 \string B2 \endcsname - % 3. \u8: B1 B2 (a single control sequence token) - % - \expandafter\expandafter - \expandafter\expandafter - \expandafter\expandafter - \expandafter\gdef \UTFviiiTmp{#2}% - % - \expandafter\ifx\csname uni:#1\endcsname \relax \else - \message{Internal error, already defined: #1}% - \fi - % - % define an additional control sequence for this code point. - \expandafter\globallet\csname uni:#1\endcsname \UTFviiiTmp - \endgroup} - % - % Given the value in \countUTFz as a Unicode code point, set \UTFviiiTmp - % to the corresponding UTF-8 sequence. - \gdef\parseXMLCharref{% - \ifnum\countUTFz < "A0\relax - \errhelp = \EMsimple - \errmessage{Cannot define Unicode char value < 00A0}% - \else\ifnum\countUTFz < "800\relax - \parseUTFviiiA,% - \parseUTFviiiB C\UTFviiiTwoOctetsName.,% - \else\ifnum\countUTFz < "10000\relax - \parseUTFviiiA;% - \parseUTFviiiA,% - \parseUTFviiiB E\UTFviiiThreeOctetsName.{,;}% - \else - \parseUTFviiiA;% - \parseUTFviiiA,% - \parseUTFviiiA!% - \parseUTFviiiB F\UTFviiiFourOctetsName.{!,;}% - \fi\fi\fi - } - - % Extract a byte from the end of the UTF-8 representation of \countUTFx. - % It must be a non-initial byte in the sequence. - % Change \uccode of #1 for it to be used in \parseUTFviiiB as one - % of the bytes. - \gdef\parseUTFviiiA#1{% - \countUTFx = \countUTFz - \divide\countUTFz by 64 - \countUTFy = \countUTFz % Save to be the future value of \countUTFz. - \multiply\countUTFz by 64 - - % \countUTFz is now \countUTFx with the last 5 bits cleared. Subtract - % in order to get the last five bits. - \advance\countUTFx by -\countUTFz - - % Convert this to the byte in the UTF-8 sequence. - \advance\countUTFx by 128 - \uccode `#1\countUTFx - \countUTFz = \countUTFy} - - % Used to put a UTF-8 byte sequence into \UTFviiiTmp - % #1 is the increment for \countUTFz to yield a the first byte of the UTF-8 - % sequence. - % #2 is one of the \UTFviii*OctetsName macros. - % #3 is always a full stop (.) - % #4 is a template for the other bytes in the sequence. The values for these - % bytes is substituted in here with \uppercase using the \uccode's. - \gdef\parseUTFviiiB#1#2#3#4{% - \advance\countUTFz by "#10\relax - \uccode `#3\countUTFz - \uppercase{\gdef\UTFviiiTmp{#2#3#4}}} -\endgroup - -% For native Unicode handling (XeTeX and LuaTeX), -% provide a definition macro that sets a catcode to `other' non-globally -% -\def\DeclareUnicodeCharacterNativeOther#1#2{% - \catcode"#1=\other -} - -% https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Plane_(Unicode)#Basic_M -% U+0000..U+007F = https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Basic_Latin_(Unicode_block) -% U+0080..U+00FF = https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Latin-1_Supplement_(Unicode_block) -% U+0100..U+017F = https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Latin_Extended-A -% U+0180..U+024F = https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Latin_Extended-B -% -% Many of our renditions are less than wonderful, and all the missing -% characters are available somewhere. Loading the necessary fonts -% awaits user request. We can't truly support Unicode without -% reimplementing everything that's been done in LaTeX for many years, -% plus probably using luatex or xetex, and who knows what else. -% We won't be doing that here in this simple file. But we can try to at -% least make most of the characters not bomb out. -% -\def\unicodechardefs{% - \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{00A0}{\tie}% - \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{00A1}{\exclamdown}% - \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{00A2}{{\tcfont \char162}}% 0242=cent - \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{00A3}{\pounds{}}% - \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{00A4}{{\tcfont \char164}}% 0244=currency - \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{00A5}{{\tcfont \char165}}% 0245=yen - \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{00A6}{{\tcfont \char166}}% 0246=brokenbar - \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{00A7}{\S}% - \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{00A8}{\"{ }}% - \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{00A9}{\copyright{}}% - \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{00AA}{\ordf}% - \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{00AB}{\guillemetleft{}}% - \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{00AC}{\ensuremath\lnot}% - \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{00AD}{\-}% - \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{00AE}{\registeredsymbol{}}% - \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{00AF}{\={ }}% - % - \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{00B0}{\ringaccent{ }}% - \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{00B1}{\ensuremath\pm}% - \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{00B2}{$^2$}% - \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{00B3}{$^3$}% - \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{00B4}{\'{ }}% - \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{00B5}{$\mu$}% - \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{00B6}{\P}% - \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{00B7}{\ensuremath\cdot}% - \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{00B8}{\cedilla{ }}% - \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{00B9}{$^1$}% - \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{00BA}{\ordm}% - \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{00BB}{\guillemetright{}}% - \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{00BC}{$1\over4$}% - \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{00BD}{$1\over2$}% - \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{00BE}{$3\over4$}% - \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{00BF}{\questiondown}% - % - \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{00C0}{\`A}% - \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{00C1}{\'A}% - \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{00C2}{\^A}% - \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{00C3}{\~A}% - \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{00C4}{\"A}% - \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{00C5}{\AA}% - \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{00C6}{\AE}% - \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{00C7}{\cedilla{C}}% - \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{00C8}{\`E}% - \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{00C9}{\'E}% - \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{00CA}{\^E}% - \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{00CB}{\"E}% - \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{00CC}{\`I}% - \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{00CD}{\'I}% - \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{00CE}{\^I}% - \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{00CF}{\"I}% - % - \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{00D0}{\DH}% - \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{00D1}{\~N}% - \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{00D2}{\`O}% - \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{00D3}{\'O}% - \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{00D4}{\^O}% - \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{00D5}{\~O}% - \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{00D6}{\"O}% - \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{00D7}{\ensuremath\times}% - \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{00D8}{\O}% - \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{00D9}{\`U}% - \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{00DA}{\'U}% - \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{00DB}{\^U}% - \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{00DC}{\"U}% - \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{00DD}{\'Y}% - \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{00DE}{\TH}% - \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{00DF}{\ss}% - % - \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{00E0}{\`a}% - \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{00E1}{\'a}% - \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{00E2}{\^a}% - \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{00E3}{\~a}% - \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{00E4}{\"a}% - \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{00E5}{\aa}% - \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{00E6}{\ae}% - \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{00E7}{\cedilla{c}}% - \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{00E8}{\`e}% - \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{00E9}{\'e}% - \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{00EA}{\^e}% - \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{00EB}{\"e}% - \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{00EC}{\`{\dotless{i}}}% - \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{00ED}{\'{\dotless{i}}}% - \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{00EE}{\^{\dotless{i}}}% - \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{00EF}{\"{\dotless{i}}}% - % - \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{00F0}{\dh}% - \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{00F1}{\~n}% - \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{00F2}{\`o}% - \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{00F3}{\'o}% - \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{00F4}{\^o}% - \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{00F5}{\~o}% - \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{00F6}{\"o}% - \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{00F7}{\ensuremath\div}% - \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{00F8}{\o}% - \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{00F9}{\`u}% - \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{00FA}{\'u}% - \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{00FB}{\^u}% - \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{00FC}{\"u}% - \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{00FD}{\'y}% - \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{00FE}{\th}% - \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{00FF}{\"y}% - % - \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{0100}{\=A}% - \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{0101}{\=a}% - \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{0102}{\u{A}}% - \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{0103}{\u{a}}% - \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{0104}{\ogonek{A}}% - \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{0105}{\ogonek{a}}% - \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{0106}{\'C}% - \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{0107}{\'c}% - \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{0108}{\^C}% - \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{0109}{\^c}% - \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{010A}{\dotaccent{C}}% - \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{010B}{\dotaccent{c}}% - \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{010C}{\v{C}}% - \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{010D}{\v{c}}% - \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{010E}{\v{D}}% - \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{010F}{d'}% - % - \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{0110}{\DH}% - \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{0111}{\dh}% - \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{0112}{\=E}% - \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{0113}{\=e}% - \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{0114}{\u{E}}% - \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{0115}{\u{e}}% - \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{0116}{\dotaccent{E}}% - \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{0117}{\dotaccent{e}}% - \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{0118}{\ogonek{E}}% - \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{0119}{\ogonek{e}}% - \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{011A}{\v{E}}% - \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{011B}{\v{e}}% - \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{011C}{\^G}% - \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{011D}{\^g}% - \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{011E}{\u{G}}% - \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{011F}{\u{g}}% - % - \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{0120}{\dotaccent{G}}% - \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{0121}{\dotaccent{g}}% - \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{0122}{\cedilla{G}}% - \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{0123}{\cedilla{g}}% - \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{0124}{\^H}% - \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{0125}{\^h}% - \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{0126}{\missingcharmsg{H WITH STROKE}}% - \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{0127}{\missingcharmsg{h WITH STROKE}}% - \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{0128}{\~I}% - \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{0129}{\~{\dotless{i}}}% - \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{012A}{\=I}% - \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{012B}{\={\dotless{i}}}% - \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{012C}{\u{I}}% - \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{012D}{\u{\dotless{i}}}% - \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{012E}{\ogonek{I}}% - \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{012F}{\ogonek{i}}% - % - \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{0130}{\dotaccent{I}}% - \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{0131}{\dotless{i}}% - \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{0132}{IJ}% - \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{0133}{ij}% - \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{0134}{\^J}% - \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{0135}{\^{\dotless{j}}}% - \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{0136}{\cedilla{K}}% - \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{0137}{\cedilla{k}}% - \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{0138}{\ensuremath\kappa}% - \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{0139}{\'L}% - \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{013A}{\'l}% - \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{013B}{\cedilla{L}}% - \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{013C}{\cedilla{l}}% - \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{013D}{L'}% should kern - \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{013E}{l'}% should kern - \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{013F}{L\U{00B7}}% - % - \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{0140}{l\U{00B7}}% - \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{0141}{\L}% - \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{0142}{\l}% - \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{0143}{\'N}% - \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{0144}{\'n}% - \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{0145}{\cedilla{N}}% - \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{0146}{\cedilla{n}}% - \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{0147}{\v{N}}% - \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{0148}{\v{n}}% - \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{0149}{'n}% - \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{014A}{\missingcharmsg{ENG}}% - \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{014B}{\missingcharmsg{eng}}% - \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{014C}{\=O}% - \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{014D}{\=o}% - \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{014E}{\u{O}}% - \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{014F}{\u{o}}% - % - \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{0150}{\H{O}}% - \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{0151}{\H{o}}% - \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{0152}{\OE}% - \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{0153}{\oe}% - \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{0154}{\'R}% - \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{0155}{\'r}% - \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{0156}{\cedilla{R}}% - \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{0157}{\cedilla{r}}% - \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{0158}{\v{R}}% - \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{0159}{\v{r}}% - \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{015A}{\'S}% - \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{015B}{\'s}% - \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{015C}{\^S}% - \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{015D}{\^s}% - \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{015E}{\cedilla{S}}% - \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{015F}{\cedilla{s}}% - % - \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{0160}{\v{S}}% - \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{0161}{\v{s}}% - \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{0162}{\cedilla{T}}% - \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{0163}{\cedilla{t}}% - \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{0164}{\v{T}}% - \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{0165}{\v{t}}% - \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{0166}{\missingcharmsg{H WITH STROKE}}% - \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{0167}{\missingcharmsg{h WITH STROKE}}% - \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{0168}{\~U}% - \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{0169}{\~u}% - \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{016A}{\=U}% - \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{016B}{\=u}% - \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{016C}{\u{U}}% - \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{016D}{\u{u}}% - \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{016E}{\ringaccent{U}}% - \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{016F}{\ringaccent{u}}% - % - \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{0170}{\H{U}}% - \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{0171}{\H{u}}% - \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{0172}{\ogonek{U}}% - \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{0173}{\ogonek{u}}% - \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{0174}{\^W}% - \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{0175}{\^w}% - \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{0176}{\^Y}% - \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{0177}{\^y}% - \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{0178}{\"Y}% - \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{0179}{\'Z}% - \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{017A}{\'z}% - \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{017B}{\dotaccent{Z}}% - \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{017C}{\dotaccent{z}}% - \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{017D}{\v{Z}}% - \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{017E}{\v{z}}% - \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{017F}{\missingcharmsg{LONG S}}% - % - \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{01C4}{D\v{Z}}% - \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{01C5}{D\v{z}}% - \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{01C6}{d\v{z}}% - \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{01C7}{LJ}% - \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{01C8}{Lj}% - \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{01C9}{lj}% - \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{01CA}{NJ}% - \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{01CB}{Nj}% - \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{01CC}{nj}% - \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{01CD}{\v{A}}% - \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{01CE}{\v{a}}% - \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{01CF}{\v{I}}% - % - \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{01D0}{\v{\dotless{i}}}% - \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{01D1}{\v{O}}% - \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{01D2}{\v{o}}% - \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{01D3}{\v{U}}% - \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{01D4}{\v{u}}% - % - \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{01E2}{\={\AE}}% - \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{01E3}{\={\ae}}% - \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{01E6}{\v{G}}% - \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{01E7}{\v{g}}% - \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{01E8}{\v{K}}% - \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{01E9}{\v{k}}% - % - \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{01F0}{\v{\dotless{j}}}% - \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{01F1}{DZ}% - \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{01F2}{Dz}% - \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{01F3}{dz}% - \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{01F4}{\'G}% - \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{01F5}{\'g}% - \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{01F8}{\`N}% - \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{01F9}{\`n}% - \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{01FC}{\'{\AE}}% - \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{01FD}{\'{\ae}}% - \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{01FE}{\'{\O}}% - \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{01FF}{\'{\o}}% - % - \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{021E}{\v{H}}% - \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{021F}{\v{h}}% - % - \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{0226}{\dotaccent{A}}% - \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{0227}{\dotaccent{a}}% - \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{0228}{\cedilla{E}}% - \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{0229}{\cedilla{e}}% - \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{022E}{\dotaccent{O}}% - \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{022F}{\dotaccent{o}}% - % - \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{0232}{\=Y}% - \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{0233}{\=y}% - \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{0237}{\dotless{j}}% - % - \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{02BC}{'}% - % - \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{02DB}{\ogonek{ }}% - % - % Greek letters upper case - \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{0391}{{\it A}}% - \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{0392}{{\it B}}% - \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{0393}{\ensuremath{\mit\Gamma}}% - \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{0394}{\ensuremath{\mit\Delta}}% - \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{0395}{{\it E}}% - \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{0396}{{\it Z}}% - \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{0397}{{\it H}}% - \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{0398}{\ensuremath{\mit\Theta}}% - \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{0399}{{\it I}}% - \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{039A}{{\it K}}% - \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{039B}{\ensuremath{\mit\Lambda}}% - \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{039C}{{\it M}}% - \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{039D}{{\it N}}% - \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{039E}{\ensuremath{\mit\Xi}}% - \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{039F}{{\it O}}% - \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{03A0}{\ensuremath{\mit\Pi}}% - \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{03A1}{{\it P}}% - %\DeclareUnicodeCharacter{03A2}{} % none - corresponds to final sigma - \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{03A3}{\ensuremath{\mit\Sigma}}% - \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{03A4}{{\it T}}% - \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{03A5}{\ensuremath{\mit\Upsilon}}% - \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{03A6}{\ensuremath{\mit\Phi}}% - \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{03A7}{{\it X}}% - \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{03A8}{\ensuremath{\mit\Psi}}% - \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{03A9}{\ensuremath{\mit\Omega}}% - % - % Vowels with accents - \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{0390}{\ensuremath{\ddot{\acute\iota}}}% - \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{03AC}{\ensuremath{\acute\alpha}}% - \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{03AD}{\ensuremath{\acute\epsilon}}% - \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{03AE}{\ensuremath{\acute\eta}}% - \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{03AF}{\ensuremath{\acute\iota}}% - \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{03B0}{\ensuremath{\acute{\ddot\upsilon}}}% - % - % Standalone accent - \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{0384}{\ensuremath{\acute{\ }}}% - % - % Greek letters lower case - \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{03B1}{\ensuremath\alpha}% - \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{03B2}{\ensuremath\beta}% - \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{03B3}{\ensuremath\gamma}% - \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{03B4}{\ensuremath\delta}% - \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{03B5}{\ensuremath\epsilon}% - \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{03B6}{\ensuremath\zeta}% - \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{03B7}{\ensuremath\eta}% - \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{03B8}{\ensuremath\theta}% - \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{03B9}{\ensuremath\iota}% - \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{03BA}{\ensuremath\kappa}% - \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{03BB}{\ensuremath\lambda}% - \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{03BC}{\ensuremath\mu}% - \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{03BD}{\ensuremath\nu}% - \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{03BE}{\ensuremath\xi}% - \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{03BF}{{\it o}}% omicron - \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{03C0}{\ensuremath\pi}% - \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{03C1}{\ensuremath\rho}% - \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{03C2}{\ensuremath\varsigma}% - \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{03C3}{\ensuremath\sigma}% - \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{03C4}{\ensuremath\tau}% - \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{03C5}{\ensuremath\upsilon}% - \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{03C6}{\ensuremath\phi}% - \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{03C7}{\ensuremath\chi}% - \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{03C8}{\ensuremath\psi}% - \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{03C9}{\ensuremath\omega}% - % - % More Greek vowels with accents - \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{03CA}{\ensuremath{\ddot\iota}}% - \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{03CB}{\ensuremath{\ddot\upsilon}}% - \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{03CC}{\ensuremath{\acute o}}% - \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{03CD}{\ensuremath{\acute\upsilon}}% - \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{03CE}{\ensuremath{\acute\omega}}% - % - % Variant Greek letters - \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{03D1}{\ensuremath\vartheta}% - \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{03D6}{\ensuremath\varpi}% - \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{03F1}{\ensuremath\varrho}% - % - \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{1E02}{\dotaccent{B}}% - \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{1E03}{\dotaccent{b}}% - \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{1E04}{\udotaccent{B}}% - \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{1E05}{\udotaccent{b}}% - \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{1E06}{\ubaraccent{B}}% - \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{1E07}{\ubaraccent{b}}% - \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{1E0A}{\dotaccent{D}}% - \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{1E0B}{\dotaccent{d}}% - \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{1E0C}{\udotaccent{D}}% - \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{1E0D}{\udotaccent{d}}% - \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{1E0E}{\ubaraccent{D}}% - \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{1E0F}{\ubaraccent{d}}% - % - \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{1E1E}{\dotaccent{F}}% - \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{1E1F}{\dotaccent{f}}% - % - \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{1E20}{\=G}% - \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{1E21}{\=g}% - \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{1E22}{\dotaccent{H}}% - \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{1E23}{\dotaccent{h}}% - \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{1E24}{\udotaccent{H}}% - \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{1E25}{\udotaccent{h}}% - \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{1E26}{\"H}% - \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{1E27}{\"h}% - % - \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{1E30}{\'K}% - \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{1E31}{\'k}% - \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{1E32}{\udotaccent{K}}% - \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{1E33}{\udotaccent{k}}% - \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{1E34}{\ubaraccent{K}}% - \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{1E35}{\ubaraccent{k}}% - \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{1E36}{\udotaccent{L}}% - \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{1E37}{\udotaccent{l}}% - \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{1E3A}{\ubaraccent{L}}% - \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{1E3B}{\ubaraccent{l}}% - \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{1E3E}{\'M}% - \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{1E3F}{\'m}% - % - \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{1E40}{\dotaccent{M}}% - \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{1E41}{\dotaccent{m}}% - \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{1E42}{\udotaccent{M}}% - \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{1E43}{\udotaccent{m}}% - \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{1E44}{\dotaccent{N}}% - \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{1E45}{\dotaccent{n}}% - \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{1E46}{\udotaccent{N}}% - \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{1E47}{\udotaccent{n}}% - \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{1E48}{\ubaraccent{N}}% - \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{1E49}{\ubaraccent{n}}% - % - \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{1E54}{\'P}% - \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{1E55}{\'p}% - \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{1E56}{\dotaccent{P}}% - \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{1E57}{\dotaccent{p}}% - \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{1E58}{\dotaccent{R}}% - \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{1E59}{\dotaccent{r}}% - \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{1E5A}{\udotaccent{R}}% - \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{1E5B}{\udotaccent{r}}% - \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{1E5E}{\ubaraccent{R}}% - \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{1E5F}{\ubaraccent{r}}% - % - \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{1E60}{\dotaccent{S}}% - \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{1E61}{\dotaccent{s}}% - \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{1E62}{\udotaccent{S}}% - \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{1E63}{\udotaccent{s}}% - \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{1E6A}{\dotaccent{T}}% - \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{1E6B}{\dotaccent{t}}% - \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{1E6C}{\udotaccent{T}}% - \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{1E6D}{\udotaccent{t}}% - \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{1E6E}{\ubaraccent{T}}% - \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{1E6F}{\ubaraccent{t}}% - % - \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{1E7C}{\~V}% - \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{1E7D}{\~v}% - \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{1E7E}{\udotaccent{V}}% - \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{1E7F}{\udotaccent{v}}% - % - \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{1E80}{\`W}% - \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{1E81}{\`w}% - \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{1E82}{\'W}% - \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{1E83}{\'w}% - \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{1E84}{\"W}% - \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{1E85}{\"w}% - \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{1E86}{\dotaccent{W}}% - \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{1E87}{\dotaccent{w}}% - \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{1E88}{\udotaccent{W}}% - \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{1E89}{\udotaccent{w}}% - \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{1E8A}{\dotaccent{X}}% - \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{1E8B}{\dotaccent{x}}% - \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{1E8C}{\"X}% - \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{1E8D}{\"x}% - \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{1E8E}{\dotaccent{Y}}% - \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{1E8F}{\dotaccent{y}}% - % - \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{1E90}{\^Z}% - \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{1E91}{\^z}% - \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{1E92}{\udotaccent{Z}}% - \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{1E93}{\udotaccent{z}}% - \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{1E94}{\ubaraccent{Z}}% - \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{1E95}{\ubaraccent{z}}% - \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{1E96}{\ubaraccent{h}}% - \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{1E97}{\"t}% - \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{1E98}{\ringaccent{w}}% - \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{1E99}{\ringaccent{y}}% - % - \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{1EA0}{\udotaccent{A}}% - \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{1EA1}{\udotaccent{a}}% - % - \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{1EB8}{\udotaccent{E}}% - \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{1EB9}{\udotaccent{e}}% - \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{1EBC}{\~E}% - \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{1EBD}{\~e}% - % - \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{1ECA}{\udotaccent{I}}% - \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{1ECB}{\udotaccent{i}}% - \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{1ECC}{\udotaccent{O}}% - \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{1ECD}{\udotaccent{o}}% - % - \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{1EE4}{\udotaccent{U}}% - \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{1EE5}{\udotaccent{u}}% - % - \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{1EF2}{\`Y}% - \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{1EF3}{\`y}% - \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{1EF4}{\udotaccent{Y}}% - % - \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{1EF8}{\~Y}% - \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{1EF9}{\~y}% - % - % Punctuation - \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{2013}{--}% - \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{2014}{---}% - \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{2018}{\quoteleft{}}% - \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{2019}{\quoteright{}}% - \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{201A}{\quotesinglbase{}}% - \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{201C}{\quotedblleft{}}% - \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{201D}{\quotedblright{}}% - \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{201E}{\quotedblbase{}}% - \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{2020}{\ensuremath\dagger}% - \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{2021}{\ensuremath\ddagger}% - \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{2022}{\bullet{}}% - \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{202F}{\thinspace}% - \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{2026}{\dots{}}% - \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{2039}{\guilsinglleft{}}% - \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{203A}{\guilsinglright{}}% - % - \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{20AC}{\euro{}}% - % - \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{2192}{\expansion{}}% - \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{21D2}{\result{}}% - % - % Mathematical symbols - \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{2200}{\ensuremath\forall}% - \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{2203}{\ensuremath\exists}% - \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{2208}{\ensuremath\in}% - \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{2212}{\minus{}}% - \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{2217}{\ast}% - \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{221E}{\ensuremath\infty}% - \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{2225}{\ensuremath\parallel}% - \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{2227}{\ensuremath\wedge}% - \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{2229}{\ensuremath\cap}% - \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{2261}{\equiv{}}% - \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{2264}{\ensuremath\leq}% - \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{2265}{\ensuremath\geq}% - \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{2282}{\ensuremath\subset}% - \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{2287}{\ensuremath\supseteq}% - % - \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{2016}{\ensuremath\Vert}% - \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{2032}{\ensuremath\prime}% - \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{210F}{\ensuremath\hbar}% - \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{2111}{\ensuremath\Im}% - \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{2113}{\ensuremath\ell}% - \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{2118}{\ensuremath\wp}% - \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{211C}{\ensuremath\Re}% - \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{2135}{\ensuremath\aleph}% - \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{2190}{\ensuremath\leftarrow}% - \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{2191}{\ensuremath\uparrow}% - \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{2193}{\ensuremath\downarrow}% - \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{2194}{\ensuremath\leftrightarrow}% - \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{2195}{\ensuremath\updownarrow}% - \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{2196}{\ensuremath\nwarrow}% - \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{2197}{\ensuremath\nearrow}% - \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{2198}{\ensuremath\searrow}% - \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{2199}{\ensuremath\swarrow}% - \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{21A6}{\ensuremath\mapsto}% - \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{21A9}{\ensuremath\hookleftarrow}% - \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{21AA}{\ensuremath\hookrightarrow}% - \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{21BC}{\ensuremath\leftharpoonup}% - \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{21BD}{\ensuremath\leftharpoondown}% - \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{21C0}{\ensuremath\rightharpoonup}% - \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{21C1}{\ensuremath\rightharpoondown}% - \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{21CC}{\ensuremath\rightleftharpoons}% - \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{21D0}{\ensuremath\Leftarrow}% - \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{21D1}{\ensuremath\Uparrow}% - \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{21D3}{\ensuremath\Downarrow}% - \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{21D4}{\ensuremath\Leftrightarrow}% - \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{21D5}{\ensuremath\Updownarrow}% - \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{2202}{\ensuremath\partial}% - \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{2205}{\ensuremath\emptyset}% - \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{2207}{\ensuremath\nabla}% - \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{2209}{\ensuremath\notin}% - \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{220B}{\ensuremath\owns}% - \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{220F}{\ensuremath\prod}% - \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{2210}{\ensuremath\coprod}% - \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{2211}{\ensuremath\sum}% - \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{2213}{\ensuremath\mp}% - \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{2218}{\ensuremath\circ}% - \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{221A}{\ensuremath\surd}% - \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{221D}{\ensuremath\propto}% - \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{2220}{\ensuremath\angle}% - \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{2223}{\ensuremath\mid}% - \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{2228}{\ensuremath\vee}% - \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{222A}{\ensuremath\cup}% - \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{222B}{\ensuremath\smallint}% - \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{222E}{\ensuremath\oint}% - \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{223C}{\ensuremath\sim}% - \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{2240}{\ensuremath\wr}% - \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{2243}{\ensuremath\simeq}% - \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{2245}{\ensuremath\cong}% - \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{2248}{\ensuremath\approx}% - \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{224D}{\ensuremath\asymp}% - \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{2250}{\ensuremath\doteq}% - \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{2260}{\ensuremath\neq}% - \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{226A}{\ensuremath\ll}% - \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{226B}{\ensuremath\gg}% - \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{227A}{\ensuremath\prec}% - \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{227B}{\ensuremath\succ}% - \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{2283}{\ensuremath\supset}% - \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{2286}{\ensuremath\subseteq}% - \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{228E}{\ensuremath\uplus}% - \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{2291}{\ensuremath\sqsubseteq}% - \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{2292}{\ensuremath\sqsupseteq}% - \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{2293}{\ensuremath\sqcap}% - \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{2294}{\ensuremath\sqcup}% - \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{2295}{\ensuremath\oplus}% - \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{2296}{\ensuremath\ominus}% - \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{2297}{\ensuremath\otimes}% - \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{2298}{\ensuremath\oslash}% - \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{2299}{\ensuremath\odot}% - \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{22A2}{\ensuremath\vdash}% - \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{22A3}{\ensuremath\dashv}% - \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{22A4}{\ensuremath\ptextop}% - \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{22A5}{\ensuremath\bot}% - \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{22A8}{\ensuremath\models}% - \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{22C0}{\ensuremath\bigwedge}% - \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{22C1}{\ensuremath\bigvee}% - \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{22C2}{\ensuremath\bigcap}% - \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{22C3}{\ensuremath\bigcup}% - \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{22C4}{\ensuremath\diamond}% - \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{22C5}{\ensuremath\cdot}% - \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{22C6}{\ensuremath\star}% - \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{22C8}{\ensuremath\bowtie}% - \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{2308}{\ensuremath\lceil}% - \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{2309}{\ensuremath\rceil}% - \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{230A}{\ensuremath\lfloor}% - \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{230B}{\ensuremath\rfloor}% - \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{2322}{\ensuremath\frown}% - \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{2323}{\ensuremath\smile}% - % - \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{25B3}{\ensuremath\triangle}% - \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{25B7}{\ensuremath\triangleright}% - \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{25BD}{\ensuremath\bigtriangledown}% - \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{25C1}{\ensuremath\triangleleft}% - \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{25C7}{\ensuremath\diamond}% - \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{2660}{\ensuremath\spadesuit}% - \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{2661}{\ensuremath\heartsuit}% - \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{2662}{\ensuremath\diamondsuit}% - \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{2663}{\ensuremath\clubsuit}% - \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{266D}{\ensuremath\flat}% - \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{266E}{\ensuremath\natural}% - \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{266F}{\ensuremath\sharp}% - \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{26AA}{\ensuremath\bigcirc}% - \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{27B9}{\ensuremath\rangle}% - \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{27C2}{\ensuremath\perp}% - \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{27E8}{\ensuremath\langle}% - \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{27F5}{\ensuremath\longleftarrow}% - \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{27F6}{\ensuremath\longrightarrow}% - \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{27F7}{\ensuremath\longleftrightarrow}% - \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{27FC}{\ensuremath\longmapsto}% - \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{29F5}{\ensuremath\setminus}% - \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{2A00}{\ensuremath\bigodot}% - \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{2A01}{\ensuremath\bigoplus}% - \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{2A02}{\ensuremath\bigotimes}% - \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{2A04}{\ensuremath\biguplus}% - \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{2A06}{\ensuremath\bigsqcup}% - \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{2A3F}{\ensuremath\amalg}% - \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{2AAF}{\ensuremath\preceq}% - \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{2AB0}{\ensuremath\succeq}% - % - \global\mathchardef\checkmark="1370% actually the square root sign - \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{2713}{\ensuremath\checkmark}% -}% end of \unicodechardefs - -% UTF-8 byte sequence (pdfTeX) definitions (replacing and @U command) -% It makes the setting that replace UTF-8 byte sequence. -\def\utfeightchardefs{% - \let\DeclareUnicodeCharacter\DeclareUnicodeCharacterUTFviii - \unicodechardefs -} - -% Whether the active definitions of non-ASCII characters expand to -% non-active tokens with the same character code. This is used to -% write characters literally, instead of using active definitions for -% printing the correct glyphs. -\newif\ifpassthroughchars -\passthroughcharsfalse - -% For native Unicode handling (XeTeX and LuaTeX), -% provide a definition macro to replace/pass-through a Unicode character -% -\def\DeclareUnicodeCharacterNative#1#2{% - \catcode"#1=\active - \def\dodeclareunicodecharacternative##1##2##3{% - \begingroup - \uccode`\~="##2\relax - \uppercase{\gdef~}{% - \ifpassthroughchars - ##1% - \else - ##3% - \fi - } - \endgroup - } - \begingroup - \uccode`\.="#1\relax - \uppercase{\def\UTFNativeTmp{.}}% - \expandafter\dodeclareunicodecharacternative\UTFNativeTmp{#1}{#2}% - \endgroup -} - -% Native Unicode handling (XeTeX and LuaTeX) character replacing definition. -% It activates the setting that replaces Unicode characters. -\def\nativeunicodechardefs{% - \let\DeclareUnicodeCharacter\DeclareUnicodeCharacterNative - \unicodechardefs -} - -% For native Unicode handling (XeTeX and LuaTeX), -% make the character token expand -% to the sequences given in \unicodechardefs for printing. -\def\DeclareUnicodeCharacterNativeAtU#1#2{% - \def\UTFAtUTmp{#2} - \expandafter\globallet\csname uni:#1\endcsname \UTFAtUTmp -} - -% @U command definitions for native Unicode handling (XeTeX and LuaTeX). -\def\nativeunicodechardefsatu{% - \let\DeclareUnicodeCharacter\DeclareUnicodeCharacterNativeAtU - \unicodechardefs -} - -% US-ASCII character definitions. -\def\asciichardefs{% nothing need be done - \relax -} - -% Define all Unicode characters we know about. This makes UTF-8 the default -% input encoding and allows @U to work. -\iftxinativeunicodecapable - \nativeunicodechardefsatu -\else - \utfeightchardefs -\fi - -\message{formatting,} - -\newdimen\defaultparindent \defaultparindent = 15pt - -\chapheadingskip = 15pt plus 4pt minus 2pt -\secheadingskip = 12pt plus 3pt minus 2pt -\subsecheadingskip = 9pt plus 2pt minus 2pt - -% Prevent underfull vbox error messages. -\vbadness = 10000 - -% Don't be very finicky about underfull hboxes, either. -\hbadness = 6666 - -% Following George Bush, get rid of widows and orphans. -\widowpenalty=10000 -\clubpenalty=10000 - -% Use TeX 3.0's \emergencystretch to help line breaking, but if we're -% using an old version of TeX, don't do anything. We want the amount of -% stretch added to depend on the line length, hence the dependence on -% \hsize. We call this whenever the paper size is set. -% -\def\setemergencystretch{% - \ifx\emergencystretch\thisisundefined - % Allow us to assign to \emergencystretch anyway. - \def\emergencystretch{\dimen0}% - \else - \emergencystretch = .15\hsize - \fi -} - -% Parameters in order: 1) textheight; 2) textwidth; -% 3) voffset; 4) hoffset; 5) binding offset; 6) topskip; -% 7) physical page height; 8) physical page width. -% -% We also call \setleading{\textleading}, so the caller should define -% \textleading. The caller should also set \parskip. -% -\def\internalpagesizes#1#2#3#4#5#6#7#8{% - \voffset = #3\relax - \topskip = #6\relax - \splittopskip = \topskip - % - \vsize = #1\relax - \advance\vsize by \topskip - \outervsize = \vsize - \advance\outervsize by 2\topandbottommargin - \txipageheight = \vsize - % - \hsize = #2\relax - \outerhsize = \hsize - \advance\outerhsize by 0.5in - \txipagewidth = \hsize - % - \normaloffset = #4\relax - \bindingoffset = #5\relax - % - \ifpdf - \pdfpageheight #7\relax - \pdfpagewidth #8\relax - % if we don't reset these, they will remain at "1 true in" of - % whatever layout pdftex was dumped with. - \pdfhorigin = 1 true in - \pdfvorigin = 1 true in - \else - \ifx\XeTeXrevision\thisisundefined - \special{papersize=#8,#7}% - \else - \pdfpageheight #7\relax - \pdfpagewidth #8\relax - % XeTeX does not have \pdfhorigin and \pdfvorigin. - \fi - \fi - % - \setleading{\textleading} - % - \parindent = \defaultparindent - \setemergencystretch -} - -% @letterpaper (the default). -\def\letterpaper{{\globaldefs = 1 - \parskip = 3pt plus 2pt minus 1pt - \textleading = 13.2pt - % - % If page is nothing but text, make it come out even. - \internalpagesizes{607.2pt}{6in}% that's 46 lines - {\voffset}{.25in}% - {\bindingoffset}{36pt}% - {11in}{8.5in}% -}} - -% Use @smallbook to reset parameters for 7x9.25 trim size. -\def\smallbook{{\globaldefs = 1 - \parskip = 2pt plus 1pt - \textleading = 12pt - % - \internalpagesizes{7.5in}{5in}% - {-.2in}{0in}% - {\bindingoffset}{16pt}% - {9.25in}{7in}% - % - \lispnarrowing = 0.3in - \tolerance = 700 - \contentsrightmargin = 0pt - \defbodyindent = .5cm -}} - -% Use @smallerbook to reset parameters for 6x9 trim size. -% (Just testing, parameters still in flux.) -\def\smallerbook{{\globaldefs = 1 - \parskip = 1.5pt plus 1pt - \textleading = 12pt - % - \internalpagesizes{7.4in}{4.8in}% - {-.2in}{-.4in}% - {0pt}{14pt}% - {9in}{6in}% - % - \lispnarrowing = 0.25in - \tolerance = 700 - \contentsrightmargin = 0pt - \defbodyindent = .4cm -}} - -% Use @afourpaper to print on European A4 paper. -\def\afourpaper{{\globaldefs = 1 - \parskip = 3pt plus 2pt minus 1pt - \textleading = 13.2pt - % - % Double-side printing via postscript on Laserjet 4050 - % prints double-sided nicely when \bindingoffset=10mm and \hoffset=-6mm. - % To change the settings for a different printer or situation, adjust - % \normaloffset until the front-side and back-side texts align. Then - % do the same for \bindingoffset. You can set these for testing in - % your texinfo source file like this: - % @tex - % \global\normaloffset = -6mm - % \global\bindingoffset = 10mm - % @end tex - \internalpagesizes{673.2pt}{160mm}% that's 51 lines - {\voffset}{\hoffset}% - {\bindingoffset}{44pt}% - {297mm}{210mm}% - % - \tolerance = 700 - \contentsrightmargin = 0pt - \defbodyindent = 5mm -}} - -% Use @afivepaper to print on European A5 paper. -% From romildo@urano.iceb.ufop.br, 2 July 2000. -% He also recommends making @example and @lisp be small. -\def\afivepaper{{\globaldefs = 1 - \parskip = 2pt plus 1pt minus 0.1pt - \textleading = 12.5pt - % - \internalpagesizes{160mm}{120mm}% - {\voffset}{\hoffset}% - {\bindingoffset}{8pt}% - {210mm}{148mm}% - % - \lispnarrowing = 0.2in - \tolerance = 800 - \contentsrightmargin = 0pt - \defbodyindent = 2mm - \tableindent = 12mm -}} - -% A specific text layout, 24x15cm overall, intended for A4 paper. -\def\afourlatex{{\globaldefs = 1 - \afourpaper - \internalpagesizes{237mm}{150mm}% - {\voffset}{4.6mm}% - {\bindingoffset}{7mm}% - {297mm}{210mm}% - % - % Must explicitly reset to 0 because we call \afourpaper. - \globaldefs = 0 -}} - -% Use @afourwide to print on A4 paper in landscape format. -\def\afourwide{{\globaldefs = 1 - \afourpaper - \internalpagesizes{241mm}{165mm}% - {\voffset}{-2.95mm}% - {\bindingoffset}{7mm}% - {297mm}{210mm}% - \globaldefs = 0 -}} - -\def\bsixpaper{{\globaldefs = 1 - \afourpaper - \internalpagesizes{140mm}{100mm}% - {-6.35mm}{-12.7mm}% - {\bindingoffset}{14pt}% - {176mm}{125mm}% - \let\SETdispenvsize=\smallword - \lispnarrowing = 0.2in - \globaldefs = 0 -}} - - -% @pagesizes TEXTHEIGHT[,TEXTWIDTH] -% Perhaps we should allow setting the margins, \topskip, \parskip, -% and/or leading, also. Or perhaps we should compute them somehow. -% -\parseargdef\pagesizes{\pagesizesyyy #1,,\finish} -\def\pagesizesyyy#1,#2,#3\finish{{% - \setbox0 = \hbox{\ignorespaces #2}\ifdim\wd0 > 0pt \hsize=#2\relax \fi - \globaldefs = 1 - % - \parskip = 3pt plus 2pt minus 1pt - \setleading{\textleading}% - % - \dimen0 = #1\relax - \advance\dimen0 by 2.5in % default 1in margin above heading line - % and 1.5in to include heading, footing and - % bottom margin - % - \dimen2 = \hsize - \advance\dimen2 by 2in % default to 1 inch margin on each side - % - \internalpagesizes{#1}{\hsize}% - {\voffset}{\normaloffset}% - {\bindingoffset}{44pt}% - {\dimen0}{\dimen2}% -}} - -% Set default to letter. -% -\letterpaper - -% Default value of \hfuzz, for suppressing warnings about overfull hboxes. -\hfuzz = 1pt - - -\message{and turning on texinfo input format.} - -\def^^L{\par} % remove \outer, so ^L can appear in an @comment - -% DEL is a comment character, in case @c does not suffice. -\catcode`\^^? = 14 - -% Define macros to output various characters with catcode for normal text. -\catcode`\"=\other \def\normaldoublequote{"} -\catcode`\$=\other \def\normaldollar{$}%$ font-lock fix -\catcode`\+=\other \def\normalplus{+} -\catcode`\<=\other \def\normalless{<} -\catcode`\>=\other \def\normalgreater{>} -\catcode`\^=\other \def\normalcaret{^} -\catcode`\_=\other \def\normalunderscore{_} -\catcode`\|=\other \def\normalverticalbar{|} -\catcode`\~=\other \def\normaltilde{~} - -% This macro is used to make a character print one way in \tt -% (where it can probably be output as-is), and another way in other fonts, -% where something hairier probably needs to be done. -% -% #1 is what to print if we are indeed using \tt; #2 is what to print -% otherwise. Since all the Computer Modern typewriter fonts have zero -% interword stretch (and shrink), and it is reasonable to expect all -% typewriter fonts to have this, we can check that font parameter. -% -\def\ifusingtt#1#2{\ifdim \fontdimen3\font=0pt #1\else #2\fi} - -% Same as above, but check for italic font. Actually this also catches -% non-italic slanted fonts since it is impossible to distinguish them from -% italic fonts. But since this is only used by $ and it uses \sl anyway -% this is not a problem. -\def\ifusingit#1#2{\ifdim \fontdimen1\font>0pt #1\else #2\fi} - -% Set catcodes for Texinfo file - -% Active characters for printing the wanted glyph. -% Most of these we simply print from the \tt font, but for some, we can -% use math or other variants that look better in normal text. -% -\catcode`\"=\active -\def\activedoublequote{{\tt\char34}} -\let"=\activedoublequote -\catcode`\~=\active \def\activetilde{{\tt\char126}} \let~ = \activetilde -\chardef\hatchar=`\^ -\catcode`\^=\active \def\activehat{{\tt \hatchar}} \let^ = \activehat - -\catcode`\_=\active -\def_{\ifusingtt\normalunderscore\_} -\def\_{\leavevmode \kern.07em \vbox{\hrule width.3em height.1ex}\kern .07em } -\let\realunder=_ - -\catcode`\|=\active \def|{{\tt\char124}} - -\chardef \less=`\< -\catcode`\<=\active \def\activeless{{\tt \less}}\let< = \activeless -\chardef \gtr=`\> -\catcode`\>=\active \def\activegtr{{\tt \gtr}}\let> = \activegtr -\catcode`\+=\active \def+{{\tt \char 43}} -\catcode`\$=\active \def${\ifusingit{{\sl\$}}\normaldollar}%$ font-lock fix -\catcode`\-=\active \let-=\normaldash - - -% used for headline/footline in the output routine, in case the page -% breaks in the middle of an @tex block. -\def\texinfochars{% - \let< = \activeless - \let> = \activegtr - \let~ = \activetilde - \let^ = \activehat - \setregularquotes - \let\b = \strong - \let\i = \smartitalic - % in principle, all other definitions in \tex have to be undone too. -} - -% Used sometimes to turn off (effectively) the active characters even after -% parsing them. -\def\turnoffactive{% - \normalturnoffactive - \otherbackslash -} - -\catcode`\@=0 - -% \backslashcurfont outputs one backslash character in current font, -% as in \char`\\. -\global\chardef\backslashcurfont=`\\ - -% \realbackslash is an actual character `\' with catcode other. -{\catcode`\\=\other @gdef@realbackslash{\}} - -% In Texinfo, backslash is an active character; it prints the backslash -% in fixed width font. -\catcode`\\=\active % @ for escape char from now on. - -% Print a typewriter backslash. For math mode, we can't simply use -% \backslashcurfont: the story here is that in math mode, the \char -% of \backslashcurfont ends up printing the roman \ from the math symbol -% font (because \char in math mode uses the \mathcode, and plain.tex -% sets \mathcode`\\="026E). Hence we use an explicit \mathchar, -% which is the decimal equivalent of "715c (class 7, e.g., use \fam; -% ignored family value; char position "5C). We can't use " for the -% usual hex value because it has already been made active. - -@def@ttbackslash{{@tt @ifmmode @mathchar29020 @else @backslashcurfont @fi}} -@let@backslashchar = @ttbackslash % @backslashchar{} is for user documents. - -% \otherbackslash defines an active \ to be a literal `\' character with -% catcode other. -@gdef@otherbackslash{@let\=@realbackslash} - -% Same as @turnoffactive except outputs \ as {\tt\char`\\} instead of -% the literal character `\'. -% -{@catcode`- = @active - @gdef@normalturnoffactive{% - @passthroughcharstrue - @let-=@normaldash - @let"=@normaldoublequote - @let$=@normaldollar %$ font-lock fix - @let+=@normalplus - @let<=@normalless - @let>=@normalgreater - @let^=@normalcaret - @let_=@normalunderscore - @let|=@normalverticalbar - @let~=@normaltilde - @let\=@ttbackslash - @setregularquotes - @unsepspaces - } -} - -% If a .fmt file is being used, characters that might appear in a file -% name cannot be active until we have parsed the command line. -% So turn them off again, and have @fixbackslash turn them back on. -@catcode`+=@other @catcode`@_=@other - -% \enablebackslashhack - allow file to begin `\input texinfo' -% -% If a .fmt file is being used, we don't want the `\input texinfo' to show up. -% That is what \eatinput is for; after that, the `\' should revert to printing -% a backslash. -% If the file did not have a `\input texinfo', then it is turned off after -% the first line; otherwise the first `\' in the file would cause an error. -% This is used on the very last line of this file, texinfo.tex. -% We also use @c to call @fixbackslash, in case ends of lines are hidden. -{ -@catcode`@^=7 -@catcode`@^^M=13@gdef@enablebackslashhack{% - @global@let\ = @eatinput% - @catcode`@^^M=13% - @def@c{@fixbackslash@c}% - % Definition for the newline at the end of this file. - @def ^^M{@let^^M@secondlinenl}% - % Definition for a newline in the main Texinfo file. - @gdef @secondlinenl{@fixbackslash}% - % In case the first line has a whole-line command on it - @let@originalparsearg@parsearg - @def@parsearg{@fixbackslash@originalparsearg} -}} - -{@catcode`@^=7 @catcode`@^^M=13% -@gdef@eatinput input texinfo#1^^M{@fixbackslash}} - -% Emergency active definition of newline, in case an active newline token -% appears by mistake. -{@catcode`@^=7 @catcode13=13% -@gdef@enableemergencynewline{% - @gdef^^M{% - @par% - %@par% -}}} - - -@gdef@fixbackslash{% - @ifx\@eatinput @let\ = @ttbackslash @fi - @catcode13=5 % regular end of line - @enableemergencynewline - @let@c=@comment - @let@parsearg@originalparsearg - % Also turn back on active characters that might appear in the input - % file name, in case not using a pre-dumped format. - @catcode`+=@active - @catcode`@_=@active - % - % If texinfo.cnf is present on the system, read it. - % Useful for site-wide @afourpaper, etc. This macro, @fixbackslash, gets - % called at the beginning of every Texinfo file. Not opening texinfo.cnf - % directly in this file, texinfo.tex, makes it possible to make a format - % file for Texinfo. - % - @openin 1 texinfo.cnf - @ifeof 1 @else @input texinfo.cnf @fi - @closein 1 -} - - -% Say @foo, not \foo, in error messages. -@escapechar = `@@ - -% These (along with & and #) are made active for url-breaking, so need -% active definitions as the normal characters. -@def@normaldot{.} -@def@normalquest{?} -@def@normalslash{/} - -% These look ok in all fonts, so just make them not special. -% @hashchar{} gets its own user-level command, because of #line. -@catcode`@& = @other @def@normalamp{&} -@catcode`@# = @other @def@normalhash{#} -@catcode`@% = @other @def@normalpercent{%} - -@let @hashchar = @normalhash - -@c Finally, make ` and ' active, so that txicodequoteundirected and -@c txicodequotebacktick work right in, e.g., @w{@code{`foo'}}. If we -@c don't make ` and ' active, @code will not get them as active chars. -@c Do this last of all since we use ` in the previous @catcode assignments. -@catcode`@'=@active -@catcode`@`=@active -@setregularquotes - -@c Local variables: -@c eval: (add-hook 'before-save-hook 'time-stamp) -@c page-delimiter: "^\\\\message\\|emacs-page" -@c time-stamp-start: "def\\\\texinfoversion{" -@c time-stamp-format: "%:y-%02m-%02d.%02H" -@c time-stamp-end: "}" -@c End: - -@c vim:sw=2: - -@enablebackslashhack - diff --git a/info/build-aux/txi-ja.tex b/info/build-aux/txi-ja.tex deleted file mode 100644 index 26d6129f..00000000 --- a/info/build-aux/txi-ja.tex +++ /dev/null @@ -1,486 +0,0 @@ -% txi-ja.tex -- Japanese translations and font definitions for texinfo.tex. -% -% Copyright 1999, 2007, 2008, 2016 Free Software Foundation, Inc. -% -% This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify -% it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by -% the Free Software Foundation; either version 3 of the license, or (at -% your option) any later version. -% -% This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, -% but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of -% MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the -% GNU General Public License for more details. -% -% You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License -% along with this program. If not, see . -% -% Written by Masamichi Hosoda, 5 May 2016, - -\txisetlanguage{USenglish}{2}{3} - -\plainnonfrenchspacing - -\gdef\putwordAppendix{付録} -\gdef\putwordChapter{Chapter} -\gdef\putworderror{エラー} -\gdef\putwordfile{ファイル} -\gdef\putwordin{in} -\gdef\putwordIndexIsEmpty{（インデックスが空です）} -\gdef\putwordIndexNonexistent{（インデックスがありません）} -\gdef\putwordInfo{Info} -\gdef\putwordInstanceVariableof{Instance Variable of} -\gdef\putwordMethodon{Method on} -\gdef\putwordNoTitle{無題} -\gdef\putwordof{of} -\gdef\putwordon{on} -\gdef\putwordpage{p.} -\gdef\putwordsection{section} -\gdef\putwordSection{Section} -\gdef\putwordsee{see} -\gdef\putwordSee{See} -\gdef\putwordShortTOC{簡単な目次} -\gdef\putwordTOC{目次} -% And for MODIFIED VERSION, texinfo-modified.tex -\gdef\putwordChapterPre{} % "第"をつけるなら "\gdef\putwordChapterPre{第@tie }" と定義すること。 -\gdef\putwordChapterSuf{章} -\gdef\putwordSectionPre{} % "第"について同上。 -\gdef\putwordSectionSuf{節} -\gdef\putwordAppendixPre{付録} -\gdef\putwordAppendixChapterSuf{章} -\gdef\putwordAppendixSectionSuf{章} -\gdef\putwordSeeSuf{参照} -% -\gdef\putwordMJan{1月} -\gdef\putwordMFeb{2月} -\gdef\putwordMMar{3月} -\gdef\putwordMApr{4月} -\gdef\putwordMMay{5月} -\gdef\putwordMJun{6月} -\gdef\putwordMJul{7月} -\gdef\putwordMAug{8月} -\gdef\putwordMSep{9月} -\gdef\putwordMOct{10月} -\gdef\putwordMNov{11月} -\gdef\putwordMDec{12月} -% -\gdef\putwordDefmac{マクロ} -\gdef\putwordDefspec{特殊フォーム} -\gdef\putwordDefvar{変数} -\gdef\putwordDefopt{ユーザオプション} -\gdef\putwordDeffunc{関数} - -% Produces Year Month Day style of output. -\def\today{% - \number\year 年\space - \ifcase\month - \or\putwordMJan\or\putwordMFeb\or\putwordMMar\or\putwordMApr - \or\putwordMMay\or\putwordMJun\or\putwordMJul\or\putwordMAug - \or\putwordMSep\or\putwordMOct\or\putwordMNov\or\putwordMDec - \fi - \space\number\day 日} - - -% -% Japanese font definitions -% - -\ifx\txijapackage\thisisundefined - \errmessage{Required CJK package is not found. - Use `texinfo-ja.tex' instead of `texinfo.tex'} -\else - - % - % For LuaTeX - % - \ifx\luatexversion\thisisundefined - \else - % Definitions for a main text size of 11pt. (The default in Texinfo.) - % Japanese font size is muliplied by 0.962216. - \let\definealphabetictextfontsizexi\definetextfontsizexi - \gdef\definetextfontsizexi{% - % Text fonts (11.2pt, magstep1). - \jfont\textmc{file:ipaexm.ttf:jfm=ujis} at 10.78pt - \jfont\textgt{file:ipaexg.ttf:jfm=ujis} at 10.78pt - - % Fonts for indices, footnotes, small examples (9pt). - \jfont\smallmc{file:ipaexm.ttf:jfm=ujis} at 8.66pt - \jfont\smallgt{file:ipaexg.ttf:jfm=ujis} at 8.66pt - - % Fonts for small examples (8pt). - \jfont\smallermc{file:ipaexm.ttf:jfm=ujis} at 7.70pt - \jfont\smallergt{file:ipaexg.ttf:jfm=ujis} at 7.70pt - - % Fonts for title page (20.4pt): - \jfont\titlemc{file:ipaexm.ttf:jfm=ujis} at 19.63pt - \jfont\titlegt{file:ipaexg.ttf:jfm=ujis} at 19.63pt - - % Chapter (and unnumbered) fonts (17.28pt). - \jfont\chapmc{file:ipaexm.ttf:jfm=ujis} at 16.63pt - \jfont\chapgt{file:ipaexg.ttf:jfm=ujis} at 16.63pt - - % Section fonts (14.4pt). - \jfont\secmc{file:ipaexm.ttf:jfm=ujis} at 13.86pt - \jfont\secgt{file:ipaexg.ttf:jfm=ujis} at 13.86pt - - % Subsection fonts (13.15pt). - \jfont\ssecmc{file:ipaexm.ttf:jfm=ujis} at 12.65pt - \jfont\ssecgt{file:ipaexg.ttf:jfm=ujis} at 12.65pt - - % Reduced fonts for @acro in text (10pt). - \jfont\reducedmc{file:ipaexm.ttf:jfm=ujis} at 9.62pt - \jfont\reducedgt{file:ipaexg.ttf:jfm=ujis} at 9.62pt - - % Fonts for short table of contents. - \jfont\shortcontmc{file:ipaexm.ttf:jfm=ujis} at 11.55pt - \jfont\shortcontgt{file:ipaexg.ttf:jfm=ujis} at 11.55pt - - \definealphabetictextfontsizexi - } - - % Definitions for a main text size of 10pt. - % Japanese font size is muliplied by 0.962216. - \let\definealphabetictextfontsizex\definetextfontsizex - \gdef\definetextfontsizex{% - % Text fonts (10pt). - \jfont\textmc{file:ipaexm.ttf:jfm=ujis} at 9.62pt - \jfont\textgt{file:ipaexg.ttf:jfm=ujis} at 9.62pt - - % Fonts for indices, footnotes, small examples (9pt). - \jfont\smallmc{file:ipaexm.ttf:jfm=ujis} at 8.66pt - \jfont\smallgt{file:ipaexg.ttf:jfm=ujis} at 8.66pt - - % Fonts for small examples (8pt). - \jfont\smallermc{file:ipaexm.ttf:jfm=ujis} at 7.70pt - \jfont\smallergt{file:ipaexg.ttf:jfm=ujis} at 7.70pt - - % Fonts for title page (20.4pt): - \jfont\titlemc{file:ipaexm.ttf:jfm=ujis} at 19.63pt - \jfont\titlegt{file:ipaexg.ttf:jfm=ujis} at 19.63pt - - % Chapter fonts (14.4pt). - \jfont\chapmc{file:ipaexm.ttf:jfm=ujis} at 13.86pt - \jfont\chapgt{file:ipaexg.ttf:jfm=ujis} at 13.86pt - - % Section fonts (12pt). - \jfont\secmc{file:ipaexm.ttf:jfm=ujis} at 11.55pt - \jfont\secgt{file:ipaexg.ttf:jfm=ujis} at 11.55pt - - % Subsection fonts (10pt). - \jfont\ssecmc{file:ipaexm.ttf:jfm=ujis} at 9.62pt - \jfont\ssecgt{file:ipaexg.ttf:jfm=ujis} at 9.62pt - - % Reduced fonts for @acro in text (9pt). - \jfont\reducedmc{file:ipaexm.ttf:jfm=ujis} at 8.66pt - \jfont\reducedgt{file:ipaexg.ttf:jfm=ujis} at 8.66pt - - % Fonts for short table of contents. - \jfont\shortcontmc{file:ipaexm.ttf:jfm=ujis} at 11.55pt - \jfont\shortcontgt{file:ipaexg.ttf:jfm=ujis} at 11.55pt - - \definealphabetictextfontsizex - } - - % Ignore LuaTeX-ja added line end comment - % https://osdn.jp/ticket/browse.php?group_id=5593&tid=36096 - % - % Re-define texinfo.tex's \parseargusing - \def\parseargusing#1#2{% - \def\argtorun{#2}% - \begingroup - \ifx\ltjlineendcomment\thisisundefined - % Ignore U+FFFFF for LuaTeX-ja <= 20160208.0 - \catcode"FFFFF=9 - \else - % Ignore the character \ltjlineendcomment for LuaTeX-ja > 20160208.0 - \catcode\ltjlineendcomment=9 - \fi - \obeylines - \spaceisspace - #1% - \parseargline\empty% Insert the \empty token, see \finishparsearg below. - } - % Re-define texinfo.tex's \c - \def\c{\begingroup \catcode`\^^M=\active% - \ifx\ltjlineendcomment\thisisundefined - % Ignore U+FFFFF for LuaTeX-ja <= 20160208.0 - \catcode"FFFFF=9% - \else - % Ignore the character \ltjlineendcomment for LuaTeX-ja > 20160208.0 - \catcode\ltjlineendcomment=9% - \fi - \catcode`\@=\other \catcode`\{=\other \catcode`\}=\other% - \cxxx} - % Re-let \c related macro - \let\comment=\c - % Re-let \comment related macros - \let\setfilename=\comment - \let\dircategory=\comment - \let\definfoenclose=\comment - \let\footnotestyle=\comment - \fi % LuaTeX - - % - % For XeTeX - % - \ifx\XeTeXrevision\thisisundefined - \else - % Fix some Japanese character class - % (unicode-letters.tex is wrong.) - \def\do#1{\XeTeXcharclass"#1=1 } - \do{3041}\do{3043}\do{3045}\do{3047}\do{3049}\do{3063} - \do{3083}\do{3085}\do{3087}\do{308E}\do{3095}\do{3096} - \do{30A1}\do{30A3}\do{30A5}\do{30A7}\do{30A9}\do{30C3} - \do{30E3}\do{30E5}\do{30E7}\do{30EE}\do{30F5}\do{30F6} - \do{30FC}\do{31F0}\do{31F1}\do{31F2}\do{31F3}\do{31F4} - \do{31F5}\do{31F6}\do{31F7}\do{31F8}\do{31F9}\do{31FA} - \do{31FB}\do{31FC}\do{31FD}\do{31FE}\do{31FF} - - % Add some character class - \do{2015}\do{2016}\do{2025}\do{2030}\do{2032}\do{2033} - \do{203B}\do{2103}\do{212B} - - \do{2500}\do{2501}\do{2502}\do{2503}\do{250C}\do{250F} - \do{2510}\do{2513}\do{2514}\do{2517}\do{2518}\do{251B} - \do{251C}\do{251D}\do{2520}\do{2523}\do{2524}\do{2525} - \do{2528}\do{252B}\do{252C}\do{252F}\do{2530}\do{2533} - \do{2534}\do{2537}\do{2538}\do{253B}\do{253C}\do{253F} - \do{2542}\do{254B} - - \do{25A0}\do{25A1}\do{25B2}\do{25B3}\do{25BC}\do{25BD} - \do{25C6}\do{25C7}\do{25CB}\do{25CE}\do{25CF}\do{25EF} - \do{2605}\do{2606}\do{2640}\do{2642} - - \do{3000} - - % Setting Japanese font instead of Chinese font - \def\setjafont#1{% - \let\zhfont#1\let\zhpunctfont#1% - \let\zhextafont#1\let\zhextbfont#1% - } - - % Definitions for a main text size of 11pt. (The default in Texinfo.) - % Japanese font size is muliplied by 0.962216. - \let\definealphabetictextfontsizexi\definetextfontsizexi - \gdef\definetextfontsizexi{% - % Text fonts (11.2pt, magstep1). - \font\textmczzz"[ipaexm.ttf]:mapping=tex-text" at 10.78pt - \font\textgtzzz"[ipaexg.ttf]:mapping=tex-text" at 10.78pt - \def\textmc{\setjafont\textmczzz} - \def\textgt{\setjafont\textgtzzz} - - % Fonts for indices, footnotes, small examples (9pt). - \font\smallmczzz"[ipaexm.ttf]:mapping=tex-text" at 8.66pt - \font\smallgtzzz"[ipaexg.ttf]:mapping=tex-text" at 8.66pt - \def\smallmc{\setjafont\smallmczzz} - \def\smallgt{\setjafont\smallgtzzz} - - % Fonts for small examples (8pt). - \font\smallermczzz"[ipaexm.ttf]:mapping=tex-text" at 7.70pt - \font\smallergtzzz"[ipaexg.ttf]:mapping=tex-text" at 7.70pt - \def\smallermc{\setjafont\smallermczzz} - \def\smallergt{\setjafont\smallergtzzz} - - % Fonts for title page (20.4pt): - \font\titlemczzz"[ipaexm.ttf]:mapping=tex-text" at 19.63pt - \font\titlegtzzz"[ipaexg.ttf]:mapping=tex-text" at 19.63pt - \def\titlemc{\setjafont\titlemczzz} - \def\titlegt{\setjafont\titlegtzzz} - - % Chapter (and unnumbered) fonts (17.28pt). - \font\chapmczzz"[ipaexm.ttf]:mapping=tex-text" at 16.63pt - \font\chapgtzzz"[ipaexg.ttf]:mapping=tex-text" at 16.63pt - \def\chapmc{\setjafont\chapmczzz} - \def\chapgt{\setjafont\chapgtzzz} - - % Section fonts (14.4pt). - \font\secmczzz"[ipaexm.ttf]:mapping=tex-text" at 13.86pt - \font\secgtzzz"[ipaexg.ttf]:mapping=tex-text" at 13.86pt - \def\secmc{\setjafont\secmczzz} - \def\secgt{\setjafont\secgtzzz} - - % Subsection fonts (13.15pt). - \font\ssecmczzz"[ipaexm.ttf]:mapping=tex-text" at 12.65pt - \font\ssecgtzzz"[ipaexg.ttf]:mapping=tex-text" at 12.65pt - \def\ssecmc{\setjafont\ssecmczzz} - \def\ssecgt{\setjafont\ssecgtzzz} - - % Reduced fonts for @acro in text (10pt). - \font\reducedmczzz"[ipaexm.ttf]:mapping=tex-text" at 9.62pt - \font\reducedgtzzz"[ipaexg.ttf]:mapping=tex-text" at 9.62pt - \def\reducedmc{\setjafont\reducedmczzz} - \def\reducedgt{\setjafont\reducedgtzzz} - - % Fonts for short table of contents. - \font\shortcontmczzz"[ipaexm.ttf]:mapping=tex-text" at 11.55pt - \font\shortcontgtzzz"[ipaexg.ttf]:mapping=tex-text" at 11.55pt - \def\shortcontmc{\setjafont\shortcontmczzz} - \def\shortcontgt{\setjafont\shortcontgtzzz} - - \definealphabetictextfontsizexi - } - - % Definitions for a main text size of 10pt. - % Japanese font size is muliplied by 0.962216. - \let\definealphabetictextfontsizex\definetextfontsizex - \gdef\definetextfontsizex{% - % Text fonts (10pt). - \font\textmczzz"[ipaexm.ttf]:mapping=tex-text" at 9.62pt - \font\textgtzzz"[ipaexg.ttf]:mapping=tex-text" at 9.62pt - \def\textmc{\setjafont\textmczzz} - \def\textgt{\setjafont\textgtzzz} - - % Fonts for indices, footnotes, small examples (9pt). - \font\smallmczzz"[ipaexm.ttf]:mapping=tex-text" at 8.66pt - \font\smallgtzzz"[ipaexg.ttf]:mapping=tex-text" at 8.66pt - \def\smallmc{\setjafont\smallmczzz} - \def\smallgt{\setjafont\smallgtzzz} - - % Fonts for small examples (8pt). - \font\smallermczzz"[ipaexm.ttf]:mapping=tex-text" at 7.70pt - \font\smallergtzzz"[ipaexg.ttf]:mapping=tex-text" at 7.70pt - \def\smallermc{\setjafont\smallermczzz} - \def\smallergt{\setjafont\smallergtzzz} - - % Fonts for title page (20.4pt): - \font\titlemczzz"[ipaexm.ttf]:mapping=tex-text" at 19.63pt - \font\titlegtzzz"[ipaexg.ttf]:mapping=tex-text" at 19.63pt - \def\titlemc{\setjafont\titlemczzz} - \def\titlegt{\setjafont\titlegtzzz} - - % Chapter fonts (14.4pt). - \font\chapmczzz"[ipaexm.ttf]:mapping=tex-text" at 13.86pt - \font\chapgtzzz"[ipaexg.ttf]:mapping=tex-text" at 13.86pt - \def\chapmc{\setjafont\chapmczzz} - \def\chapgt{\setjafont\chapgtzzz} - - % Section fonts (12pt). - \font\secmczzz"[ipaexm.ttf]:mapping=tex-text" at 11.55pt - \font\secgtzzz"[ipaexg.ttf]:mapping=tex-text" at 11.55pt - \def\secmc{\setjafont\secmczzz} - \def\secgt{\setjafont\secgtzzz} - - % Subsection fonts (10pt). - \font\ssecmczzz"[ipaexm.ttf]:mapping=tex-text" at 9.62pt - \font\ssecgtzzz"[ipaexg.ttf]:mapping=tex-text" at 9.62pt - \def\ssecmc{\setjafont\ssecmczzz} - \def\ssecgt{\setjafont\ssecgtzzz} - - % Reduced fonts for @acro in text (9pt). - \font\reducedmczzz"[ipaexm.ttf]:mapping=tex-text" at 8.66pt - \font\reducedgtzzz"[ipaexg.ttf]:mapping=tex-text" at 8.66pt - \def\reducedmc{\setjafont\reducedmczzz} - \def\reducedgt{\setjafont\reducedgtzzz} - - % Fonts for short table of contents. - \font\shortcontmczzz"[ipaexm.ttf]:mapping=tex-text" at 11.55pt - \font\shortcontgtzzz"[ipaexg.ttf]:mapping=tex-text" at 11.55pt - \def\shortcontmc{\setjafont\shortcontmczzz} - \def\shortcontgt{\setjafont\shortcontgtzzz} - - \definealphabetictextfontsizex - } - - % Japanese line break settings - \XeTeXlinebreaklocale "ja_JP" - \XeTeXlinebreakskip=0em plus 0.1em minus 0.01em - \XeTeXlinebreakpenalty=0 - - % For copy & paste Unicode characters (XeTeX 0.99995+) - \ifx\XeTeXgenerateactualtext\thisisundefined - \else - \XeTeXgenerateactualtext=1 - \fi - - \fi % XeTeX - - \iftxinativeunicodecapable - - % Sync fonts - - \let\alphabeticrm\rm - \gdef\rm{\alphabeticrm\tenmc} - - \let\alphabeticit\it - \gdef\it{\alphabeticit\tenmc} - - \let\alphabeticsl\sl - \gdef\sl{\alphabeticsl\tengt} - - \let\alphabeticbf\bf - \gdef\bf{\alphabeticbf\tengt} - - \let\alphabetictt\tt - \gdef\tt{\alphabetictt\tengt} - - % Add fonts - - \let\alphabetictextfonts\textfonts - \gdef\textfonts{% - \alphabetictextfonts - \let\tenmc\textmc - \let\tengt\textgt - } - - \let\alphabetictitlefonts\titlefonts - \gdef\titlefonts{% - \alphabetictitlefonts - \let\tenmc\titlemc - \let\tengt\titlegt - } - - \let\alphabeticchapfonts\chapfonts - \gdef\chapfonts{% - \alphabeticchapfonts - \let\tenmc\chapmc - \let\tengt\chapgt - } - - \let\alphabeticsecfonts\secfonts - \gdef\secfonts{% - \alphabeticsecfonts - \let\tenmc\secmc - \let\tengt\secgt - } - - \let\alphabeticsubsecfonts\subsecfonts - \gdef\subsecfonts{% - \alphabeticsubsecfonts - \let\tenmc\ssecmc - \let\tengt\ssecgt - } - - \global\let\subsubsecfonts\subsecfonts - - \let\alphabeticreducedfonts\reducedfonts - \gdef\reducedfonts{% - \alphabeticreducedfonts - \let\tenmc\reducedmc - \let\tengt\reducedgt - } - - \let\alphabeticsmallfonts\smallfonts - \gdef\smallfonts{% - \alphabeticsmallfonts - \let\tenmc\smallmc - \let\tengt\smallgt - } - - \let\alphabeticsmallerfonts\smallerfonts - \gdef\smallerfonts{% - \alphabeticsmallerfonts - \let\tenmc\smallermc - \let\tengt\smallergt - } - - \let\smallexamplefonts\smallfonts - - % Reset fonts - - \globaldefs = 1 - \definetextfontsizexi - \globaldefs = 0 - - \fi % \iftxinativeunicodecapable - -\fi % \ifx\txijapackage\thisisundefined